Environment Assesment and Environment Management Framework

Consultancy Services for Undertaking Environmental Assessment for the Rural Water

Supply & Sanitation Project in Assam

March 2013

DRAFT FINAL REPORT

VOLUME I

Submitted To:

Chief Engineer (PHE), Assam.

World Bank Project,

Hengrabari,Guwahati-781036

Submitted By:

IPE Global Pvt. Ltd.

(Formerly Infrastructure Professionals Enterprise (P) Ltd.) Address: IPE Towers, B-84, Defence Colony,

Bhisham Pitamah Marg, New Delhi – 110024, India

Tel: +91-11-40755920, 40755923; Fax: +91-11-24339534

Consultancy Services for Undertaking Environmental Assessment for the Rural Water Supply & Sanitation Project in Assam Draft Final Report

IPE Global (P) Ltd. 1

Table of Contents

Abbreviations and Acronyms ...............................................................................................................9

Executive Summary .......................................................................................................................... 11

1. INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................... 21

1.1 Background ....................................................................................................................... 21

1.2 Present World Bank Assisted Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Project............................... 23

1.2.1 Components............................................................................................................... 23

1.3 Scope of the Project ........................................................................................................... 24

1.4 Need for Environmental Assessment and Environment Management Framework ................. 24

1.5 Objectives of Environmental Assessment ............................................................................ 25

1.6 Methodology Adopted for the Study ................................................................................... 25

1.6.1 Data Collection and Review ......................................................................................... 26

1.6.1.1 Secondary Data Collection and Analysis ................................................................... 26

1.6.2 Sample Habitations for Pilot Study............................................................................... 28

1.6.3 Preliminary Site Visits ................................................................................................. 28

1.6.4 Public Consultations and focus group discussions ......................................................... 29

1.7 Organisation of the Report ................................................................................................. 29

2 RWSS– Policy, Regulatory Framework, Missions and Programmes................................................ 31

2.1 State RWSS Vision .............................................................................................................. 31

2.1.1 RWSS at National Context ........................................................................................... 31

2.1.2 Sector Reforms Project ............................................................................................... 32

2.1.3 Swajaladhara.............................................................................................................. 32

2.1.4 Sub – Mission Project (SMP) ........................................................................................ 34

2.1.5 Rajiv Gandhi National Drinking Water Mission and the National Rural Drinking Water

Programme ............................................................................................................................... 35

2.1.6 Bharat Nirman............................................................................................................ 36

2.1.7 Total Sanitation Campaign .......................................................................................... 37

2.1.8 Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan ................................................................................................ 38

2.1.9 Other Sanitation Programmes ..................................................................................... 40

2.2 RWSS Coverage in State ..................................................................................................... 41

2.2.1 Drinking Water ........................................................................................................... 41



2.2.2 Sanitation .................................................................................................................. 42

2.3 Regulatory and Policy Framework ....................................................................................... 42

2.3.1 National and State Environmental Policies and Regulations........................................... 42

2.3.1.1 Environmental Protection Act 1986 and EIA Notification 2006 ................................... 42

2.3.1.2 The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act of 1974 .................................... 43

2.3.1.3 Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, its Rules and amendments..... 43

2.3.1.4 The Biological Diversity Act, 2002 ............................................................................ 44

2.3.1.5 Biological Diversity Rules, 2004................................................................................ 44

2.3.1.6 The Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 and Its Amendments........................................... 44

2.3.1.7 The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 ........................................................................ 45

2.3.1.8 Assam Forest Policy, 2004 ....................................................................................... 45

2.3.1.9 Assam Forest Regulation, 1891, Government of Assam ............................................. 45

2.3.1.10 The Assam Ancient Monuments and Records Act, 1959 (Assam Act No. XXV of 1959).

.......................................................................................................................... 46

2.3.1.11 The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act 1958 .............. 47

2.3.1.12 Land Policy 1989, Revenue Department, Government of Assam............................. 47

2.3.1.13 Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules, 1989 ................... 47

2.3.1.14 The Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989 ........................... 48

2.3.1.15 Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, its Rules and amendments ...... 49

2.3.1.16 Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 ....................................................................... 49

2.3.1.17 The National Environment Tribunal Act, 1995 ....................................................... 49

2.3.1.18 Insecticide Act, 1968............................................................................................ 50

2.3.1.19 Wetlands (Management and Conservation) Rules, 2010 ........................................ 50

2.3.1.20 Draft Guidelines for Integrated Water Resource Development and Management,

2010, Central Water Commission ........................................................................................... 50

2.3.2 The World Bank Safeguard Policies .............................................................................. 52

2.4 State Sector Institutions ..................................................................................................... 55

2.4.1 Environment .............................................................................................................. 55

2.4.1.1 Department of Environment and Forests.................................................................. 56

2.4.1.2 Assam Pollution Control Board ................................................................................ 56

2.4.2 Rural Water Supply and Sanitation .............................................................................. 57

2.4.2.1 Assam Public Health Engineering Department .......................................................... 57



2.4.3 Other Relevant Departments....................................................................................... 59

2.4.3.1 Central Ground Water Board ................................................................................... 59

2.4.3.2 Department of Water Resources.............................................................................. 59

2.4.4 Nodal Institutions ....................................................................................................... 60

2.4.5 Implementing Departments ........................................................................................ 60

2.4.6 Converging Departments and Ministries ...................................................................... 62

2.4.7 RWSS Implementation Procedures .............................................................................. 62

2.4.8 Implementation Capacity ............................................................................................ 62

2.5 Proposed World Bank Assisted Project ................................................................................ 65

3 Baseline Environmental Status ................................................................................................... 68

3.1 Brief profile of State ........................................................................................................... 68

3.2 Administration................................................................................................................... 68

3.3 Demographic & Social Characteristics ................................................................................. 69

3.4 Physical Environmental ...................................................................................................... 70

3.4.1 Location ..................................................................................................................... 70

3.4.2 Climate and Rainfall .................................................................................................... 72

3.4.3 Physiographic ............................................................................................................. 73

The State of Assam can be divided into three main physiographic regions, which are as follows: ... 73

3.4.4 Hydrology .................................................................................................................. 75

3.4.5 Hydrogeology ............................................................................................................. 75

3.4.6 Geomorphology ......................................................................................................... 75

3.4.7 Agriculture ................................................................................................................. 77

3.4.8 Forest Resources ........................................................................................................ 78

3.4.9 Ecologically Sensitive Areas ......................................................................................... 78

3.4.10 Drainage Basins .......................................................................................................... 82

3.5 Water Resources ............................................................................................................... 84

3.5.1 Surface Water ............................................................................................................ 85

3.5.1.1 River System........................................................................................................... 85

3.5.1.2 Wetlands................................................................................................................ 87

3.5.2 Groundwater.............................................................................................................. 90

3.5.2.1 Groundwater Recharge ........................................................................................... 91

3.5.3 Water Quality............................................................................................................. 93



3.4.3.1 Surface Water Quality................................................................................................. 95

3.5.3.1 Ground water Quality ............................................................................................. 97

3.5.4 Current Water Supply Practices ................................................................................. 100

3.5.5 Current Water Treatment Practices ........................................................................... 101

3.5.6 Incidence of Water and Sanitation Related Diseases ................................................... 101

3.6 House Hold and Environmental Sanitation......................................................................... 103

3.6.1 Status of Toilet Construction ..................................................................................... 104

3.6.2 Status of Liquid Waste Management ......................................................................... 105

3.6.3 Status of Solid Waste Management ........................................................................... 105

3.6.4 Status of Power/Electricity ........................................................................................ 106

3.7 Disasters ......................................................................................................................... 106

3.8 Climate Change................................................................................................................ 110

4 Environment Management Framework .................................................................................... 113

4.1 Environmental Assessment............................................................................................... 113

4.1 Key Environmental Issues ................................................................................................. 113

4.1.1 Water Availability ..................................................................................................... 114

4.1.2 Water Quality........................................................................................................... 115

4.1.3 Water Treatment Practice ......................................................................................... 116

4.1.4 Other Water Related Issues....................................................................................... 117

4.1.5 Wastewater Disposal ................................................................................................ 117

4.1.6 Solid Waste Disposal ................................................................................................. 118

4.1.7 Sanitation and Hygiene ............................................................................................. 118

4.1.8 Other Sanitation Related Issues ................................................................................. 119

4.1.9 Topography and land use .......................................................................................... 119

4.1.10 Floods and river bank erosion.................................................................................... 119

4.1.11 Earthquakes ............................................................................................................. 120

4.1.12 Landslides ................................................................................................................ 120

4.1.13 Impact from wildlife corridors and impact on ecological resources .............................. 120

4.1.14 Issues Identified during Field Visits and Consultations................................................. 120

4.2 Environmental Impacts .................................................................................................... 122

4.2.1 Design Stage Impacts ................................................................................................ 122

4.2.2 Construction Stage Environmental Impacts ................................................................ 126



4.2.3 Operation & Maintenance Stage Environmental Impacts ............................................ 129

4.3 Objectives of Environment Management Framework......................................................... 130

4.4 Environmental Management Framework .......................................................................... 131

4.4.1 Key Elements of the EMF .......................................................................................... 131

4.4.2 Application of EMF to Project .................................................................................... 132

4.4.3 Screening Tool for Categorizing Schemes ................................................................... 135

4.4.3.1 Exclusion list of activities ....................................................................................... 135

4.4.4 Environmental Supervision and Monitoring................................................................ 136

4.5 Institutional Arrangements............................................................................................... 137

4.5.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................. 137

4.5.2 National Level .......................................................................................................... 138

4.5.3 State Level ............................................................................................................... 138

4.5.4 District Level ............................................................................................................ 139

4.5.5 Village Level ............................................................................................................. 141

4.5.6 Support Organisations .............................................................................................. 141

4.5.7 Performance Indicators............................................................................................. 142

4.5.8 Monitoring Plan........................................................................................................ 142

4.5.8.1 Monitoring of project design ................................................................................. 143

4.5.8.2 Construction phase monitoring.............................................................................. 148

4.5.8.3 O&M phase monitoring......................................................................................... 151

4.6 Training and Capacity Building .......................................................................................... 154

4.6.1 Objectives ................................................................................................................ 154

4.6.2 TNA (Training Needs Assessment).............................................................................. 155

4.6.3 Training Approach .................................................................................................... 155

4.6.4 Training Resources.................................................................................................... 155

4.6.5 Training Programmes................................................................................................ 156

4.6.5.1 T1. Training on the Environmental Management Framework................................... 156

4.6.5.2 T2. Training on Environmental Management .......................................................... 156

4.6.5.3 T3. Environmental Awareness and Sensitization ..................................................... 157

4.6.5.4 T4. Quality Construction Practices for Artisans........................................................ 157

4.6.6 Budget for training on environmental management ................................................... 158

4.6.7 EMP for Design and Location Stage ............................................................................ 159



4.6.8 EMP for Construction Stage Impacts of RWSS Projects ................................................ 162

4.6.9 EMP for O&M State Impacts of RWSS Projects ........................................................... 167

4.6.10 Water safety planning and guidelines ........................................................................ 169

4.7 Guidelines / Environmental Code of Practices.................................................................... 169

List of Tables

Table 1: Number of GPs and Villages selected for the survey in the planned project districts. ........ 28

Table 2: Status of Piped Water Supply Schemes .......................................................................... 42

Table 3: Distribution of Households by sanitation facilities and caste............................................ 42

Table 4: Environmental Compliance Requirements Legislative Needs ........................................... 51

Table 5: Summary of Environment Safeguard Requirements for the Project.................................. 53

Table 6: National Rural Water Supply Programme norms for per capita per day ............................ 57

Table 7: Checklist issued by GoI and DDWS on Sajal Gram Puruskar.............................................. 58

Table 8: Institutional Structure and Technical manpower............................................................. 63

Table 9: Details of Seven Schemes under the RWSS-LIS, World Bank funded project........................0

Table 10: Demographic Profile of Assam State ............................................................................ 69

Table 11: Coverage of the Project in the Seven Districts of Assam ................................................ 70

Table 12: Schemes under the RWSS-LIS World Bank Project ......................................................... 70

Table 13: Type of soil in the seven district of the scheme ............................................................. 75

Table 14: District wise distribution of Agricultural land, Assam, 1990............................................ 77

Table 15: Area Under Forest in Assam (As On 31-3-2002) (Area in Ha.) ......................................... 78

Table 16: Distance of eco-sensitive areas from project areas........................................................ 81

Table 17: Details of the intake point and Water Treatment Plant (WTP) in the seven districts. ....... 83

Table 18: Right Bank Tributaries of the Brahmaputra River and their annual discharge. ................. 86

Table 19: Left Bank Tributaries of the Brahmaputra River and their annual discharge .................... 86

Table 20: Project District- wise distribution of wetlands in Assam................................................. 88

Table 21: Size wise distribution of wetlands in Assam .................................................................. 88

Table 22: Details of dynamic Ground Water Resources in Assam .................................................. 90

Table 23: Details of Ground Water Resource in the seven project districts of Assam...................... 91

Table 24: Number of Slipped Back Habitations ............................................................................ 92

Table 25: Average level of Ground Water Table in the seven project districts................................ 92



Table 26: Results of Arsenic Screening and Surveillance Programme in 76 Blocks of Assam, by

UNICEF, IIT_G and PHED (unpublished study 2005-2010) ............................................................. 94

Table 27: No Of Quality Affected Habitations & Population as On 01/04/2012 .............................. 95

Table 28: Water Quality testing results carried at the nine intake points identified under the Project

.................................................................................................................................. 96

Table 29: District Quality Profile for FTK Testing .......................................................................... 99

Table 30: Distribution of Households by main source of drinking water and location: Assam Rural –

Census 2011............................................................................................................................ 100

Table 31: Number of cases of ADD and BD recorded by IDSP-NRHM, in the Project Blocks........... 102

Table 32: Distribution of Households by sanitation facilities and caste: Assam Rural– Census 2011 ...

................................................................................................................................ 104

Table 33: Report Card status of Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan (NBA) as on 29 /1/2013 .......................... 104

Table 34: Details of Bacteriological contamination in all the districts of Assam ............................ 105

Table 35: Average Hours of electricity in rural areas of Assam .................................................... 106

Table 36: Erosion/deposition area along Brahmaputra for the period 1990 to 2008. ................... 108

Table 37: List of some of the Major Earthquakes in the North East ............................................. 110

Table 38: Major vulnerability indicators in Assam ...................................................................... 111

Table 39: Total Requirement of Surface Water under the RWSS-LIS, Assam ................................ 114

Table 40: Total Requirement of Ground Water under the RWSS-LIS, Assam ................................ 115

Table41: List of Design Stage Impacts ....................................................................................... 122

Table 42: List of Major Impacts identified at construction Stage ................................................. 126

Table 43: List of impacts during the O&M Stage ........................................................................ 129

Table 44: Roles and Responsibilities for Implementation of EMF ................................................ 133

Table 45: Screening tools ......................................................................................................... 136

Table 46: Monitoring of the Project Design ............................................................................... 143

Table 47: Construction phase monitoring.................................................................................. 148

Table 48: O&M Phase Monitoring............................................................................................. 151

Table 49: Number of Training Programs .................................................................................... 157

Table 50: Estimated Cost of Training......................................................................................... 158

Table 51: Budget for Environmental Management..................................................................... 158



List of Figures

Figure 3-1: Location of Project Areas in Assam ............................................................................ 71

Figure 3-2: Vegetation Cover with Reference to Project Areas...................................................... 72

Figure 3-3: Relief of Assam with Respect to Project Areas ............................................................ 74

Figure 3-4: Types of Soil with Reference to Project Locations ....................................................... 76

Figure 3-5: Wildlife Sanctuaries/National Park and Reserve Forests Near Project Areas ................. 80

Figure 3-6: Elephant Reserves in Assam ...................................................................................... 81

Figure 3-7: Drainage System of Assam ........................................................................................ 82

Figure 3-8: Location of Intake Points of Project Schemes ............................................................. 83

Figure 3-9: Location of Intake Points on the base map of Assam................................................... 96

Figure 3-10: Flood Affected Districts in Assam, 2012.................................................................. 109

List of Graphs

Graph 3-1: Population growth in Assam ...................................................................................... 69

Graph 3-2: Average Rainfall in the State of Assam ....................................................................... 73

Graph 3-3: Rainfall Pattern in the project Area during Monsoon Months from 1995-2000 ............. 73

Graph 3-4: Details of Ground Water Table in the Project areas of RWSS-LIS .................................. 92

Graph 3-5: Population affected by Iron in all Districts of Assam .................................................... 93

Graph 3-6: Population affected by Arsenic in all Districts of Assam ............................................... 93

Graph 3-7: Population affected by Fluoride in all Districts of Assam.............................................. 94

Graph 3-8: No of Sources affected by bacteria in all Districts of Assam ......................................... 95

Graph 3-9: Cases of Bacillary Dysentery and Acute Diarrheal Diseases in the project blocks (2010-

2012) ................................................................................................................................ 103

Graph 3-10: Details of Erosion and deposition in the North Bank of River Brahmaputra............... 107

Graph 3-11: Details of Erosion and deposition in the North Bank of River Brahmaputra............... 107



ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

APHED Assam Public Health Engineering Department APL Above Poverty Line ARWSP Accelerated Rural Water Supply Programme ASHA Accredited Social Health Activists BMC Billion Cubic Metres BPL Below Poverty Line CBO Community Based Organisation CGWB Central Ground Water Board CRSP Central Rural Sanitation Programme CSC Community Sanitary Complexes dB Decibels DDL District Level Laboratories DFO Divisional Forest Officer DWSC District Water and Sanitation Committee DDWS Department of Drinking Water Supply EA Environmental Assessment EE Executive Engineer EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EMF Environmental Management Framework EPA Environmental Protection Act ESA Ecologically Sensitive Areas FC Fully Covered GoI Government of India GP Gram Panchayat GPWSC Gram Panchayat Water and Sanitation Committee ha Hectare HRD Human Resource Development HQ Head Quarters IDSP Integrated Disease Surveillance Project IEC Information, Education and Communication IHHL Individual Household Latrines IIT Indian Institute of Technology INR Indian National Rupee Km Kilometre lpcd Litres per capita per day m Metre M-I Mark I M-II Mark 2 MCM Million Cubic Metres M&E Monitoring and Evaluation mg milligrams mha Million hectare MIS Management Information Systems mm Millimetre



MoEF Ministry of Environment and Forests MoU Memorandum of Understanding NBA Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan NC Not Covered NGO Non-Governmental Organisation NGP Nirmal Gram Puraskar NSSO National Sample Survey Organization NRDWP National Rural Drinking Water Programme O&M Operation and Maintenance OP Operation Policy PC Partially Covered PHE Public Health Engineering PHED Public Health and Engineering Department PMGY– RWSP Pradhan Mantri Gramodaya Jojna Rural Water Supply Programme ppm parts per million PRI Panchayati Raj Institute RSM Rural Sanitary Mart RW Rain water RWH Rainwater Harvesting RWSS Rural Water Supply and Sanitation SC Scheduled Caste SE Superintending Engineer SHG Self Help Groups SLWM Solid and Liquid Waste Management ST Scheduled Tribe SRPP Sector Reform Pilot Projects SPCB State Pollution Control Board SSA Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan SSHE School Sanitation and Hygiene Education SWSM State Water and Sanitation Mission Sq Square TA Technical Assistance TSC Total Sanitation Campaign UNICEF United Nations Children’s Fund US United States UT Union Territory WATSAN Water and Sanitation WSS Water Supply and Sanitation WTP Water Treatment Plant WHO World Health Organisation WSSO Water and Sanitation Support organisation



EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The Background

Assam is one of the seven North Eastern states of India and has a total surface area of 78,438 Square

Kilometre. The State includes the Brahmaputra and the Barak river valleys along with the Karbi Anglong

and the N C Hills. Although, Assam receives abundant rainfall and has a large river network, complex

environmental factors like geology, seismicity, precipitation variability, changing land use, and

population pressures create constraints on the State’s water resources. This, together with insufficient

and unreliable hydro meteorological data; creates tremendous challenges for planning and management

of the State’s water resources.

According to the National Rural Drinking Water Programme (NRDWP), there are a number of states with

less than 10 % coverage of rural households with piped water supply and are lagging behind in many

service parameters related to water and sanitation. To assist the lagging states, the Ministry of Drinking

Water and Sanitation (MoDWS), Government of India (GoI) has developed a program for Rural Water

Supply and Sanitation for Lagging States (RWSS-LS)1 with World Bank assistance. In general, laggard

states face constraints in institutional and technical capacity at the block and gram panchayat levels for

implementing sustainable rural water supply projects. They also face constraints in involving

communities and panchayats in planning, implementing and managing their own drinking water supply

schemes. Other concerns include the need to strengthen the capacities of the State Rural Water Supply

Departments to support and implement decentralized programes and improve operation and

maintenance of schemes. Some areas also face problems of availability of safe water sources. In Assam

projects under the RWSSP-LS will include few Large Multi Village Water Supply Scheme (LMVS). These

projects will also be including programmes related to improved water quality monitoring as well as

health & hygiene education.

There are four components envisaged under this project. These are, Component 1: Technical Assistance

(TA) for States and Panchayati Raj Institutes (PRIs) to prepare detailed RWSS program. Component 2:

Development of improved and sustainable piped water supply and sanitation systems. Component 3:

Capacity building for RWSS institutions for improved governance, operations and finance. Component 4:

Capacity building for Department of Drinking Water and Sanitation (DDWS) for increasing Ministry’s

overall capacity for planning and managing the RWSS program. It will including strengthening the

National Resource Centre, monitoring and evaluation (M&E) and independent reviews of the sector

program.

A total of 7 districts of Assam’s 27 Districts will be covered under this project. Seven projects, one in

each project district, will cover 16 Blocks, either fully or partially, thereby serving about 13,06,133

people living in 1275 villages. It is envisaged that all the projects will be large multi-village, using surface

water - rivers, as sources. The seven districts are Bongaigaon, Morigaon, Kamrup, Sonitpur, Jorhat,

Sibsagar and Hailakandi. The budget estimated for the water supply and sanitation schemes is INR 1422

crores (263.09 Million USD).

1 RWSS-LS now termed as Rural Water Supply and Sanitation – Low Income States (RWSS-LIS)



The Environmental Assessment and its Methodology

This Environmental Assessment (EA) has identified sector specific threats and issues associated with

planned RWSS schemes which are part of the project. Although, there are likely to be only a few and

mainly insignificant impacts from the project activities, the EA is to ensure that all likely impacts are

identified well in time with appropriate mitigation measures and adhere to the mandatory understated,

National legislations and World Bank safeguard policies.

The Assessment has used both primary and secondary data. This includes primary surveys , village level

discussions and consultations in 20 villages each for the 7 project districts. A total of 180 villages were

covered through this process which has provided the report with primary data.. In each survey village a

sample size of 30-35 households were taken (5-10% representation of the entire village population).

Secondary data analysis includes water resources availability and utilization, water quality and quantity

concerns, demographic, socio economic and health issues, water supply and sanitation coverage.

Preliminary field visits to all project districts, covering 2-3 villages per project areas including site visits to

proposed intake points were also undertaken.

The Environmental Assessment has been divided into two volumes. Volume I consists of a chapter each

on study background, objectives, approach and methodology; relevant state and national policies,

World Bank safeguards and programmes and institutional systems; the environmental status and

baseline for the State and an analysis of the primary data. The last chapter of this volume is the

Environmental Management Framework, which identifies the key environmental issues and their

mitigation and management actions. It also explains the environmental safeguard practices to be

followed for the projects; the institutional mechanism and capacity needs for the implementation of

EMF. This section also identifies the screening process and tools for subprojects. Volume II of the report

is the annexures which include the Environmental Code of Practices (ECoPs), project Terms of Reference

(ToR), project details for each scheme and details of the primary data collected and public consultations.

Status of Rural Water Supply and Sanitation in Assam

Assam is still dependent on water from rains, streams and shallow aquifers for drinking and other

domestic purposes. Access to safe drinking water and the status of sanitation and hygiene in Assam is

much below the National average. Comparisons indicate that the percent of rural population in Assam

dependent on hand pumps for their drinking water is higher than the national average. However the

proportion of population having treated source is much lower, while those using uncovered well is much

higher than rural India as a whole. An Approximate 18.5% of the state’s population is covered with piped

water supply schemes.

Environment Safeguard Requirements for the Project

From the Environment Perspective, the World Bank’s Operational Policies (OP) relevant for this project

are (i) OP 4.01 Environmental Assessment, (ii) OP 4.04 Natural Habitats and (iii) OP 4.36 Forests. (i) OP

4.01 – Environmental Assessment. This states that an Environment Assessment (EA) are to be conducted

for all projects that fall into either World Bank Category A or Category B. (ii) OP 4.04 - Natural Habitats,

The conservation of natural habitat is essential and thus to ensure their protection during various

project cycle, the Environment Management Plan (EMP) should be included for all project schemes .



Appropriate mitigation measures are suggested under the Environment Management Framework (EMF)

to ensure safeguard and their compliance, and are supported by the ECoPs given in the Annexure. Summary of Environment Safeguard Requirements for the Project

Safeguard No Safeguard Description Application of Safeguard to Project OP 4.01

(Environmental Assessment).

EA to be conducted for all projects that

fall into either World Bank Category A or Category B. Potential environmental consequences of projects identified early in project

cycle. EAs and mitigation plans required for projects with significant environmental

impacts. EAs should include analysis of alternative designs and sites, or consideration of "no option"

Requires public participation and information disclosure before Board approval.

Triggered: The projects support the preparation

of RWSS infrastructure, some of which may have adverse environmental impacts. The EMF will help identify these potential impacts, and propose practical ways of avoiding

or mitigating them.

OP 4.04 (Natural Habitats)

The conservation of natural habitat is essential for long- term sustainable development.

The Bank does not support projects that involve significant conservation or degradation of critical natural habitats.

Prohibits financing of projects involving "significant conversion of natural habitats unless there are no feasible

alternatives". Requires environmental cost benefit analysis. Requires EA with mitigation measures.

Triggered: Assam has number of natural habitats in the reserved, national forests, wetlands and lakes, etc. However, none of the reserved forest

or national parks, wetlands and lakes are fall ing within a ten km radius of the seven projects identified. Further, River itself is a big habitat for

aquatic l ife and care must be taken at the time of water intake to safeguard especially the endangered species. A negative l ist is provided in the screening section to ensure exclusion of

ecologically sensitive areas. Also, all changes in project design right from the planning stage should identify any potential

impacts of projects on natural habitats, reserves or protected areas, and to develop appropriate mitigation measures to minimize or avoid

damage, or compensate for it under EMP prepared for Category II projects .

OP 4.36

(Forests).

World Bank’s lending operations in the

forest sector are conditional on government commitment to undertake sustainable management and

conservation-oriented forestry. Prohibits financing for commercial logging operations or acquisition of equipment for use in primary moist

tropical forests.

Triggered: Given the present plan, no acquisition

is expected from reserved or protected forests, wildlife sanctuaries or national park under all seven schemes

Also, the project is for the development of RWSS schemes; therefore it does not include any commercial logging. However, any future changes in project areas or

design may also need to be reviewed for the application of the OP 4.36 given the high forest cover in the state. Under such circumstances, Government of India (GOI) as well as state

governments has well laid out rules and



procedures for making use of fores t lands for

non-forest purposes, which are provided for, in the ECoPs. Also, any required fell ing of trees in the social forest or non-forest areas is to be carried with the

permission of the Forest Department and in accordance with guidelines for compensatory afforestation.

OP 7.50 (Projects in International

Waterways).

If a project has the potential to negatively affect the quality or quantity of water of a waterway shared with

other nations the Bank will need a negotiated agreement be established between riparian nations invol ved.

Covers riparian waterways that form boundary between two or more states and bays, gulfs, straits or channels bordered by two or more states. Applies

to dams, irrigation, flood control, navigation, water, sewage and industrial projects. Requires notification, agreement between states, detailed

maps, and feasibil ity surveys.

Not Triggered. In accordance with OP 7.50 (International Waterways) this is seen that the proposed project falls within the exceptions to

the notification requirement under Para 7(a ) of the Policy. The project components in the context and relation to OP 7.50, will not adversely change

the quality and quantity of water, both upstream and downstream and will not be adversely affected by the water use of the riparian countries.

Baseline environment Data on Water Availability and Quality

Assam has two major river valleys – the Brahmaputra and Barak. Surface water sources include river,

stream, lake, swamps and ponds. Ground water is available at low to moderate depths almost in the

entire state. Although, there is seasonal and regional variation in the availability of water resources, the

annual availability of water resource over the past century has remained almost same. However, in the

last two decades, the use of ground water has been growing at a fast rate. With the increase of per

capita consumption of water in domestic, agricultural and industrial sectors, there has been recorded

reduction in the potential per capita availability of ground water. Also, due to the geology of Gangetic-

Brahmaputra river basin, levels of arsenic have increased over the years in the ground water and when

tested, a number of aquifers in Assam are found contaminated with Arsenic. Contamination from poor

sanitary practices has also deteriorated the groundwater quality.

Assam is rich in biodiversity with a large number of forests, wetlands, river systems, and wildlife. Manas

National Park, Kaziranga National Park and Garbhanga Reserve Forest are close to the project areas,

though it is unlikely that projects will be undertaken in these reserves. Assam has six protected areas of

which two falls in the project district, Kamrup and Sonitpur. Suitable measures are identified under the

EMF and recommended to be undertaken during project appraisal stage through comprehensive EMPs

and ECoPs, to minimise impacts, if any.

Public Consultations and focus group discussions

Public Consultations for the project were held in February 2013, which included disclosure of project

plans and probable environmental impacts. The consultations are detailed in Annexure 1.12. The key

issues identified through the consultation plan are as follows:



A) Existing:

1. Water Quality: Some of the ground water sources are affected by iron, arsenic and fluoride.

2. Water Availability: Some of the Piped Water Supply Schemes (PWSS) have become dysfunctional

due to drying up of ground water sources, especially in Kamrup, Sonitpur and Morigaon. There

are very few house hold connections and most villagers source their domestic water from

community stand posts.

B) Proposed Concerns:

1. Need for regular supply and monitoring of water quality was voiced in the villages.

2. Transmission issues - Network design. A need to take consent from the villagers while laying the

piped network was highlighted during the meeting.

3. Operation and Maintenance was also highlighted in the meetings.

Key findings from the overall assessment of the project areas

▫ Water quality for both surface and ground water sources may be impacted due to existing economic

activities, such as; oil refineries, agriculture, tea estates and sand mining, in the state.

▫ Water supply networks may be impacted by (i) erosion of land and landslides damaging the

network, and (ii) landslides and other degradation of hills resulting in pump houses and other

infrastructure being damaged or destroyed due to the degradation.

▫ Floods and river bank erosion may impact water quality around intakes severely. However, floods

can also impact other project infrastructure like (i) damage or destruction of the intakes along the

rivers; (ii) flood waters entering toilets resulting in contamination of surface and groundwater

systems; and (iii) damage hand pumps as well as water entering shallow aquifers through hand

pumps during floods may pollute these reserves.

▫ Possible impact from wildlife corridors and impact on ecological resources during the construction

phase of the project, and may need to be considered during the project design and construction

activities.

▫ There are a number of vector and water borne diseases in the project area. These include diarrhoeal

diseases, cholera and malaria. Cases of Japanese Encephalitis and Acute Encephalitis syndrome have

also been noted in a few of the project districts.

▫ Water Treatment Plants (WTPs) in some areas are poorly managed with leakages, poor drainage and

inadequate waste disposal facilities. Poor management of the disinfection such as chlorine tablets or

bleaching powder, results in inadequate treatment prior to distribution, as observed, for the existing

Piped Water Supply Systems (PWSS).

▫ Poor personal hygiene and environmental sanitation in all project villages visited was a concern.

▫ Overall there is low open defecation except in Bongaigaon District. However, it was observed that

Kutccha toilets, which are prevalent in all seven project districts, are not always spaced at an

appropriate distance from hand pumps. This may have serious implication on the quality of water



and diseases like diarrhoea, Japanese encephalitis, cholera, etc., found to be prevalent in some of

the project districts, can be attributed to the contamination of shallow aquifers.

▫ There is no systematic solid waste management system in the project areas, with waste either burnt

or buried as a means of disposal.

▫ There is little evidence of a systematic waste water disposal system in villages visited with many

areas having mud roads without any drains constructed alongside.

Environmental Impacts

Overall there are expected to be a number of positive impacts from the project. However, a few adverse

impacts were identified as a part of project design, construction and operation and maintenance

activities. Major adverse impacts highlighted above through key findings during each project cycle are

listed below.

Major design related impacts

▫ Excess water in the project area with inadequate drainage provision and sanitation facilities

resulting in water logging, soil toxicity and increased vector habitats.

▫ Inadequately identified waste disposal system resulting in spillage and unsanitary waste dumping.

▫ Damage to infrastructure due to landslides, flooding, etc., due to poor location of infrastructure or

poorly identified borrow sites.

▫ Poorly identified project sites – resulting in destruction or damage of natural habitats, either

terrestrial or aquatic. Two important aquatic species exist near the project sites – the Gangetic

Dolphin in River Brahmaputra at Jorhat and the Indian Gaharial in River Dikhow.

▫ Introduction of alien species due to project plantation activities may lead to degradation of the local

environment.

▫ Poorly designed management plan, resulting in damage to locally significant cultural areas or

archaeological sites.

Further, adverse Impacts on water quality, natural habitats, cultural or heritage sites, etc., may occur

due to wrong selection of sites for intake, WTP and transmission line locations. Care must be taken while

selecting appropriate sites, ensuring they are at a safe distance from protected forest, animal corridors,

heritage sites, wetlands, flood prone areas, tea estate, or downstream of oil ref inery, waste disposal,

etc. However, if the selection cannot be avoided, especially in case of flood prone areas, all mitigation

measures should be effectively taken to minimize adverse impacts both on the project and on the

ecology.

Major construction related impacts

▫ Poor site management at all construction and material procurement sites leading to waste dumping,

toxicity and accidents.

▫ Health and safety concerns of labour due to poor site management, lack of facilities and inadequate

safety measures for labour.



▫ Disturbance to local population from construction sites – noise and air pollution, inadequate safety

measures, excess traffic, competing resource needs for labour and local population, and use of local

lands for construction material and labour camps.

▫ Disturbance to local fauna and flora due to excess removal of fauna and flora during site clearance.

Further, construction during migratory season, leading to disturbance in their routes, or

procurement of material from ecological sensitive areas in Sonitpur, Sibsagar, Jorhat, Kamrup and

Hailakandi district which have number of reserve forest, wetlands, national parks, etc.

▫ Damage to existing infrastructure due to construction activities.

Major operation and maintenance related impacts

▫ Poor management of the WTP and Rain Water Harvesting Systems (RWHS) resulting in

contamination of water, increase in waterlogging and vector habitats, as well as leading to damage

of existing infrastructure and cultural property.

▫ Poor management of water treatment chemicals as well as heavy equipment’s resulting in

accidents, especially for workers at the WTP, intakes or floating barges.

▫ Inadequate finances or skills resulting in poor management of systems.

Based on the impact assessment, a number of Environmental Code of Practices (ECoPs) has been

identified in the migration plan. These ECoPs include guidelines for Sanitary Protection of Water Supply

Sources, Sustainability of Ground water Sources, Selection of Safe Sanitation Technologies,

Environmental Considerations in Location of Toilets, Construction Practice and Pollution Safeguards for

Twin Pit Pour Flush Latrines, Guidelines for Safe Sullage Disposal at Household and Community Levels,

Guidelines for Drainage Management in Villages, Guidelines for Community Solid Waste Management,

Sullage and biodegradable waste be managed in a non-polluting manner, exclusion list and negative list

of activities as well as the General building safety provisions are incorporated under the Annexures.

Environment Management Framework

Environmental Management Framework (EMF) essentially consists of Environmental Screening,

Environmental Assessment (EA), Environmental Management Planning and monitoring of compliance

with the plan of actions recommended for mitigating environmental risks. The Environmental Screening

was carried out under this assessment to determine the appropriate environmental category for the

proposed projects. Based on the outcome of screening, an Environmental Assessment (EA) respective to

the attached environmental category will be applied for each proposals. The PHED as recommended in

the Environment Data Sheets (EDS) will be responsible for carrying out the required EA and for

confirming that any clearances necessary for the proposed RWSS projects are obtained from the

relevant authorities as prescribed by the national and state legislations which should also meet with the

World Bank procedures as described in the EA/EMF document. Once the EA is performed and

recommendations incorporated into the sub-project, the project can be appraised and sanctioned.

Depending on the environmental category, the package would include one of the following: a) a full

scale Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and an Environmental Management Plan (EMP), b)

Environmental Management Plan (EMP), c) a simplified environmental assessment, so called EMP

checklist, or d) a justified statement that no EA are required. To ensure that environmental management



is an integral part of project activities, the EMF needs to be incorporated in the project and scheme’s

management. The following are the components of EMF, elaborated under the EA/EMF Report.

1. Collection of Basic Environmental Data: To ensure adequate and proper identification of local needs

and monitoring of RWSS projects, the EMF needs environmental data for each scheme. To do this and

ensure a standard format for the project, an Environmental Data Sheet (EDS) for schemes on water

supply, sanitation, solid and liquid waste management, will be made available through the EA/EMF

document. The Assistant Executive Engineer/Executive Engineer (AEE/EE - for each district) of the

scheme fills up the EDS in consultation with the GPWSCs, Gram Panchayat or other local civil society

organisations who are involved in the project.

2. Environmental Classification of Schemes: At the Detailed Scheme Report (DSR) preparation stage, the

available environmental information in the EDS will be evaluated and based on the level of expected

environmental and public health impacts, the proposed scheme would be classif ied as either Category I

(basic) or Category II (detailed environmental appraisal required). The overall in charge for the

identification of the environmental classification of schemes with the help of the screening tool is the

responsibility of the EE (District) of each scheme.

3. Environmental Appraisal and Approval: For all category I schemes, there shall be no separate

environment appraisal other than filling up of EDS included in the DSR. For category II schemes, a

detailed environmental appraisal of the proposed scheme is required. This will be done by the EE and his

team who is in charge of the scheme. This team can be supported by the state level environmental

expert attached to PMU, for any technical help required. The environmental appraisal for category II

schemes shall not take more than 30 days. The DPR of Category I schemes should be accompanied by

the Environmental Data Sheet (EDS). The DPR for Category II schemes should be accompanied by the

Environmental Data Sheet (EDS) and the Category II environmental appraisal. The EE of the RWSS will

ensure this. All documentation will be finally checked for consistency and quality by the PMU

environmental specialist.

4. Environmental Compliance Monitoring during Implementation and O&M phases: The EMF will

ensure the following; i) the prescribed environmental mitigation measures (including construction stage

measures) as identified through the environmental appraisal process are adequately implemented. The

Implementation Completion Report of each scheme will include an Environmental Compliance

Certificate given by the GPWSC/GP or other identified appropriate authority. ii) Monitoring and

Supervision: There will be periodic supervision and monitoring conducted to ensure compliance to the

EMF and identification of any additional concerns that may have risen since. Iii) Capacity building needs

to be undertaken to ensure the proper execution of the EMF. It has been noted that some issues of poor

management of systems at the local level can be rectified by training and capacity building activities. iv)

IEC for the management of water, sanitation, environmental sanitation, drainage etc., will be needed at

the local level. This is imperative to ensure the proper management of village sanitation and reduce

health burden from water and sanitation related diseases.



Implementation through Institutional System and Capacity Building

The implementation of the EMF is to be done through a series of different actors. At the state level the

State Project Management Unit (SPMU) will have an environmental specialist who has the overall

responsibility for the implementation of the project’s EMF. At the scheme level the actual

implementation will be the responsibility of the scheme Executive Engineer’s along with his staff. Day to

day running of the scheme will be the responsibility of the GPWSC/VWSCs or whoever is identified as

the appropriate authority, depending upon the area. The Assistant Executive Engineers and Assistant

Engineers will be overall in charge for the completion of the Environmental Data Sheets (EDS), and will

receive support from the support organizations for the project, who would be local agencies working in

the sector in the area.

To ensure the appropriate implementation of the EMF the EA has also identifi ed a capacity building

programme. The major areas of capacity building are:

▫ Awareness on World Bank environmental procedures, monitoring and EMP needs and compliance

to WB safeguards.

▫ O&M for systems.

▫ Refreshers programme awareness training, on World Bank environmental procedures and

compliance needs.

▫ Environmental Management – on environmental sanitation, sanitation and hygiene.

▫ Environmental Awareness and Sensitization for project beneficiaries.

▫ Quality Construction Practices for Artisans.

▫ Training for Water quality monitoring & sanitary surveys.

Training Approach and Programmes

Systematic capacity building initiatives are to be introduced only after completion of Training Needs

Assessment (TNA). The training will be in the cascade mode. All the trained staff and others will in turn

conduct further trainings at state, district, block and GP levels, depending upon their roles. However,

since capacity building goes beyond mere imparting training, institutionalization of best practices

becomes a prerequisite for improved service delivery. The training programme should be based on the

felt need, relevance and principle of sustainability as well as the recommendations from the Training

Need Assessment workshops. An enabling condition should be created for stake holders to understand

and implement programmes on rural drinking water and sanitation (as per NRDWP guidelines). Special

emphasis needs to be given to participatory techniques, community facilitation and communication

skills and gender based approaches. The number of suggested training programs is presented in table

below.



Number of Training Programs

About 40 to 50 trainees would participate in each of the training programs. It is intended that these

trained persons will in turn provide onsite training to PHED staff, SOs, GPWSCs, NGOs, Contractor staff,

etc. onsite at village level.

Sl No Training Topic Number of trainings

1 T 1 - Environmental Management Framework 25

2 T2 - Environmental Management 44

3 T3 - Environmental Awareness and Sensitization 44

4 T4 - Quality Construction Practices for Artisans 44

5 Total 157



1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 Background The Government of India (GoI) and State Governments have together spent more than Rs. 1,50,000

crore over the last 20 years to for Water and Sanitation Supply services (WSS) in rural India. This has

resulted in the provision of domestic water to more than 70 crore people in 15 lakh rural habitation.

Sanitation coverage has also risen to 69% for rural households. However, intrastate inequities still exist,

as do emerging new demands. There is an increasing demand for the need to cover Scheduled

Caste/Scheduled Tribe (SC/ST) population and peri -urban/rural areas. About 90% of surveyed

households of the National Sample Survey Organization (NSSO) 65th survey in 2008-09 received water

from improved sources. Yet, only 30% of rural households have tap connections and less than 10% of

Gram Panchayats (GPs) have received the Nirmal Gram Puraskar (NGP) award for 100% sanitation

coverage. However, even villages which have received the NGP slip back with about 30-40% of schemes

that were fully or partially covered periodically slip back to “partially covered” or “not covered” status.

This is mainly due to deteriorating quality and quantity, poor operations and maintenance (O&M)

standards and weak cost recovery; formidable constraints in achieving and maintaining full coverage.

One of the reasons for the disconnect between high levels of investment and the subsequent lack of

sustainability is limited institutional reforms in the sector. Emphasis remains on asset creation rather

than asset management and sustainable operations. The bulk of Rural Water Supply and Sanitation

(RWSS) investments are undertaken in a top down manner through state level entities. These state level

agencies are neither equipped for the job nor have incentives to deliver sustainable services.

Sustainability, demand responsive approaches, working with communities and local governments has

been demonstrated under the Sector Reform and Swajaldhara programmes. However, scaling up these

approaches continues to be a challenge. This challenge becomes even more serious in states already

suffering from poor piped water and sanitation coverage.

The challenge is not only increasing the piped water connections and sanitation facilities in states that

are lagging behind; but implementing community-driven, panchayat led institutional models for

improving sustainability of service delivery. Along with the investment program, these states require

huge capacity building, training, and Information, Education and Communication (IEC) awareness

programs for establishing and making operational decentralized institutional arrangements. As part of

its recent strategy, the Department of Drinking Water Supply (DDWS) has placed special emphasis on

piped water and sanitation coverage in eight lagging states with low piped water coverage.

The lagging states include Assam, Bihar, Jharkhand, and Uttar Pradesh. These states face constraints in

institutional and technical capacity at the state, district, block and GP levels for implementing

sustainable rural water supply projects. The constraints include weak institutional capacity involve

communities and panchayats in planning, implementing and managing their own drinking water supply

schemes. The technical capacity of the State Rural Water Supply Departments for supporting and

implementing the decentralization program also needs strengthening. O&M of existing schemes too is



inadequate, resulting in many schemes becoming dysfunctional. Some areas also face problems of water

availability as safe sources are at great distance habitations.

Key Elements of the RWSS Program for Lagging States

The RWSS Program for lagging states is to be a separate component of NRDWP with different allocation

criteria and funding components. However, it will be implemented within the framework of NRDWP. It

will support the following key elements of the reform program:

Placing GPs and communities in the central role, supported by higher levels of Panchayati Raj

Institutes (PRIs), the State government and the local non-governmental and private sector, for

facilitating, planning, implementing, monitoring and providing a range of O&M back-up services.

Using sustainable, community or local government managed models for intra-GP RWSS schemes

and using State- PRI partnership models for multi-GP schemes.

Putting water resources security as a core theme of the new model, including increased

community management of scarce resources.

Moving the RWSS sector to recovery of at least 50% O&M and replacement costs and initiating

contribution to capital costs keeping affordability and inclusiveness in mind. .

Moving towards metered household connections, with 24/7 water supply where feasible, as a

basic level of service.

Promoting professionalized service provision management models, and/or back -up support

functions, for the different market segments (simple/small single village/GP schemes; large

single village/GP schemes; multi village/GP schemes).

Integrating water supply and sanitation, with effective sanitation promotion programs for

achieving “clean villages”.

Establishing M&E systems with independent reviews and social audits.

Service delivery through the PRI system; as envisaged for the laggard states, fits well with the National

Rural Drinking Water Programme (NRDWP) of the Government of India. This is mainly as the NRDWP

emphasises the involvement of the PRIs and communities in planning, implementing and managing

drinking water supply schemes.

The main objective of the programme is to deliver sustainable water services and improved sanitation

through appropriate decentralized institutional models. The program is to be funded by DDWS under

the NRDWP for the lagging States.

The management of these schemes is to be eventually handed over to the PRIs. A separate component

of support activities like IEC, Human Resources Development (HRD), Management Information Systems

(MIS), Water Quality Monitoring and Surveillance has been introduced. Recently, as part of the NRDWP,

the state departments responsible for drinking water supply and sanitation has prepared their long term

strategic plan (2011-2022) to ensure drinking water security to all rural households. The strategic plans



aim to cover 90% of households with piped water and at least 80% of households with tap connections

in this period. This forward looking strategy supports the creation of an enabling environment fo r the

PRIs, Self Help Groups (SHG) and local communities to manage rural drinking water sources and

systems. The strategy emphasizes achieving water security through decentralized governance with

oversight and regulation, participatory planning and implementation of sources and schemes. Capacity

building programs will be required for communities to monitor and prudently use their water resources.

Sustainable service delivery mechanisms are a central feature of the program, with State institutions or

Zilla Parishad implementing and managing large multi-village schemes, delivering bulk water to vil lages

in water stressed areas, and GPs implementing and managing in-village and intra-Panchayat schemes.

The strategy highlights source sustainability measures, water quality safety, monitoring and surveillance,

service agreements with operators, convergence of different development programs, and building

professional capacity at all levels.

1.2 Present World Bank Assisted Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Project The Government of India had approached the World Bank for assistance on a National Project for the

lagging states particularly Assam, Uttar Pradesh, Jharkhand and Bihar. The project is to include

programmes related to improved water quality monitoring, health and hygiene education and ground

water recharge for water supply source protection.

1.2.1 Components Possible components of a World Bank supported DDWS NRDWP Component for Lagging States are as

follows:

Component 1: Technical Assistance (TA) to States/PRIs: This component will finance TA required for

participating States and PRIs, to prepare detailed RWSS program covering all aspects of the investment

needs, reform activities, institutional changes and operational capacity improvements (including human

capacity, systems and equipment) necessary to deliver sustainable water supply and sanitation

coverage.

Component 2: RWSS Investments: This component will finance activities aimed at achieving improved

and sustainable piped water supply and sanitation coverage. These activities will include replacing and

rehabilitating the existing RWSS infrastructure as well as new systems for water supply and sanitation

coverage to new customers.

Component 3: Capacity Building for RWSS Institutions: This will support improved performance in the

sector and participating institutions through three dimensions: (i) Improving Operations: professional

service delivery models according to size and scale of operations (single/multi village schemes); (ii)

Improving Finance: O&M cost recovery, financial management and reporting, etc.; (iii) Improving

Governance: Policy development at the State level with clarity of roles and responsibilities at State,

district, village levels; PPP and regulatory arrangements; performance monitoring and independent

assessments; etc. A learning program will complement the above capacity building activities, including

(a) knowledge exchange; (b) structured learning; and (c) training of practitioners to enhance capacity. (d)

strengthening WSSOs on lines of WASMO and DWSMs with infrastructural and other support



Component 4: Capacity Building for DDWS: This component will provide technical assistance to the

DDWS with a view to increasing the Ministry’s overall capacity for planning and managing the RWSS

program, including strengthening the National Resource Centre, monitoring and evaluation (M&E) and

independent reviews of the sector program.

1.3 Scope of the Project The key feature of the project would be to work with ‘lagging’ States for scaling up sustainable Rural

Water Supply & Sanitation (RWSS) services and establishing new benchmarks and good practice models

for adoption by other States. Within DDWS, the enhanced capacity resulting from the project will allow

it to continue to lead the sector, advocate for reform, and introduce a higher quality of public policy

debate, and more efficient allocation of resources, in the RWSS sector. Subsequently, the project also

intends to take up the following activities under waste management in the villages.

1. Solid waste management.

2. Liquid waste management.

It has been proposed that the segregation of solid waste at household level will be introduced through

IEC campaigns and house-to-house awareness creation activities. Further, for managing bio-degradable

waste, composting or vermi-composting at household level or community level, as required is proposed.

All the recyclable waste will be segregated at household level itsel f and reused. The remaining non-

recyclable waste will be disposed at commonly identified places by the community, as this quantity is

too small. For liquid waste, drains will be provided in the village and village households are encouraged

to build soak pits. Where required liquid waste will be collected and disposed into waste stabilization

ponds for stabilization.

The present project is limited mainly to providing rural water supply and sanitation infrastructure and

does not intend to de-contaminate or reduce existing contamination in the villages. However, any future

contamination due to solid waste and liquid waste in the project villages will be taken care through

using Environmental Code of Practice (ECoPs) and intensive awareness programs through Information

Education and communication (IEC) campaigns proposed in the project.

1.4 Need for Environmental Assessment and Environment Management Framework To contribute to the environmental sustainability of the project, an Environmental Assessment (EA)

Study is required based upon the World Bank’s safeguards policies. The study will collect and analyze

information regarding the environmental issues related to the project from each participat ing state in

the first phase on sample and finally prepare an Environmental Management Framework (EMF) to be

integrated in the overall project. The aim of the EA/EMF study is to analyze the existing environmental

issues related to rural water supply and sanitation and ensure that these inadequacies are addressed or

mitigated in the project design.

The project itself is not expected to cause any major adverse environmental impacts. However, some

key environmental concerns related to the project are:

Water Quantity Issues



Availability of 'safe' drinking water, especially in the summer months

Management of solid and liquid waste management and so on.

Open Defecation Free (ODF) Gram Panchayat. Based upon the assessment of the project and its activities environmental impact and mitigation measures will be identified. These will be included in the project design.

1.5 Objectives of Environmental Assessment The key objective of the study is to undertake and prepare a state-specific EA/EMF Report with a view to

identify the critical environmental concerns in the RWSS sector and address them as an integral part of

project design.

The specific objective includes:

To assess the existing status of environment in the state and to identify threats and issues which

have effect on RWSS sector

To identify the environmental issues associated with implementation of RWSS schemes (single

village and multi village schemes) and develop environmental codes of practices that need to be

followed during various stages such as planning, construction and operation and maintenance.

To identify generic environmental issues that are beyond the scope of RWSS schemes, but related

to the sector and recommend remedial measures to address them as part of the project.

To identify existing good behaviour in recycling of water, use of traditional method of liquid and

solid waste management.

To identify traditional habitation that result in lower per capita consumption of water.

To identify household and environmental sanitation issues as well as to make an assessment of

pollution level with regard to water supply and its usages & propose appropriate sanitation

technology options.

To prepare an Environment Management Framework including well -defined performance

indicators for addressing the identified issues, through the various activities/tasks under the

proposed project, and strategy for its implementation to achieve sustainable sources for water

supply schemes and environmental sanitation benefits.

1.6 Methodology Adopted for the Study

The EA/EMF analysis included a combination of primary and secondary data, which were used to

identify key (possible) environmental impacts. Sources of primary data include village surveys, field visits

and discussions with key stakeholders, including officials from following departments, Public Health and

Engineering Department (PHED) – Water Supply, PHED-Sanitation, Central Ground Water Board, Health

(NRHM – IDSP Cell), WSSO, Irrigation, ASHA Workers, etc. Secondary data was also collected from

published literature and web searches, especially data on official websites of the state especially for

state level baseline information. Further details of the data sources and collections are given in the

subsections below.



The review of the schemes is based upon existing situation analysis from field visits by the team,

discussions with the PHED and also key stakeholders both at the village, district and block levels, as well

as other relevant departments, agencies and civil society groups who are working in the Water and

Sanitation sector in Assam. The team, with the help of PHED officials, undertook field visits and transact

walks in few project villages, covering all the nine project areas. This preliminary assessment which was

carried during the month of December 2012 till the end of January 2013, covered discussions, field

observations, data collection, on major issues such as health, environment, water availability and

quality, sanitation, etc., with the residents.

Given that PRI elections were running parallel to the study, discussions with some of the key

stakeholders – members of the PRI were limited during the preliminary field visits and thus was

undertaken again after the 14th Feb 2013 through consultations and FGDs in all the project areas to

include views given by representative of PRI’s.

Interaction was made with other concerned non-governmental organizations for dovetailing of efforts,

which may help in mitigating or reducing the environmental problems.

Discussions with the NGO’s, stakeholders, Members of World Bank, PHED Staff have brought out certain

useful suggestions and proposals to make RWSS sector a sustainable entity. The assessment includes

both impact of the project on the environment and also possible impacts of the environment on the

project. Details of the primary and secondary data collection and analysis are detailed below.

1.6.1 Data Collection and Review

1.6.1.1 Secondary Data Collection and Analysis

The main sources of data were the latest State Statistical Diaries/handbooks, Eleventh Five Year Plan

document of the state, various proposal of the state regarding environment, water, sanitation and

hygiene sectors, annual progress reports and departmental documents of the concerned departments,

such as Public Health Engineering Department, Department of Forests, Land Survey Directorate,

Agriculture, Horticulture, Soil and Water Conservation, Animal Husbandry, Ground Water Survey,

National Rural Health Mission – Integrated Disease Surveillance Project (NRHM – IDSP), Pollution Control

Board, Central Water Commission, Watershed Management Directorate, Botanical Survey of India,

Zoological Survey of India and the like.

Bhuvan, a Geo-portal of Indian Space Research Organisation, Google Earth, Google Pro were some of the

mapping tools used to assess the Project areas with respect to existing topographical features. This

helped in understanding the issues related to the location of the schemes viz a viz features like,

Reserved and protected forest, wetlands, distances from the source ( in case of Assam the source is the

River from which the water will be taken), animal corridors, wildlife sanctuaries, cultural heritage

buildings, etc.

The data was also collected from government statistics and published documents, research documents

and grey literature available on the internet. All attempts have been made to verify the quality of data

by cross checking the information from other sources, such as PHED, Revenue Department, CGWB, etc.

Research papers, books and monographs, annual reports and special study reports of various research



organizations working in the North East have been used. These include Indian Council of Forestry

Research and Education (Forest Research Institute), Forest Survey of India, Wildlife Institute of India,

Survey of India, Geological Survey of India, Central Soil and Water Conservation Institute, were

consulted to extract important information and to bring out important environmental and RWSS issues

of the state. Studies on the RWSS and environment sector in Assam conducted by NGO’s were also

referred to in this assessment study.

Apart from available literature, to identify project background and baseline, a review of RWSS standards

and water quality and environment related legislation was also undertaken. This comprehensive review

identified possible legal procedures that may be important for the project. Based on this, the EMF,

detailed in the report advices on what is needed to be carried during, planning, implementation,

operation & Maintenance to mitigate probable impacts on environment. Equally, discussions with the

PHED and overlaying the planned scheme with its GPS location on Google Earth Maps has helped

identify possible conflicts with the existing establishments. Subsequently, permissions from relevant

departments have been identified under the legislative framework of the EMF.

Primary Data Collection and Analysis

A combination of surveys, focus group discussions and consultations were undertaken for identification

of project concerns, environmental issues and possible project needs. In total 15 numbers of villages

were visited for each of the identified project areas.

Primary data collection includes qualitative and quantitative surveys at the GP, village and household

level. The survey questions include parameters such as water availability, quality, piped water supply

condition, sanitary surveys, health issues, etc.. Local survey teams were trained to undertake village

level and household level filling of questionnaires. The survey formats were developed and tested in

Panikhaiti Village of Kamrup district, and based on the survey team’s feedback; required changes were

incorporated in the final questionnaires for conducting the primary survey for the project. The field

testing was also used as an opportunity to train the survey team. The questionnaires for the GP and

household are attached in Annexure 1.3. Apart from the field surveys, water quality testing of all the

intake points are conducted to identify any possible water quality concerns in the project area. The tests

report is also given in Annexure 1.4.

Sample Size: Selection of villages and GPs for field investigations is guided by such factors as population,

particularly the total population considered under the RWSS Project; Environmental status such as water

quality; Dysentery and Diarrhoeal cases reported in the block; ground water status and soil degradation;

and distance from sources. Based on these criteria, and in consultation with the PHED, fifty six villages

are selected for surveys. Details of the number of villages selected in each project area along with

number of GPs are given in Annexure 1.2 (in Volume – II).

Subsequently, the team of experts conducting the EA undertook field visits to all nine districts. This was

to undertake a rapid assessment of the existing scenario, possible location concerns and look at some of

the existing water supply treatment systems and related infrastructure to identify major concerns and

impacts on proposed project. The team also undertook transect walks in some of the villages and visited



a few households and discussed their water and sanitation needs and concerns. The details of the

villages visited and dates are given in Annexure 1. 2 (in Volume – II).

Public consultation and disclosure process were conducted in all seven districts under the project

schemes, which were attended by representatives of key stakeholders of RWSS. The details of the

villages visited and dates are given in Table 1.

1.6.2 Sample Habitations for Pilot Study Minimum three GPs were selected per (nine) Project Area based on their distance from the intake point

(Head, Middle and Tail) and minimum two villages per GP. The Primary Survey will be conducted in 30

House Holds (5-10% representation from each village) from each Village. Subsequently, the villages are

selected to include issues such as, ground & surface water quality, Water Bourne disease outbreaks in

the last five years, socio economic status (SC/ST/Gen), based on the secondary data in combination with

the preliminary field visits to each project area in the seven district and respective consultation with the

district Executive engineer. This is primarily done to ensure that all the environmental issues are

addressed and an effective village sample is taken for the study.

Table 1: Number of GPs and Villages selected for the survey in the planned project districts.

S.No District Project Areas

Sampling

No of GPs No of Villages

1 Kamrup

Composite Water Supply and Sanitation (WSS) at Chandrapur & Dimoria Dev. Block

3 2

2

Composite WSS at Bezera 3 4

2 Sibsagar Amguri Gaurisagar integrated WSS 4

3

3

Gr. Sibsagar integrated WSS 5 2

5

3 Jorhat Composite WSS at Jorhat, Jorhat Central & Jorhat North West Dev. Block

5 3 2

2

4 Sonitpur Composite WSS at Gohpur 6 4

4

5 Morigaon Gr Mayang WSS 5 3

3

6 Boigaingaon Gr Jogighopa WSS 6 4 2

2

7 Hailakandi Gr. Hailakandi-Algapur WSS 5 4

2

1.6.3 Preliminary Site Visits The project team conducting the EA undertook field visits between the mid December, 2012 and end

January, 2013. This rapid assessment included visits to the project villages, where discussions were

undertake with the residents, meeting with Scheme Level User Committee (SLUC) members, Gaon



Panchayat Water and Sanitation Committee (GPWSC) and where possible also discussions with

members of the GP.

The team also visited planned project intakes and sites under consideration for water treatment plants.

The team had discussions with local officials that included PHED engineers, SLUC members, WTP

employees, Block Panchayat members, tea estate managers and workers and anganwardi workers. The

visits were facilitated by the PHED officials in charge of the project.

1.6.4 Public Consultations and focus group discussions

Public Consultations were concluded by the team in all the seven, project districts. The consultations

were held in the second half of February 2013, after the panchayat elections had been completed. The

consultations were used to disclose the project plan and identify possible implications of the p roject on

the environment, and understand their situation, needs and perspective with reference to water supply

and sanitation. The details of the consultations are given in Annexure 1.9 along with the field plan for

the consultations.

Key Issues which were identified during the consultations.

A) Existing:

3. Water Quality: Some of the ground water sources are affected by Iron, Arsenic and Fluoride.

4. Water Availability: Some of the PWSS have become dysfunctional due to drying up of ground

water sources, especially in Kamrup, Sonitpur and Morigaon. There are very few house hold

connections and most of the villagers are forced to fill water from the stand post provided at the

community level.

B) Proposed Concerns:

4. Regular supply as well as regular monitoring of water quality.

5. Transmission issues- Network design. The concerns were shown on how will the network for

water supply be designed, will a consent be taken from the villagers at the planning process.

6. Operation and Maintenance.

*Note: Some of the findings from the consultations were taken in account and incorporated in the

revised Draft Report (Version II).

1.7 Organisation of the Report

1. Chapter-1: Introductory chapter presents a brief of project, the methodology followed, criteria

for selection of sample habitations for preliminary site visits, schedule and the procedure

followed for public consultations.

2. Chapter-2: This chapter provides Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Policy, Regulatory

Framework, Missions and Programmes. This has information on the rural water policy and on

the legal and regulatory framework relevant to the proposed project. This chapter describes

rural water and sanitation institutions in the state, their roles and responsibilities with special

focus on rural water supply and sanitation. Further it presents a profile of the proposed project

and the rules for participation of the beneficiary community in the project.



3. Chapter-3: This chapter presents the baseline data on relevant environmental components in

the Assam State. Based on a critical review and analysis of baseline data, the issues of

environmental concern have been identified. *The seven districts with proposed schemes under

RWSS-LIS, World Bank funded projects are in bold for the reader to register the specific impacts

under each baseline parameters.

4. Chapter-4: Fourth chapter has the Environmental Management Framework. This analyses the

potential environmental risks associated with the proposed project activities during the design,

preparation, construction and operation phases as well as, the mitigation measures for

removing/ reducing the adverse impacts and enhancing the beneficial impacts of the project.

The institutional and capacity building arrangements, monitoring and supervision arrangements

as well as the financial arrangements for the implementation of the EMF are presented in this

chapter. Appropriate environmental performance indicators have been proposed which need to

be integrated with other indicators as tools to assess the project performance.

Chapter 1 to 4 are enclosed in Volume I

This report has several annexures including detailed project schemes, detailed guidelines and codes of

practice for improved environmental management, state and district level baseline data on water supply

and sanitation etc., which are enclosed in Volume II.



2 RWSS– POLICY, REGULATORY FRAMEWORK, MISSIONS AND PROGRAMMES

2.1 State RWSS Vision

“A clean and healthy Assam, in which each person individually and collectively owns and takes the

responsibility to ensure an equitable and good quality of life through safe water supply, adequate

sanitation facilities and best hygiene practices.” Source: PHED, Assam

2.1.1 RWSS at National Context The Ministry of Drinking Water and Sanitation, Government of India, formerly under the Ministry of

Rural Development as Department of Drinking Water and Sanitation, is headed by the Minster for Rural

Development. The Accelerated Rural Water Supply Programme (ARWSP) was the first major

intervention in the water sector that started in 1972-1973. To accelerate coverage, the Technology

Mission on Drinking Water was launched in 1986. In 1991-92, this mission was renamed Rajiv Gandhi

National Drinking Water Mission, and in 1999, the Department of Drinking Water Supply (DDWS) was

formed under Ministry of Rural Development, for focused attention on drinking water and sanitation.

The first major sector reform project (SRP) was started in the same year. Later was renamed as

Department of Drinking Water and Sanitation in 2010 and in 2011, it was given a Ministry status, due to

the importance given to the sector by the ruling government. The Ministry of Drinking Water and

Sanitation is the nodal department for the overall policy, planning, funding and coordination of

programmes of drinking water and sanitation in the country.

A national water supply and sanitation programme was introduced in the social sector in the country in

1954. The Government of India assisted the States to establish special investigation divisions in the

Fourth Five Year Plan to carry out identification of problem villages. Taking into account the magnitude

of the problem, and to accelerate the pace of coverage of problem villages, the Government of India

introduced the Accelerated Rural Water Supply Programme (ARWSP) in 1972- 73 to assist States and

Union Territories with 100% grants-in-aid to implement drinking water supply schemes in such villages.

The entire programme was given a Mission approach when the Technology Mission on Drinking Water

Management, called the National Drinking Water Mission (NDWM), was introduced as one of the five

Missions in social sector in 1986. NDWM was renamed as Rajiv Gandhi National Drinking Water Mission

(RGNDWM) in 1991. During the International Water and Sanitation Decade in 1980s, Central Rural

Sanitation Programme (CRSP) was launched in 1986 in the Ministry of Rural Development to accelerate

sanitation coverage in rural areas with the objective of improving quality of life of the rural people and

to provide privacy and dignity to women. Presently, Rajiv Gandhi National Drinking Water Mission

(RGNDWM), Department of Drinking Water Supply, Ministry of Rural Development administers the

Centrally Sponsored programmes in Rural Drinking Water Supply and Rural Sanitation sectors. During

the Ninth-Plan period, special initiative was taken to cover rural habitations with proper sanitation. The

CRSP was restructured in 1999 with a provision for phasing out the allocation-based component by the

end of the IX Plan i.e. 2001- 2002. The Total Sanitation Campaign (TSC), now named as Nirmal Bharat



Abhiyan (NBA) under the restructured CRSP was launched with effect from 1.4.1999 adopting a

community led and people centred approach. TSC moves away from the principle of state-wise

allocation to a “demand driven” approach. The programme gives emphasis on IEC for demand

generation of sanitation facilities and offering a wide range of technological choices of sanitation

hardware through an effective delivery mechanism of Rural Sanitary Mart and Product ion Centres to

meet the demand for sanitation facilities so generated. It also lays emphasis on school sanitation and

hygiene education for bringing about attitudinal and behavioural changes for relevant sanitation and

hygiene practices from young age.

The NDWM Plan accords the highest priority to providing the “Not Covered” (NC) habitations with

sustainable and stipulated supply of drinking water. It is envisaged to cover all the rural habitations

including those, which might have been slipped back to Not Covered or Partially Covered (NC/PC)

category by the end of NDWM Plan. The Tenth Plan emphasizes the participatory approach where PRIs

should be the key institutions for convergence of drinking water supply programmes at the ground level.

Considerable success has been achieved in meeting drinking water needs of the rural population.

2.1.2 Sector Reforms Project In April 1999, the GOI decided to move from a target based and supply-driven to the actual practices

and preferences of end users, to a demand-based approach where users get the service they want and

are willing to pay for, in a new initiative called Sector Reform Pilot Projects (SRPP). Apart from demand -

responsiveness, this approach stressed financial viability and sustainability of the schemes, through f ull

cost recovery of operation and maintenance and replacement costs.

These sector reforms were to be implemented on a pilot scale in selected villages in 67 districts spread

over 26 states in the country. The strategies of the sector reform programme were that people will be

willing to maintain and operate water supply schemes only if they,

Owned the assets Had installed the hand pump themselves, or had been actively involved throughout Had been trained to do simple repairs Know the government will not maintain the asset Had sufficient funds for maintenance and Had to pay for operation and maintenance of the system.

2.1.3 Swajaladhara The Government of India has emphasized the need for taking up community based rural water supply

programmes which resulted in the Sector Reforms Pilot Project in 1999. Using experiences gained in the

pilot project the Swajaldhara programme was launched on 25th December 2002.

Principles of Swajaldhara

Adoption of demand responsive, adaptable approach along with community parti cipation based on

empowerment of villages to ensure their full participation in the project through a decision making role

in the choice of the drinking water scheme, planning, design, implementation, control of finances and

management arrangements;



Full ownership of drinking water assets with appropriate level of Panchayats; Panchayats/communities

to have the powers to plan, implement, operate, maintain and manage all Water Supply and Sanitation

schemes;

Partial capital cost sharing either in cash or kind including labour or both, 100% responsibility of

operation and maintenance by the users;

Taking up conservation measures through rain water harvesting and ground water recharge systems for

sustained drinking water supply; Shifting the role of Government from direct service delivery to that of

planning, policy formulation, monitoring and evaluation, and partial financial support.

Keeping in view the concept of decentralization of powers, the powers to sanction Swajaldhara projects

have now been delegated to District Water and Sanitation Committee (DWSC) as envisaged in the

revised guidelines issued in June 2003.

As per the guidelines issued in June 2003, Swajaldhara will have two Dharas. First Dhara (Swajaldhara-I)

will be for a Gram Panchayat (GP) or a group of GPs or an intermediate Panchayat (at block/Tehsil level)

and the second Dhara (Swajaldhara-II) will have a District as the project area.

Guidelines for environmental safety as per Swajaldhara Projects

States would need to enact and implement law on effective groundwater extraction control,

regulation and recharge

State Government should integrate water conservation and rainwater harvesting schemes with

drinking water supply schemes

Rural drinking water, sanitation, health and hygiene programmes need to be integrated at the State,

District, Block and GP levels

ARWSSA/PHED Assam should arrange for periodic monitoring and review of the functioning of

completed water supply schemes by officers, experts, NGOs, Institutions etc.

Suitable monitoring mechanism and systems may be put in place in this regard by State Government

Funds under Swajaldhara are now allocated to the States/UTs and the allocated amount is intimated to

the States/UTs. The States/UTs make district wise allocation and furnish the details to the Department

of Drinking Water Supply. On receipt of such information, the funds are released directly to

SWSM/DP/DWSM by Department of Drinking Water Supply.

Guidelines on Swajaldhara (June 2003)

The GOI, Ministry of Rural Development, Department of Drinking Water Supply issued the guidelines for

Swajaldhara. The salient features are –

Full ownership of drinking water assets with appropriate levels of Panchayats.

Panchayats/communities to have the powers to plan, implement, operate, maintain and



manage all water supply and sanitation schemes.

Taking up of conservation measures through rainwater harvesting and ground water recharge

systems, for sustained drinking water supply.

State would need to enact and implement law on effective ground water extraction, regulation

and recharge.

State Govt. should integrate water conservation and rain water harvesting schemes with the

drinking water supply schemes.

The State Govt. would enter into a memorandum of understanding (MOU) with the GOI to

obtain funds from the later. Issues to be included are also listed.

The minimum share of community contribution for 40-lpcd service level will be 10% of

estimated capital cost.

The service level can be improved to 55 lpcd with 20% of capital cost to be borne by the

community, provided all habitation of the state are fully covered by 40 lpcd drinking water

facility. For still higher demand the community or the state will have to bear higher proportion

of capital cost.

Operation, Maintenance and Management will have to be fully borne by the community/ user

groups etc.

The institutional set-up, responsibilities of State Water and Sanitation Mission (SWSM), District

Water and Sanitation Committee (DWSC) and Gram Panchayat (GP)/Village water and Sanitation

Committee (GPWSC) is also proposed.

The technology option for any village should be acceptable, adoptable and affordable for the

community.

The communities will be encouraged to identify and take up water harvesting/recharge

activities. Such activities will be essential component of project funding.

2.1.4 Sub – Mission Project (SMP) Sub-Mission projects are undertaken by the States for providing safe drinking water to the rural

habitations facing water quality problems like excess fluoride, Arsenic, Brackishness, Iron, nitrate o r a

combination of these. Sub Mission projects are also taken up for ensuring source sustainability through

rain water harvesting, artificial recharge etc.

Government of India in February 2006 has approved major policy changes for Sub-Mission programme

on water quality, wherein, it has now been decided to retain upto 20% of ARWSP funds at the Centre to

provide focused funding to those States which have reported drinking water quality problems. This

ceiling could be exceeded in exceptional cases for providing focused funding to tackle severe

contaminations of water. The funding pattern of all projects taken up after February 2006 shall remain

as 75:25 between Centre and State.



(ii) Sub Mission projects taken up for ensuring source sustainability through rainw ater harvesting,

artificial recharge etc., will continue to be taken up by the State Governments out of 5 % of ARWSP

funds allocated to them for sustainability under the delegated powers.

(iii) Funds to be allocated to States would be governed by the foll owing weightage criteria- Arsenic =

35%, Fluoride = 35%, Salinity = 15%, Nitrate = 5%, Iron = 5% and Multiple problems = 5%. (iv) Since

coverage is dynamic and subsequent surveys may reveal new cases of contamination, the above

weightage criteria may require change at regular intervals. The Department of Drinking Water Supply in

consultation with Planning

Commission and the Department’s Integrated Finance Division will do the same whenever required.

Hence forth, upto 20% of ARWSP funds would be retained by the Centre for focused funding to tackle

water quality problems that will be assessed periodically.

(v) Involvement of Gram Panchayats/GPWSC in selection, implementation and maintenance of the

assets created will be the guiding principle for the new projects sanctioned under the Sub-Mission for

water quality. To facilitate sustainability, community contribution towards capital cost for assets created

for distribution network within the village (habitation in hilly/tribal/difficult area) shall be at least 10%. It

may be only 2.5% for SC/ST habitations. This was decided in consultation with States in the State

Minister’s Conference held on 31st Jan-1st Feb 2006. The community contribution could be paid in cash,

labour, land or material or a combination of these.

The Gram Panchayats/Village Water and Sanitation Committees GPWSC) shall have the responsibility of

mobilizing community participation. Completed single-village schemes and intra-village distribution

network of multi-village schemes are to be transferred in a phased manner along with funds transfer to

Gram Panchayats/GPWSCs for subsequent Operation & Maintenance. The GPs/GPWSCs would recover

O&M cost through collection of user charges and by mobilizing resources. The user charges so collected

would be used exclusively for the O&M of the assets for drinking water. For multi -village schemes, the

State Government Department/ Board would maintain main water supply system to the village. For

difficult single village schemes, particularly, in hilly/tribal/diff icult areas the State Government

Department/Board would maintain the water supply system to the habitation. However, the State

Governments may devolve this responsibility to an appropriate level of the PRI, depending upon the

technical requirements of the scheme. The Department/Board/PRI would maintain the main water

supply system upto the village and could also charge the GPs/GPWSCs for bulk supply of water for

drinking purposes.

2.1.5 Rajiv Gandhi National Drinking Water Mission and the National Rural Drinking Water

Programme The Rajiv Gandhi National Drinking Water Mission of the Department of Drinking Water Supply, under

the Ministry of Rural Development, Government of India has constituted a Technical Expert Group to

examine various emerging issues in the water and sanitation sector and suggest measures to meet the

challenges. The Government of India had introduced the Accelerated Rural Water Supply Programme

(ARWSP) in 1972–73 to support States and UTs with financial and technical assistance to implement

drinking water supply schemes in ‘problem villages’. In 1986, a Technology Mission with stress on water



quality, appropriate technology intervention, human resource development support and other related

activities were introduced. This was renamed as the Rajiv Gandhi National Drinking Water Mission

(RGNDWM) in 1991. Scaled up in 2002 this was renamed Swajaldhara. Finally in 2009 the programme

was revised and renamed the National Rural Drinking Water Programme.

The National Rural Drinking Water Programme (NRDWP), is a Centrally sponsored scheme aimed at

providing adequate and safe drinking water to the rural population of the country. The NRDWP is the

vehicle through which the rural water supply component of Bharat Nirman is implemented. Focus has

been placed on the provision of adequate resources to the sector and for creating an enabling

environment for the development of infrastructure and capacities for the successful operation of water

supply schemes.

The National Rural Drinking Water Programme (NRDWP) guidelines that came into effect from April

2009, seek to correct this situation by emphasizing the involvement of Panchayati Raj Institutions and

communities in planning, implementing and managing drinking water supply schemes. States are

incentivized to hand over management of their schemes to PRIs. The strategic plan aims to cover 90% of

households with piped water and at least 80% of households with tap connections during this period.

This forward looking strategy supports the creation of an enabling environment for the Panchayati Raj

Institutions and local communities to manage rural drinking water sources and systems. The strategy

emphasizes achieving water security through decentralized governance with oversight and regulation,

participatory planning and implementation of sources and schemes. Capacity building programs will be

required for communities to monitor and prudently use their water resources. Sustainable service

delivery mechanisms are a central feature of the program, with State institutions or Zilla Parishad

implementing and managing large multi-village schemes, delivering bulk water to villages in water

stressed areas, and GPs implementing and managing in-village and intra-Panchayat schemes. The

strategy highlights source sustainability measures, water quality safety, monitoring and surveillance,



2.1.6 Bharat Nirman Bharat Nirman, a programme to build rural infrastructure, was launched by the Government of India in

2005. Phase I of the programme was implemented in the period 2005- 06 to 2008-09. Phase II is being

implemented from 2009- 10 to 2011-12. Rural drinking water is one of the six components of Bharat

Nirman. No additional funds are provided under Bharat Nirman. The Rural drinking water supply

component of Bharat Nirman is implemented through the ARWSP/NRDWP. During the Bharat Nirman

Phase – I period, 55,067 un-covered and about 3.31 lakh slipped-back habitations were to be covered

with provisions of drinking water facilities and 2.17 lakh quality-affected habitations were to be

addressed for water quality problem.

While prioritizing the addressal of the water quality problem, arsenic and fluoride affected habitations

have been accorded priority followed by iron, salinity, nitrate and other contaminants. To ensure that

habitations once provided with drinking water supply infrastructure do not slip back and face drinking

water problems, sustainability of drinking water sources and systems has been accorded high priority.



To achieve drinking water security at village/ habitation level, conjunctive use of water i.e. judicious

use of rainwater, surface water and ground water is promoted.

2.1.7 Total Sanitation Campaign

Government started the Central Rural Sanitation Programme (CRSP) in 1986 primarily with the objective of improving the quality of life of the rural people and also to provide privacy and dignity to women.

Total Sanitation Campaign is a comprehensive programme to ensure sanitation facilities in rural areas

with broader goal to eradicate the practice of open defecation. TSC as a part of reform principles was initiated in 1999 when Central Rural Sanitation Programme was restructured making it demand driven

and people cantered. It follows a principle of “low to no subsidy” where a nominal subsidy in the form of

incentive is given to rural poor households for construction of toilets. TSC placed strong emphasis on Information, Education and Communication (IEC), Capacity Building and Hygiene Education for effective

behaviour change with involvement of PRIs, CBOs, and NGOs etc. The key intervention areas are

Individual Household Latrines (IHHL), School Sanitation and Hygiene Education (SSHE), Community Sanitary Complex, Anganwadis toilets supported by Rural Sanitary Marts (RSMs) and Production Centres

(PCs). The main goal of the GOI is to eradicate the practice of open defecation by 2010. To give fillip to

this endeavour, GOI has launched Nirmal Gram Puraskar to recognize the efforts in terms of cash awards for fully covered PRIs and those individuals and institutions who have contributed significantly in

ensuring full sanitation coverage in their area of operation. The main objectives of the TSC are as under

Bring about an improvement in the general quality of life in the rural areas

Accelerate sanitation coverage in rural areas

Generate felt demand for sanitation facilities through awareness creation and health education

Cover schools/ Anganwadis in rural areas with sanitation facilities and promote hygiene education and sanitary habits among students

Encourage cost effective and appropriate technologies in sanitation

Eliminate open defecation to minimize risk of contamination of drinking water sources and food

Convert dry latrines to pour flush latrines, and eliminate manual scavenging practice, wherever in existence in rural areas.

Strategy

The strategy is to make the Programme “community led” and ‘People centred’. A “demand driven

approach” is to be adopted with increased emphasis on awareness creation and demand generation for

sanitary facilities in houses, schools and for cleaner environment.

To give a fillip to the TSC, Government of India also launched the Nirmal Gram Puraskar (NGP) that

sought to recognise the achievements and efforts made in ensuring full sanitation coverage. The award

gained immense popularity and contributed effectively in bringing about a movement in the community

for attaining the Nirmal Status thereby significantly adding to the achievements made for increasing the

sanitation coverage in the rural areas of the country.



GUIDELINES on Central Rural Sanitation Program (CRSP) & Total Sanitation Campaign (TSC):Jan. 2004

The salient features of the guidelines issued by the Dept. of Drinking Water Supply, Ministry of Rural

Development are given below under the main objectives

a) The main objectives of TSC are –

i. Bring about an improvement in general quality of life in the rural areas.

ii. Accelerate sanitation coverage in rural areas. Generate felt demand for sanitation facilities

through awareness creation and health education.

iii. Cover schools/Anganwadis in rural areas with sanitation facilities and promote hygiene

education and sanitary habits among students.

iv. Encourage cost effective and appropriate technologies in sanitation.

v. Eliminate open defecation to minimize risk of contamination of drinking water sources and

food.

vi. Convert dry latrines to pour flush latrines and eliminate manual scavenging practice,

wherever it exists in rural areas.

vii. Constriction of Individual household latrines is recommended with cost sharing.

viii. As per the constitution’s 73rd Amendment Act 1992, Sanitation is included in 11th schedule.

Accordingly Gram Panchayats have a pivotal role in the implementation of Total Sanitation

Campaign.

2.1.8 Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan

Encouraged by the success of NGP, the TSC is being renamed as “Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan” (NBA). The

objective is to accelerate the sanitation coverage in the rural areas so as to comprehensively cover the

rural community through renewed strategies and saturation approach. Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan (NBA)

envisages covering the entire community for saturated outcomes with a view to create Nirmal Gram

Panchayats with following priorities: Provision of Individual Household Latrine (IHHL) of both Be low Poverty Line (BPL) and Identified

Above Poverty Line (APL) households within a Gram Panchayat (GP).

Gram Panchayats where all habitations have access to water to be taken up. Priority may be

given to Gram Panchayats having functional piped water supply.

Provision of sanitation facilities in Government Schools and Anganwadis in Government

buildings within these GPs.

Solid and Liquid Waste Management (SLWM) for proposed and existing Nirmal Grams.

Extensive capacity building of the stake holders like Panchayati Raj Institutions (PRIs), Gram

Panchayat Water and Sanitation Committees (GPWSCs) and field functionaries for sustainable

sanitation.



Appropriate convergence with MNREGS with unskilled man-days and skilled man-days.

Objectives : -

The main objectives of the NBA are as under:

Bring about an improvement in the general quality of life in the rural areas.

Accelerate sanitation coverage in rural areas to achieve the vision of Nirmal Bharat by 2022 with

all gram Panchayats in the country attaining Nirmal status.

Motivate communities and Panchayati Raj Institutions promoting sustainable sanitation facilities

through awareness creation and health education.

To cover the remaining schools not covered under Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan (SSA) and Anganwadi

Centres in the rural areas with proper sanitation facilities and undertake proactive promotion of

hygiene education and sanitary habits among students.

Encourage cost effective and appropriate technologies for ecologically safe and sustainable

sanitation.

Develop community managed environmental sanitation systems focusing on solid & liquid waste

management for overall cleanliness in the rural areas.

Strategy : -

The strategy is to transform rural India into ‘Nirmal Bharat’ by adopting the 'community led' and 'people

centred' strategies and community saturation approach. A "demand driven approach" is to be continued

with emphasis on awareness creation and demand generation for sanitary facilities in houses, schools

and for cleaner environment. Alternate delivery mechanisms would be adopted to meet the community

needs. The provision of incentives for individual household latrine units to the poorest of the poor

households has been widened to cover the other needy households too so as to attain community

outcomes. Availability of water in the Gram Panchayat shall be an important factor for sustaining

sanitation facilities created. Rural School Sanitation remains a major component and an entry point for

wider acceptance of sanitation by the rural people. Wider technology options are being provided to

meet the customer preferences and location- specific needs. Intensive IEC Campaign is the corner stone

of the programme involving Panchayati Raj Institutions, Co-operatives, ASHA, Anganwadi workers,

Women Groups, Self Help Groups, NGO’s etc. A roadmap for engagement of corporate houses is being

introduced. More transparent system involving social audit and active people’s participation in the

implementation process of NBA is being introduced. Convergence with MNREGS shall also be important

to facilitate the rural households with fund availability for creating their own sanitation facilities.

Implementation : -

The Guidelines of NBA and the provisions hereunder are applicable with effect from 01.04.2012.

Implementation of NBA is proposed with ‘Gram Panchayat ‘as the base unit. A project proposal that



emanates from a district is scrutinized and consolidated by the State Government and transmitted to

the Government of India (Ministry of Drinking Water and Sanitation) as a State Plan. NBA is to be

implemented in phases with start-up activities. Funds are to be made available for preliminary IEC work.

The physical implementation gets oriented towards satisfying the felt-needs, wherein individual

households choose from a menu of options for their household latrines. The built-in flexibility in the

menu of options gives the poor and the disadvantaged families opportunity for subsequent upgradation

depending upon their requirements and financial position. In the “campaign approach”, a synergistic

interaction between the Government agencies and other stakeholders is essential. To bring about the

desired behavioural changes for relevant sanitary practices, intensive IEC and advocacy, with

participation of NGOs/Panchayati Raj Institutions/resource organizations is envisaged.

NBA will be implemented with a district as the project. The States/UTs are expected to prepare/revise

NBA Projects for all the districts, consolidate at State level as State Plan and submit before the

Government of India.

2.1.9 Other Sanitation Programmes

Objective of Nirmal Gram Puraskar

To promote safe sanitation and clean environment as a way of life in rural India

To incentivise Panchayati Raj Institutions (PRIs) to make the villages open defecation free (ODF)

and to adopt solid & liquid waste management (SLWM).

To sustain the initiative of the clean environment

To encourage organizations to play a catalytic role in social mobilization in the implementation

of NBA.

Government of India (GoI) has been promoting sanitation coverage in a campaign mode to ensure

better health and quality of life for people in rural India. To add vigour to its implementation, GoI

launched an award based incentive scheme for fully sanitized and open defecation free Gram

Panchayats, Blocks, Districts and states called “Nirmal Gram Purskar” (NGP) in October 2003 and get

away the first award in 2005 as a component of its flagship scheme Total Sanitation Campaign (TSC).

Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan (NBA) lays strong emphasis on Information, Education and Communication (IEC),

capacity building and hygiene education for effective behaviour change covering the entire community

for saturated outcomes with a view to create Nirmal Gram Panchayats with the involvement of PRIs,

community based organizations (CBOs), NGOs, etc. NGP till 2011 was given by Ministry of Drinking Water and Sanitation (MoDWS), Government of India at

all levels of PRIs that is Gram Panchayat, Block Panchayat and District Panchayat. It has now been

decided that with the transition to NBA, selection of GPs to award NGP from the year 2012 shall be

taken up by the states, while selection of the Blocks and District Panchayats shall continue to be with

the Centre. These guidelines have accordingly been formulated.

The NGP is awarded to Gram Panchayats having total coverage of toilets in houses, school and

Anganwadi, open defecation free status and clean and neat environment. The award is also extended to

the Block Panchayats as well as District Panchayats.



2.2 RWSS Coverage in State

The PHED in Assam is implementing three

major GoI sponsored programmes in RWSS

sector. These are (i) Minimum Need

Programme (MNP), (ii) Accelerated Rural

Water Supply Programme (ARWSP), and

Pradhan Mantri Gramodaya Jojna Rural Water

Supply Programme (PMGY– RWSP). Rural

Water supply has been included uner the MNP

since the 5th Five Year Plan. Also, the

Scheduled Caste Component Plan and the

Tribal Sub Plan (TSP) are integral component of

MNP. The PMGY-RWSP is also included in the

MNP. Assam PHED has also been

implementing sanitation programmes. This

includes the Centrally Sponsored Rural Sanitation Programme (CRSP). An Approximate 18.5% of the

state’s population is covered with piped water supply schemes.

2.2.1 Drinking Water Providing safe drinking water to the rural habitations and schools has been acknowledged as the most

challenging and priority task by the Government of Assam. Public Health Engineering Department is the

nodal Government Department for the rural water supply programmes in the State.

The first nationwide rural habitation survey to assess the rural drinking water supply coverage was

conducted through the State Governments in the year 1991 which were revalidated during 1993-94.

Since then the major thrust has been shifted to cover the habitations with safe drinking water.

Rural School Water Supply under the 10th Finance Commission Award 5272 Tara Hand Pumps have

been installed in Lower Primary and Upper Schools in Assam. Availing UNICEF support up to 01.09.04,

3547 Tara hand Pumps are installed in the schools. For ensuring operation and maintenance of the Tara

Hand Pumps necessary training has been imparted to school committee for enhancing their capacity.

The PHED in Assam is implementing three major GoI sponsored programmes in RWSS sector. These are

(i) Minimum Need Programme (MNP), (ii) Accelerated Rural Water Supply Programme (ARWSP), and

Pradhan Mantri Gramodaya Jojna Rural Water Supply Programme (PMGY– RWSP). Rural Water supply

has been included uner the MNP since the 5th Five Year Plan. Also, the Scheduled Caste Component

Plan and the Tribal Sub Plan (TSP) are integral component of MNP. The PMGY-RWSP is also included in

the MNP. Assam PHED has also been implementing sanitation programmes. This includes the Centrally

Sponsored Rural Sanitation Programme (CRSP). There are approx. 5042 piped water supply schemes

functioning2 in Assam.

2 Status of PWSS as on Nov’2012, PHED Assam

• No of districts – 27

• No. of blocks – 237

• No. of GPs – 2580

• No. of villages – 25964

• No. of habitations – 86976

• Total Population – 31169272

• Rural Population – 25036946 (80%)

• No. of FC Habitation – 49093 (56.4%)

• No. of Quality Affected Hab – 15230 (17.5%)

• No. of Uncovered habitation – 22653 (26 %)

• No of PWSS (01/04/12) – 6,211

• No. of IHHL constructed – 2081442



Table 2: Status of Piped Water Supply Schemes

Total No. of Sanctioned PWSS

Total No. of completed PWSS

Total No. of Functioning PWSS

Total No. of Non Functioning PWSS

7811 5398 5042 356

Source: Assam, PHED, 2012

2.2.2 Sanitation Under the Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan (NBA, earlier TSC) every household in rural areas should have sanitary

individual latrines in their household premises. However, in Assam, less than 11 % of Gaon Panchayats

have received the Nirmal Gram Puruskar (NGP) for achieving an Open Defecation Free environment.

Table 3: Distribution of Households by sanitation facilities and caste.

Total number

of households

Number of Households

having latrine facilities within the premises


having closed drainage within the premises


having bathrooms within the premises

Total 6367295 4131931(64.89) 230025(3.61) 1558058 (24.47)

Rural 5374553 3201625(59.57) 76764(1.42) 846494(15.75)

ST Rural 814320 57674(7.08) 8243(1.01) 74530(9.15)

SC Rural 539606 326395(60.48) 10114(1.87) 89156 (16.52)

Source: Census of India, 2011.

2.3 Regulatory and Policy Framework At the national level the Ministry of Environment and Forests and the Central Pollution Control Board is

responsible for setting standards and drafting regulations and policies. These standards, regulations and

policies may be followed or new ones adapted to local needs developed at the state level. However, at

the state level polices, standards and regulations need to have as high, if not a higher standard. Also, in

case a state legislation or standard has been developed it will be followed instead of the nation one in

the state where it is legislated.

2.3.1 National and State Environmental Policies and Regulations

2.3.1.1 Environmental Protection Act 1986 and EIA Notification 2006

Enacted for the purpose of safeguarding and improving the environment, this legislation outlines

standards for emission or discharge of pollutants form industries and other processes. It also lists a

number of factors that may be taken into account for locating any industry or process. These include:

Environmental quality standards laid down for an area; Maximum allowed limits on various environmental pollutants for an area; Likely emission or discharge of environmental pollutants; Topography and climate of an area; Biological diversity of an area which needs to be preserved, based on the opinion of the central

government; Environmental compatible land use; Net adverse environmental impact to be caused by proximity to a protected area under the ancient

monuments and archaeological sites and remnants act, 1958, or notified areas under the Wildlife



(Protection) Act, 1972, or a place protected under any treaty, agreement or convention or in perusal of any decision made in any international conference, association or other body;

Proximity to human settlement; Any other factor considered relevant to the protection of the environment in an are a by the central

government.

This Act also lists 7 industrial processes along with the required emission standards in the Environmental

(Protection) Rules, 1986. The project, prior to implementing any activity should refer to the act and its

amendments in place in case it needs to take any permissions or may require changes in design.

2.3.1.2 The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act of 1974

This is one of the earliest environmental acts of the country. It has been drafted to prevent and control

the pollution of water, and maintain and restore its wholeness. This law has also been responsible for

the creation of the Central and State Pollution Control Boards which are in charge of setting standards

and regulating the quality of water. The State level standards cannot however be more lenient than the

Central standards.

The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Amendment Act 1988 states that no person can

discharge “establish or take any steps to establish any industry, operation or process, or any treatment

and disposal system, or any extension or addition thereto, which is likely to discharge sewage or trade

effluents into a stream or well or sewer or on land; bring into use any new or altered outlet for discharge

of sewage; or begin any new discharge of sewage” without the consent of the State Pollution Control

Board.

Also, in case of any accident leading to the discharge of effluents or waste, the person in charge has the

responsibility to advise the Board or the prescribed agency on the incident.

The Act also lists possible penalties that can be attracted for non-compliance with this Act. This Act

empowers the State Pollution Control Board to regulate the sector and take action against those

breaking the law.

2.3.1.3 Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, its Rules and amendments

This law is to control and prevent water pollution. This legislation also defines discharge standards and

permit needs for any effluent/wastewater discharged. It includes surface and ground water and marine

discharges. The Act also discusses possible water pollution, prevention and control are as for the

application of this Act.

The most likely source of pollution of water is likely to be from construction activities, when there are

likely to be discharges from cement concrete mixing and other activities. There could also be some

discharges during the cleaning and backwashing processes. All these must follow required standards as

defined by the CPCB. Also, if any discharges into rivers or water bodies are considered, permission from

the State Pollution Board will be required and must be taken.



2.3.1.4 The Biological Diversity Act, 2002

This Act is for ensuring the conservation, sustainable use, fair and equitable sharing of the benefits from

the use and increased knowledge of the country’s biological diversity.

The Central Government has a number of duties to implement this Act. These include the following

The Central Government is supposed to develop national strategies, plans, etc. for the conservation and management of biodiversity. This is to include monitoring of areas with rich biological resources, promotion of in-situ and ex-situ conservation of biological resources, incentives for research, training and public education to increase awareness with respect to biodiversity.

In case the Central Government identifies biodiversity areas where habitats are threatened by overuse, neglect or mismanagement it is to issue directives to the concerned State Government to take immediate ameliorative measures. In such a case the Central Government will provide required technical and other assistance.

To the extent possible the Central Government is to integrate the conservation, promotion and sustainable use of biological diversity into relevant sector or cross-sector plans, programmes and policies.

If needed, the Central Government is to take measures to assess the environmental impact of projects that may have an impact on biodiversity, to minimise the negative impacts and include public participation in the assessment.

Furthermore, any area considered rich in biodiversity and under threat, the Central Government can

give directives to the State Government to take amelioration measures to halt the activities identified as

causing harm.

2.3.1.5 Biological Diversity Rules, 2004

The rules state that the National Biological Diversity Authority may take appropriate action to restrict

access to biological resources for various reasons; including those that may create genetic erosion or

have a negative impact on ecosystem functions.

The present project area is rich in biological diversity and the North East is one of the mega biodiversity

hotspots. Therefore, developed design criteria for this project are going to address any issue identified

through the analysis of data and discussions with experts in the area. Discussions in the field also

highlighted that in some districts such as; Sonitpur, Sibsagar and Jorhat districts there are animal

corridors and wildlife movement. At present, these areas are not included under the seven schemes but

special considerations are made under EMF for all stages of the project cycle to ensure their safeguard .

The animals found in the wildlife sanctuaries include elephants, leopards, pangolins, amongst others.

Therefore, project design must ensure that neither are these animals disturbed nor the infrastructure

damaged by them. Also, as needed the State Department of Environment and Forests must be consulted

for required permissions and appropriate changes in the project design.

2.3.1.6 The Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 and Its Amendments

This law discusses the protection of plants in forest areas and states that there should be no damage or

destruction of plants or other vegetation on forest lands. Also, it mentions that there will be no

destruction of wildlife areas and any activities that need to be carried out in sanctuaries, wildlife parks



and other such protected areas will be with permission of the concerned authority in the area only, and

in accordance to the local restrictions and procedures.

This law will be applicable for schemes which have forests or if the pipelines has to pass through any

protected area. At present, according to PHED, the identified project areas do not include any

designated forest areas. However, during field visits it was observed that there might be practice of

social forestry in some of the project blocks and thus appropriate measure must be taken during project

design and construction to ensure minimum tree cutting. Subsequently , discussions with the Forest

Department would need to be undertaken to identify any project requirements under this law.

2.3.1.7 The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980

This Act is meant for the conservation of forests and related issues.

According to this Act any area within ‘reserved forests’ can be de -reserved, used for other than forest

purposes, leased out or cleared, without the prior approval of the Central Government. The breaking of

this law invites punitive action. This not only includes forest lands of the Forest Department but also

private and village forests.

2.3.1.8 Assam Forest Policy, 2004

There are a number of issues discussed in this policy; those that could be relevant to the present project

include:

The objective to demarcate all forest lands, irrespective of ownership, for the purpose of scient ific management through special measures;

The protection of and improved productivity of all forests, both classed and un-classed State and community forests;

Strengthening of elephant reserves and ensuring the peaceful co-existence of human beings and elephants, including the promotion of measures to mitigate human-elephant conflict in crucial areas;

Viable, small-size protected areas acting as buffer zones, dispersion corridors and other appropriate measures, may be identified in order to reduce human-animal conflict;

There should be no exotic species introduced without long term scientific trials undertaken by specialists, to ensure their suitability;

Wetlands have been considered areas supporting the highest level of biodiversity and are to be brought under the Protected Area Network (PAN) for the development of efficient management plans; wetlands under heavy human use and important for biodiversity are to be covered by a separate agency;

Studies on ecological risks in important wildlife habitat, including protected areas, is likely to be made mandatory;

Afforesting lands for non-forestry purposes shall be subject to careful examination of social and environmental costs and benefits, and development activities shall be consistent with the need to conserve forests and trees.

2.3.1.9 Assam Forest Regulation, 1891, Government of Assam

This law discusses forests, forest produce and duties on timber in Assam. The law also looks at ways to

manage and safeguard the State’s forests. According to this law if any the State Government needs to

acquire land under the Forest Department for other public purposes it needs to follow the procedures



provided by the Land Acquisition Act, 1894. The law also states that, if required, the State Government

can de-reserve any forest or a part of it through a notification in the official Gazette.

This law also identified a number of trees which have been classified as ‘Reserved Trees’ regardless of

the ownership of the property they are growing upon. For all unclassified State Forests of the Plain

Districts of Assam the Settlement Rules of the Assam Land and Revenue Regulation, 1886 is applicable.

These unclassified state forests include ‘any land at the disposal of the State and not included in a

reserved or village forest.’

Notification dated 12.05.2001 in WP (Civil) No 202 of 1995 and under the Assam Forest Regulation, 1891

(Regulation VII of 1891) of Government of Assam for controlling the felling and removal of trees from

non-forest lands.

The non-forest land includes all lands that are not under reserved and protected forests or deemed as

forests under the Supreme Court Orders dated 12.12.96. This notification lists a few trees where there

is no permission required from the Forest Department for felling of trees. These include aam, jamun,

kathal, eucalyptus, poplar, all species of home brown bamboo, keteku, paniol and madhuraiam. Species

can however be included or excluded to this list. For tree felling permission needs to be taken from the

Principal Chief Conservation of Forests, Assam. In case of felling of trees for self-consumption

permission is to be granted within 30 days of receipt of the application. Otherwise it is to be granted in

60 days. There is format for the application to fell trees and can be obtained from for office of the PPCF.

Therefore, the project must ensure that if any forest areas are going to be included in the project, they

must not be done without prior permission of the Forest Department. Furthermore, to the extent

possible all forest lands must be avoided to ensure least delays in project implementation. This would

also reduce costs on compensation and other activities required under the act. This should be an

important consideration as discussions with the field PHED officials hi ghlighted that there were some

village forests in the project area.

In areas where trees are to be cut, there will be first a need to discuss this with the local For est

Department representative – the Divisional Forest Official (DFO) responsible for the area. Based upon

the DFO’s guidance and suggestions the compensation and procedures should be followed.

2.3.1.10 The Assam Ancient Monuments and Records Act, 1959 (Assam Act No. XXV of 1959).

According to this Act an ancient monument is “any structure, erection or monument or any tumulus or

place of internment, or any cave, rock sculpture, inscription or monolith which is of historical,

archaeological or artistic interest and which has been in existence for no less than one hundred years

and includes:

The remnants of ancient monuments; The site of an ancient monument; Such portion of land adjoining the site of an ancient monument as may be required for fencing or

covering in or otherwise preserving such monument, and The means to access to, and convenient inspection of any ancient monument.



2.3.1.11 The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act 1958

The Central Act further states that nobody, including the owner or occupier of a protected area, is to

construct any building within the protected area or carry on any mining, quarrying, excavating, blasting

or any operation of a similar nature in the protected area, or use the whole or part of the area without

prior permission of the Central Government.

This prohibited area has been further defined as an area near or adjoining a protected monument which

the Central Government has, by notification in the Official Gazette, declared to be a prohibited area by

the Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Rules of 1959.

These laws are important for the project as field visits identified one area – in Bongaigaon where an

Archaeological Survey of India protected Monument exists within 100 meters of the planned intake

structure system. The design of the structure, its intake and raising main will need to ensure that it

follows the distance as prescribed by the law and also takes permission from the State Archaeological

Department for any construction activity. Other future activities and systems will also need to ensure

that the law is adhered to during the designing of the project.

2.3.1.12 Land Policy 1989, Revenue Department, Government of Assam

According to this policy, under ordinary circumstances no agriculture land will be allocated or settled for

the establishment of industries, construction of public institutions/offices, hospitals etc. The Policy also

suggests that the State Government is to evolve a standard norm for the allocation of land for non -

agriculture purposes. It also adds that the transfer of agriculture of land by cultivators for non -

agricultural purposes is to be according to the Executive Instructions No 6 of the Assam Land and

Revenue Regulations, 1886.

Speaking on Ancient monuments and places of historical and archaeological importance the Policy

states that sites should be preserved and not allocated to any individual or private organization. They

should also be kept free from encroachment.

This Land Policy has also given guidelines on the amount of land to be settled in case private person’s

lands are required for other activities to the individuals. The policy also identifies preferential categories

among those eligible for land settlements.

Speaking on the issues of encroachment the policy states that encroachers on government land,

including that acquired under various land ceiling acts are not entitled to settlement of land and are to

be evicted if required.

2.3.1.13 Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules, 1989

This Rule is for the management and transportation hazardous chemicals and substances – that include

toxic and flammable substances, their use, processing and storage. Schedule 1 to 4 of this rule describes

what is categorized as hazardous, their quantities and levels of toxicity. Equally, any hazardous

chemicals stored or transported need to be labelled as specified in the rules and an updated safety data

sheet to be kept.



It applies to any industrial activity in which hazardous chemicals and listed criteria as identified in

Schedule I exist of are stored to above the threshold level identified for each chemical in Schedule II.

Chlorine has been listed in Part II of Schedule I of this Rule under ‘hazardous and toxic chemicals’. The

threshold quantity identified under Schedule II of the Rules for storage of the chemical are

Under this law there is a need by the management to;

Identify accident hazards Take steps to prevent identified hazards and/or limit their impact. Provide training, information and equipment for the safety of the plant’s workers. In case of an

accident there is a need to notify the appropriate authority.

The Rule also states no industrial activity is to start till a safety report is prepared for the activity and

submitted as specified in Schedule 8 of the Rule.

This could be relevant to the project as there would be certain chemicals and fuel likely to be stored for

various project needs. Some of these could be flammable or toxic. Prior to starting any activity the

project would need to identify if there are any chemicals as identified in Schedule 3 of the project. If so,

appropriate handling procedures and safety permits etc would need to be developed and submitted to

the concerned authority.

2.3.1.14 The Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989

These rules apply to processes which are producing and handling hazardous waste. They outline

processes for packaging, labelling, transporting and disposal of waste. Also given are instructions in case

of accidents at hazardous waste facilities and the import of such waste. The Rules also list different

categories of hazardous waste, along with the allowable quantities of different substances.

While there is little likelihood that this Rule will apply to the current project, it shall been part of an

environmental legislation filter of design options, as a safeguard. At present the re is little treatment of

wastewater or effluents in the city, leading to high level of contamination of the environment, mainly

groundwater resources. This constitutes a hazard to be considered in the process of identifying drinking

water sources. A detailed assessment and analysis of the water quality should give a more accurate

picture and will be a part of the design process.

Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000

This notification has identified Ambient Air Quality Standard for Noise Levels. These standards are given

below:

Area Category/Zone Limit in dB (A) Leq Day time Night time

Industria l 75 70

Commercia l 65 55 Res identia l 55 45 Si lence Zone 50 40



Note:

1. Day time is from 6.00 am to 10.00 pm 2. Night time is from 10.00 pm to 6 am 3. Silence zone is defined as an area comprising not less than 100 meters around hospitals,

educational institutes and courts. 4. Leq is an energy mean of the noise level over a specified period

Similarly there are also legal provisions for noise and air pollution for running generators of different

capacities. In case the project design includes the use of diesel generators the appropriate legislation

would need to be consulted accordingly.

This legislation will also be important for any construction work undertaken. Since the laying of

pipelines would involve digging, drilling and other activities the noise levels must comply by the

regulation. This could mean that construction in residential areas cannot take place at night hours

unless the noise levels are within the permitted limit. Also, silence zones would need to be identified

and the levels of noise during the construction phase kept well within these levels.

2.3.1.15 Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, its Rules and amendments

Under this Act, Boards (Central and State) for the prevention and control of air pollution have been set

up to monitor and manage activities that would lead to air pollution in India, declare air pollution

control areas. The act also sets ambient air quality standards for industrial, residential and ecologically

sensitive areas.

This will be important during the construction phase, where there is likely to be use of diesel generators

for provision of energy and other activities that may result in air pollution. Also, based upon the area the

project activities are underway, the standards, as defined by the Act are to be adhered to. In case diesel

generators are used for provision of energy for management of the systems, standards as defined in the

act must be adhered to.

2.3.1.16 Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991

Under the Public Liability Insurance Act an industry needs to take out a policy to cover any risks arising

from the handling of hazardous substances. In case of an accident causing death or injury the indust ry is

liable to pay compensation, even those persons not classified as the industries workers and any property

that has been damaged by the accident. According to the Ministry of Environment and Forests

notification of 24 March 1992 there is a list of chemicals with quantities to identify what comes under

this Act. This list specifies 10 tonnes as the quantity at which the Act is applicable in the case of

chlorine.

2.3.1.17 The National Environment Tribunal Act, 1995

This Act discusses compensation to any individual, property or the environment due to an accident or

injury from any activity by the owner of the establishment or agency. It lays out procedures for the

application of compensation and for the tribunal for providing relief and the governance of its ow n

activities. The Act is limited to activities arising out of handling of hazardous substances. Hazardous



substances according to the Government of India (GoI) have been listed in the schedule of the

Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules, 1989.

This is important for the project in case any hazardous chemical is used in any process or project activity

and includes the construction and day to day management of the planned systems. One of the listed

hazardous chemicals according to the list is chlorine which is to be used during water purification. The

list of hazardous chemicals should also be referred to for any other chemicals that might be used in any

process and are a part of the list.

2.3.1.18 Insecticide Act, 1968

This act provides a list of pesticides which are restricted or banned for use in India. There is a list of 34

pesticides and formulations banned for use in India. There are another seven withdrawn pesticide,

eighteen refused registration and thirteen for restricted use in India.

No insecticide that is in this list should be used or stored during any of the processes in the project

activities. Any cleaning or sanitation activities to be undertaken under this project should only include

those chemicals that are not banned by the GoI.

2.3.1.19 Wetlands (Management and Conservation) Rules, 2010

This rule defines a wetland – which according to the rule is ‘an area of marsh, fen, peat land or water;

natural or artificial, permanent or temporary, with water that is static or flowing, fresh, brackish or salt,

including areas of marine water, the depth of which at low tide does not exceed six meters and includes

all inland waters such as lakes, reservoirs, tanks, backwaters, lagoons, creeks, estuaries and manmade

wetlands and zones of direct influence of wetlands that is to say drainage areas or catchment areas of

the wetlands as determined by the authority, but does not include main river channels, paddy fields and

the coastal wetlands covered under the notification of the Government of India in th e Ministry of

Environment and Forests, S.O. 114 (E) dated 19 February, 1991 published in the Gazette of India

Extraordinary, Section 3, Sub-Section (ii) of dated the 20th of February, 1991. The rules also identifies

various types of wetlands including those in UNESCO World Heritage sites, ecologically sensitive areas,

below 2500 metres with an area of at least 500 ha, or other notified wetlands or those identified by the

Wetland Authority.

Activities not permitted in such areas are identified and they include - reclamation, setting up of new or

expansion of existing industries, dumping of waste or discharge of effluents, any activity that adversely

impacts the wetland ecosystem, amongst others.

2.3.1.20 Draft Guidelines for Integrated Water Resource Development and Management, 2010, Central Water Commission

The Guidelines mention the need to consider ecological needs of water and therefore the maintenance

of appropriate minimum flows of rivers for ecological needs, aesthetics and other requirements. The

guidelines go further and mention the need for catchment treatment, integrated watershed projects,

restoration of ecological balance. No thumb rules or calculations to assessing minimum flows are given

in the guidelines.



This could become important once it is finalised and implemented. Most sources in the future, it is

understood will be from river sources. With changes in climate, increasing demand for water from

competing sources and expanding population the overall availability of water to use in the rivers is l ikely

to be reduced. Therefore, water conservation measures such as increased efficiency of the system and

increased awareness not to waste water may also need to be considered.

Table 4: Environmental Compliance Requirements Legislative Needs

Component Applicable Legislation

Action Required

Any component where there is a need to acquire forest

land or access any produce from forest. Trees cut during project

activities.

Forest Act Applicable: since Assam has a significant cover of forest, during project implementation, in case there is

any forest land encountered, apply for permission and undertake all necessary actions as directed by the Forest Department before project design

3.

Any impact on biodiversity hotspots or sensitive areas due to project activities .

Biodiversity and Wildlife Protection Act.

Applicable: Considering the location of the seven projects, and the two biodiversity hotspots - the Indo-Burma and Himalayan, both traversing the state of Assam, there is a need to work with caution. While,

there is expected to be minimal impact from project activities, in case of any conflict, the Biodiversity Board should be consulted to identify sensitive areas and

appropriate actions to minimize impact from project activities. Make appropriate changes in design to ensure minimum damage to wildlife area and also

infrastructure. ECoP’s are provided in the annexures which gives guidelines on natural habitats and forests.

During construction period Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000

Applicable: Ensure all activities to adhere to the prescribed noise l imits .

Pollution due to vehicle and

construction activities

Water (Prevention

and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974

Applicable: Ensure any activity undertaken is within

the existing discharge standards, based upon the designated use of a water body.

At time of construction, there is maximum probability in the

use of diesel generators for energy as well as for the various vehicles and machinery at the site and

during material transportation.

Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution)

Act, 1981

Applicable: Ensure that all activities comply with the prescribed air quality levels. Vehicles should have

required pollution control certification from appropriate authorities.

Accidental Waste dumping in wetland during construction

Wetland (Management and

Applicable: Assam has number of wetlands, though only one Ramsar site. There are also some wetlands in

3 Past experience of Rural Water Supply projects and as other projects implemented by other sector institutions

indicate that a majority of schemes may not require more than 0.5 Ha (single v il lage schemes) and 1-2 Ha (multi -vil lage schemes). Based upon the requirements of individual projects, permission from the State and Regional

office may be taken.



Component Applicable Legislation

Action Required

or in the O&M phase Conservation) Rules, 2010

the project districts. However, no protected wetland is within a five KM range of identified project areas

4.

Nonetheless, to ensure safety of all water bodies and

wetlands in the area, appropriate mechanisms, as identified in the EMF, will be adopted to protect them during the construction and O&M stages. This should

be addressed through the EMPs developed for all schemes.

2.3.2 The World Bank Safeguard Policies The growing awareness of policymakers, in both the developing and industrialized worlds, that

improving water and sanitation services is key to achieving broader poverty reduction goals has been

accompanied by calls for more concerted efforts and additional resources from all stakeholders,

including the World Bank Group. In this context, the Water Supply and Sanitation Sector Board has

elaborated a business strategy which identifies key areas on which the Bank should focus, strategic

priorities at the regional and sub-sectoral levels, and operational choices in terms of instruments, levels

of future World Bank assistance, and associated resource implications. The strategy is a document

intended to guide the Bank’s assistance to the water and sanitation sector over the FY 03-07 period.

Over the past three decades, World Bank assistance has incorporated many of the lessons in WSS

around the world, drawing on a combination of approaches in order to improve the affordability and

sustainability of water supply and sanitation services. These include: (i) incorporating community

preferences regarding service levels, delivery modalities, and management arrangements; (ii) building

local capacities to support communities in expressing their needs and managing services; and (iii)

broadening the scope for public-private partnerships in service delivery, to improve responsiveness to

users and operating efficiency. The lessons have influenced the nature of World Bank assistance for

WSS, for example in India, experience from several rural WSS projects is being brought to scale through

local government initiatives to expand service coverage by adopting the principles of community

development.

Based upon the discussions in the field possible implications of the World Bank’s safeguard policies are

summarised in Table 5 below. From the Environment Perspective the safeguards that may be relevant

for this project are (i) OP 4.01 Environmental Assessment, (ii) OP 4.04 Natural Habitats and (iii) OP 4.36

Forests.

The project is spread over seven different districts of Assam, which both has biodiversity hotspots and

also a very diverse and sensitive ecosystem, where human being coexist with the natural environment.

Although, the seven project areas identified in the seven districts do not encompass any reserve forest,

wetland or lakes, it is possible that planned RWSS systems – such as intakes and rising mains may be

near the identified as well as unidentified natural habitats. Therefore, it is important to fully understand

4 Based on the preliminary assessment of the schemes, there are no wetlands, lakes or any other significant natural

habitats found in the seven project areas (16 blocks) identified under the RWSS project. However, since Assam is endowed with number of natural habitats, including natural forests, wetlands and lakes, their protection are

mandatory if they are within 10 km radius and thus should be addressed in the EMP.



the project coverage and analyse its impact on the existing natural systems and accordingly provide

appropriate environmental management measures. Under the project three Operations Policies (OPs) as

mentioned above, are important to be discussed to ensure they are not triggered or if triggered are

appropriately addressed.

Table 5: Summary of Environment Safeguard Requirements for the Project Safeguard No Safeguard Description Application of Safeguard to Project OP 4.01

(Environmental Assessment).

EA to be conducted for all projects that fall into

either World Bank Category A or Category B. Potential environmental consequences of projects identified early in project cycle.

EAs and mitigation plans required for projects with significant environmental impacts. EAs should include analysis of alternative designs and sites, or consideration of "no

option" Requires public participation and information disclosure before Board approval.

Triggered: The projects support the

preparation of RWSS infrastructure, some of which may have adverse environmental impacts.

The EMF will help identify these potential impacts, and propose practical ways of avoiding or mitigating them.

OP 4.04 (Natural Habitats)

The conservation of natural habitat is essential for long- term sustainable development. The Bank does not support projects that

involve significant conservation or degradation of critical natural habitats. Prohibits financing of projects involving "significant conversion of natural habitats

unless there are no feasible alternatives". Requires environmental cost benefit analysis. Requires EA with mitigation measures.

Triggered: Assam has number of natural habitats in the reserved, national forests, wetlands and lakes, etc. However, none of

the reserved forest or national parks, wetlands and lakes are fall ing within a ten km radius of the seven projects identified. Further, River itself is a big habitat for aquatic

l ife and care must be taken at the time of water intake to safeguard wild l ife, especially the endangered species. A negative l ist is

provided in the screening section to ensure exclusion of ecologically sensitive areas. Also, all changes in project design right from

the planning stage should identify any potential impacts of projects on natural habitats, reserves or protected areas, and to develop appropriate mitigation measures to

minimize or avoid damage, or compensate for it under EMP prepared for Category II projects.

OP 4.09 (Pest Management).

Projects financing operations, pests are controlled through IPM approaches, such as biological control, cultural practices, and the

development and use of crop varieti es resistant or tolerant to the pest. The Bank may Finance the purchase of pesticides when their use is

justified under an IPM approach. Supports environmentally sound pest management, including integrated pest management, but does not prohibit the use of

highly hazardous pesticides. Pest management is the borrower's responsibility in the context of

Not Triggered: This is unlikely to be triggered given that the project is a Rural Water Supply and Sanitation project.



a project's EA.

OP 4.11Cultural

Property

The Bank supports the preservation of cultural

properties which includes sites with archaeological, paleontological, historical, religious or unique natural values. It seeks to avoid impacts on such sites

The Bank discourages financing of projects that will damage cultural property.

Not Triggered: There is a section which will

deal with Chance finds.

OP 4.12 (Involuntary Resettlement).

People who have to be removed or who lose their l ivelihood as a result of the project must be resettled, compensated for all of their losses and they must be provided with a situation that

is at least as good as the one from which they came. Implemented in projects which displace people. Requires public participation in resettlement

planning as part of EA for project. Intended to restore or improve income earning capacity of displaced populations.

Not Triggered: This would be addressed as a part of the social assessment for the project.

OP 4.20 Indigenous Peoples

This policy covers local indigenous people or distinct groups who are marginalized in society and who could be adversely affected by the

project. The Bank does not support projects that negatively affect these peoples. Purpose is to ensure indigenous peoples

benefit from Bank financed development and to avoid or mitigate adverse effects on indigenous peoples. Applies to projects that might adversely affect indigenous peoples or

when they are targeted beneficiaries. Requires participation of indigenous peoples in creation of “indigenous peoples development plans”.

Not Triggered: However, this would be addressed as a part of the social assessment for the project.

OP 4.36 (Forests).

World Bank’s lending operations in the forest sector are conditional on government commitment to undertake sustainable

management and conservation-oriented forestry. Prohibits financing for commercial logging operations or acquisition of equipment for use

in primary moist tropical forests.

Triggered: Given the present plan, no acquisition is expected from reserved or protected forests, wildlife sanctuaries or

national park under all seven schemes Also, the project is for the development of RWSS schemes; therefore it does not include any commercial logging. However, any future

changes in project areas or design may also need to be reviewed for the application of the OP 4.36 given the high forest cover in the

state. Under such circumstances, Government of India (GOI) as well as state governments has well laid out rules and procedures for making use of forest lands for

non-forest purposes, which are provided for in the ECoPs. Also, any required fell ing of trees in the social

forest or non-forest areas is to be carried with the permission of the Forest Department and in accordance with guidelines for compensatory afforestation.



OP 4.37 (Safety

of Dams).

Bank financed new dams must be designed and

built under the supervision of competent professionals. Dams over 15 m in height are of concern particularly if there is a large flood handling requirement or the dam is in a zone of

high seismicity and /or where foundations and other design features are complex. The OP requires review by independent experts

throughout project cycle. Requires preparation of EA and detailed plans for construction and operation, and periodic inspection by the Bank.

Not Triggered: No dams are planned as a part

of the project.

OP 7.50 (Projects in International

Waterways).

If a project has the potential to negatively affect the quality or quantity of water of a waterway shared with other nations the Bank

will need a negotiated agreement be established between riparian nations involved. Covers riparian waterways that form boundary between two or more states and bays, gulfs,

straits or channels bordered by two or more states. Applies to dams, irrigation, flood control, navigation, water, sewage and industrial projects. Requires notification,

agreement between states, detailed maps, and feasibil ity surveys.

Not Triggered. In accordance with OP 7.50 (International Waterways) this is seen that the proposed project falls within the

exceptions to the notification requirement under Para 7(a)

5 of the Policy. The project

components in the context and relation to OP 7.50, will not adversely change the quality

and quantity of water, both upstream and downstream and will not be adversely affected by the water use of the riparian countries.

OP 7.60 Disputed areas

Applies to projects where there are territorial disputes present. Projects in disputed areas could affect relations between the country within which the project is being developed

and neighbouring countries. Disputes would be dealt with at the earliest opportunity. Allows Bank to proceed if governments agree

to go forward without prejudice to claims. Requires early identification of territorial disputes and descriptions in all Bank documentation.

Not Triggered: It is unlikely that any disputed area will be involved or impacted by the project.

2.4 State Sector Institutions

2.4.1 Environment

All environments related activities at the state level are largely divided between the Department of

Environment and Forests and the Assam Pollution Control Board. A broad outline of the role of these

departments is given below. Together these look at various aspects of environment for the State.

However, they are governed by the Regional Centre for the Ministry of Environment and Forests at

Shillong. Therefore any clearances and matters for guidance are referred to Shillong. This Regional

Centre has two divisions within it – the environment division and the forest division. The envi ronment

department is largely involved in monitoring activities, along with the SPCB based on directives it

5 According to para 7(a) of OP 7.50, the exception applies: “for any ongoing scheme, projects involving additions or

alterations that require rehabilitation, construction or other cha nges that in the judgement of the bank (a) will not adversely change the quality and quantity of water flows to the other riparian’s; and (b) will not be adversely

affected by the other riparian’s possible water use”.



receives from the Central office. The forest division is in-charge of giving sanctions for forest clearances

of up to 5 ha; and inspecting and processing clearances of areas between 5 and 40 ha before forwarding

them to the Ministry in Delhi for further action. For areas between 40 and 100 ha the Central Ministry

directly deals in the matters and for areas larger than 100 ha the Regional Office is supposed to provide

its report before any clearance can be sanctioned.

2.4.1.1 Department of Environment and Forests

The mission of the Department of Environment and Forests, Assam is to protect and improve the

environment, to safeguard the forests and wildlife of the State, to preserve and add new dimensions to

the state’s culture, and to protect and improve the natural environment including forests, lakes, rivers

and wildlife. The Department also works towards creating income generation activities though forestry

in the state. The main functions and duties of the department are,

• To act as the Head Quarter of the Forest Department, Government of Assam; • To coordinates with the state Government and Government of India and also with different

agencies on matter related to Forest and wildlife of the state; • To suggest Government on policy matters relating to Forest and environment;

• To oversee the management of Forest and wildlife of the state of Assam.

Government of India (GOI) as well as State Government has well laid out rules and procedures for

making use of forest lands for non-forest purposes. Key principle underpinning the land transactions are:

i. Before awarding any work, an application will be made to the concerned Divisional Forest Officer (DFO) requesting lands specifying location and area required as well as purpose for which it will be

used.

ii. DFO will examine and recommends to the state government which has powers to accord approval for

lands up to five hectare and area beyond needs approval by GOI.

2.4.1.2 Assam Pollution Control Board

State Pollution Control Board, Assam is an autonomous statutory organization constituted to protecting

the environment and preventing and controlling the pollution of water and air in Assam. The SPCB

mainly regulates pollution control, advices the State Government on pollution related matters, inspects

trade effluents and sewage treatment plant discharges, collects water cess, research and lays down

standards for emission and effluent discharge. The major activities of the department are given below.

• Undertake comprehensive programme on water, air, land and other type of pollution and their control and management

• Advice and liaison with the State Government on any matter concerning environmental pollution.

• Collect and disseminate data and information and prepare reports on pollution and environmental problems

• Undertake investigation and research on pollution and environmental problems. • Collaborate with the programmes of the Central Pollution Control Board, Ministry of

Environment and Forests, State Government, NGOs and other organizations relating to pollution control and environment and organise Mass Education Programmes.

• Issue No Objection Certificates and consents to industries and other development projects.



• Inspect sewage, trade effluent sites, industries, various industrial, plants and sewage treatment plants.

• Monitor industrial/trade effluents, water bodies, air and soil, and laboratory analysis. • Develop or modify effluent and emission standards. • Evolve economical and reliable methods of treatment of sewage and effluent. • Establish or recognize laboratories to perform functions under the Acts and Rules. • Assess and collect water cess. • Undertake environmental education for public, students and others, and publish mass-

education material. • Advise State Government on location of industries, etc.

• Enforce the provisions of pollution control and other rules and monitor implementation.

2.4.2 Rural Water Supply and Sanitation

2.4.2.1 Assam Public Health Engineering Department

Assam Public Health Engineering Department (APHED) is the nodal State Government's department for

the water supply and sanitation programmes for the rural areas of Assam.

Mission

• To enhance quality of life of the people by

• ensuring sustainable safe water and sanitation facilities and services

• promoting hygiene practices

Vision

• A clean and healthy Assam with

• safe water supply

• adequate sanitation facilities and

• best hygiene practices

There are a number of different water supply schemes that have been implemented by the PHED under

schemes like the NRDWP, State Plan, SCCP. These schemes include,

• PWSS for larger population and where water needs extensive treatment

• Spot Sources (SHP, THP, India M-II / M-III, RW) for smaller and scattered population with

appropriate treatment

• Rainwater Harvesting schemes

Under the National Rural Water Supply Programme (NRWSP), APHED Department provides 40 litres per

capita per day (lpcd) for rural population to meet their following requirements. Table 6: National Rural Water Supply Programme norms for per capita per day

Purpose Quantity (LPCD)

Drinking 3

Cooking 5

Bathing 15

Washing utensils & house 7

Ablution 10

*Note: In addition, provision of 30 lpcd for animals in hot and cold desert/ecosystems in 227

blocks of 36 DDP districts are to be allowed.



The checklist for selection of blocks/villages/habitations followed by PHED in establishment of the new

water supply and sanitations schemes has primarily three criteria’s:

1. Habitation with less than 250 persons having no potable source of drinking water should be provided

with atleast one handpump/standpost6.

2. A rural habitation not having any safe water source with a permanently settled population of 20

households or 100 persons, whichever is more, may be taken as the unit for coverage with funds under

the NRWSP. However, the State Government could cover any habitation regardless of its

size/population/number of households with funds under the State Plan.

3. SC/ST habitations with less than 100 persons can, however, be covered under the NRWSP.

Table 7: Checklist issued by GoI and DDWS on Sajal Gram Puruskar

S.No Criteria Marks/Weightage 1 Availability of safe and adequate drinking water (40 lpcd)

on equitable and sustainable basis catering to all sections of the society during the last 3 years.

Total = 40 marks; Sustainability through surface water or ground water recharge = 25 marks. Sustainability through roof-water harvesting = 15 marks.

2 Absence of water borne and water-based diseases during the last 3 years

10

3 Community initiative in water harvesting/ recharge and budgeting for water, understanding the availability scenario during different months including revival of traditional ponds.

10

4 Sanitary protection of all drinking water sources and catchments

5

5 Monitoring the water levels for quantity and checking water quality through field test kits and district laboratories

5

6 Use of new and renewable energy sources and/or non-utilization of electricity power

5

7 Recovering atleast 50% cost of O&M either through structured tariff plan and proper utilization of 12th. Finance Commission/ GP funds for taking up 100% O&M

10 Through TFC = 5 Marks Through any tariff plan = 5 marks

8 Convergence of water conservation issues with activity of other departments for drought proofing measures (NREGA, DPAP, MOWR, MoA, MoEF, etc.)

5

9 Achieving “Nirmal Gram Puraskar” for environmentally safe sanitation status (This is compulsory to become eligible for Sajal Gram Puraskar

10

Total 100

*Note: In order to qualify for the Puraskar, the Gram/Block/ District Panchayat should obtain at least 75

marks out of 100 as tabulated above.

6 Based on NRWSP Norms, one handpump or standpost with normal output of 12 litres per minute is estimated for

every 250 persons.



2.4.3 Other Relevant Departments

2.4.3.1 Central Ground Water Board

Central Ground Water Authority has been constituted under Section 3 (3) of the Environment

(Protection) Act, 1986 to regulate and control development and management of ground water resources

in the country. A Unit Office of CGWB is established at Guwahati. Its activities are as follows Exploration Drilling Ground water Management Studies Ground water level monitoring Artificial Recharge Studies Estimation of Ground water Resources Short term water supply investigations Photo geology & Remote Sensing Surface Geophysical Surveys Rajiv Gandhi Technology Mission Programme

2.4.3.2 Department of Water Resources

The main purpose of the Department is to formulate State water policy fixing of water rates and

integrated Irrigation Bill and also an Integrated Water resources Development pl an for Assam

for irrigation, drinking water and electricity

Maintenance of the completed projects, prepare Irrigation projects and execute them in time

within the prevailing rules and regulations for the benefit of the people of the State. The

Department is having plan schemes and Non-plan schemes. Plan schemes are either centrally

sponsored or externally aided schemes.

The Water Resources Department is the agency that investigates, designs, constructs, operates

and maintains, minor, medium and major Irrigation Projects, Flood control works on river banks,

coastal protection works, inland navigation, hydrological information system collection, drainage

works, salinity extrusion and land reclamation works, engineering research, coastal, engineering,

field studies etc., based on suitable budget provisions

Major Activities

Conducting Investigation of projects and prepare project reports for implementation for the

benefit of the people.

Implementation of the Irrigation projects after investigation.

Operation and maintenance of the projects for the sustainable development through Project

Advisory Committees of each project.

Make the Irrigation system reliable, predictable and equitable involving users, planners and

policy makers.

Conducting sedimentation surveys in reservoirs and water resources surveys to monitor river

water quality.

Monitoring and Evaluation of the Irrigation Projects using remote Sensing Technique.



Conducting Model studies for Reservoirs, dams, Spillways etc., and also soil surveys for

investigation of projects and coastal Engineering, Field Studies.

To disseminate knowledge about the availability of water and its utilization to the general

public.

To assist other departments and the general public in preparing water utilization projects .

2.4.4 Nodal Institutions

At the National and State level both UNICEF and IIT-Guwahati are involved in strengthening health and

hygiene especially of children through awareness programme and education. Some of the other i ssues

handled by these agencies are Water Quality, Sanitation, Health and Hygiene. These two institutions

work closely with the State Government, civil society, media and communities . UNICEF also works

actively with children and young people, to ensure children’s rights and wellbeing. UNICEF supports

efforts of Health workers in Assam to better manage pregnancies and deliveries and assist in effectively

handling neonatal and childhood illnesses. Special efforts are being made to reach out to those who are

most isolated and excluded, particularly communities on the vast Brahmaputra River and families

working in tea plantations. Subsequently, providing better access to clean drinking water and sanitation

through the promotion of sanitary toilets and water security is another key area of UNICEF’s work.

Further, Upgrading primary school infrastructure such as toilets and water supply are also key thrust

areas. UNICEF is facilitating the state government to implement the Total Sanitation Campaign to

promote rural and school sanitation and also support an action plan for fluoride mitigation in two

districts. Kamrup district was the first one to receive the benefits of a district-wide School Sanitation and

Health (SSHE) initiative that started in 1999 and was co-sponsored by the Government of Assam and

UNICEF. 748 schools in the district have completed the program and 1,154 schools are currently in their

final stages, since the program began. As part of disaster preparedness, UNICEF organised training of

public health engineers and key representatives of major NGOs in the state on “Disaster Preparedness

on Public Health”. The State Government has developed a proposal for “Vulnerability Mapping for the

state” with UNICEF support. The Vulnerability Mapping exercise will generate a disaster preparedness

database.

IIT Guwahati on the other hand provides technical and academic support to the PHED, Government of

Assam and UNICEF on Water Quality, Suitable designs for sustainable toilets, waste management

practices, etc.

2.4.5 Implementing Departments

PHED is the implementing department for all the schemes under RWSS-LIS. The Public Heath

Engineering Dept. (PHED) was created in 1956 as public Health Engineering Organization under the

Directorate of Health services to look after the implementation of rural and urban water supply. The

dept. starts functioning as major department since 1981 and separate secretariat was created for Public

Health Engineering Department in the year 1989. The main activities of the department are:

1. Water Supply (Both rural and urban)

2. Sanitation

3. Water quality testing and monitoring.



The Assam Public Health Engineering Department comprises of double staged organizational setup, one

is administrative and the other is directorate set-up. The secretariat is headed by Commissioner &

Secretary. He is assisted by one Deputy Secretary, two Under Secretaries and other officers & staff. At

the directorate level, there are two Chief Engineer(PHE)s in the APHED-one is Chief

Engineer(PHE), Assam and the other is Chief Engineer(PHE), Sanitation cum Cell Coordinator,

Communication and Sanitation Cell. Chief Engineer (PHE), Assam is head of the APHED who looks after

the Water Supply Sector while Chief Engineer(PHE), Sanitation basically looks after the Sanitation Sector.

Roles and responsibility of PHED staff

Chief Engineer, Assam is responsible for preparation of the annual budget for the three main activities

mentioned above. He is responsible to monitor the progress of work and also monitors where the

budget allotment for the year is fully utilized. Finally, see the overall functioning of the department and

its employees.

Chief Engineer (PHE), Sanitation, Looks after the Total Sanitation Campaign(TSC), Swajaldhara

Programme, Communication & capacity Development Unit(CCDU). He is also responsible to look after,

National Rural Drinking Water Quality Monitoring and Surveillance Programme (NRDWQM&SP).

Additional Chief Engineer (PHE): He is responsible to assist the Chief Engineers in all respect. He is

posted in the Zonal office and is responsible for inspection of works, Progress of works and submission

of reports to the Chief Engineer.

Superintending Engineer (PHE) is posted in Circle Office and is primarily responsible to inspect works.

Compile Monthly progress reports under his jurisdiction and is responsible for the progress of works. All

important matters regarding Water Supply, sanitation, etc., are recorded in his inspection note and are

timely intimated to the higher authority.

Executive Engineer (PHE): EE are the officers in executive charges and is a responsible disbursing officer

of a division. They are responsible for the execution & management of all the works by taking proper

measures for preservation of all PHE assets under his jurisdiction. For the works carried under him, he is

responsible for maintaining records.

Assistant Executive Engineer (PHE): is responsible for execution and management of works &

supervision of personnel with the sub division. He can exercise powers as delegated by Executive

Engineer (PHE).

Assistance Engineer (PHE): He is primarily engaged in preparation of plan & estimate of works, DPR,

tenders, design of water supply and sanitation schemes, departmental buildings, roads etc.

Junior Engineer (PHE): He is entrusted with maintenance of works, preparation of plan & estimates etc.

Sub Engineer and Section Assistant: They are engaged in supervision of works and their duty is to assist

the assistance engineer (PHE) for maintenance and supervision of works.

Establishment & ministerial staff: They are engaged in carrying out administrative works and responsible

for establishment matters like preparation of pay bills, pension etc. of the employees.

However, based on the WATSAN Report by WASH Institute, 2009, the capacities with the PHED

Department is inadequate, mainly due to the frequency and duration of training programme for the



government employees being limited or sometimes unsatisfactory. In the absence of regular trainings

the Engineers do not have the appropriate skills to implement water supply and sanitation projects with

respect to environmental parameters and in co-ordination with the Gaon Panchayats, User Committee

and local people participation.

2.4.6 Converging Departments and Ministries NRHM,

Department of Health; MoEF,

MoA,

MoWR, Panchayat and Rural Development Department.

Forest;

Inland Waterways; Water resource;

Public Works Department;

National and State Highway Authority;

Central Ground Water Board.

2.4.7 RWSS Implementation Procedures

The 73rd Amendment to the Indian Constitution gives the responsibility of implementing rural water

supply and sanitation projects and programmes to the local governance system - the PRIs. At the

revenue village level this translates to the Gram Panchayat (GP), which is to provide RWSS services to

the local. In many villages of Assam Gram Panchayat Water and Sanitation Committees (GPWSCs) co-

exist with GPs, sometimes as sub-committees but many times independently with 10-50%

representation of women. GPWSCs are user groups of a particular RWSS service and they are meant to

maximize user involvement in all phases of a water and sanitation project. This has generated a debate

as to which is the most appropriate and sustainable institution at village -level for delivery of RWSS

services. In reality there is a complex relationship between these two village-level organizations and it

may not be an ‘either-or’ situation but rather a ‘both’ relationship.

2.4.8 Implementation Capacity

In WSS sector, the majority of manpower deployed at different levels across v arious types of

organizations is having purely technical skills i.e. majority of human resource hail from the technical

background having degrees or diplomas in Engineering, Agriculture specialists, Geologists/Hydro-

geologist, etc. And, it is mainly government institutions that employ such technical staff. Public Health

Engineering Department is acting as a nodal agency for Rural water Supply and Sanitation in Assam.

There are also a various non-government players and they are the ones which engage a combination of

engineering an non- engineering professionals and work in the RWSS. The major donors include the

World Bank, ADB, JICA/ There are also a number of NGOs/CBOs and other agencies too supporting the

implementation of RWSS in the state. These agencies provide technical, strategic, consultancy inputs

and financial assistance to the programmes/schemes to the WSS sector in India.



Table 8: Institutional Structure and Technical manpower

Agency Name

Institutional Structure and Key Stakeholders

Role & Responsibility Their number and existing capacities

PHED, Assam State Level

The Commissioner (PHED)’ is the administrative head of PHED providing all

administrative support while ‘The Chief Engineer’ is the executive and technical head. Thus, at the state level, Chief

Engineer is assisted by Additional Chief Engineer, Surveyor of Works, Engineering

Officer looking after Administrative matters, Accounts Officer who is in charge of the accounts. The

additional chief engineer at the Zonal level, Superintendent Engineer at the circle level and at the division/ district level,

there is Executive Engineer while at the sub-divisional/ Block level there is Junior

Engineer who is in turn supported by

The group of engineers in PHED are responsible for project sanctionings, fund mobilisation, etc.. They are also

responsible for maintenance thereof for providing drinking water to rural population of the state. PHED also collaborates with other agencies for

creating public awareness on public and personal hygiene. Role – State release of funds,

technical support, and development of State Action Plan, Inter-sectoral coordination with concerned departments, Training and capacity

building.

Chief Engineer (PHE), Assam Guwahati; Chief Engineer (PHE),

Sanitation, Assam; Additional Chief Engineer (PHE) (HQ) -2 No.

SE (PHE) (HQ) - 3 Nos. EE (PHE) (HQ) - 9 Nos;

PHED, Assam District Level

District Executive Engineer, Assistance Executive Engineers, Junior Engineer, and Field

Officer

Apart from support to the state level project planning, the district PHED Engineers also performs activities

l ike dril l ing tube wells, constructing, laying of pipelines, distribution network for providing safe drinking water and proper sanitary

conditions, conserving water resources, etc., with the help og SULC and GPWSC.

EE (PHE) District : 9 Nos;

PHED, Assam

Block Level

Assistant Engineer and other

workers such as supervisors, surveyors, etc. at the grass-root level.

Support District and State PHED in

project planning and implementation by identifying the gaps in demand and supply of WSS. They are

responsible for grass root planning and mobilisation,

Around 4 AEE per

district at Block level.



Agency Name



Gram/Gaon Panchayat –

Gaon Panchyat Water and

Sanitation Committee (GPWSC)

The most recent Assam Panchayat Act came into effect from 1994. A three-tier system

with Zil la Parishad has been introduced – Gaon Panchayat, Anchalik Panchayat and Zil la

Parishad. Presently Gaon Panchayats are having share in land revenue,

local rates, revenue earned from the settlement of HJAT, fisheries, House taxes, fines, penalties etc.

Gaon Panchayats: i . President – directly elected

by people.

ii . One Vice President – to be elected from among the members of Gaon Panchayat.

iii . Ten members – directly elected by people.

(GPs) are mainly responsible for seeking project assistance, constituting a GP level GPWSC

representing the user communities and empowering the GPWSCs to take responsibil ity for program

implementation on their behalf. At present, the GPWSC are only looking at the sanitation sector (provision of Individual latrines) in

the vil lages. Role – Baseline survey & development of Action Plan, Inter sectoral coordination with concerned

departments, placement of staff with defined role and responsibil ity, Training & capacity building, overall

implementation, M&E. During the post-implementation phase, the GPs monitor the

sustainability of operations and ensure that the GPWSCs satisfactorily discharge their O&M

management function including levying and collecting user charges from the beneficiaries. For Multi -Vil lage schemes, GPs are responsible

for payment of bulk water charges to DWSS.

The State Government undertakes to

complete the training of all Elected Panchayat

Representatives within a period of 6 months of their election.

Scheme Level User Committees

– Commonly known as User Group

SLUC comprises of 10-20 member committee 9depending on the type of

scheme, such as for multi vil lage scheme the numbers are greater), they are elected by the vil lagers on consensus.

VWSSCs play a very important role in assessing the status of existing installations, prepare a

plan of operations, and compile a l ist of technological options. They are also instrumental in mobilizing funds for O&M

besides keeping a network with local mechanics and other manpower available.

In most districts the user committee functions on its own for water supply provisions with no help from GPs.

At the vil lage level the issues that are taken care by them primarily relate to operation and maintenance. SLUC

are also responsible for identifying and water quality issue and reporting it to the PHED officials. In some Districts l ike Kamrup, they even

collect the water samples and conduct the basic water quality testing.

Role – They collect monthly charges of around 40-50Rs from each household having individual

connection. Their main role include, the following: - Institution Building, Construction of the hardware facil ity,

Mobilization, Monitoring, Operations and Maintenance.

At the grass root level the challenge is more in terms of

operations and maintenance and its sustainability at the local level.

Responsibil ity in this context is poorly defined, although it

always includes O&M and only sometimes includes planning and implementation.



Agency Name



NGOs/ Independent bodies l ike

UNICEF

NGO: Hopeline ; ARCH; Environ etc.

Local NGOs play a critical role in networking among various type of stakeholders mobilizing the

manpower and helping the existing manpower of PHED/boards in their activities. NGO make valuable

contribution to the sector, which includes the capacity to: (i) reach the rural poor and remote areas, (i i) promote local participation; (i i i)

operate at low costs; and (iv) adapt and be innovative when needed.

Since, the PHED or Water boards have limitation in

recruiting the required number and range of manpower

at the community level they most often util ise the skil ls and manpower of local

NGO in making not only supply driven programmes successful but also

making demand driven programmes operational.

Government institutions like PHED is largely housed by engineers. Engineering graduates join PHE

departments and institutions as Assistant engineer/ Executive engineer at block/ district level .

2.5 Proposed World Bank Assisted Project

The PHED has identified nine project areas7 in seven districts of Assam, Kamrup, Sibsagar, Jorhat,

Sonitpur, Morigaon, Bongaigaon, Hailakandi. To be covered under the World Bank Assisted Rural Water

Supply and Sanitation project. A total 201 Gram panchyats identified, based on a demand driven

exercise and existing ground water quality will be supplied with surface water at 55 LPCD per household

from nineteen Blocks, spread across the above mentioned seven districts.

The main elements under the WB aided RWSS scheme will be,

Development of water sources: These may include both surface and groundwater sources, depending upon availability of good quality water, sustainability and other technical feasibility issues.

If no suitable surface source in areas where water is contaminated with arseni c, fluoride, iron or other similar elements shallow dug-wells, ring wells may be considered.

In areas of excess iron and no proper alternate sources a deep tube well with submersible will be used for water abstraction.

In case of shallow source use, individual or small scale water supply systems would also need to be considered. Where source is not a constraint multi -village schemes would be considered.

For surface water sources the intakes considered will include, either an i ntake- well or a floating barge fitted with a Centrifugal Pump is used to lift raw water.

Water treatment: Depending upon the quality of the sourced water treatment will considered. Typically this will consist of Pre-sedimentation, Aeration, Coagulation & Flocculation, Sedimentation, Filtration and then Disinfection.

7 PHED, recently has changed the number of project areas considered under the World Bank funded RWSS project

to seven in seven districts of Assam.



If the best available source is contaminated with iron beyond BSI permissible limits, the treatment process is likely to be a combination of - Aeration, Filtration and then Disinfection.

Water distributed will be at a minimum terminal head of 5.0metre and a residual chlorine content of 0.2mgl.

The project will also consider upgrading of existing schemes, where practicable.

Costs will be shared in all projects, where the community is expected to pay part of the expenses. Upon

implement of the schemes they will be handed over to the PRIs for the day to day management of the

system

It is planned that the water source for all large multi village schemes shall be from surface sources and

perennial rivers. The project will ensure 100% household connections and me metering for collection of

water charges. Bulk water meters will also be installed at village entry points for all schemes. Water

supply is planned to be 24X7. In case of peri-urban areas, multi storied apartments will have shared

connections with bulk meters.

All customers covered under this scheme will be charged a connection charge. The connection charge is

likely to be INR 2700. This connection charge is to include cost of meters, ferrule, saddle, 10 to 15 m.

pipe length. A higher tariff shall be levied for commercial and institutional connection.

The material used for the rising main will be ductile pipes and the transmission network will use the

Ductile and Galvanized Iron (DI and GI) pipes along with PVC high density pipelines. The implementation

of the project will be in a phased manner, where batch one will be covering three schemes. These

schemes are as follows:

1. Chandrapur and Dimora block of Kamrup district

2. Jorhat, Jorhat Central and Jorhat North West blocks of Jorhat district, and

3. Hailakandi and Algapur blocks of Hailakandi district.

This will be a total of 7 development blocks and 60 Gram Panchayats (GPs), which include 407 villages

consisting of 1962 habitations. The first phase will benefit a total population of 36352 people. However,

a total of 16 blocks will covered under this World Bank funded project in three batches. Under the seven

identified blocks a total of 5041 habitations and 1306133 people will be covered.


IPE Global (P) Ltd.

Scheme Details of all the Seven Projects. Table 9: Details of Seven Schemes under the RWSS-LIS, World Bank funded project

Source: PHED, Assam 2013

Sl. No

Name of District

Name of Scheme Name of Block No. of GP to be covered

No. of Villages to be covered

No. of Habs to be

covered

No. of existing scheme

Population Treatment Plan Capacity

Present Initial Interim Ultimate Initial Interim Ultimate

1 Kamrup

Compos ite WSS for Sustainability & Quali ty in Chandrapur &

Dimoria Dev. Block (B1)

(a) Chandrapur 4 45 192

130 235486 254325 330623 429809 20 27 35

(b) Dimoria 12 145 501

2 Jorhat

Compos ite WSS for Sustainability & Quali ty

in Jorhat, Jorhat North West & Jorhat Centra l Dev. Block (B1)

(a) Jorhat 16 65 480

130 291068 314353 408659 531256 25 33 43 (b)

Jorhat

Centra l 7 51 287

(c) Jorhat N.

West 10 47 278

3 Hai lakan

di Greater Hai lakandi - Algapur WSS (B1)

(a) Hai lakandi 4 16 89 18 84061 90786 118022 153429 7 10 12

(b) Algapur 10 37 147

4 Morigao

n Greater Mayang WSS (B2)

(a) Mayang 14 121 402 20 129334 139681 181585 236060 11 15 19

(b) Bhurbondha 2 20 60

5 Bongaig

aon Greater Jogighopa WSS (B2)

(a) Boitamari 12 131 517

58 325378 351408 456831 593880 28 37 48 (b) Tapatari 11 98 455

(c) Sri jangram 13 113 565

6 Sonitpur Gohpur Compos it WSS

(B3)

(a) Chaiduar 17 108 257 70 102641 110852 144108 187340 9 12 15

(b) Pub

Chaiduar 16 113 182

7 Sibsagar Amguri - Gaurisagar Integrated WSS (B3)

(a) Amguri 12 78 322 94 138165 149218 193984 252179 12 16 20

(b) Gaurisagar 13 87 307

Total 7

(seven) District

7 (seven) Large MVS 16 (sixteen)

Development Block

173 1275 5041 520 1306133 1410623 1833812 2383953 114 148 192



3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

Assam is located in North East India with its capital in Dispur. The State has a large network of rivers and

water bodies which includes the Brahamaputra and Barak river system, both of which form a part of

international water systems. Assam is very rich in biodiversity and consists of tropical rainforests,

deciduous forests, riverine grasslands, bamboo, orchards and wetland ecosystems. Located in the

Eastern Himalayas, Assam is linked to the mainland by a flood and cyclone prone narrow corridor,

known as the Siliguri Corridor or Chicken's Neck.

3.1 Brief profile of State

Geographically, the State can be divided into three distinctive zones; the Brahmaputra valley, the Barak

Valley and the Barail range and Karbi Plateau. The Brahmaputra or Assam valley is comparatively narrow

and long with River Brahmaputra flowing from east to west. It flows for a length of about 700 km within

the State. The Barak Valley comprises of River Barak and its tributaries and is located in southern Assam.

The Barail range and Karbi Plateau separate these two river systems.

Situated between 90-96 degrees East and 24-28 degrees North, Assam is bordered in the North and East

by the Kingdom of Bhutan and Arunachal Pradesh. Along the south, lie Nagaland, Manipur and Mizoram.

Meghalaya lies to the South-West, Bengal and Bangladesh to the west.

The population of Assam according to the 2011 census is 31.17 million people. There are a total

5.91 million households8. Approximately 87% of the population is rural.

3.2 Administration

Assam has 27 administrative districts. These districts are further sub divided into 49 sub-divisions,

Mohkuma Parishads9. All districts are administered by the Deputy Commissioner, District Magistrate,

Office of the District Panchayat and usually with a district court. Districts are mainly delineated on the

basis of physical features like rivers, hills and forests.

The local governance system is organised under the District Panchayat for a district, Panchayat for group

of or individual rural areas and under the urban local bodies for the towns and cities. There are a total of

2489 Gaon/Gram Panchayats and 26247 villages in Assam. In urban areas there are town committees or

nagar somiti for small towns, municipal boards or pouro sobha for medium towns and municipal

corporations or pouro nigom for the cities.

For the revenue purposes, the districts are divided into revenue circles and mouzas. Districts are divided

into 219 development blocks for development projects, and police stations or thanas for law and order.

There are 206 police thanas in Assam.

8 2011 Census of India.

9 “Mohkuma Parishad” means a Mohkuma Parishad established under the Assam Panchayat Act, 1959. (Assam Act XXIV of 1959). They are equivalent to Sub Divisions, which comprises of few blocks, i .e. a district is divided into

subdivisions or Mohkuma in the case of Assam which are further divided into Blocks.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Biodiversity

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rainforest

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grasslands

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bamboo

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bamboo

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flood

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyclone

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siliguri_Corridor

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Districts_of_India

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tehsil

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/District_Collector

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/District_Courts_of_India

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Local_Governance_in_India

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Panchayati_Raj



3.3 Demographic & Social Characteristics

According to the 2011 census, the total

population of Assam was 31,169,272 persons.

There has been an increase of The total

population of the state has increased by

4,530,865 persons since the last census in

2001, a growth rate of 16.93%. Eight of

Assam’s 27 districts registered a rise in the

decadal population growth rate. The growth

rate of some districts like Dhubri, Goalpara,

Barpeta, Morigaon, Nagaon and Hailakandi

ranges from 20% to 24% from the last census

count. Districts of eastern Assam such as

Sivasagar and Jorhat saw about a 9% rise in

population.

According to the census population

projections Assam’s population is expeted to

be 34.18 million people in 2021 and reach

35.60 million people by 2026.

About, 73.18% of the population is literate. Of this 78.81% are men and 67.27% women. This is an

increase in the total literacy rate from 2001, specifically for women, as can be seen from table 10.

The population growth rate of Assam has been very high since mid 20th century. Population grew from

3.29 million in 1901 to 6.70 million in 1941. The growth in the western and southern districts has been

attributed to the immigration of people from East Pakistan, now Bangladesh.

The total rural population of Assam is 2,50,36,946 persons. Of this the World Bank project will cover a

population of 16,07,880 persons, 6.4% of total rural population in Assam. Table 10 details the districts

to be covered under this project in comparison of the total in each of the project districts.

Table 10: Demographic Profile of Assam State

Population Density: 396.8/km²

Area: 78,438 km²

State Boundaries:

East : Arunachal Pradesh, Nagaland and Manipur West : West Bengal and Meghalaya North : Arunachal Pradesh

South : Nagaland, Manipur, Mizoram, Meghalaya and Tripura

International Boundary:

North : Bhutan West : Bangladesh

Total Population: 2011 2001

31.169 Mill ion 26.66 Mill ion

Male 15.955 Mill ion 13.64 Mill ion

Female 15.214 Mill ion 13.01 Mill ion Literacy rate: 73.18% 63.3%

Male 78.81% 71.3%

Female 67.27% 54.6%. Sex Ratio: (Male : Female): 1000 : 954

Source: 2011 and 2001 Census Data.

Graph 3-1: Population growth in Assam

Source: Census of India

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/East_Pakistan



Table 11: Coverage of the Project in the Seven Districts of Assam

S.No

District Total Proposed to be Covered under the Project

Blocks Panchayats Village Habitation Blocks Panchayats Village Habitation

1 Kamrup 17 163 1276 5228 3 23 243 1003

2 Sibsagar 9 120 997 4919 4 41 299 1330

3 Jorhat 8 111 793 3578 3 41 299 1330

4 Sonitpur 14 159 1952 5298 2 33 221 439

5 Marigaon 6 97 567 2192 2 16 85 488 6 Bongaigaon 6 62 514 2313 3 36 342 1537

7 Hailakandi 5 62 398 1673 2 11 54 236

Total 65 774 6497 25201 19 201 1543 6363

Source: NRDWP, Ministry of Drinking Water and Sanitation, 2012 (PHED, Assam for the figures under

Proposed project)

3.4 Physical Environmental

3.4.1 Location

Assam lies in the middle reach of the river Brahmaputra and Barak. The total area of the state is 78,438

sq. kms, which is around 2.4% of the country’s total geographical area. About 70,634 sq. km of a total of

580,000 sq. km of the Brahmaputra basin is in Assam. The 7 districts under this project are Kamrup,

Sibsagar, Jorhat, Sonitpur, Morigaon, Bongaigaon and Hailakandi. This will include a total of sixteen

Blocks. The location of project areas is given in figure 3-1 below.

Table 12: Schemes under the RWSS-LIS World Bank Project

S.No District Project Areas Name of Blocks

1 Kamrup

Composite Wss for sustainability & Quality at

Chandrapur & Dimoria Dev. Block

Chandrapur

Dimoria

Composite WSS for sustainability & Quality at Bezera Bezera10

2 Sibsagar

Amguri Gaurisagar integrated WSS Amguri

Gaurisagar

Gr. Sibsagar integrated WSS for mitigation of Arsenic

and Iron

Sibsagar

Dimow

3 Jorhat Composite WSS for sustainability & Quality at Jorhat & Jorhat Central & Jorhat N West Dev. Block

Jorhat

Jorhat Central

Jorhat North West

4 Sonitpur Composite WSS at Gohpur Chariduar

Purb Chariduar

5 Morigaon Gr Mayang WSS Mayong

Bhurbondha

6 Boigaingaon Gr Jogighopa WSS

Boitamari

Tapatari

Srijangram

7 Hailakandi Gr. Hailakandi-Algapur WSS Algapur

Hailakandi

Source: PHED, Assam

10

Bezera, Sibsagar and Dimow are not included in the present RWSS-LIS Project.



Figure 3-1: Location of Project Areas in Assam

Base Map Source: Administrative boundary Map and Google Earth Satellite Map

The humidity that is brought into Assam by the southwest monsoons, shower an average annual rainfall

of 3050 mm or more on the Brahmaputra valley and the surrounding region. The monsoons are Assam's

lifeline; creating a biodiversity that can compete with the equatorial rainforests (State profile, 2009).

The Brahmaputra River flows through Assam from east to west over a length of approximately 650

kilometres. Its main branch originates in the Tibetan plateau, flowing from west to east as the River

Tsangpo, and then turns south through Arunachal Pradesh as River Siang to enter Assam, where it is

joined by other branches to form the Brahmaputra.

The Barak River rises in the Indian state of Nagaland at an elevation of approximately 2,300 mete rs and

passes through the Manipur Hills of Manipur state over a river length of nearly 400 kilometres. It then

flows generally westward from Lakhipur through the Cachar Plains region of Assam over a river length of

approximately 130 kilometres to enter Bangladesh near Bhanga (NHC, Background paper, 2006).

Other than Hailakandi, all project districts are located in the Brahmaputra plains. Hilakandi, is situated in

the plains of River Barak and is separated by the rest of the project districts by Barail range in the north.

Each flood season, the Brahmaputra and its tributaries forsake their earlier channels to cut new swathes

through the soil. As the water recedes, alluvial deposits remain in the river, giving rise to sandy islands.



Some of these islands are very large, and the annually enriched soil has attracted cultivation and semi -

permanent settlement. The topography and the warm and humid climate are conducive to plant and

vegetation growth. Assam is home to 51 forest and sub-forest types, and the confluence of diverse

patterns of vegetation (Assam Human Development Report, 2003). The figure below shows the

vegetation cover in Assam, indicating the forest areas in each district.

Figure 3-2: Vegetation Cover with Reference to Project Areas

Base Map Source: National Atlas and Thematic Mapping Organisation, 1988

3.4.2 Climate and Rainfall

The region receives rainfall both during the summer and winter months from the south-west monsoon

and the north-east monsoon. It forms the basis for monsoon onset and its prevalence over other parts

of India due to the synoptic features prevalent over the state. The region is characterized by high rainfall

but analysis of long-term trends in the annual rainfall indicates a slight decline in the total rainfall

received in the region (Das, 2004; Mirza et al., 1998; Tiwari, 2006, ASTEC, 2011). Monsoon season in

Assam starts from mid-June. Assam experiences heavy monsoon downpour till August. Assam is among

the places which receive the highest amount of rainfall in the world. Spring and autumn seasons in

Assam are characterized by moderate temperatures.



The pre-monsoon and post-monsoon thundershowers are very dominant over this region due to

orography and the humidity available for convection. Kandalgaonkar et al 2005 in their study to address

the relationship between thunderstorm activity and rainfall over different homogeneous regions of India

also showed that over the North Eastern region the probability of association of thunderstorm wi th

rainfall is quite high when compared to other regions. Also months with high rainfall have been

observed to have more number of thunderstorms. Thunderstorms in post-monsoon season have been

observed to be with higher intensities than during the pre-monsoon season. There is a distinct monsoon

season in which a large part of the annual rainfall is concentrated. There are also two months of cyclonic

activity preceding the monsoon, and rainfall at other times of the year as well . The rainy season in

Assam lasts from May to October as indicated in the graph below.

Graph 3-2: Average Rainfall in the State of Assam

Source: Statistical Handbook of Assam, 2011 (for the year 2010)

Graph 3-3: Rainfall Pattern in the project Area during Monsoon Months from 1995-2000

(Source: Assam Gazetter, 2000)

3.4.3 Physiographic

The State of Assam can be divided into three main physiographic regions, which are as follows:

1. The vast alluvial plains of the Brahmaputra valley in the north, comprising the districts of

Goalpara, Kamrup, Darrang, Nagaon, Sibsagar, North Lakhimpur and Dibrugarh.

2. The Central Assam hills comprising Karbi Anglong and Dima Hasao (Earlier North Cachar Hills)

districts.



3. The hilly and alluvial terrain in the south covering the Cachar district (Barak valley).

Ranging in average elevation from 50 to 120 m above mean sea level the Brahmaputra valley represents

a unique landscape about 800 km long and 130 km wide valley separated from the comparatively low

lying Barak valley in the south by the Mikir Hills and Barail range in the central part. Thus bounded by

the hill ranges in the north, east and south, Assam experiences the predominant influence of the south -

west tropical monsoon which reigns from April to October with occasional winter showers. The low

clouds of the southwest monsoon after being intercepted by the North Cachar range and Naga Patkai

range, cause heavy rainfall in the southern part of Assam including Hailakandi Districts and precipitate in

the Brahmaputra valley; their intensity increases towards the foothills of the Himalayas. The Map 3-3

shows the location of project areas on the Relief base map of Assam. All the nine project areas are

located in the plains of River Brahmaputra and R. Katakhal (Barak Valley). On the basis of the physical

relief, these areas are prone to high flood levels especially during monsoon months. The soil map will

further elaborate on how the flooding will affect water logging in these areas.

Figure 3-3: Relief of Assam with Respect to Project Areas

Base Map Source: National Atlas and Thematic Mapping Organisation, 1988



3.4.4 Hydrology

The Brahmaputra River and the 33 major tributaries joining it in Assam, including the main trans-

Himalayan tributaries of Subansiri, Jia Bharali, and Manas, carry about 30% of the country’s total surface

water. Surface water bodies covering about 8,251 square kilometres account for 10.5% of the

geographical area of the state. Of these, the river systems, including waterlogged areas, occupy 6,503 Sq

Km (8.3% of the State). The annual surface water availability is more than 53 Million Hectare-Meters.

Brahmaputra valley in Assam has 3,513 wetlands, covering 1,012.3 km2. Groundwater is also plentiful at

shallow depth in the valley. Based on Central Ground Water Board Report, utilizable groundwater is

estimated to exceed 2 million hectare-meters (in 2001). The hydrological characteristics of the

Brahmaputra valley are dominated by the intensely powerful monsoon rainfall region of the eastern

Himalayas, the freeze–thaw cycle of Himalayan snow, and the immensely dynamic fluvial processes of

the river and its tributaries. It is also influenced by the unique characteristics of the physical terrain and

tectonic framework of the region.

3.4.5 Hydrogeology

According to Central Ground Water Board, Hydrogeology of the state can be divided into three units

namely consolidated formation, semi consolidated formation and unconsolidated formation. More than

75% of the state is underlain by unconsolidated formation comprising of clay, silt, sand, gravel, pebbl e

and boulders. The old alluvial belt11 is about 11 to 15 km wide; the tubewells yield 27 to 59 m3/hr in this

zone. The new or young alluvial zone12 follows immediately down slope of the old alluvial zone where

the yield of the wells ranges between 80-240 m3/hr. The flood plains follow the new alluvial soil in

Brahmaputra valley where the shallow tubewells yield between 20-50 m3/hr and deep tubewells

between 150-240 m3/hr. In the semi consolidated formations of Cachar district, the yield of the tubewell

ranges between 50 to 100 m3/hr. Most of the project area falls under the new alluvial Belt along the

flood plain of Brahmaputra River. (Source: http://cgwb.gov.in/gw_profiles/st_assam.htm).

3.4.6 Geomorphology

The state of Assam, which treasures geological formations of wide age range, and has undergone

diversified pedo-genesis depending upon the composition of the parent materials, paleo-geographical

conditions and climatic conditions to which it was subjected. Soil in the project area is either young

alluvial soil or Old Alluvial soil. In pub chariduar however, new alluvial soil is found in the northern part

of the block. Also, Chandrapur block, in Kamrup District is majorly covered by Red loamy Soil. The soil

groups can be broadly classified into the following soil types which are spatially indicated in the figure 3-

4.

Table 13: Type of soil in the seven district of the scheme

S.No District Major Type of Soil 1 Kamrup Young alluvial soil in Bezera and Red Loamy in Chandrapur and Dimoria

2 Bongaigaon Forest Alluvial Soil in the north along with Red Loamy and Young Alluvial in the other parts

11

Old Alluvial Belt is adjoining to the foothills of the Himalayas and comprises of boulders and pebbles which have been carried down by the river streams. The streams flow underground due to high porosity and have narrow width ranging from 7 to 15 km. 12

New/young Alluvial Belt is found adjoining the old alluvial Belt.

http://cgwb.gov.in/gw_profiles/st_assam.htm



3 Morigaon Younger Alluvial in northern region and Forest Alluvial Soil in the south 4 Sibsagar Young alluvial soil and Forest Alluvial in the small portion of the

southern part

5 Jorhat Young alluvial soil 6 Sonitpur Young alluvial soils in the northern region and in the south

7 Hailakandi Younger Alluvial in northern region and Forest Alluvial Soil in the south Source: Assam Science Technology and Environmental Council Figure 3-4: Types of Soil with Reference to Project Locations

Base Map Source: National Atlas and Thematic Mapping Organisation, 1988.

Some of the major soils found in Assam are detailed in the section below.

1. Forest and hilly lateritic soil, deep reddish in colour, developed over the geological formations

belonging to Achaean, Precambrian and Upper Tertiary age. The soil is characterized by low nitrogen,

low phosphate and medium to high potash and pH is acidic.

2. Low level terrace, red and yellow soil, formed due to laterisation process of Upper Pleistocene

fluvial sediments under favourable climatic conditions. Soil pH is acidic due to intensive leaching of

bases and formation of clay minerals and ferric hydroxides.



3. Alluvial plain soil, light grey to dark grey of recent age occurring along the major river valleys. Based

on the Russian system of classification, soils of Assam have been classified into zonal and azonal

based mainly upon soil genesis. Most of the Project area have alluvial plain soil which has high water

retention capacity and high water table.

4. Older Alluvial Soil, are developed almost entirely in Cachar district and is light grey to dark grey in

colour. It is unaltered alluvium representing a broad spectrum of sand, silt and humus rich bog clay

depending on land form component.

5. Red Loamy Soil, are developed in the entire Karbi Anglong district, parts of Duma Hasao and a little

fringe in the northern border of North Lakhimpur district. These are deep red loamy soils with clay

rich latasol profile.

6. Red and Yellow Soil, low level terrace, red yellow to brick red soil, restricted mainly in the northern

border of the Duma Hasao (N C Hills) is having clayey plastic latasol with sedimentary structures and

texture totally obliterated in the solum. Mottling and incipient development ferruginous nodules at

places are quite common.

7. Lateritic Soil, the forested and lateritic Soils are brick red to brownish red in colour. They are

developed in the vicinity of Haflong in Duma Hasao district, southern parts of Kamrup and Nagaon

districts.

8. Alluvial Soil, are alluvial plain soils, developed along vast places of Brahmaputra basin. These are

yellow to yellowish grey in colour and are unaltered alluvium representing sand, silt and humus rich

bog clay depending on land form component. Mineral weathering and geochemical changes are

nominal. Soil pH is generally feebly alkaline excepting bog soils.

3.4.7 Agriculture Agriculture is the dominant land use category in the state. It account for about for about 54.11% of the

total geographical area of the state. Also, more than 80 per cent of the total population of Assam

including population dependent on tea plantation, is dependent on agriculture. The net area sown as

well as the gross cropped area increased significantly in the last few de cades due to better access to

newer technologies. According to the Assam Gazetteer, 2001 the increase in agriculture and plantation

practices has decreased area under forest. The agricultural land use pattern within the Project districts

are as follows:

Table 14: District wise distribution of Agricultural land, Assam, 1990 S.No

District Agricultural Land ( area in hectare)

Area Kharif Rabi Double crop Net area sown Plantation Fallow land Total

1 Bongaigaon 31335 22099 -- 18277 3822 11389 -- 15211 2 Hai lakandi 132293 98270 -- 1723 96547 38640 -- 135187

3 Jorhat 291470 21293 60998 43886 38405 61100 4815 104320

4 Kamrup 473380 235840 156516 145867 246489 25894 1939 274322

5 Morigaon 121966 67968 18972 33914 53026 646 9868 63540 6 Sibsagar 260290 105068 23278 15304 113042 100455 -- 213497

7 Sonitpur 525520 215966 51059 29498 237527 55682 3937 297146

Source: Assam Remote Sensing Application Centre



3.4.8 Forest Resources Assam is known for its extensive forest areas and availability of rich floras and faunas besides other

valuable forest products. As per information available from the State Forest Department, the total area

under forests in Assam was 26,781.91 Sq.km. at the end of March, 2003, out of which 15,492.33 Sq. Km.

was under Reserved Forests and 2,860.94 Sq. Km. under Protected Forest Area. But this rich forest cover

and valuable forest resources of the state are disappearing rapidly particularly from the last few decades

due to massive deforestation, illegal felling, forest fragmentation, encroachment in the fringe areas,

poaching, bio piracy and other unplanned development activities.

The Forests area constitutes about 34.14 % of the total geographical area of Assam. The forests in the

plain districts are managed by the State Forest Department while the authorities for management of the

forest in the two hill districts are their respective District Councils. The Table 15 below gives the area (in

Ha) under Forest in the scheme districts.

Table 15: Area Under Forest in Assam (As On 31-3-2002) (Area in Ha.)

Forest Division Reserved Forest Proposed Reserved Forest Total Forest (Excluding

unclassified Forest)

ASSAM 1549232.943 267028.117 1816261.060

Kamrup East 43108.065 Nil 43108.065

Kamrup West 68241.150 507.072 68748.222

North Kamrup 75014.484 Nil 75014.484

Jorhat 26104.420 Nil 26104.420

Sibsagar 21950.477 Nil 21950.477

Sonitpur East 52674.770 Nil 52674.770

Sonitpur West 46164.690 910.000 47074.690 Hailakandi 63661.070 170.000 63831.070

Aie Valley (Bongaigaon) 78953.130 Nil 48953.130

Manas Tiger Project 1633.710 Nil 1633.710

East Assam Wild l ife 765.840 Nil 765.840

Source: Office of the Principal Chief Conservator of Forests, Assam. *Unclassified forest data – Forest

data showing forest extent only with no further information about their type and no restriction on the

cutting of trees and cattle grazing.

Social Forestry: The Social Forestry programme is an important programme being undertaken by the

State Forest Department. The programme mainly aims at increasing area under Afforestation especially

in Residential Area and otherwise Occupied Areas of the State. The achievement under Social Forestry

scheme was 3871 hectares of area during 2001-2002. The number of seedlings planted under this

scheme was 96.76 lakh during the year.

3.4.9 Ecologically Sensitive Areas

Ecologically Sensitive Areas (ESAs) have been identified and notified by the Indian Ministry of

Environment & Forests (MoEF) since 1989. Notifications declaring areas as ESAs are issued under the

Environment (Protection) Act 1986. The clauses of the EPA which allow for the notification of ESAs hold

the possibility of realizing landscape-level conservation. One of the landmark cases in recent years is

Numaligarh in Assam. In July 1992, Numaligarh was declared a “No Development Zone” using the EPA’s

provisions. This was linked to the establishment of a refinery in Numaligarh in 1993. The Numaligarh



Refinery proposal was cleared by the MoEF, despite its close proximity to the Kaziranga National Park.

This was objected to by civil society groups. In response, although the MoEF did not disallow the

refinery, it placed restrictions on the expansion of the industrial area, townships, infrastructure facilities

and such other activities which could lead to pollution and congestion in what it declared as the

‘Numaligarh No Development Zone’. Northeast States of India is blessed with a wide range of

physiographic and eco-climatic conditions and the geographical ‘gateway’ for much of India’s endemic

flora as well as fauna. This region represents an important part of the Indo-Myanmar biodiversity

hotspot, one of the 25 global biodiversity hotspots recognized currently. Although Assam state border

does not touch Myanmar, it is also home to many species of flora and fauna and has a rich biodiversity

under the Indo-Myanmar region, especially the districts falling in south of River Brahmaputra. The Indo-

Myanmar Hotspot is home to 13,500 plant species (2.3% of the global species) of which 7,000 are

endemics and 2,185 vertebrates (1.9% of the global species) of which 528 are endemic. The species

richness in terms of numbers of reptiles and amphibians are 484 and 202 with 201 and 114 endemics

respectively. (Singh et al. P. 42-47).

Specifically the wildlife sanctuaries in Assam are a heterogeneous mixture of a variety of landscapes,

plants, birds and animals. The suitable climatic conditions, geographical location and vast forest reserves

have made Assam a favourable destination for birds, animals and natural vegetation. Assam is home to

several wildlife sanctuaries and national parks that are the breeding ground for some of the rarest global

species. The many wildlife sanctuaries in Assam provide shelter to large number of wildlife right from

the Golden Langur to the horned rhinoceros. Manas reserve falls under one of India’s biologically

sensitive Areas.

The Brahmaputra river and several of its tributaries could still hold hope for the critically-endangered

Indian gharial (Gavialis gangeticus), which is on the verge of extinction across its once-widespread

habitat in South East Asia with a global population of less than 200.

The Indian gharial population recorded a decline of 96 per cent in the past three decades. The species

was thought to be extinct in the Brahmaputra and Barak valleys of Assam but for a few instances of

authentic sighting, including a couple of captures (in the Urpad lake and in the Manas river), in Dikhow

river, Ghagar and Subansiri river, the Dehing-Brahmaputra confluence, Kareng Chapori of Dihingmukh –

some of those occurring during the period 2004 to 2007.

According to a recent survey conducted by a team of zoologists from Guwahati University, the

distribution of the Gharial in the State is mainly concentrated in the Brahmaputra Valley. In eastern

Assam, it is chiefly confined to the districts of undivided Lakhimpur and Sibsagar, while in western

Assam, it is restricted to the Brahmaputra and its tributaries such as Manas, Jinjiram, and the Urpad Beel

(lake).

The list below gives the names of the important ecologically sensitive areas such as Wildlife Sanctuaries

and National Parks in Assam. Kaziranga National Park

Manas National Park Dibru-Saikhowa National Park

Orang (Rajib Gandhi) National Park

Pobitora Wildlife Sanctuary Sonai Rupai Wildlife Sanctuary



Bura-Chapori Wildlife Sanctuary

Laokhowa Wildlife Sanctuary Pobha Or Milroy Sanctuary

Chakrashila Wildlife Sanctuary

Bornadi Wildlife Sanctuary Gorampani Wildlife Sanctuary, Golaghat

Gibbon Wildlife Sanctuary

Nambor Wildlife Sanctuary East Karbi Anglong Wildlife Sanctuary

Karbi Anglong Wildlife Sanctuary

Panidihing Bird Sanctuary, Sibsagar

Deeporbeel Bird Sanctuary, Guwahati(Proposed) Bordoibam Bilmukh Bird Sanctuary, Lakhimpur, Dhemaji(Proposed)

Figure 3-5: Wildlife Sanctuaries/National Park and Reserve Forests Near Project Areas

Source: Base Map is from Google Maps, 2012

Since, Garbhanga Reserve Forest, Manas National Park and Kaziranga National Park are in a distance

ranging from 3 to 10 kms from the project area, there may be some concerns of conflict due to wildlife

movement and needs (figure 3.5). Another concern could be that of animal corridors, specifically

elephant corridors (figure 3.6). Due to increasing pressures on forest areas, there have been increasing

human-elephant conflicts, as settlements and other infrastructure gets sited in what are traditional



elephant corridors13. Similarly, habitat of other species also have been reducing, increasing the number

of conflicts and chance meeting with various wildlife species, or raiding of fields and settlements for

food and other needs by wildlife species. Assam has six protected areas. Of these two falls in the project

district, Kaziranga and Sonitpur. Figure 3-6: Elephant Reserves in Assam

Source: Base map – Department of Environment and Forest, Government of Assam (http://assamforest.in/forestGlance/assamForest_glance.php) During the field study, it was observed that none of the reserved forest or national Park are falling under the proposed project areas. Most of the Eco-senstive hotspots are beyond a minimum distance of 3-5 Kilometers from the project area. Table 16 below gives the details of the distances of major National Parks, Reserved Forest and wild life sanctuaries from the Project areas.

Table 16: Distance of eco-sensitive areas from project areas

S.No Ecological Sensitive Area Project Areas , District Distance (in Km)

1 Manas National Park Sirjangram, Bongaigaon 6-10

2 Nameri National Park Chaiduar, Sonitpur 40-50

3 Garbangha Reserve Forest Dimoria, Kamrup Around 5

13 Human-elephant conflict on the rise in Assam, Souce: http://zeenews.india.com/news/assam/human-elephant-

conflict-on-the-rise-in-assam_775946.html

http://assamforest.in/forestGlance/assamForest_glance.php



4 Kaziranga National Park Chaiduar, Sonitpur 5-10

5 Dibru Saikhowa Dimow, Sibsagar 55-60

6 Narpuh Reserve Forest Algapur, Hailakandi 20-25 7 Deepor Beel Chandrapur, Kamrup 45-50

*Based on the field study.

3.4.10 Drainage Basins

The Central Assam hill range in the state forms approximately the watershed for Brahmaputra and

Meghna Basins. The large part of the state including Brahmaputra valley falls under Brahmaputra basin

while the Surma valley falls under the Meghna Basin. The Brahmaputra Basin is presently confined by

the Eastern Himalayas on the north and east, the Naga- Patkai range on the southeast, Mikir Hills and

Shillong Plateau on the southern and south western side. The Brahmaputra River is one of the largest

rivers of the world and discharges about 30% of the total water resources of the world. The total length

of river Brahmaputra from its origin in Tibet to its outfall in the Bay of Bengal is about 2880 km. It

traverses its first 1625km in Tibet, the next 918 km in India and the rest in Bangladesh.

Figure 3-7: Drainage System of Assam

Source: Base Map – Google Maps, 2012

River Brahmaputra is joined by 40 tributaries on its north bank and 20 on its south bank. All the north

bank tributaries originate in the sub - Himalayan ranges except Subansiri, Jiabharali and Manas, which



are Trans Himalayan. The Subansiri, the Badeng- Pubnai, the Kameng- Jiabharali, the Dhansiri, the

Manas and the Champamati are some of the important rivers on the north bank which are known as

sub-basins. On the south bank, the Dholai, the Burhi Dihing, the Disang, the Dhansiri, the Kopili -Kalang

and the Kulsi- Jinjiram rivers from separate sub- basins. These southern tributaries out crop from Khasi

Hills and are generally not perennial nature. Most of these rivers maintain meagre base flow during dry

winter months.Out of nine, eight intake points which will draw water for the RWSS Scheme in the

project areas are on River Brahmaputra and its tributaries and the last one will draw water from a

tributary of R. Barak.

Figure 3-8: Location of Intake Points of Project Schemes

Source: Base Map – Google Maps, 2012

Table 17: Details of the intake point and Water Treatment Plant (WTP) in the seven districts.

S. No Name of District Proposed Intake point Location

Source of water Proposed WTP Location

1 Sivsagar Amguri Gourijan Dikhow river GP-Mumaitamuli, Vil-Phukanphodia, Habitation-Namdang Kalita

2 Jorhat Nimati Ghat Bramhaputra river Nimati Ghat

3 Morigaon Tinikhutimukh Kopili river Tinikhutimukh

Bihita Kopili river Bihita



S. No Name of District Proposed Intake point Location

Source of water Proposed WTP Location

Dharamtal Kopili river Dharamtal

4 Bongaigaon Jogighopa Bramhaputra river Jogighopa

5 Kamrup Chandrapur Bramhaputra river Chandrapur

Kolongpar Bramhaputra river Kolongpar 6 Hailakandi Katakhal Katakhal river Katakhal

7 Sonitpur Dipora Bramhaputra river Dipora

Source: Executive Engineers, District, PHED, Assam

3.5 Water Resources

Assam is divided into two major river valleys – the Brahmaputra and Barak and thus, Assam is endowed

with enormous water resources. The large perennial rivers and other water bodies with the rich aquifer

speak about vastness of its water resource. Surface water is available in the forms of rive r, stream, lake,

swamps, pond etc. The ground water is available at low to moderate depth almost in entire state.

Although there is seasonal and regional variation in the availability of water resources, the annual

availability of water resource remain almost same. In the last few decades the use of water has been

growing at a fast rate, which is more than twice the rate of the increase of human population. The

consumption of water has increased due to the increase of human population as well as the

diversification of human activities. With the increase of per capita consumption of water in domestic,

agricultural and industrial sectors, cause the reduction of potential per capita availability of water.

Moreover, it may cause the deterioration of water quality to a great extent.

Besides the river, another important source of surface water is the wetlands of the state. There are

about 3513 numbers of wetlands of different size and shape in the state. The total area under different

categories of wetland in Assam is about 1012.32 Sq.km. during the pre-monsoon season. It constitutes

1.29% of the total geographical area of the state. Of the total wetlands, 1367 inland wetlands suffer due

to the problem of invasion by aquatic weeds and need ameliorative steps for conservation. Out of this,

656 are swampy/marshy areas, 366 ox-bow lakes/cut-off meanders, 193 lakes/ponds, 133 water-logged,

13 tanks and 3 reservoirs. The wetlands of the state are facing serious threat from the human society.

The large-scale encroachment, over fishing in wetlands, filing up of wetlands for other uses and dumping

of wastes in the wetlands are some of the human activities causing serious damage to the wetland

ecosystem.

According to the ENVIS Centre, Assam, the pressure on the ground water is increasing in the state. The

rate of groundwater extraction in the state has been increase by many folds in last decade of for

irrigation through shallow tube wells. Unscientific dumping of municipal solid and industrial wastes on

the ground and in the water body is increasing with the population growth. The excessive extraction of

ground water especially for the irrigation and in densely settled areas for the domestic consumption the

water table in winter season goes down beyond the reach of low and medium depth dug wells and tube

wells and thereby causing water crises in some areas of the state. According to the Central Ground

Water Board, Kamrup Metro has recorded excessive depletion of ground water especially in areas in and

around Guwahati.



3.5.1 Surface Water Apart from the rain water received, the state is endowed with number of perennial rivers and lake

locally known as beel. The state is drained by the dance networks of two river system, viz the

Brahmaputra and the Barak. These rivers have large number of tributaries joining them from both the

banks. There are about 73 important tributaries of the Brahmaputra River and 11 tributaries of Barak

River. The vast potential surface water resource of the state is not yet properly utilized in the state. In

the last few decades, the rate of consumption of water in the agricultural sector, industrial sector and in

the urban centres has been increased significantly. The discharges of untreated domestic wastewater,

industrial wastewater, run of from the agricultural fields and the urban sewage water posing threat to

the water bodies of the state.

Irrigation: Agriculture constitutes the largest share of water consumption amongst various uses

followed by the domestic and industrial uses. The gross irrigation potential created up to March 2002

through govt. irrigation schemes in Assam was 5,13,341.00 hectare (includes both irrigation from

surface water and ground water) against the irrigation potential of 2,40,406.17 hectare in 1987. This

indicates the increasing trend of water utilization in agricultural sector.

Apart from irrigation, the second most beneficial uses of water are drinking, cooking, bathing, washing,

etc. – domestic use. More than 75 per cent population of the state are living in the rural area and due to

certain factors the direct use of river water is limited in the state. The ground water is the main source

of water for most of the rural population of the state. The per capita abstraction would therefore be

small and may be estimated at 25 litre per day

3.5.1.1 River System

i) Brahmaputra River System: The Brahmaputra is one of the biggest rivers of the world. The

Brahmaputra basin covers an area of 5,80,000 Sq. Km of which 1,94,413 Sq. Km falls in India. In India,

the basin lies in the states of Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Nagaland, Meghalaya, Sikkim and West Bengal.

Brahmaputra is a perennial river, feed by snow as well as by rain.

The Brahmaputra rolls down the plain of Assam east to west for a distance of 640 km up to Bangladesh

border. Through its course, the river receives innumerable tributaries (about 73) coming out of the

northern, north eastern and the southern hill ranges. The mighty river with a well -knit network of

tributaries drains an area of 56,480 Sq. Km of the state accounting for 72% of its total geographical area.

Most of the right bank tributaries of Brahmaputra are snow as well rain feed and are perennial.

Although the left bank tributaries are mainly rain feed but perennial in nature.

It is the fourth largest river in the world in term of average water discharge at the mouth with a flow of

19,830 cubic meter per second.

The river carries 82 per cent of its annual flow during the rainy season (May through October). The

maximum discharge of the river at Pandu14 (in Guwahati) was 72794 m3s-1 and the minimum discharge

at the same point on 20-02-68 was 1757 m3s-1. The mean annual flood discharge and dry season

discharge of the river at Pandu is 51156 m3s-1and 4420 m3s-1and respectively. The discharge per unit

14

Source: Flood Control Department, Govt. of Assam, on 23-08-62



area of basin at Pandu is 0.03 m3s-1and. The principal tributaries of Brahmaputra River and their annual

discharge is given in table 18 below.

Table 18: Right Bank Tributaries of the Brahmaputra River and their annual discharge.

Sl. No. Rivers Length (km) Average annual discharge (m 3 s -1)

1 Subansiri 442 7,55,771

2 Ranganadi 150 74,309

3 Baroi 64 20,800

4 Bargang 42 16,000

5 Jia Bharali 247 3,49,487

6 Gabharu 61 8,450

7 Balsiri 110 9,300

8 Dhansiri 123 26,577

9 Noa-Nadi 75 4,450

10 Nanoi 105 10,281

11 Barnadi 112 5,756

12 Puthimari 190 26,324

13 Pagladiya 197 15,201

14 Manas-Aye-Beki 215 3,07,947 15 Champamati 135 32548

16 Gaurang 98 22263

17 Tipkai 108 61786

18 Godadhar 50 7000

Source: Flood Control Department, Govt. of Assam.

Table 19: Left Bank Tributaries of the Brahmaputra River and their annual discharge

Sl. No. Rivers Length (km) Average annual discharge (m 3 s -1)

1 Buridihing 360 141539

2 Desang 230 55101

3 Dikhow 200 41892

4 Jhanji 108 8797

5 Bhogdoi 160 6072

6 Dhansiri 352 68746

7 Kopili 297 90046

8 Krishnai 81 22452

9 Kulsi 93 11643 10 Jinari 60 7783

Source: Flood Control Department, Govt. of Assam.

ii) The Barak River System: Barak is the second largest river system in the North East India as well as in

Assam. The river with a total length of 900 km from source to mouth drains an area of 52,000 sq. km. In

India and traverses a distance of 532 km up to the Indo-Bangla border. Like Brahmaputra, the Barak is

also a perennial river of the state. The important north bank tributaries of Barak River are Jiri, Siri,

Madhura, Jatinga and Larang, while the important south bank tributaries include sonai, Ghagra,

Katakhal, Dhaleswari, Singla and Longai. The flows of the rivers in Assam decrease considerably during

the dry season. They maintained peak flow in summer rainy months (March-October).



3.5.1.2 Wetlands

The valley of the river Brahmaputra with its innumerable fresh water lakes (locally called beel), or ox -

bow lakes (era suti), marshy tracts and seasonally flooded plains and hundreds of riverine sandbars and

islands was, till recently, an ideal wetland eco-system which contained specialised wetland animals like

the fresh water dolphin, dugong and the great Indian one-horned rhino and reptiles like the crocodile,

the winter monitor lizard and few species of turtles. All these creatures are either extinct or highly

endangered at present. With the progressive destruction of the Brahmaputra valley wetlands, along

with these animals and others, we have lost spectacular natural beauty - the hundreds of thousands of

water birds all along the 800 km. of the river running through the plains of Assam according to the flood

control department, GoA.

The destruction of the Brahmaputra valley wetland system started with the arrival of the w ater

hyacinth15 from Central America more than a century ago. Later it heightened due to the raising of

earthen bunds along the banks of almost the entire length of the river and many of its tributaries after

the 1950 earthquake. These artificial levees cut off, to a great extent, the periodic flushing out of the

wetlands by the monsoon flood. Also, due to the arrival of the human settlers in the sand bars and the

minor riverine islands, mostly in the lower Assam, the wetland has been further affected. Such activates

and others have resulted in a situation where the wetlands are transformed into agricultural zones rich

in rice and vegetables but totally denuded of wildlife.

Lakes / Ponds: In Assam, there are 690 lakes and ponds as recorded by the Assam Remote Sensing

Application Centre. These lakes /ponds cover an area of 15494.00 ha which constitutes 0.20% of the

total geographical area of the state and 15.30% of the total area under wetlands. The smallest of them

measures 2.50 ha while the largest one has 882.50 ha of areal coverage. Majority of these types of

wetlands have water with low turbidity. Highest number of lakes / ponds are observed in Golaghat

district (113 number) followed by Dhubri (73 number) and Nagaon (68 number) districts. But area wise,

the highest area under this category is observed in Kamrup district (15705.00 ha) followed by Nagaon

(2175.50 ha) and Dhubri (1816.50 ha) districts. Some of the important wetlands under this category are

Deepor beel in Kamrup district, Dhir beel in Dhubri district, Tamaranga beel and Dalani beel in

Bongaigaon district. However, none of these wetlands are coming in the project scheme areas.

Nonetheless, their proximity to the project areas cannot be ignored during the Environmental

Management Framework Design and Development. One of the Wetlands like Deepor Beel, is around 35-

50 Km from Kamrup Project areas and it a Ramsar Site16.

Deepor Beel (Ramsar site no. 1207, Area - 4,000 ha. 26°08'N 091°39'E. Sanctuary). A permanent

freshwater lake in a former channel of the Brahmaputra river, of great biological importance and also

essential as the only major storm water storage basin for the city of Guwahati. The beel is a staging site

on migratory flyways and some of the largest concentrations of aquatic birds in Assam. The beel 15

Extensive growth of this fast growing weed can cut out sun light from the micro flora and also pr oduces faster

eutrophication by slowing down water current and depositing debris at the bottom. 16

The Convention on Wetlands of International Importance, called the Ramsar Convention, is an intergovernmental treaty that provides the framework for national action and international cooperation for the conservation and wise use of wetlands and their resources. The Ramsar List of Wetlands of International

Importance now includes 2,098 sites (known as Ramsar Sites).



supports, some globally threatened birds, including Spotbilled Pelican (Pelicanus philippensis), Lesser

and Greater Adjutant Stork (Leptoptilos javanicus and dubius), and Baer's Pochard (Aythya baeri). The 50

fish species present provide livelihoods for a number of surrounding villages, and nymphaea nuts and

flowers, as well as ornamental fish, medicinal plants, and seeds of the Giant water lily Euryale ferox

provide major revenue sources in local markets; orchids of commercial value are found in the

neighbouring forest. Potential threats include over-fishing and hunting pressure upon water birds,

pollution from pesticides and fertilizers, and infestation by water hyacinth Eichhornia crassipes. A

proposal to create a sewage canal from the city directly to the beel is considered to be disastrous in its

potential effects.

Google Image showing the location of Deepor Beel with respect to Intake points of Kamrup District

Source: Google Satellite Map, 2012 Table 20: Project District- wise distribution of wetlands in Assam

District Number Area (ha)

Bongaigaon 100 3158.50

Hailakandi 47 840.00

Jorhat 109 2108.50

Kamrup 352 11407.00

Morigaon 183 11658.00

Sibsagar 109 2135.00

Sonitpur 206 3651.00

Source: Assam Remote Sensing Application Centre, Assam Table 21: Size wise distribution of wetlands in Assam

Area Class (Ha)

Total Number

Total Water spread Area (Ha)

Total Vegetation Area (Ha)

Total Wetland Area (Ha)

1.0-100.0 3341 52878.1 1920.5 55821.5

100.1-200.0 100 12921.5 947.5 13869.0

200.1-300.0 36 7979.5 537.0 8527.0

300.1-400.0 14 4505.0 328.0 4823.0

400.1-500.0 4 1815.0 0.0 1815.0

500.1-600.0 6 2625.0 602.5 3227.5

>600.1 12 13068.0 70.0 13148.0

TOTAL 3513 96818.10 4405.5 101231.6

Source: Assam Remote Sensing Application Centre, Assam.



iii) Ox-bow Lakes / Cut-off Meanders: A total 861 number of ox-bow lakes/cut-off meanders are

present throughout the state of Assam, covering an area of 15460.60 ha which constitutes 0.20 % of the

total geographical area of the state and 15.27 % of the total area under wetlands. The smallest of them

measures 5.0 ha while the largest one has 582.50 ha of areal coverage. Highest number of ox -bow lakes

/ cut-off meanders are observed in Golaghat district (104 number) followed by Nagaon district (71

number) and Dhubri district (68 number). But area wise, the highest area under this category is

observed in Morigaon district (2143.00 ha) followed by Nagaon (1746.00 ha) and Golaghat (1563.00 ha)

districts. Some of the important wetlands under this category are Morikolong and Patoli beel in Nagaon

district, Mer beel in Golaghat district and Guruajan in Morigaon district.

In Assam, a total of 1125 number of waterlogged areas are observed which are distributed unevenly

covering an area of 23431.50 ha which constitutes 0.30 % of the total geographical area of the state and

23.15 % of the total area under wetlands. Highest number of water logged areas are observed in Cachar

district (231 number) followed by Nagaon district (138 number) and Sonitpur district (110 number). But

area wise, the highest area under this category is observed in Cachar district (4869.50 ha) followed by

Karimganj (4667.00 ha) and Nagaon (2559.50 ha) districts. Some of the important wetlands under this

category are Son beel in Karimganj district and Raumari beel in Darrang district.

These water-logged areas play significant role in the region’s economy as they are present in large

numbers in the rural areas containing good amount of fishes and other aquatic fauna and providing

habitat to a variety of migratory as well as domestic birds. Besides they have remarkable potential for

supplying irrigation water to the nearby agricultural fields during the dry periods. There are some

waterlogged areas which can be developed for recreational purposes and as tourist spots such as the

Son beel in Karimganj district.

iv) Swampy/Marshy areas : These swampy/marshy areas constitute another major group of wetlands in

Assam. These are identifiable on satellite imagery by their reddish tone indicating the presence of

vegetation, associated with dark blue tone inferring to the presence of water and their occurrence in the

low lying areas. Due to the presence of varied quantities of minerals in the water, these swampy/marshy

areas are either moderately or highly turbid. In most cases, there is no feeder channel to control the

inflow or outflow of water.

In Assam, as many as 712 number of swampy/marshy areas have been identified from satellite data

which cover an area of 43433.50 ha constituting 0.55 % of the total geographical area of the state and

42.91 % of the total area under wetlands. The smallest of them is 2.5 ha while the largest one has

1350.00 ha of areal coverage. Highest number of swampy/marshy areas are observed in Kamrup district

(155 number) followed by Nagaon (92 number) and Goalpara (68 number) districts. But area wise, the

highest area under this category is observed in Kamrup district (8109.50 ha) followed by Morigaon

(7051.00 ha) and Nagaon (4764.50 ha) districts. Some of the important wetlands under this category are

Nandan-Sonai beel in Morigaon district, Batha beel in Darrang district and Urpad beel in Goalpara

district.



Unlike the water-logged areas, the swampy/marshy areas don’t have much contribution to the state's

economy. But with the help of proper developmental schemes by converting them into utilizable form,

these may boost up the economy of the state to a significant level.

v) Reservoirs: Reservoirs are artificial impoundments of water for irrigation, flood control, municipal

water supplies, hydro-electric power generation and so forth. There are as many as 10 number of

reservoirs covering an area of 2662.5 ha which constitutes 0.03 % of the total geographical area of the

state and 2.63 % of the total area under wetlands. The smallest of them covers 17.50 ha while the

largest one has 930.00 ha of areal coverage. Majority of these type of wetlands contains water with low

turbidity. Highest number of reservoirs is observed in N.C.Hills district (4 nos.) followed by Golaghat and

Nalbari districts (2 nos. each). But area wise, the highest area under this category is observed in Duma

Hasao Hills district (2365.00 ha) followed by Kamrup (220.00 ha) and Golaghat (37.50 ha) districts. Some

of the important wetlands under this category are Garampani and Umrangsu in Duma Hasao Hills

district. In Morigaon District, on Kopili River there is a Hydro Power Plant and a reservoir upstream of

the Two blocks covered under the project, Mayang and Bhurbandha. Tanks: Assam has several

thousands of family owned small size tanks, these have not entered into reckoning as far as this report is

concerned because of the scale factor. In Assam, a total of 115 number of tanks are identified from

satellite data. These tanks occupy an area of 749.00 ha which constitutes 0.01 % of the total

geographical area of the state and 0.74 % of the total area under wetlands. Highest number of tanks are

observed in Sibsagar district (20 number) followed by Kamrup (18 number) and Sonitpur (16 number).

But area wise, the highest area under this category is observed in Sibsagar district (267.00 ha) followed

by Sonitpur (83.50 ha) and Kamrup (80.00 ha) districts. Some of the important wetlands under this

category are Gaurisagar Pukhuri, Sibsagar Pukhuri and Joysagar Pukhuri in Sibsagar district. Further, in

Sibsagar District, there is a large tank also known as 'Borpukhuri', covering an area of about 257 acres. It

is also a tourist destination and was built in the year 1734. This tank is surrounded by deep ditches and

earthen moats, and is a heaven to the Siberian migratory ducks during the winter season. Besides

providing water to the people of the nearby areas, these tanks can also be used for rearing fishes and

raising plantation crops like coconut, arecanut, cashewnut etc. along the sides of the ponds. Ornamental

gardens can also be developed on the banks of the ponds.

3.5.2 Groundwater The potential of ground water resources throughout the entire Brahmaputra valley, covering more than

70% of the total area of the state, contains prolific aquifer system. Diverse geological formations require

different types of structures for tapping ground water to meet the human needs.

Table 22: Details of dynamic Ground Water Resources in Assam

Annual Replenishable Ground water Resource

27.23 BCM

Net Annual Ground Water Availability 24.89 BCM

Annual Ground Water Draft 5.44 BCM

Stage of Ground Water Development 22 %

Ground Water Development & Management

Over Exploited NIL

Critical NIL



Semi- critical NIL

Artificial Recharge to Ground Water (AR) Feasible AR structures: 250 Check Dams, 500 weirs, 1000 Gabion structures, 250 development of springs 600 RWH in Urban Areas

Source: Central Ground Water Board, India

The water table in the Barak valley of Cachar district are influenced by the physiography, therefore in

the synclinal valleys of Silchar, Hailakandi and Karimganj the movement of ground water is to the north

towards the Barak River. But the master slope of ground water is to the west in the Sourthern Assam

(Barak Valley Region). The Barak River and its tributaries is all effluent in nature and their base flow

during the lean period is almost entirely due to the ground water discharge. Ground water development

generally takes place from two types of zones viz. Shallow zone within the depth of 50m and deeper

zone from 50 to 200m. The ground water development in the Shallow zone is generally through the

private agencies aided by institutional sources and in the Deeper zone the Irrigation De partment and

Corporation play an important role.

Table 23: Details of Ground Water Resource in the seven project districts of Assam

District

Ground water resource

(MCM)Dynamic

Utilisable Ground Water

Resource for Irrigation

(MCM)

Utilisable Ground Water

Resource for drinking &

allied (MCM)

Gross Draft

(MCM)

Balance Available

(MCM)

State of Ground Water

Development (%)

Kamrup 1229 1045 184 71 974 6.80

Sibsagar 1658 1409 249 35 1374 2.48

Jorhat 1461 1242 219 35 1207 2.81

Sonitpur 1615 1373 242 110 1263 8.01

Morigaon 321 273 48 43 230 15.75

Boigaingaon 591 502 89 25 477 4.98

Hailakandi 98 83 15 3 80 3.61

Source: Central Ground Water Board, Report-1981*MCM: Million cubic metres;

3.5.2.1 Groundwater Recharge

The potential of ground water resources throughout the entire Brahmaputra valley, covering more than

70% of the total area of the state, contains prolific aquifer system. Diverse geological formations require

different types of structures for tapping ground water to meet the irrigation needs. In Assam, the

ground water is extracted through dug wells, dug - cum - bore wells and shallow tube wells. These

structures yield enough water to meet the irrigation requirements of small farm holdings as well as the

daily domestic need. However, in Kamrup, Sontpur and Morigaon District few of the existing schemes

have become Dysfunctional due to drying up of low and middle level ground water source. These are

attributed to causes such as extensive extraction and usage of Groundwater for irrigation and other

purposes, Change in rainfall pattern, etc. The following table gives the reasons of slippages in the

existing water supply schemes.



Table 24: Number of Slipped Back Habitations

S.No. District Total Habitation

Total Slip Habitation

Population Migration

Drying Of Sources

Water Quality

Poor O & M Less Supply

at Del Pt Age Of

Systems Shortage Of Electricity

Total % Total % Total % Total % Total % Total % Total % Total %

1 Bongaigaon 2313 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00

2 Kamrup 5228 600 11.48 4 0.08 58 1.11 150 2.87 0 0.00 38 0.73 349 6.68 1 0.02 3 Sonitpur 5298 242 4.57 54 1.02 32 0.60 136 2.57 1 0.02 5 0.09 13 0.24 0 0.00

4 Marigaon 2192 108 4.93 0 0.00 30 1.37 1 0.05 0 0.00 0 0.00 77 3.51 0 0.00

5 Jorhat 3578 46 1.29 0 0.00 1 0.03 8 0.22 0 0.00 10 0.28 27 0.76 0 0.00 6 Sibsagar 4919 2 0.04 0 0.00 0 0.00 2 0.04 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00

7 Hailakandi 1673 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00

Total 25201 998 22.31 58 1.1 121 3.11 297 5.75 1 0.02 53 1.1 466 11.19 1 0.02

Source: National Rural Drinking Water Programme, 2012.

With respect to the project areas, both ground water and surface water are being used for daily needs

by the villages in all the seven districts. Major rivers flowing in these selected districts is Brahmaputra,

Dikhow, Digaru, Kopili, Kathakal. Ground water is extensively used with the help of shallow hand pumps

as the water table in all the areas is very low.

Table 25: Average level of Ground Water Table in the seven project districts

District Site Average Water Table

2007 2008 2009 2010 2011

Bongaigaon Baitamari -4.13 -3.54 -3.78 -3.78 -3.72

Hailakandi Panchgram -1.3 -1.3 -1.43 -1.23 -4.03

Jorhat Kakojan -3.78 -0.91 -3.94 -1.07 -1.19

Kamrup Chandrapur -2.13 -2.54 -2.95 -4.16 -5.21

Morigaon Morigaon -1.6 -1.11 -2.13 -1.08 -1.62

Sibsagar Sibsagar -2.77 -2.47 -1.66 -2.24 -1.15

Sonitpur Charduar -2.05 -2.82 -2.82 -2.76 -2.59

Source: Central Ground Water Board, Assam, 2011

Graph 3-4: Details of Ground Water Table in the Project areas of RWSS-LIS

Source: Data Block wise from central Ground Water Board, Regional office, Guwahati. http://gis2.nic.in/cgwb/Gemsdata.aspx.

There has been reported variations in water table and ground water availability from most of the

villages falling in the nine project areas. Number of existing water supply schemes dependent on ground

water as a source are rendered defunct due to non-availability of water or above permissible levels of

minerals such as Iron, Fluoride and Arsenic. However, for the identified nine schemes, surface water will

be the source for Drinking water supply. The water will be taken from the nearby perennial river (River

http://gis2.nic.in/cgwb/Gemsdata.aspx



Brahmaputra or its tributary) with the help of a floating barrage, which will be transported to a

treatment plant, 500 meters away.

3.5.3 Water Quality

Apart from the 55,067 villages, 2.8 lakh villages which have been estimated by the Planning Commission

as slipped-back villages would also be covered of water becoming quality affected, are as cited as

reasons for the slipping back of villages. Water quality issues emerging in the State point to a high

content of iron, fluoride and arsenic in aquifers in many areas of Assam. In addition, there are concerns

over the bacteriological contamination. Sanitation remains another significant challenge. Given the large

population dependent upon agriculture, agrochemical contamination is also likely to be high. Equally,

with a number of oil wells and refineries it is expected that pollution load from these industries will also

add to the pollution load of the aquatic system. Out of the four17 oil refineries in Assam, one is at

Dhaligoan in Bongaigaon District near the proposed project area under the scheme, upstream River Aye

(one of the tributaries of R. Brahmaputra).

Graph 3-5: Population affected by Iron in all Districts of Assam

Source: www.indiawater.gov.in (National Rurla Drinking Water Programme – Rajiv Gandhi National drinking Water Mission).

Graph 3-6: Population affected by Arsenic in all Districts of Assam

Source: www.indiawater.gov.in (National Rurla Drinking Water Programme – Rajiv Gandhi National drinking Water Mission)

Arsenic Screening and surveillance programme in Assam has been carried jointly by PHED, UNICEF and

IIT Guwahati18 towards a comprehensive assessment of Arsenic contamination of Public water sources

of drinking water in rural areas covering the period of 2005 – 2011. The study was carried out in 76

blocks spread across 23 Divisions (in 18 Districts) pre-identified through a rapid assessment. Out of a

total of 56,180 water samples which were tested 16, 742 (around 30%) were tested unsaf e for drinking

17

First, Digboi in Tinsukia district; second at Noonmati in Guwahati under the public sector; third refinery at Dhaligoan near Bongaigaon and fourth refinery in the state was established at Numaligarh of Golaghat district. 18

The information was shared by a UNICEF official as the study and the report i s under publishing at present.

http://www.indiawater.gov.in/




based on WHO standards of Arsenic permissibility of less than 10 ppb concentrations. Around 1970

Habitations across 18 Districts were estimated to be exposed to the risk of arsenic contamination.

Table 26: Results of Arsenic Screening and Surveillance Programme in 76 Blocks of Assam, by UNICEF, IIT_G and PHED (unpublished study 2005-2010)

S.No PHED Divisions Source Tested Safe Sources

Unsafe Source as per

WHO n(>10ppb concentration)

of Unsafe

sources as per WHO

1 Biswanath Chairali 2163 1425 738 34

2 Bongaigaon 1274 926 348 27

3 Bokakhat 1075 901 174 16

4 Belsor 2076 1055 1021 49

5 BTAD 321 105 216 67

6 Barpeta 7987 6517 1470 18

7 Dhubri 4633 3947 686 15

8 Darrang 3861 2502 1359 35

9 Goalpara 1096 884 212 19 10 Golaghat 2449 1201 1248 51

11 Ghilamara 2346 2076 270 12

12 Hailakandi 2908 2490 418 14

13 Jorhat 6278 2842 3436 55

14 Kaliabor 747 734 13 2

15 Karimganj 2665 2024 641 24

16 Morigaon 1233 1106 127 10

17 N.Lakhimpur 2247 1766 481 21

18 Nalbari (Kamrup) 2236 594 1642 73

19 Rangia (Kamrup) 429 208 221 52

20 Sibsagar 4243 3256 987 23

21 Silchar I 2368 1602 766 32

22 Silchar II 1017 823 194 19

23 Tezpur 528 454 74 14

TOTAL 56180 39438 16742 30

Source: Unpublished report on Arsenic Screening and Surveillance Programme in Assam, study jointly

carried by PHED, UNICEF and IIT- G.

Graph 3-7: Population affected by Fluoride in all Districts of Assam





Graph 3-8: No of Sources affected by bacteria in all Districts of Assam


Water Quality has been a major environmental issue in the seven districts selected under the RWSS

project scheme. Since, most of the schemes are dependent on ground water resource, presence of

arsenic, due to the inherent characteristics of Brahmaputra belt has been recorded in most of the

districts. Iron is usually found high in all the districts, apart from having few health implications it is

aesthetical unacceptable as it decolours the clothes, utensils and other products in contact such as

water pipes, hand pumps etc. Based on the Arsenic screening and surveillance Programme carried

jointly by PHED, UNICEF and IIT-Guwahati in 76 blocks of Assam, 30% of sources had traces of Arsenic

(above WHO limits of 10ppb) and around 722,633 population in these blocks were exposed to the risk of

Arsenic contamination

Table 27: No Of Quality Affected Habitations & Population as On 01/04/2012

S.No. District

Contamination Wise Number Of Habitations & Population

Total Fluoride Arsenic Iron

Habs Population Habs Population Habs Population Habs Population

1 BONGAIGAON 58 13174 0 0 47 10151 11 3023

2 HAILAKANDI 117 54627 0 0 3 2310 114 52317

3 JORHAT 1145 311887 1 171 448 127119 696 184597

4 KAMRUP 1024 387379 1 338 0 0 1023 387041

5 MARIGAON 166 80133 0 0 23 13644 143 66489

6 SIBSAGAR 838 266898 0 0 53 16070 785 250828

7 SONITPUR 1990 663180 0 0 24 6689 1966 656491

Total 5338 1777278 2 509 598 175983 4738 1600786 Source: National Rural Drinking Water Programme, 2012.

3.4.3.1 Surface Water Quality The vast potential surface water resource of the state is not yet properly utilized in the state. In the last

few decades, the rate of consumption of water in the agricultural sector, industrial sector and i n the

urban centres has been increased significantly. The discharges of untreated domestic wastewater,

industrial wastewater, run of from the agricultural fields and the urban sewage water posing threat to

the water bodies of the state. One of the major issues concerning surface quality is the River Erosion.

Water samples from all the nine intake point were collected and tested. The parameters on which the

water quality testing was carried are as follows, Colour and Odour, PH Value, Temperature, Pesticides,

Turbidity, COD, BOD, Fluoride, Iron, Arsenic, Faecal Coliform, Coliform Organism and Pesticides. The




table 28 below provides the water Quality results of the intake points and the figure 3-9 below shows

the location of the intake point.

Figure 3-9: Location of Intake Points on the base map of Assam

Base Map Source: Google Earth map, 2012.*Note the location of Intake points were recorded using a GPS devise. This exercise was carried in the presence of PHED off icials (EE/AEE of all seven project Districts).

Table 28: Water Quality testing results carried at the nine intake points identified under the Project

Inta

ke P

oin

t

Sou

rce

Tem

pe

ratu

re

pH

Turb

idit

y

Tota

l H

ard

ne

ss

Iro

n (

mg/

l)

Ars

en

ic

Flu

ori

de

5 D

ays

BO

D (

mg/

l)

CO

D (

mg/

l)

Fae

cal

Co

lifo

rm

(No

s p

er

10

0m

l)

Co

lifo

rm O

rgan

ism

(No

s p

er

10

0m

l) 9

Bongaigaon, jogighopa

R. Brahmaputra

18.8 6.3 0.2 128 0.08 BDL BDL 2.8 4.2 4 9

Hailakandi R. Katakhal 16.9 7 2.4 104 0.08 0.009 BDL Nil 2.2 0 0

Jorhat, Neamati Ghat

R. Brahmaputra

19.3 6.9 11.8 144 0.11 0.009 BDL 3 5.2 13 31

Kamrup,

Kolongpar

R.

Brahmaputra 17.8 6.3 12.6 64 0.22 BDL BDL 3.1 14.2 9 19



Inta

ke P

oin

t

Sou

rce

Tem

pe

ratu

re

pH

Turb

idit

y

Tota

l H

ard

ne

ss

Iro

n (

mg/

l)

Ars

en

ic

Flu

ori

de

5 D

ays

BO

D (

mg/

l)

CO

D (

mg/

l)

Fae

cal

Co

lifo

rm

(No

s p

er

10

0m

l)

Co

lifo

rm O

rgan

ism

(No

s p

er

10

0m

l) 9

Kamrup, Chandrapur

R. Brahmaputra

20.1 6.3 16.8 120 0.26 BDL BDL - 9.2 2 7

Morigaon, Tinikhutimukh

R. Kopili 18.1 6.2 80.8 144 0.28 BDL BDL 34 5.2 6 13

Morigaon, Dhramtul

R. Kopili 18.2 6.1 80.5 144 0.27 BDL BDL 34 5.5 7 12

Sibsagar, Amguri

R. Dikhow 19.9 6.8 4.4 144 0.13 0.008 0.09 35 51.2 23 35

Sonitpur,

Dipora

R.

Brahmaputra 19.3 6.7 20.6 140 0.2 BDL BDL - 9.1 11 13

*Water Quality Testing was carried under the Environmental Assessment –RWSS, Assam Project. The

Results are attached under Scheme details of all seven projects in Annexure 1.8.

3.5.3.1 Ground water Quality

The ground water quality of Assam is feebly alkaline. Calcium, magnesium - the alkaline earth metals

and sodium, potassium - the alkali metals, are the four important cations in ground water are present.

Sulphate, chloride, bicarbonate and carbonate are the major anions present in the ground water of

Assam. Magnesium, Sodium and Potassium content is also low in ground water of Assam. Among

anions, sulphate is generally very low. Bicarbonates are also low in Barak valley. Ground water of Assam

is mostly calcium bicarbonate type with low mineralisation.

Distribution of Chloride: Chlorides are present in all natural waters. High chlorides in both surface and

ground water are often due to contamination from ocean water and other brackish supplies. In Assam

the chloride concentration in ground water is very low. Very low chloride as also low sodium

concentrations point towards remarkably fresh nature of ground water which is almost comparable to

that of rain water. Natural water is being replenished every year directly from rain water which is bei ng

replenished every year directly from rain water together with efficient drainage facilities in the

subsurface formations does not permit enrichment of chloride in ground water of Assam. Very high

concentration of chloride are harmful in irrigation water applied to less resistant crops. Distribution of

Iron: Iron occurs in two states of oxidation, the bivalent ferrous state and trivalent ferric ions. Under

reducing conditions iron in water tends to be in the ferrous state which is unstable in the presence of

oxygen and hence precipitates as ferric compound. The higher concentration of iron in ground water has

been observed when pH of water ranges between 6.5 and 8.0. The distribution of iron in the shallow

ground water shows high concentration of iron along the northern bank of the Brahmaputra River. Iron

poses the lone chemical hazard in the ground water of Assam. In greater part of the Brahmaputra and

Barak River valleys iron content in the shallow ground water is more than the maximum permissible

limit of 1.0 ppm for domestic purposes. Groundwater of Assam has low salinity hazard and low sodium

hazard locally. The ground water is of excellent quality and is suitable for irrigation purposes except for



some iron hazard found in certain areas. Water of higher conductivity is used occasionally but crop

production has not been satisfactory. All the districts covered in the seven record high content of Iron in

the ground water, which is usually filtered with the help of dometic local filters made at home.

Distribution of fluoride: The element, fluoride, may be found in nature in volcanic gases; as fluorite, or

in fluorspar, which occurs in sedimentary rocks; or as cryolite, and apatite which occur in igneous and

metamorphic rocks. Thus fluoride compounds are usually found in larger concentrations in ground

waters than in surface waters. When present in amount more than the permissible limit, it causes

diseases of bone deformities and mottled teeth. The fluoride content in the groundwater of Assam is

generally very low.

Distribution of Arsenic: From Assam two districts Dhemaji and Karimganj have been surveyed for

groundwater arsenic contamination and both are found arsenic contaminated. A good portion of Assam

is in the Brahmaputra Plain so most scientist as well as the WATSAN engineers suspects a lot much area

falling under the plain with groundwater arsenic contamination, like Bangladesh.

IPE Global (P) Ltd.

Table 29: District Quality Profile for FTK Testing

S.No. District Total

Sources Tested

Tested Sources Not

Found

Contaminated

No. of Sources with Single Chemical Contaminants

No. of Sources

with Bacteriological Contaminants

No. of Sources with

Multiple

Contaminants

No. of Sources with

Other

Contaminants Iron Fluoride Salinity Nitrate Arsenic Other

Faecal Coliform

1 BAKSHA 204 192 11 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 BARPETA 13333 10911 2541 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 BONGAIGAON 225 221 3 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 4 CACHAR 12234 11741 359 0 0 0 0 12 129 4 1

5 CHIRANG 206 55 151 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

6 DARRANG 857 166 593 0 0 0 1 11 8 78 1 7 DHEMAJI 91 23 68 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

8 DHUBRI 3723 2789 543 0 0 0 0 0 227 138 0 9 DIBRUGARH 1253 1246 7 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0

10 GOALPARA 150 61 17 0 0 0 0 0 54 16 2

11 GOLAGHAT 1552 1073 462 0 0 0 0 3 0 3 0 12 HAILAKANDI 2592 2143 449 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

13 JORHAT 37 27 3 0 0 0 0 1 0 3 0 14 KAMRUP 9597 3378 5073 0 0 0 0 22 44 1104 40

15 KARBI ANGLONG

3 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0

16 KARIMGANJ 3497 3274 264 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

17 KOKRAJHAR 521 386 119 0 0 0 0 4 5 8 1 18 LAKHIMPUR 44 23 0 0 0 1 0 7 0 17 1

19 MARIGAON 3683 3471 206 0 0 0 0 3 1 2 0 20 NAGAON 6942 5838 802 0 0 0 0 20 110 166 33

21 NALBARI 1706 687 1021 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0

22 DUMA HASAO HILLS

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 SIBSAGAR 1721 1409 316 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 SONITPUR 5423 3144 1151 0 0 0 0 170 125 715 159

25 TINSUKIA 1930 1746 172 0 0 0 0 7 0 3 18 26 UDALGURI 104 30 25 0 0 0 0 13 0 38 0

Total 71628 54036 14356 0 0 1 1 277 704 2295 256

Source: www.indiawater.gov.in (National Rurla Drinking Water Programme)



PE Global (P) Ltd. 100

3.5.4 Current Water Supply Practices Assam is still dependent on water from rain, streams and rivers for drinking and other

domestic purposes. These sources have proven to be unsafe. Access to safe drinking water

and the status of sanitation & hygiene in Assam is substantially less than the national

average. The population in Assam with access to safe drinking water is only 77.55%

compared to the all India figure of 88% (the same is 84% in rural areas and 95% in urban

areas) while the total sanitation coverage (rural plus urban) in India is 18% and in Assam

15.89%.

Table 30: Distribution of Households by main source of drinking water and location: Assam Rural– Census 2011

Total number of households

Tap water from treated source

Tap water from un-treated source

Covered well

Un-Covered well

Hand-pump

Tubewell / Borehole

Spring River / Canal

Tank / Pond / Lake

Other Sources

Total 5374553 310833 (5.78)

55852 (1.03)

58923 (1.09)

965961 (17.97)

2866428 (53.33)

439414 (8.17)

70287 (1.31)

208593 (3.88)

282954 (5.26)

115308 (2.14)

Within the premises

2707213 100028 16469 24752 433151 1877505 255308 0 0 0 0

Near the premises

1572643 140740 25875 18774 278979 643035 116299 18758 75258 220759 34166

Away 1094697 70605 13508 15397 253831 345888 67807 51529 133335 62195 81142

Source: National Rurla Drinking Water Programme, 2012

The majority of rural people obtain their drinking water from hand pumps and this is higher

than the All India Average. However the proportion of population having treated source is

much lower and the proportion obtaining from uncovered well is much higher than rural

India as a whole.

Water is supplied to rural areas through various Government led schemes. These schemes

can be single village or multi village schemes with both ground water and surface water as

its prime source. PHED is the main government agency which is responsible for water supply.

However, many international NGOs/CBOs , private organisations, and individuals fulfil the

daily demand of rural population by utilising ground water source through, dug wells, dug -

cum - bore wells and shallow tubewells. Villages with reported or observed presence of

Arsenic, Iron and Flouride, are mainly relaying on surface water sources such as River

Brahamputra and its tributaries, ponds, lakes, etc.

The present norms adopted by PHED for coverage of Habitations in Assam are as follows:

40 litres of safe drinking water per capita per day (LPCD) for human being.

A water source should exist within the habitation / within 1.60 km in the plains

and within 100 m elevation in the hilly areas.

Until the year 1993-94 the focus had been to cover the villages with problem of safe drinking

water. Broad coverage status of problem villages is as follows. According to APHED, Govt of



Assam, only Morigaon and Sibsagarh district out of all the seven districts have 6 and 21

Habitations which are Partially Covered (PC)19 by water supply in 2004-2005.

3.5.5 Current Water Treatment Practices Twenty Five District Level Laboratories (DLL) in each of the districts of Assam have been

established to facilitate Water Quality Analysis. The laboratories are equipped with different

sophisticated instruments and facilities for testing different water quality parameters and

the staffs of the laboratories are well trained in and outside the state of Assam. Each of the

laboratories are to perform at least 150 Nos. of physical and chemical analysis and 60 Nos. of

bacteriological analysis of water samples each month. To maintain the seasonal changes of

the water quality different sources have been analysed at the interval of a weak. After

analysing the water sample, if any water quality parameters is found beyond the permissible

limit necessary steps have been taken to maintain the quality. The active performance of the

laboratories has made the APHED capable of detecting various water quality problems. The

APHED is equipped with five Nos. of Ion-meter distributed by UNICEF. These Ion-meters are

being used by the department for accurate determination of various water quality

parameters particularly content of fluoride in water samples. (Source: www.aphe.nic.in)

Apart from Iron removable systems installed in the PHED supplied shallow Handpumps,

water treatment at the village level is mainly carried with the help of chlorination at the

head of the distribution network. PHED is responsible for water treatment of water supplied

through their initiatives. Further, water supplied through hand pumps is disinfected by the

consumers using chlorine tablets or they are advised to use the water after boiling. In case of

piped water supply schemes, the filtration and iron removal processes and disinfected

before using bleaching powder before pumping to consumer. The following below indicates

the treatment practice to remove Iron in general. At present there is no treatment carried

for Arsenic and Fluoride.

Line Diagram indicating the general process of Water Treatment.

3.5.6 Incidence of Water and Sanitation Related Diseases The ENVIS Report, 2009 states that the Available statistics indicate that at least 20,000

young people suffer from severe fluorosis in Assam. The affected areas reportedly include

Tekelangjan, Dokmaka, Lungnit, Taradubi, Tuplem, Garampani, Ratiagaon, Haldiati,

19

PC (Partially Covered) habitation means the habitation which has a safe drinking water source /

point (either public or private) within 1.60 km in plains and 100 m in hil ly areas but the capacity of the

system ranges between 10 lpcd to 40 lpcd.

Tube Well Rapid Gravity

Filter Iron Removal Plant

Clear Water

Reservoir

Pump

House Consumer

http://www.aphe.nic.in/



Parakhowa, and the Neelbagan area of Nagaon district. Fluoride has already engulfed the

south-eastern part of Hojai subdivision though the north-western part still appears to be

free from fluoridation. A preliminary random survey has indicated presence of fluoride in

groundwater sources used for drinking purposes in a vast belt of almost hundred villages

under Hojai subdivision. A total of 350 fluoride positive drinking water sources with excess

fluoride beyond permissible limit have been identified and has put under red cross marks

alerting people not to use those sources. According to a survey, about 800 water sources of

Karbi Anglong and Nagaon are contaminated with fluoride. Also, Diseases like Malaria, Acute

Encephalitis Syndrome (AES) and Japanese Encephalitis (JE) are also commonly found.

Districts like, Barpeta, Sonitpur, Golaghat, Jorhat, Dibrugarh, Sibsagar, Tinisukia, Udalguri,

Dhemaji and Lakhimpur are JE and AES affected districts.

Besides, fluorosis, water borne diseases like, cholera, dysentery, Diarrhea, is commonly

found in most of the villages of Assam. Integrated Disease Surveillance Project (IDSP) under

the National Rural Health Mission administers 20 diseases from every state of India. Under

the project weekly disease surveillance data on epidemic prone disease are being collected

from reporting units such as sub centres, primary health centres, community health centres,

hospitals including government and private sector hospitals and medical colleges. The data

are being collected on ‘S’ syndromic; ‘P’ probable; & ‘L’ laboratory formats using standard

case definitions. Presently, more than 90% districts report such weekly data through e -

mail/portal (www.idsp.nic.in). The weekly data are analysed by SSU/DSU for disease trends.

Whenever there is rising trend of illnesses, it is investigated by the RRT to diagnose and

control the outbreak.

According to IDSP Data on three water borne diseases namely, Bacterial Dysentery, Acute

Diarrhoeal Disease and Cholera occurring in Assam, the number is highest during summer

and rainy season. In 2010, Assam experienced incessant rains which led to flooding of most

of the districts, which led to state wide outbreak of Cholera and other water borne diseases.

Out of the Seven districts, six districts barring Hailakandi lies in the plain of River

Brahmaputra and vulnerable to yearly flooding. With Bongaigaon

Table 31: Number of cases of ADD and BD recorded by IDSP-NRHM, in the Project Blocks

Blocks Total

Population

Acute Diarrhoeal

Disease Bacterial Dysentery Percentage of

Population affected by ADD during 2010-2012

Percentage of

Population affected by BD during

2010-2012

2012 2011 2010 2012 2011 2010

Algapur & Hai lakandi

80,797 3364 3095 4025 5045 3667 3742 4.33 5.14

Tapatari &

Sri jangram 1,90,791 3263 3160 3965 3630 3983 3471 1.81 1.94

Boitamari 97,786 3235 4417 4188 1715 1835 2274 4.04 1.99

Mayong 1,33,155 221 70 82 509 757 714 0.09 0.50 Bhurband

ha 9,045 2768 2323 3762 6257 7574 8705 32.63 83.05

Jorhat Centra l

58,021 2118 1510 960 582 568 577 2.64 0.99

Chariduar 46,033 291 361 426 227 242 525 0.78 0.72

Ambguri 62,878 251 422 703 159 475 545 0.73 0.63

Gaurisagar 58,995 960 1590 2143 1122 1695 2415 2.65 2.96



Blocks Total

Population

Acute Diarrhoeal Disease

Bacterial Dysentery Percentage of Population affected by ADD during 2010-2012

Percentage of

Population affected by BD during

2010-2012

2012 2011 2010 2012 2011 2010

Demow 1,54,058 5442 6133 5657 1372 1869 4051 3.73 1.58

Bezera 97,957 1470 1629 1961 1593 1411 1585 1.72 1.56

Dimoria 1,76,987 227 289 _ 281 419 _ 0.15 0.20

*The Blocks taken by the IDSP cell are based on the Revenue circle. Thus, it may not truly reflect the

total population of the nine project areas since the blocks selected by PHED are based on the

Habitation Record. Source: IDSP-Cell, NRHM, Assam 2012.

Graph 3-9: Cases of Bacillary Dysentery and Acute Diarrheal Diseases in the project blocks (2010-2012)

Source: IDSP Cell – NRHM, Assam

3.6 House Hold and Environmental Sanitation The state of Assam is in the north-eastern part of India. It is one of the very disadvantaged,

poor and underdeveloped states in India, like the other North-Eastern states. Assam is falling

behind all the major states in India on development since independence in 1947. The

reasons are many. Assam, along with the other NE states, is having a serious handicap in

communication with the rest of India since it is connected through a narrow strip of land

with mainland India. Assam suffers from devastation caused by floods of the mighty river

Brahmaputra and its tributaries every year and several times in the same year.

There are 3 million households in rural Assam, which do not have sanitary latrines. Total

Sanitation Campaign (now Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan) aims at providing 93,000 latrines in 5 year

to help bridge the gap. 23 million people in rural Assam do not have the minimum required

knowledge about hygiene.



3.6.1 Status of Toilet Construction According to the census report 2011, Scheduled Tribe population in Assam lacks the facility

of latrine within the premises severely compared to total rural population and the Scheduled

Caste counterpart. However, in case of drainage facility the situation remains the same for

the above sub- groups.

Table 32: Distribution of Households by sanitation facilities and caste: Assam Rural– Census 2011

Total number

of households

Number of

Households

having latrine

facilities within

the premises


having closed drainage

within the premises

Number of

Households

having bathrooms

within the

premises

Total 6367295 4131931(64.89) 230025(3.61) 1558058 (24.47)

Rural 5374553 3201625(59.57) 76764(1.42) 846494(15.75)

ST Rural 814320 57674(7.08) 8243(1.01) 74530(9.15)

SC Rural 539606 326395(60.48) 10114(1.87) 89156 (16.52)

Source: Census 2011

Subsequently, based on 2008 TARU report, Impact assessment of Nirmal Gram Puraskar

(NGP) awarded panchayats the following are the main findings of the study in terms of the

sanitation and hygiene situation:

Of the 85% households having access to individual, community or shared toilets,

only around 66% used them. Poor or unfinished installations, lack of super structure

and reluctance to change behaviour led to this non-use of toilets.

Although the NGP had led to almost 70% people using toilets, 30% of the people

were still found to resort to open defecation.

In case of toilets in schools, lack of gender considerations, poor functionality and

inadequate number of toilets as compared to the number of children using it during

peak hours led to lack of use of toilets among children.

More than half the GPs and households visited lacked mechanisms for solid and

liquid waste disposal.

Table 33: Report Card status of Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan (NBA) as on 29 /1/2013

Component Project Targets Project Achievements %age Achievement

IHHL BPL 2220017 1650433 74.34 IHHL APL 1161020 431009 37.12 IHHL TOTAL 3381037 2081442 61.56 School Toilets 34772 33736 97.02

Sanitary Complex 211 63 29.86 Anganwadi Toilets 16819 10997 65.38 RSM/PC 115 183 159.13 Source: http://tsc.gov.in/NBA/State.aspx



*The Block and GP Wise Data on Total Sanitation Coverage is available from the webiste:

http://tsc.gov.in/NBA/State.aspx

3.6.2 Status of Liquid Waste Management There is no provision of drainage system or sewerage system in all the Villages of Assam.

Most of the liquid waste is going to either Agricultural Land or to open ponds and open

fields. This is a major cause of concern and based on the water quality data of surface water

bodies, high contamination of bacteria is observed in some of the districts such as Dhubri,

Cachar, Kamrup, Nagaon and Sonitpur.

Table 34: Details of Bacteriological contamination in all the districts of Assam

S.No

District

No. of Sources with Bacteriological

Contaminants

Faecal Coliform

1 BAKSHA 1 2 BARPETA 0

3 BONGAIGAON 0

4 CACHAR 129

5 CHIRANG 0

6 DARRANG 8

7 DHEMAJI 0

8 DHUBRI 227

9 DIBRUGARH 0

10 GOALPARA 54

11 GOLAGHAT 0

12 HAILAKANDI 0

13 JORHAT 0

14 KAMRUP 44

15 KARBI ANGLONG 0

16 KARIMGANJ 0

17 KOKRAJHAR 5

18 LAKHIMPUR 0 19 MARIGAON 1

20 NAGAON 110

21 NALBARI 0

22 DUMA HASAO HILLS 0

23 SIBSAGAR 0

24 SONITPUR 125

25 TINSUKIA 0

26 UDALGURI 0

Source: Format E21- District Quality Profile For FTK Testing (National Rural Drinking Water

Programme – Rajiv Gandhi National drinking Water Mission)

3.6.3 Status of Solid Waste Management

There is no solid waste management in the rural areas of Assam. The solid waste is either

burnt or buried (biodegradable waste) as a common practice by the villagers. Under health

and hygiene trainings carried by PHED, NGO’s and UNICEF for the villagers, decomposition of

bio degradable waste is preached. Many of the households practice burning of non -

biodegradable along the road side.



3.6.4 Status of Power/Electricity

In Assam as per census 2001, only 70% villages are electrified and only 16.5% rural

households are electrified. The Govt. of Assam has been implementing rural electrification

programme in Assam through Distribution Companies. With a view to achieve electrification

of all villages of Assam and provide access to electricity to all households in line with the

National Rural Electrification Policy 2004 & Rural Electrification Policy of Govt. of Assam,

Rural Electrification works particularly under Rajiv Gandhi Gramin Vidyutikaran Yojana

(RGGVY) scheme have been carried out. Under this scheme all the census villages of Assam

are proposed to be electrified by 2009. Electrification in 16 districts to be implemented by

ASEB and in 7 districts by the Power Grid Corporation of India. District wise schemes for

electrification of villages have been submitted to the Govt. of India and approval for 13

districts has already been received. Currently most villages in Assam have electricity, with

variation in number of hours of supply.

Table 35: Average Hours of electricity in rural areas of Assam

Maximum 14

Minimum 10

Average 12

Source: Statistical Handbook, 2011

3.7 Disasters

Natural calamity like flood is occurring almost every year in Assam and it poses a challenging

task to the APHED with respect to ensuring safe drinking water to the flood affected

population. Floods usually occur during monsoon (mid June till late August) and many a

times can create trouble by destroying roads and railway linkages at places.

Apart from being highly vulnerable to flooding, Assam experiences, river bank erosion, sand

casting, landslides, cyclonic storms annually. The exposure to such hazards is also

aggravated because of the location of the State in the north eastern region which is one of

the most seismically active regions in the world. Assam is said to receive high torrential

rainfall ranging from 248cm to 635cm which also contribute to the flooding of the

Brahmaputra River. The encroachment of a large number of wetlands that serve as natural

reservoirs has decreased the retention capacity of the system causing floods to rise. The

easily erodible geological formations also contribute to river expansion and increased

sediment influx of the river.

River Bank Erosion: The morphology of the Brahmaputra River is characterized by intense

braiding and bar formation—where channels exhibit successive bifurcation and re-joining of

flow around sand bars and islands—and highly dynamic river bank line and bed

configuration. The morphology and behaviour of the river undergoes drastic changes in

response to variations in the flow regime and pattern of sediment transport and deposition

in the river following the seasonal rhythm of the monsoon. Multiple factors, such as

excessive sediment load, large and variable flow, easily erodible bank materials, and

aggradation of the channel, have been the possible underlying factors. Another striking

feature of the river’s morphology is the continuous shift of the thalweg (deep channel) from

one location to another within the unstable bank lines of the river. Bank materials of the



Brahmaputra consist mainly of fine sand and silt with only an occasional presence of clay.

They have a relatively fine-grained top stratum and a coarser substratum.

Graph 3-10: Details of Erosion and deposition in the North Bank of River Brahmaputra

Graph 3-11: Details of Erosion and deposition in the North Bank of River Brahmaputra

Source: RS-GIS Based Assessment of River Dynamics of Brahmaputra River in India, (Sarkar. A, 2011)

Riverbank erosion is chronic problem caused by dynamic shifting of channels flowing

through unconsolidated heavy sand or silt strata of the floodplain, with high sediment

discharge. Since 1954, Assam’s 17 riverine districts have lost 7% of their land area to erosion.

Some 8,000 ha of land (valued at $20 million) is lost annually, which is accompanied by the

appearance of low-lying unproductive sandbars. About 10,000 families are displaced each

year and those who become landless are forced to move to increasingly congested nearby

riverbank lines and dikes. More critically, progressive river erosion is threatening many flood

embankments with possible devastating inundation and associated damage once it reaches

and undercuts the embankments during the monsoon. The Graph below shows the erosion

and depletion of river bank on the north and south of R. Brahmaputra.



Table 36: Erosion/deposition area along Brahmaputra for the period 1990 to 2008.

Reach Number

Locations in Vicinity

South (Left) Bank North (Right) Bank

Total Erosion

km2

Total Deposition

km2

Total Erosion

km2

Total Deposition

km2

1 Dhubri 195.005 4.41 124.461 0.698

2 Goalpara 18.411 3.484 79.046 3.502

3 Palasbari 23.663 9.208 51.97 7.425

4 Guwahati 6.831 0.963 4.618 10.546

5 Morigaon (Near Mangaldai)

99.799 1.49 35.781 5.877

6 Morigaon (Near Dhing) 11.253 8.204 29.057 10.828

7 Tezpur 16.628 7.766 38.758 6.566

8 U/s of Tezpur (Near Gohpur)

26.098 16.616 32.831 1.053

9 Majuli (Near Bessamora) 32.788 9.068 25.562 13.851

10 U/s of Majuli (Near Sibsagar)

43.088 0.375 64.273 0.735

11 Dibrugarh 47.525 3.069 37.896 1.33

12 U/s of Dibrugarh 399.163 3.83 20.376 83.455

TOTAL 920.251 68.483 544.631 145.866

Floods: An overall estimated 92.6% of cultivated land or 3.15 million ha of the area is prone

to floods in the valley (SNC, 2010). Tenth five year plan indicates a crop loss of value of

Rs.14559.95 lakhs. Flood damages to crops, cattle, houses and utilities from 1953 to 1995 is

estimated at 4400 crore, with a peak of 664 crore in a single year (Staff College Report,

2005). An estimated 8,000 ha of riparian land are destroyed annually due to river bank

erosion (SNC, 2010). Sand deposition /casting i.e. accumulation of enormous dunes of sand

are seen to be more severe and devastating since the mid 1990’s especially in the northern

banks of eastern Brahmaputra Valley. This had rendered fertile lands to be fully

unproductive thus displacing people and causing loss of productivity and marginalization. It

has increasingly caused deterioration of wetlands and farmlands (ICIMOD, 2009). Landslides,

causes blocking of courses, bursting of these temporary bunds causes devastating floods

downstream. It also acts an obstacle in the flow of the river, which upset regime of

Brahmaputra Basin (Staff College Report, 2005) Damming of the tributaries of the

Brahmaputra causing liquefaction damage where the river enters the plains. Landslides also

increase the detritus content of the river causing increased water flow. The events of

cyclonic storms have been observed to be more frequent in the western parts of Assam

especially during monsoons causing colossal losses to lives and property (Staff Co llege

Report, 2005).

Major activities taken up by the APHED during and after flood are as follows :-

Distribution of leaflets containing instruction regarding various ‘dos and don’ts’ to

be followed during and after flood.

Distribution of chemical packets (alum, bleaching powder and lime) for domestic

level water purification.

Disinfection of spot sources.



Installation of spot sources at the relief camps and raising of the hand pumps as

required.

Repairing and restoration piped water supply schemes and spot sources damaged by

flood.

Figure 3-10: Flood Affected Districts in Assam, 2012

Source: Down To Earth - Assam, Arunachal Pradesh face worst ever floods recorded in June,

2012

Earthquake: The great earthquake of 1950 created havoc, especially in the upper reaches of

the Himalayas in and around the Siang and the Diboug river courses as well as in the upper

Assam plains. There was considerable impact on the topography on both sides of the

Brahmaputra Valley. This natural calamity was mainly responsible for the abrupt changes in

the river ecology. The river Brahmaputra and its many tributaries in upper Assam badly

suffered due to blockage caused by uprooted trees, boulders and soil erosion.

North East India is one of the most seismically active regions in the world. Part of the Indian

Plate, the Himalayan Plate in the North and the Indo Burma Plate in the East form its

borders. Pushing itself north-eastwards the Indian Plate is continuously moving against

these two plates. The Plate on the eastern front forms a subduction zone as it slips under

the Indo-Burma Plate. Also, due to these intense tectonic movements there are a number of

faults, folds and other tectonic features formed in the area. The result of all this is the

classification of North East India under earthquake Zone V by the Government of India.

Although in general the Assam valley is considered seismi cally stable it is vulnerable to

earthquakes due to its thick sedimentary cover which have suffered extensive damage

through ground rupture and liquefaction, issues noted in past earthquakes. Also, these

earthquakes have resulted in landslides. One such earthquake in 1950 has been responsible



for the course of the Brahmaputra. It is estimated that landslides triggered by this

earthquake was responsible for the deposition of detritus amounting to about 30 times the

average annual load of the river. This has also impacted the nature of the river as it has once

again started to cut its valley, creating higher levels of erosion along the banks. A list of

major damaging earthquakes in the North East Region is given alongside.

Also, The Brahmaputra valley is considered a tectonic-sedimentary basin, 720 km long and

80–90 km wide, underlain by recent alluvium about 200–300 m thick consisting of clay, sand,

and pebble. Because the basin is underlain mostly by very young and unweathered

sedimentary formations, the river carries mainly fine sand and silt with very little clay. Due

to their strategic location close to the border of the colliding Eurasia (Chinese), Indian, and

Burmese tectonic plate boundaries, the Brahmaputra valley and its adjoining hill ranges are

seismically very unstable, falling in zone V (very severe seismic intensity zone) under seismic

zoning. Active seismicity of the North Eastern region has caused extensive landslides and

rock falls on the hill slopes, subsidence and fissuring of ground in the valley, and changes in

the course and configuration of several tributary rivers as well as the Brahmaputra

mainstream. These have had a significant impact on the hydrologic regime and morphology

of the Brahmaputra basin. Their occurrence led to the intensification of flood and river

erosion hazards, especially in the aftermath of the two great earthquakes of 1897 and 1950.

Table 37: List of some of the Major Earthquakes in the North East

Year Location Region Magnitude 1869 26 N, 92.4 E Cachar 7.5

1897 26 N, 91 E Shillong Plateau 8.7 1906 Sibsagar 7.5

1908 7.0

1918 24.5 N, 91 E Srimangal 7.6 1930 25.8 N, 90.2 E Dhubri 7.1

1943 26.8 N, 94 E Hajai Central Assam 7.2

1947 28.5 N, 94 E N W Dibrugarh 7.6

1950 28.7 N, 96.6 E Rima 8.7

1988 25.15 N, 93.13 E Indo-Myanmar 7.3 Source: State of Environment Report, Assam

3.8 Climate Change

So far as climate change in northeast India is concerned, climate scientists have observed

rising temperatures in the region as a whole and decreasing rainfall in the eastern and

southern areas (Das 2004, Mirza et. al.1998). They also refer to recent drought-like

situations in the years 2001, 2005, 2006, 2008, and 2009 as indicators of climate change in

the region (IPCC 2007). Anecdotal references and grey literature recount other symptoms,

such as increasing spells of intense rainfall in the pre-monsoon and monsoon seasons in

some places, as well as lack of rainfall in post-monsoon and winter seasons in others, both

affecting agriculture adversely (ICIMOD 2008). Both extreme rainfall episodes and rates of

soil erosion are believed to have increased in upstream areas (Tibet in China and Arunachal

Pradesh in India) of the Brahmaputra basin. There are increasing reports of floods caused by

damming of landslides in the foothills of the Arunachal Himalayas. As a result flash floods

have increased in the hills affecting vast areas of the flood plains. The intensity, frequency,



and duration of riverine floods have also changed. Sediment load in the rivers has increased

due to denudation by intense rainfall of fragile and tectonically dynamic hill slopes, scaling

up the effects of sand casting.

According to Assam – SAPCC 2012 – 2017, by Department of Environment and Forest,

Government of Assam, Assam is extremely vulnerable to climate change. Assam has a high

reliance on agriculture that is likely to only increase given its growing population. Climate

change poses additional challenges as higher temperatures increase the need for irrigation

and the risk of heat stress or crop failure. Changing weather patterns and rising

temperatures leave farmers vulnerable to crop losses. Additional precipitation increases the

risk of crop flooding.

Climate change will also negatively impact the water resources sector by increasi ng

freshwater scarcity, which is already a problem for Assam in the summer. The northeast

region has the highest forest cover in India, which provides a number of adaptive

advantages. Forests can reduce soil erosion and runoff, regulate flooding and temperature

and mitigate climate change. However, Assam has the lowest forest cover in the north

eastern region at 35.5% and reports indicate that it is decreasing. This has serious

implications for the disaster management sector.

Table 38: Major vulnerability indicators in Assam

Assam Key Vulnerability Indicators (Data from 2001) % Living under Poverty Line 36.09

% Living in Rural Areas 87.1 % Dependent on Agriculture 53.0

% Forest Cover 35.5 Source: Assam State Action Plan on Climate Change, 2012- 2017, Dept. of Environment & Forest.

The study commenced by the International Centre for Integrated Mountain Development

(ICIMOD) with Aaranyak, Adjusting to floods on Brahmaputra plains, Assam, 2009,

developed the following hypothesis which were based on a general conceptual

understanding of the theoretical foundation. Also, there understanding was aided by the

familiarity of the project team with the project sites, their communities, and their water-

related issues. These assumptions are that:

a. Climate change is accentuating floods and other water-induced hazards in the

Brahmaputra Basin located in the Himalayas;

b. People have been responding effectively to impacts of floods in many different ways,

knowingly or unknowingly and in a planned or unplanned manner, by using traditional

knowledge, practices, and skills;

c. It is possible to have a good understanding of impacts of hazards and coping and

adaptation of communities by observing the nuances of their individual, family, and

community lives and by interacting with them continuously in a designed and

organised manner;

d. People adapt differently to the impacts of different water-induced hazards in different

situations depending on their location, environment (topography, ecosystems, or



climate), economy, culture, religion, age, gender, status of development, governance

(or lack of it), education, and political awareness;

e. The poor are more vulnerable to water-induced stresses than the rich; and

f. Traditional coping and adaptation are losing their effectiveness against the changing

nature of hazards and the fluid social dynamics of indigenous societies.

The Vision stated under the State Action Plan for Climate Change, Assam (2012-2017)

envisages a sustainable and climate resilient development pathway through a synergistic

combination of adaptation & mitigation measures with focus on research, appropriate

technology, capacity creation and governance. The following six Thrust Areas‘are identified

under the Action Plan.

1. Sustainable Livelihood: Major concerns are sustainability of critical ecosystems

including agro-ecosystems, the creation of value chains at the local level, and risk

management. Livelihood systems are considered for both farm sector (agriculture,

fishery, and livestock) and natural resource systems (forest, wetland).

2. Mitigating natural disaster and crisis management: Major concerns will be on

preparedness, mitigation and vulnerability reduction in all forms of climate induced

natural disaster.

3. Health: Major concerns relate to diseases that are sensitive to changes in climatic

parameters, the access to health services of communities living in high risk areas; and

the resilience of public health infrastructure.

4. Urban Planning: Major concern will be human settlement (includes housing,

sanitation, drinking water, transportation, health and other amenities both in rural

and urban context).

5. Energy (focuses on Energy sufficiency and efficiency): Major concerns will be

technological initiations and intervention with more focus on harnessing new and

renewable energy, energy efficiency and conservation.

6. Bio resources Protection and sustainable management of Forest and Wild Life: Major

concern will be on forest and wild-life protection and developing resilience of eco-

system services (includes RF, VF, PA and CCA and wetland under forest areas too).



4 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

4.1 Environmental Assessment The aim of this study is to conduct Environmental Assessment (EA) and provide an

Environment Management Framework (EMF) to identify critical environmental concerns for

the RWSSP in Assam and appropriate mitigation measures. This section therefore looks at

key RWSS related concerns as identified through discussions, review of literature, field work

and primary surveys. This is followed by an analysis of impacts due to planned project

activities and identified environmental concerns. Finally, mitigation and management

measures are identified and are presented in the EMF along with suggested institutional

arrangements to implement the actions.

4.1 Key Environmental Issues Given that the present project aims at supporting the provision of clean drinking water,

improved drainage and environmental sanitation, it is likely to have a number of positive

impacts on the environment. The most important of these is improved health and well being

of those receiving improved services. Also, along with reliable and 24x7 household water

supply, it is expected to result in improved drainage and solid waste management at rural

household level, increased awareness on sanitation and higher use of safe sanitation

options.

Source sustainability: This project is likely to use mainly surface water sources from the

rivers identified earlier in the assessment. Considering the water needs under the project,

and the existing water flows, it is unlikely that there will be any impact on source

sustainability from the planned project.

At present a mix of surface and groundwater sources are being used to source water for

domestic purposes in the state. While data from the Central Ground Water Board suggests

that there are so far no critically, semi-critical or overexploited blocks in relation to

groundwater, discussions in the field and with the PHED suggests that decreasing

groundwater trends are seen in parts of Assam, such as has been indicated in Hailakandi.

Discussions with the PHED indicate that groundwater sources will continue to be used where

ever feasible through existing systems in the rural areas. However, given that in many areas

aquifers are contaminated with arsenic or fluorides and in some areas like Hailakandi, a

reliable water lens is only available at depths that need deep rigs for digging, surface water

sources are considered under the project for water augmentation. Out of the planned

intakes in the project, all nine are to be surface water intakes, located on River Brahmaputra

and its tributaries or the Barak system.

Discussions in the field highlight concerns regarding the existing water supply schemes

which are based on spring sources. Small streams, currently being used to augment water,

may have long term sustainability issues as during the preliminary assessment the existing

Bonda water treatment plant in Kamrup district, a stream originating in the Amchang

Wildlife Sanctuary bordering Guwahati towards the east is utilised as main source of water.



However, encroachment of the wildlife sanctuary and the subsequent degradation of the

catchment has become an issue for the source over the years. Degradation and

encroachment upon forested areas, and cutting of hills to make space for agriculture,

settlements etc., or even collection of firewood and other supplies from forests are some of

the problems being faced presently for the existing schemes. Thus, learnings from these

earlier projects, will help formulate better environment management plans.

Another concern is likely to be the changing availability of water in many of the catchments

with climate change. While the exact understanding of how glacial melt will impact

Brahmaputra is still not completely understood, some studies indicate that there is a general

decrease in the flow of the Brahmaputra. Also, climate change predictions indicate higher

rainfall in the eastern Himalayas, resulting in intense rainfall in Assam in the coming years.

The river systems in Assam, including both the Brahmaputra and the Barak are prone to

bank erosion and undercutting. Together all these factors are likely to have some impact on

source quality. The major concerns would be (i) bank erosion and undercutting over a longer

time frame resulting in washing away of water supply infrastructure (ii) flooding and rainfall

resulting in degradation of the catchment, thereby resulting in damage to infrastructure.

4.1.1 Water Availability An Approximate 18.5% of the state’s population is covered with piped water supply

schemes. Most are dependent upon handpumps, wells – mainly dug wells and PHED

schemes with water available through stand posts. Water in the PHED schemes is available

only for a few hours in a day, depending upon the scheme, with some like in Bongaigaon

where there may be no treatment as water is pumped directly from the river and distributed

though the local network. During discussions it was also noted that some schemes were

defunct due to low level of maintenance or non-availability of parts. In some areas, such as

Hailakandi, fetching water takes more than one hour usually for women or children of the

household to collect from the nearest PHED source (Spot source/Stand post). Due to the

project there will be minimum depletion of water sources as the proposed plan will draw

miniscule amount of water from the surface water source (Rivers) as well as ground water

resource as depicted in the two tables below:

Table 39: Total Requirement of Surface Water under the RWSS-LIS, Assam

S.N Scheme

Design Populati

on - Ultimate

Total Daily Requirem

ent in MLD;

(@70 LPCD)

Total Annual Requiremen

t in MCM;


t in Cubic

Metre per

second (Cumec)

Source Name

(Aquifer/ River)

Surface Water

Average

Annual Discharge (Cumec)

Total Requirement Cumec (6) as

% of Flow (8)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1

Composite WSS for Sustainability & Quality in

Chandrapur & Dimoria Dev.

Block (B1)

429809 34.6 13 0.4 R.

Brahmaputra 19820 0.002

2

Composite WSS

for Sustainability & Quality in

Jorhat & Jorhat Central Dev. Block (B1)

531256 42.8 16 0.5 R.

Brahmaputra 19820 0.002

3 Greater Hailakandi –

153429 12.4 5 0.1 R. Katakhal - `-



S.N Scheme

Design Populati

on - Ultimate

Total Daily Requirem

ent in MLD;

(@70 LPCD)


t in MCM;


t in Cubic

Metre per second

(Cumec)

Source Name

(Aquifer/ River)

Surface Water

Average Annual

Discharge (Cumec)

Total Requirement Cumec (6) as

% of Flow (8)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Algapur WSS (B1)

4 Greater Mayang WSS (B2)

236060 19.0 7 0.2 R. Kopili 291 0.075

5 Greater Jogighopa WSS

(B2) 593880 47.8 17 0.6

R. Brahmaputra

19820 0.003

6 Gohpur Composit

WSS (B3) 187340 15.1 6 0.2

R. Brahmaputra

19820 0.001

7

Amguri - Gaurisagar

Integrated WSS (B3)

252179 20.3 7 0.2 R. Dikhow 118.9 0.198

* Note: It i s the fourth largest river in the world in term of average water discharge at the mouth with a flow of

19,830 m3s -1. Percentage of Contribution of River Kopili and River Dikhow to River Brahamputra is 1.47 and 0.60

respectively

Table 40: Total Requirement of Ground Water under the RWSS-LIS, Assam

S.No. Scheme

Design Populati

on - Ultimate

Total Daily Requiremen

t in MLD; (@70 lpcd)

Total Annual

Requirement in

MCM; (@70 lpcd)

Groundwater20

Annual Replenis

hable Groundw

ater; MCM

Net Annual

Groundwater

Availability; MCM

Annual Groundwater

Draft; (Industrial

and Drinking) MCM

Total Require

ment Annually (5) as % of Draft

(9)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1

Composite WSS for Sustainability & Quality in Chandrapur & Dimoria Dev. Block (B1)

429809 34.6 13 1847 1662 71.21 0.00002

2

Composite WSS for Sustainability & Quality in Jorhat & Jorhat Central Dev. Block (B1)

531256 42.8 16 1340.75 1273.71 25.72 0.00006

3 Greater Hailakandi – Algapur WSS (B1)

153429 12.4 5 342.79 308.51 14.21 0.00003

4 Greater Mayang WSS (B2)

236060 19.0 7 767.85 691.06 20.23 0.00003

5 Greater Jogighopa WSS (B2)

593880 47.8 17 1430.21 1358.7 22.65 0.00008

6 Gohpur Composit WSS (B3)

187340 15.1 6 2457.88 2352.09 43.08 0.00001

7

Amguri - Gaurisagar Integrated WSS (B3)

252179 20.3 7 1462.81 1316.53 26.77 0.00003

4.1.2 Water Quality Groundwater in a number of districts is impacted by fluoride, arsenic or/and iron. To tackle

the issue, PHED has been identifying alternate sources in areas impacted by fluoride and

arsenic and provides iron removal systems in selected handpumps or water treatment

20

Source: Flood Control Department, Govt. of Assam, on 23-08-62



plants. However, where there is no treated water available through the PHED, the local

population in iron affected areas is using the water for all their needs and treating the water

with the help of a household makeshift arrangement for iron removal . It was also noted in

Morigaon district, that the local population had developed their personal iron removal

systems which were mainly charcoal and sand filters, to filter water for drinking. The filters

were cleaned once the households felt they are becoming clogged. In case alternate sources

are available, they are prioritised for drinking mainly, with the iron rich water being used for

other domestic purposes.

Diarrhoea and bacterial dysentery are both reported in the project districts according to the

IDSP – NRHM data. Discussions with villagers also pointed to diarrhoeal diseases being

present. While part of this could be due to poor hygiene, it was noted that in many areas the

distance between the handpumps and toilets was only a few meters, with the handpumps

also being the shallow TARA or Singrur. Equally, platforms of handpumps were often broken

or missing and due to poor design they are likely to be the cause of groundwater

contamination. Poor drainage around the handpumps is another issue of concern.

In areas where piped water supply is already available, taps/stand posts may also be poorly

placed, resulting in the contamination of the water at point-of-use. Another possible

concern is that, the pipes carrying water in many places are exposed or near the surface, and

thus have risk of their breakage or damage. This is also likely to result in contamination and

water leakage.

4.1.3 Water Treatment Practice Treatment of water prior to distribution is being carried out in most of the WTPs visited.

While in some areas like one of the systems visited in Hailakandi due to inactive water user

committees/ Gaon Panchayat Water and Sanitation Committees (GPWSC) the PHED is

managing the system, in other areas like Bonda, in kamrup, where there is an active VWSC

the committee is managing the system. There are however some others, such as observed in

Bongaigaon where there is no water treatment underway due to the lack of sufficient

staff/VWSC to manage the system. Therefore water is being provided without treatment at

present. Depending upon the needs and the system planned the treatment may include a

combination of aeration, flocculation and disinfection and iron removal.

The overall management of the WTPs was found inadequate. While most WTPs had

leakages, in some, like the one visited in Hailakandi, the treatment plant was in a state of

degradation due to very high iron content of the water, which gradually was corroding the

system. Drainage at the WTPs to ensure that they were free from stagnant water was not

necessarily present in all visited sites. Also, in many areas there was no clearly identified

system for the disposal of sludge from the WTP.

Another possible concern is that of use and storage of chlorine or bleaching powder.

Presently, most WTPs use bleaching powder and the bags are stored in the WTPs. In many of

the WTPs the bleaching powder bags were not stored properly and therefore are not

adequately protected from moisture or other elements. This is likely to degrade the quality

of the bleaching powder, rendering the treatment ineffective. Furthermore, no protective



gear was available for the operator to handle the bleaching powder and there was no

identified method to dispose slurry.

Discussions at most treatment systems also noted that water testing, even for residual

chlorination is unsystematically done with the water being tested about once a fortnight

with no records being kept right now.

Discussions with members of the VWSC in some areas like Bongaigaon indicated that their

capacity was weak and that they would be interested in more capacity building to manage

their systems better. In other areas there are still no GPWSCs or VWSCs formed and will

need to be formed and trained before they can be made in charge of the work.

4.1.4 Other Water Related Issues In many WTPs Rain Water Harvesting (RWH) systems were also noted. These are used to

supplement the water supplied to the WTPs and in some places also recharge the

groundwater. However, there seems to be no cleaning and management system noted for

the RWH systems. Also, there were in some areas trees and other obstructions that could

create contamination if adequate protection was not taken. Therefore in future, RWH

system planned would need to follow relevant government guidelines and an adequate

management system in place.

Household and point-of-use water management is limited. While a number of households

visited were ensuring that drinking water was not stored on the floor, often it was close to

the ground. Other concerns were also observed such as dipping hands and glasses in the

water to fetch water from containers, unsanitary conditions of taps and hand pumps

resulting in possible contamination of water. While there were some areas w here the

treatment was given to water prior to use, such as boiling or use of halogen tablets, this was

limited to very few households. Halogen tablet distribution and use was only noted during

discussions at a tea estate, where the tablets are distributed in the summer when diarrhoeal

diseases cases are high. Another concern is the availability of energy to run the WTPs and

pump water. Power availability is variable and could be as little as 6-7 hours and is not

reliable. This may not be sufficient to run large multi-village systems.

4.1.5 Wastewater Disposal Overall there is low open defecation in the villages, with a combination of different systems

and structures in place. However, sanitation coverage in Bongaigaon is very low, with some

areas estimating it at 10% only. Coverage by TSC has been low in this area and there are very

few areas where individuals have constructed toilets on their own. While some toilets have

twin pit latrines others have single pit latrines with or without options for a second

connecting chamber.

In Assam, as most houses have a small water body located near them, it is likely that these

water bodies receive waste from the drainage system and perhaps also some toilet waste.

This is also an issue as field observations in some areas l ike Morigaon noted that toilet were

very close to the local water body. Thus, contamination of both the surface and groundwater

system can be largely attributed to poor sanitation. Furthermore, this water is often used for



domestic purposes, though not drinking; but it includes washing utensils and vegetables.

Therefore, this can be a very major health risk.

4.1.6 Solid Waste Disposal In rural areas of Assam the amount of waste generated is less than 200 - 250

gms/day/person, wherein 25% is of this is non- biodegradable and 75% is biodegradable in

nature. Out of the non-biodegradable waste about 75% is recyclable and the reaming 25% is

non-recyclable. For an average village of about 1000 population, the total solid waste

generated is about 250 kg per day; out of which 187.5 kg of bio-degradable waste and 62.5

kg of non-biodegradable waste. Out of this, 62.5 kg of non-biodegradable waste, 47 kg is

recyclable and 15.5 kg is non-recyclable. This non-recyclable waste is mostly inert material.

During field visits and preliminary assessment, there was little solid waste accumulation seen

in the villages. This is mainly because most waste at present is wither buried, especially bio-

degradable or burnt as a means of disposal. In a village visited in Morigaon (Amlighat vill age

in Mayang GP) where there was a dairying community, although the village was using dung

to make energy, the slurry was disposed into the fields and open drains. However, it was

also observed that the villagers had a good knowledge of slurry being dumpe d in open field

could cause contamination of aquifers and is also the cause of presence of E-coli in the

ground water systems.

4.1.7 Sanitation and Hygiene Lack of sanitation facilities and poor hygienic conditions cause waterborne diseases, such as

diarrhoea, cholera, typhoid and several parasitic infections. Moreover, the incidence of

these diseases and others linked to poor sanitation is highest among the poor, especially

school-aged children in most of the districts in Assam. From the project districts,

Bongaigaon, Jorhat, Sonitpur and Sibsagar are worst affected districts, with respect to

diseases like dysentery and diarrhoea, Japanese encephalitis and malaria.

The study revealed the existence of Kuchcha Latrine in large proportions due to shortage of

State budget for meeting expenses on sanitation as reported both by the Government and

Gram Panchayat members. Lack of sanitation facilities has led to the prevalence of

waterborne diseases as reported during many village discussions in the project districts.

Accredited Social Health Activists (ASHA) and Integrated Child Development Services (ICDS)

workers also expressed their dismay about the gap in awareness among the beneficiaries on

issues related to water and sanitation. Even the basic hygiene practices are not practiced by

the community.

There is lack of strategic inter departmental coordination which is needed for effective use

of resources. Water and Sanitation needs to be addressed as an integrated component and

convergence with existing framework of Nirmal Bharat Abhijan (NBA) in the State as a whole

and effective dissemination to be done at the District, Block Gram Panchayat and Habitation

level. Convergence with the Panchyati Raj Institutions (PRIs), PHED and Mahatma Gandhi

National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MNREGA) is inadequate which hampers

coverage, community mobilisation and community level monitoring and supervision, etc.

There is need for taking support of Health department for involvement of their field staff in

sanitation and in hygiene awareness campaigns mainly through integration with ASHA

http://nrega.nic.in/

http://nrega.nic.in/



programme. Further there is need for taking the support of the NBA program functionaries

in mobilizing people for promoting individual sanitary latrines and creating awareness about

health, hygiene and nutrition.

4.1.8 Other Sanitation Related Issues There is little evidence of a systematic wastewater disposal system in villages visited in the

project area. Within villages, many areas have mud roads, and any water would either run

downhill if sloping or if there are natural drains would drain into the existing water bodies or

low lying areas. Roads in the area are largely devoid of drains alongside.

While in a village in Morigaon- Amlighat village in Mayang Gaon Panchayat there is a big

dairying community with an estimated 95% of villagers engaged in milk production. The

animal dung here is used for producing biogas which is used for cooking and electrification.

However, there is no disposal mechanism identified for the slurry from the biogas plant, and

it is let to flow onto the adjoining lands. This, according to the villagers is leading to the

contamination of groundwater. Such dairying and cattle rearing is however limited to a few

areas in Assam only. Pig rearing is more common with the pigs often being brought up in

relatively unsanitary conditions, which may be a concern due to their role as intermediate

hosts for the Japanese Encephalitis vector.

4.1.9 Topography and land use

Most areas identified for the present project are presently agriculture lands, where paddy is

the main crop. In some districts like Bongaigaon, Hailakandi, Jorhat, Sonitpur and Sibsagar

there are also large tea estates. All of these are likely to use a number of agrochemicals,

both fertilizers and pesticides which will have an impact on the quality of surface and

groundwater. While industrial development is limited to a few pockets, yet oil refineries,

wells and paper mills exist in both upper and lower Assam. In fact, upstream of the identified

probable intake at Bongaigaon, is on River Aye which has an oil refinery in its vicinity.

Similarly, nearly on all rivers systems, upstream of the planned intakes there are identified

sites for sand mining. Apart from possible impact on river morphology due to sand mining

activities, there is also likely to be an impact from all these activities on water quality.

The topography of Assam generally consists of a combination of two major river valleys, hills

and a number of inselbergs (Island Mountains). In parts of Assam these hills and inselbergs

are in a state of degradation. Water supply networks may be impacted by this degradation

due to (i) erosion of land and landslides damaging the network, and (ii) landslides and other

degradation of hills resulting in pump houses and other infrastructure being damaged or

destroyed due to the degradation. This could be further aggravated based upon climate

change predictions that suggest increased rainfall in the eastern Himalayan region in the

times to come.

4.1.10 Floods and river bank erosion

Floods are one of the biggest disasters in Assam. This is further compounded by river bank

erosion which results in undercutting of a number of rivers, including the two major rivers –

the Brahmaputra and Barak, and also the shifting of the river course. Flooding may result in

(i) damage or destruction of the intakes along the rivers; (ii) flood waters entering toilets



resulting in contamination of surface and groundwater systems; and (iii) damage hand

pumps and if water enters the aquifer through hand pumps during floods, also pollute

aquifers.

River bank erosion is of greatest concern for river intake systems. Due to undercutting or

river banks erosion resulting in bank collapse and changing of river courses, intake wells are

likely to be most impacted. The other planned alternative, the floating barges, while may not

be impacted to such an extent as they can be shifted, may result in the need for changed

locations, and additional costs for on-land infrastructure or pipes.

4.1.11 Earthquakes

Assam is categorised as Zone V in terms of seismic activity. Therefore, there is a high

likelihood of high intensity earthquakes in the region. This can result in damage and

destruction of infrastructure, including water supply infrastructure.

4.1.12 Landslides Degradation of hills and inselbergs due to encroachment and deforestation has resulted in

landslides and damage to infrastructure throughout North Eastern states. As the planned

water supply infrastructure is to have a 100% coverage, those living in the hil ls would also be

covered. However, except for Hailakandi, the project areas are mainly in the river plain and

thus due to landslides, there will not be any probable damage to infrastructure.

Nevertheless, to ensure a smoother supply and gravity based suppl y, wherever possible the

water supply reservoirs should be located on highlands. It should also be kept in mind while

designing, that landslides may also result in blocking of drainage systems planned or divert

streams, which if used for procuring water would result in the need to abandon the system.

4.1.13 Impact from wildlife corridors and impact on ecological resources

There are a number of animal corridors for various species in Assam. Most relevant among

these, perhaps from the perspective of infrastructure safety are the elephants. Although,

based on the field survey, there are no animal corridors inside the Project area, but to

ensure precaution as any infrastructure in the way of an elephant corridor is likely to be

damaged, mitigation measures for the same are given in the monitoring plan. Therefore,

appropriate design changes may be required to assure the safety of the system. This could

include ensuring all infrastructure underground, or identifying alternate sites which are

outside corridors. Also, during the migratory season – for any wildlife species, no

construction activities should take place for both the safety and wellbeing of the

construction site workers and the animals/birds.

4.1.14 Issues Identified during Field Visits and Consultations

A variety of issues were identified by the team during the field visits and through the

consultation process, including the survey based questionnaire. The major findings are

discussed below.

Most discussions show that there is a need for domestic water. This has bee n voiced by

women and men, cutting across gender boundaries. The needs may differ a bit

depending upon existing systems. Therefore, while in some areas like the villages visited

in Hailakandi, there was adequate and good quality water available, but at a distance



from the village while groundwater sources were often not viable due to limited yield of

shallow aquifers. Therefore, the major concern was the labour and time consumed in

getting water. On the other hand in the tea estates, water is made available to the tea

labourers, but it is not sufficient to fulfil all their needs. In certain areas there are

shortages during certain months as yields from sources reduce, or in others water

quality is an issue of concern – which is mainly in areas where there is a high iron

content.

Many of those who are suffering from low water availability are willing to pay for water.

However, a concern raised was on how much the water would cost. The ability to pay is

perhaps an important factor in deciding on whether or not the different groups will be

able to afford the planned services. It is therefore recommended that a survey that can

assess the ability to pay be undertaken prior to fixing the prices for water in any area.

The overall understanding of contamination by faecal-oral route is low. There is also very

little hygiene education material seen anywhere in the villages. Variable systems for

point-of-use water treatment, water storage and handling, management of cleaning and

disposal of septic tank waste, location of toilets vis-à-vis handpumps and backyard family

ponds in some areas may result in contamination- are some of the issues identified in

the field. There is therefore a need for more effective IEC to be undertaken to support

the planning and management of the existing systems. In the case of point-of-use water

management, while water in the houses is usually not kept on the ground, collection

points are dirty and are likely to create contamination. Therefore, point-of-use water

management needs strengthening.

Water quality management consisted of a variety of different methods, sand filters for

iron removal, boiling and halogen or chlorine tablets. However, most of this is only done

in a limited way, with a majority of people drinking water directly without any

treatment. Even when the water is procured from wells it is not necessarily treated, as

was noted during discussions with the Mishing people in Sonitpur district.

While in some areas villages are homogeneous with a single social group or tribe

inhabiting them, in many areas it is not so with more than one social group present. In

such cases the different groups were found living in different habitations. Each of these

groups has its own identity, way of living and access to resources. Furthermore, not all of

them have equal access to services and resources. This fact must be considered while

planning a system and service delivery in an area.

There could be some areas where culturally or archaeologically important sites are there

and must be considered during project design, both to work within the parameters of

existing legislation and ensure that there is no damage to these sites. In the field a Tiwa

community gathering site in Morigaon and an old temple site near the intake at

Bongaigaon were noted. Similarly, other sites may also exist and must be considered

while planning and designing the system

There are a number of animal corridors in Assam. During the present series of field visits,

the team did not encounter any such corridors in the project areas. However,

discussions identified that at least in Sibsgar and Sonitpur districts there are elephant

movements, even if they are not within ten kilometres from the project areas. Such

animal movements may also exist in other districts and must be clearly identified to



ensure that neither do they disturb the wildlife using them and nor are they damaged by

wildlife movement. Discussions with the Forest Department and local population in any

area can easily identify animal corridors or animal movements for an area. This would be

an important consideration while planning the project.

Wildlife, forest and sensitive areas: Some of the project areas, such as in Bongaigaon,

Jorhat and Kamrup are near ecologically sensitive areas. This includes the Manas

National Park, Kaziranga National Park and Garbangah Reserved Forest. The former two

are also UNESCO heritage sites. All three of these sites are within 20 kms of the project

area, with some estimated to be less than 10 kms. Therefore, there will be a need to

identify appropriate routes for transportation of material, routes which cause least

damage to the forest and wildlife and forests for pipe laying, O&M as appropriate for the

area, systems that cause least danger to workers during construction and O&M.

Capacity to manage water supply systems is limited with the SLUC and the Goan

Panchayat. Thus, it may also impact other planned infrastructure.

4.2 Environmental Impacts

4.2.1 Design Stage Impacts

Detailed below is an overall assessment of the possible design impacts, including selection of

project locations that may occur from the development of the WSS infrastructure. These

may differ from place to place, as some of the impacts identified here may only be

applicable to specific areas. Therefore, depending upon the identi fied sites for infrastructure

development, this list of impacts should be looked at and used as is appropriate for the

individual sites.

Table41: List of Design Stage Impacts

Design Stage Impacts

Environmental Issue

Positive Impact Adverse Impact

Physical Environment

Land Resources – soil

Improved dra inage in vi l lages , reduced soi l toxici ty loca l ly.

Better solid waste management in vi l lages , reduced soi l toxici ty loca l ly.

Change from groundwater for drinking from arsenic and fluoride

impacted systems would reduce the need to remove these chemical contaminants, reducing

waste from such systems .

Inadequate drainage provided with increased water availability, increasing waterlogging and

soi l toxici ty. Dumping of waste from treatment plants

resulting in increased toxicity of the loca l area.

Inadequate s torage of chemica ls and other materia l at treatment plants resulting in

seepage and contamination of ground loca l ly.

Landscape – hills Need for material to build systems, resulting in

removal of earth may reduce s tabi l i ty and landslides may occur, though this is more l ikely a cumulative impact occurring from a number of

di fferent activi ties as individual ly systems identified from such projects would have limited

needs . Location of s i tes such as pump houses ,

treatment plants and reservoirs and their access

roads on hills may require vegetation clearance

and result in reduced s tabi l i ty of the area

Rivers and Improved management of Confl ict with di fferent users at the location



streams and other surface

flows

systems and reduced wastage resulting in reduced pressure on

surface water resources , where used. On a large scale this is l ikely to have a positive impact, though

individual systems impact may be negl igible

where the intake i s planned Poorly designed infrastructure not accounting

for adequate dra ins may result in loca l area waterlogging.

Des ign not accounting for backwash needs may

result in temporary water s tagnation loca l ly

Rivers and streams - quality

Improved sanitation and envi ronmental sanitation activi ties wi l l reduce toxici ty

reaching river systems

Pol lution due to poor des ign, resulting in leakages or dumping of waste. This may be more of a concern with floating barges .

Inadequately designed wastewater discharges , excessive sewage and toilet waste may result in

contamination of water system Groundwater system - quantity

Proper ra inwater harvesting s tructures resulting in adequate

recharge of system/reduced dependence on groundwater

systems Improved management of

systems and reduced wastage

resulting in reduced pressure on groundwater resources , where used

Excess ive withdrawal of water resulting in groundwater depletion

Groundwater system - quality

Improved dra inage and environmental sanitation wi l l

result in reduced contamination of aqui fers

Inadequately designed wastewater discharges , excessive sewage and toilet waste may result in

contamination of water system. With more water available in the vi llages there i s l ikely to be more l iquid waste and dra inage water discharged

Poorly des igned RWH systems may result in

groundwater contamination Inadequately des igned backwash and waste

disposal system may result in water from system getting stagnant and/or waste collecting in the area and could contaminate the groundwater

Water bodies and wetlands

Improved dra inage and environmental sanitation wi l l result in reduced contamination of aqui fers

Noise and Air quality

Intake, pumping system or WTP in an ecologica l ly sens i tive area may result in dis turbances during the day to day running, and a lso create confl ict with loca l wi ldl i fe.

Ecological Systems

Terrestrial Poor design not accounting for needs of loca l wi ldli fe may result in confl ict, and may a lso

result in the destruction and degradation of the system

Poorly des igned syste m may result in

unnecessary clearance of vegetation and cutting of trees

Introduction of alien species or flora as part of landscape or other activi ties resulting in takeover of ecological niche or destruction of

habitat of loca l flora species Introduction of alien species or flora as part of

landscape or other activities resulting in fauna habitat degradation

Intake – ei ther for groundwater or surface water, floating barge, pumping system or WTP in an ecologically sensi tive area may result in

dis turbances during the day to day running, and



also create confl ict with loca l wi ldl i fe. Aquatic Pol lution due to poor des ign, resulting in

leakages or dumping of waste. This may be more of a concern with floating barges . This

may result in loca l habitats being impa cted. Inadequately designed wastewater discharges ,

excessive sewage and toilet waste may result in

contamination of water system, affecting habitats loca l ly.

In case s i tes identi fied for water intake are

exis ting breeding or other habitats there could a dis turbance to the loca l species or other

confl icts In River Brahmaputra and some of i ts tributaries

such as Dikhow and the Manas recent sitings of

the cri tically endangered Indian Grahia l have been made. River Brahmaputra i s a lso one of the last remaining habitats of the endangered Gangetic Dolphin. Exis ting s tructures , waste management water intakes or day to day running and noise and pollution from floating barges ma disturb these species . Also, poorly

des igned systems may become obstructions in areas which are frequented by the species .

Intake and floating barge in an ecologica l ly

sensitive area may result in disturbances during the day to day running, and a lso create confl ict

with loca l wi ldl i fe. Poor design of intake resulting in obstructions

and dumping of waste may result in trapping of

aquatic species or injuries to them Sensitive areas,

corridors and migratory zones

Infrastructure in migratory routes and corridors,

resulting in dis turbance and destruction of route. It may a lso result in destruction and damage of infrastructure

Infrastructure sited in sensitive area, resulting in dis turbance to species and could also result in

damage and destruction to infrastructure Forests Location of infrastructure in forest areas or

pipes pass ing through fores ts may result in

damage Introduction of alien species or flora as part of

landscape or other activi ties resulting in the degradation of the loca l forest areas where these species may take over, or due to such

species being planted in animal corridors/migra tory routes they may be

transported into forest areas as species cross the area, carrying the plant seeds etc along with them

Socio-Economic Systems Health Better qual i ty would improve

health. There are a l ready many aqui fers impacted by fluoride, arsenic and iron. Such areas wi l l

benefi t from surface water schemes or use of i ron removal

systems to improve water qual i ty More water, and of good qual i ty

ava i lable would result in

improved hygiene and improved health

Repeated diarrhoea/chronic

Inadequate drainage provision resulting in an

increase in the habitat for various vector species Inadequate dra inage provis ion resulting in

waterlogging and contamination of

groundwater, which may a lso be used for domestic purposes

Poor des ign not cons idering protection of groundwater source l ike handpumps or s tandposts resulting in contamination of

supplied water or groundwater and diarrhoeal diseases

In areas where the Indian grahia l i s found, i f



diarrhoea impacts nutri tional ava ilability in the body and has an

impact on mental health and growth for chi ldren. It a lso impacts unborn children i f mother

suffers from nutri tional deficiencies while pregnant with her chi ld. Better water quality will therefore improve nutri tion absorption and health s tatus

Reduced need to carry water from long dis tances wi l l reduce risk of injuries etc

Improved dra inage, reduced waterlogging and better sol id waste management will resul t in better health, with reduction in

contamination of loca l environment and habitat for disease vectors .

there are any intakes or floating barges , accidents of conflict of workers with the species

could occur. Poor design s tandards, not considering exis ting

disasters – such as earthquakes and floods ,

resulting in contamination or breakages and subsequent health i mpacts

Poor design and waste management systems may a lso create habitats for certa in disease vectors l ike the sand fly which results I Ka la -Azar/black fever or Viscera l leishmanias is , a disease with a recent outbreak (2008) in Chandrapur and Panikheti , both of which are within the present project area.

Overall wellbeing of

population

Reduced time taken to fetch water will resul t in greater time

for other activi ties including leisure, economic activi ties and time spent with chi ldren and

fami ly. Chi ldren fetching water wi l l

benefi t from less time spent col lecting water and more time for education, to play and other

activi ties Reduced health problems wi l l

reduce medical expenses , DALYs and care taker time which can be used for other activi ties .

Other WSS infrastructure

Competing for resources with other loca l infrastructure at source, resulting in impacting

ei ther or both infrastructure and overa l l resource susta inabi l i ty

Location of planned s tructures , obstructing or

creating other problems for exis ting WSS infrastructure

Waste from redundant systems – being upgraded.

Other

infrastructure

Improved dra inage and waste

management resulting in reduced water s tagnation, reducing

degradation of infrastructure

Need to cut across lines and roads laid down for

other infrastructure, thereby resulting in dis ruption or damage

Disruption of navigation routes , piers (ghats ) especially in smaller rivers and streams used for supplying water

Local economy and economic

systems

Reduced i l l heal th resulting in larger number of person-days to

work in field and other activi ties

location of intake may interfere with loca l fi sh landing s i tes , access to river, cut across

agricul ture fields , or transport routes Cultural property,

aesthetics

Poor des ign resulting in s tructures reducing aesthetics in area

Structure and connected infrastructure cutting across archaeologica l and other cul tura l ly

important s i tes Waterlogging and dra inage problems due to

greater ava i labi l i ty of water in area without

adequate drainage management, des troying or damaging cultural property and archaeologica l s i tes



4.2.2 Construction Stage Environmental Impacts

A majority of project related impacts are likely to be due to the construction activities, with a

number of short term impacts likely to be over once the construction is completed. Most of

these would also be localised and only affect the immediate surroundings of the

construction site, except for those areas identified for procurement of material. Therefore,

most of the impacts can be easily contained and managed. However, if rehabilitation of sites

as required is not carried out in time, permanent damage at some sites is possible. The

major impacts identified so far are listed below.

Table 42: List of Major Impacts identified at construction Stage

Construction Impacts

Environmental Issue

Positive Impact Adverse Impact

Physical Environment

Land Resources – soil

Poor storage of chemicals and other material at construction sites resulting in toxicity to soil

Erosion from borrow sites

Accumulation of water and increased soil toxicity at borrow sites

Accidents and spillage resulting in toxicity and damage to the soil

Compaction of soil/soil erosion for access to various sites and to quarries by trucks

Landscape – hills Material procurement from hills resulting in hil ls caving in and landslides and scaring of landscape

Destruction and removal of vegetation for fuel for

labour camps, resulting in denudation of hil ls resulting in mud/land slides and scaring of landscape

Rivers and streams - flow

Blockage of natural drains due to waste dumping or during construction

Rivers and

streams - quality

Sediment runoff and deposition near sites or

during transportation. Material procurement – sand from rivers leading

to increased turbidity and course change in smaller streams

Pollution from construction activities in rivers and streams – especially at the time of construction of intake wells.

Poor labour camp management and insufficient WSS systems for them, or no rehabilitation of labour camp and construction site after construction work is over resulting in pollution

Groundwater

system - availability

Excessive pressure on groundwater for provision

of water for construction site, without considering local needs, resulting most l ikely in temporary depletion of resource, though a problem for the local population til l aquifer is replenished

Groundwater

system - quality

Pollution from construction activities, such as the

WTPs where adequate drainage is not provided leading to water stagnating and percolating into ground along with pollutants

Waste dumping, spil lage of chemicals and fuels,

seeping into aquifers



Inadequate drainage provided at time of dril l ing and testing of groundwater for sites used to procure water may result in temporary waterlogging at sites and may also result in

pollution of local aquifer Poor labour camp management and insufficient

WSS systems for them, or no rehabilitation of

labour camp and construction site after construction work is over resulting in pollution


Pollution from construction activities in rivers – especially at the time of constructing intakes

Pollution from vehicles being washed in water

bodies and wetlands Pollution from dumping of waste in water bodies Inadequate drainage provided at time of dril l ing

and testing of groundwater for sites used to

procure water may result in temporary waterlogging at sites

Poor labour camp management and insufficient

WSS systems for them, or no rehabilitation of labour camp and construction site after construction work is over resulting in pollution

Noise and Air quality

Pollution from construction activities Noise from generators and other construction

activities l ike trucks etc., passing the area Dust and sand flying from trucks during

transportation Poorly maintained vehicles or heavy dril l ing

activities resulting in high level of noise or vibration

Air pollution from vehicles and machinery

Ecological Systems

Terrestrial Plantation activities resulting in alien species introduction, degrading the local environment

Construction at the time of animal migration that disturbs the migratory routes and patterns

Destruction of vegetation by vehicular movement

and clearance for paths, storage of construction material and for sourcing material

Aquatic Impact on local fisheries and fish spawning and aquatic fauna.

Gharail, dolphin and other species disturbed

during construction activities if in the area River sand – such as River Kulsi, damage to habitat

of the dolphin Increased turbidity mainly from sand mining

though also construction in river, disturbing local habitats

Construction at the time of species migration

disturbing the migratory area Sensitive areas,

corridors and migratory zones

Noise and disturbance from construction activity,

transportation of material Material procurement from sensitive sites,

resulting in damage to site

Construction during migration leading to disturbance to species and conflicts



Forests Disturbance and degradation to forests due to vehicular movement carrying construction material

Degradation of forests as construction material is

procured from them Use of wood from forests for supply of firewood

for construction camps

Waste generated from various project activities, but no adequate disposal system identified, resulting in being dumped in the vil lage lands

Socio-Economic Systems

Settlement and local population

Disturbance to local population due to construction activities, movement of vehicles,

noise or from labour Conflict with local population on resources with

labour camps Conflict with local population due to restriction in

construction sites and access to some sites for them

Accidents from vehicles and poor construction site

management Increase water stagnation and drainage problems

due to construction activities, poorly managed labour or construction sites and vehicles being

cleaned and serviced in the area Increased traffic at sites for material procurement

or construction sites, disturbing population

Health Occupational Safety and construction hazards due to inadequate management of site, access to site

for all people including local population not working at site, and inadequate protection gear and training to labour.

Workers/labour camps and facil ities in sufficient, poorly managed or not existent resulting in health problems to them and the local population.

Health problems due to water stagnation at sites,

resulting in breeding sites for disease vectors Lack of water and sanitation services at labour

camps resulting in health problems Poor rehabilitation of sites – construction, labour,

borrow sites, leading to habitats for disease vectors

Increase in disease due to influx of migrant labour

Poor design and waste management systems may also create habitats for certain disease vectors l ike the sand fly which results in Kala-Azar/black fever or Visceral leishmaniasis, a disease with a recent

outbreak (2008) in Chandrapur and Panikheti, both of which are within the present project area.

Other WSS infrastructure

Damage to infrastructure due to vehicular movement, construction sites or labour camps

May increase pressure on the local infrastructure

as water and sanitation needs of labour also to be accounted for

Other infrastructure

Damage to infrastructure, transportation of material, storage of material



Waste generated from various project activities, but no adequate disposal system identified, resulting in obstructing people pathways or degrading other infrastructure

Local economy

and economic systems

May provide some

local employment opportunities at the sites temporarily

Disturbance to local population due to temporary

reduced access to sites as sites identified for labour camps and storage may be used by local population for various activities such as farming,

storage or threshing or even firewood procurement

Sites l ike agriculture fields used for material storage

Waste generated from various project activities, but no adequate disposal system identified, resulting in being dumped in the vil lage lands

Cultural property Chance findings – archaeological sites. Scaring of landscape due to borrow sites, such as

in hil ls or from firewood collection

4.2.3 Operation & Maintenance Stage Environmental Impacts

Table 43: List of impacts during the O&M Stage

O&M Impacts

Environmental Issue Positive Impact Adverse Impact

Physical Environment Land Resources –

soil

Poor management of WTP resulting in

dumping of waste, backwash water with excessive chemicals and waste and sludge on land, resulting in degrading soil.

Pumping house for floating barges poorly

maintained, resulting in leakages of fuel and other chemicals and dumping of waste on land, degrading soil.

Chemical spil lage from WTP or during O&M

Rivers and streams

– quality

Better sanitation facil ities,

with improved waste disposal will improve the river water quality which at

present is getting polluted due to waste dumping.

Poor management of WTP resulting in

dumping of waste, backwash water with excessive chemicals and waste and sludge in local water body.

Chemical spil lage from WTP or during O&M

Groundwater system – availability

Excessive pumping of groundwater, beyond planned resulting in depletion of resource

Development of other and competing

groundwater systems which together with this system result in depleting of resource

Groundwater system – quality

Less dependency on ground water since the RWSS project will draw

water from the River Brahmaputra and Barak and its tributaries for water augmentation.

Poor management of WTP resulting in dumping of waste, backwash water with excessive chemicals and waste and sludge on

land and percolating into shallow aquifer RWH system poorly maintained resulting in

contamination of aquifer Inadequate finances or skil ls to manage small

or individual systems resulting in their degradation, accumulation of water around the system or breakage resulting in

contamination of aquifer




No disposal of wastewater in the neighbourhood water bodies, will improve its condition.

Poor management of WTP resulting in dumping of waste, backwash water with excessive chemicals and waste and sludge in local water body.

Noise and Air

quality

Poor maintenance of WTP and pumping

station and any diesel pump sets used as back up energy supply, resulting in high noise levels and air pollution

Ecological Systems

Aquatic Poor management of WTP resulting in dumping of waste, backwash water with excessive chemicals and waste and sludge in

local water body or river and streams.

Sensitive areas, corridors and migratory zones

In case of systems near sensitive areas, corridors or fly paths poor maintenance of systems or dumping of waste may result in disturbance to wildlife

Socio-Economic Systems

Health Health conditions are l ikely to increase due to abandonment of poor

quality water sources such as Handpumps, stand post which are affected by iron,

arsenic and fluoride. Also, installation of twin pit toilets in each household, will improve overall

sanitation conditions of all vil lages covered under the project. Targeting hygiene practices through IEC

measures will also reduce probabilities of disease.

Accidents, or injuries during maintenance or at the WTP or pumping station due to inadequate training or insufficient safety

equipment or poor management Poor maintenance of system, network and

breakages and leaks not managed properly

resulting in contamination of treated water and il l health

Poorly kept and managed or outdated chlorine/bleaching power, resulting in

ineffective disinfection Insufficient knowledge to manage the system

resulting in inadequate disinfection,, cleaning of system or other management issues

resulting in poor quality water being supplied Unattended leakages from water supply

system leading to vector habitats

Poorly managed drainage and solid waste systems leading to vector habitats

Inadequate finances or skil ls to manage small or individual systems resulting in their

degradation. Inadequate sanitation/ environmental

sanitation management contaminating

shallow aquifers in areas where dugwells or shallow rigs are used to procure water

Cultural property Poor maintenance of system resulting such as drainage and damage to any local cultural property.

4.3 Objectives of Environment Management Framework

The main objective of the Environment Management Framework is to identify management

actions for any possible adverse environmental concerns arising from the project activities,

or possible adverse impact of given environmental situation in the project. This is based

upon identified concerns from the field, secondary data and discussions that have resulted in

the development of impact matrices for environmental impact resulted in the design and

location stage, construction stage and O&M stage of the project and though key



observations. This EMF, through its various steps sets out environmental codes of practices

that need to be followed during various stages such as planning, construction and operation

and maintenance, to ensure sustainability of infrastructure and resource. Also, the EMF

suggests probable actors and stakeholders who need to be involved in the implementation

of the planned actions.

4.4 Environmental Management Framework

4.4.1 Key Elements of the EMF

The key elements of the EMF that apply to the Assam RWSS project are detailed below.

1. Collection of Basic Environmental Data: To ensure adequate and proper identification of

local needs and monitoring of project the EMF needs environmental data for each scheme.

To do this and ensure a standard format for the project an Environmental Data Sheet (EDS)

for schemes on water supply, sanitation, solid and liquid waste management, etc. is available

in Annexure 1.9.

This data is to be completed simultaneously with the development of the DPR. The AEE/ EE

of the scheme fills up the EDS in consultation with the GPWSCs the Gram Panchayat or other

local civil society organisations who are involved in the project.

2. Environmental Classification of Schemes: At the Detailed Scheme Report (DSR)

preparation stage, the available environmental information in the EDS will be evaluated and

based on the level of expected environmental and public health impacts, the proposed

scheme would be classified as either Category I (basic) or Category II (detailed

environmental appraisal required).

The EDS formats are given in Annexure 1.9. The screening tool for the categorization of

schemes is available in 1.4.3. The overall in charge for the identification of the

environmental classification of schemes with the help of the screening tool is the EE of each

scheme.

3. Environmental Appraisal and Approval: For all category I schemes, there shall be no

separate environment appraisal other than filling up of EDS included in the DSR.

For category II schemes, a detailed environmental appraisal of the proposed scheme is

required. This will be done by the EE and his team who is in charge of the scheme. This team

can be supported by the state level environmental expert attached to PMU, for any technical

help required.

The environmental appraisal for category II schemes shall not take more than 30 days. The

DPR of Category I schemes should be accompanied by the Environmental Data Sheet (EDS).

The EE of the RWSS will need to ensure this. The DPR for Category II schemes should be

accompanied by the Environmental Data Sheet (EDS) and the Category II environmental

appraisal. The EE of the RWSSD will ensure this. All documentation will be finally checked for

consistency and quality by the PMU environmental specialist.

4. Environmental Compliance Monitoring during Implementation and O&M phases: The

EMF will ensure that: 1) The prescribed environmental mitigation measures (including

construction stage measures) as identified through the environmental appraisal process are

adequately implemented. The Implementation Completion Report of each scheme will

include an Environmental Compliance Certificate given by the GPWSC/GP or other identified



appropriate authority, depending upon the planned local level management of the scheme

for a completed scheme indicating that the mitigation measures identified in the appraisal

have been implemented.

2) Monitoring and Supervision: There will be periodic supervision and monitoring conducted

to ensure compliance to the EMF and identification of any additional concerns that may

have risen since. The suggested monitoring plan is outlined in section 1.5.8 of this document

titled the Monitoring Plan. In case there is a need for any changes in the monitoring plan,

this can be suggested to the state PMU, and based upon discussions this can be changed as

required. There will also be an independent external audit, as a part of the overall project

monitoring program at mid-term of the project to suggest any course correction, if required.

3) Capacity building needs to be undertaken to ensure the proper execution of the EMF. It

has been noted that some issues of poor management of systems at the local level can be

rectified by training and capacity building activities. Therefore, a capacity building and

training plan has been developed as a part of the EMF and should be used to ensure proper

implementation of the EMF. Section 1.6 includes the suggested training and capacity

building plan.

4) IEC for the management of water, sanitation, environmental sanitation, drainage etc., will

be needed at the local level. This is imperative to ensure proper management of v illage

sanitation and reduce health burden from water and sanitation related diseases. Also, the

IEC, in addition to water related issues, can be focused at increasing the demand for toilets

and their improved management.

4.4.2 Application of EMF to Project

Environmental Management Framework essentially consists of Environmental Screening,

Environmental Assessment (EA), Environmental Management Planning and monitoring of

compliance with the plan of actions recommended for mitigating environmental risks. The

environmental screening was carried out under this assessment to determine the

appropriate environmental category for the proposed projects. Based on the outcome of

screening, an Environmental Assessment (EA) respective to the attached environmental

category will be applied for each proposals.

The PHED as recommended in the Environment Data Sheets (EDS) will be responsible for

carrying out the required EA and for confirming that any clearances necessary for the

proposed RWSS projects are obtained from the relevant authorities as prescribed by the

national and state legislations which should also meet with the World Bank procedures as

described in the EA/EMF document. Once the EA is performed and recommendations

incorporated into the sub-project, the project can be appraised and sanctioned.

Depending on the environmental category, the package would include one of the following:

a) a full scale Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and an Environmental Management

Plan (EMP), b) Environmental Management Plan (EMP), c) a simplified environmental

assessment, so called EMP checklist, or d) a justified statement that no EA is required. To

ensure that environmental management is an integral part of project activities, the EMF

needs to be incorporated in the project and scheme’s management. The following flow

diagram elaborates the steps involved in the EA/EMF Process. Also, A Plan of responsibility is

suggested in the Table 43 below.



Baseline Data Collection

and Analysis

Qualitative and

Quantitative Survey

Impact Assessment

Screening Checklist for

Scoping

Identification of Key

Environmental Issues

CATEGORY II

Collect Baseline and fill EDS Collect Baseline and fill EDS

Generic Environment

Management Plan

Environmental Appraisal & Impact

Identification

Mitigation Measures &

Approvals

Specific Environmental

Management Plan

Monitoring Plan

GUIDELINES

(ECoP)

ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

GUIDELINES

(ECoP)

Performance Indicators

Mitigation Measures

CATEGORY I

Supervision and

Monitoring



Table 44: Roles and Responsibilities for Implementation of EMF

Phase EMF Activity Objectives Process Responsibility Result

Preplanning/

Planning

Environmental Data Sheet

To col lect bas ic information on environmental aspect of the proposed scheme.

Discuss scheme with community and identi fy environmental i s sues of concern.

GPWSC or local agency a long with GP

EDS prepared and attached to DSR.

Fi l l EDS. IF required, provide additional information as supplementary notes

AEE/AE/ with support from GPWSC or local

agency and SO Environmental

classi fication of the scheme

To ensure that

schemes with potentia l ly s igni ficant

environmental or publ ic health i ssues are identified at an early s tage for deta i led environmental

appra isa l .

Eva luate a l l the ava i lable

information on environmental aspects as provided in the

Environmental Data Sheet and, assess whether the proposed scheme is Category I or Category II by referring to the Screening Tool .

EE/RWSSD

with Dis trict Level Environmental

Expert, DPMU and the support of the SO.

Scheme classified as

Category I or Category II using the screening tools .

Environmental appraisal and approval required

To ensure that relevant environmental i s sues have been identi fied and appropriate mitigation measures have been des igned

to address them.

For category I schemes, there shal l be no sepa rate environmental appraisa l but environmental aspects shal l be included in the normal appra isa l and evaluation process for the proposed scheme, based on the EDS included in the DSR.

Dis trict level Environmental Expert, DPMU.

Environmental appra isa l of the scheme is made us ing the Checkl i s t for Environmental Appra isa l of Category II Schemes and approval of proposed scheme,

with decis ion to (i ) accept scheme as submitted, or (i i )

accept scheme with modification

suggested in the environmental appra isa l .

For category II schemes, a deta i led environmental appra isa l of the proposed scheme is required, including evaluation of environmental

and publ ic health impacts , ri sk assessment i f needed, and des ign of mitigation

measures .

To ensure that

mitigation measures and their cost are integrated in scheme des ign

and implementation plans

Technica l Sanction for the

scheme will not be accorded without Environmental Clearance from PMU

EE for Category

I schemes. Category II schemes CE

Technica l Sanction

for scheme wi th environmental mitigation measures and accordingly i ts costs are integrated

in scheme des ign and implementation plans .

Implementation

Implementation of

Environmental mitigation measures .

To ensure that the prescribed

environmental mitigation measures for a l l

three project s tages are

implemented.

Implementation Completion Report (ICR) for scheme wi l l

need to include compl iance certi ficate in case of construction phase

For a l l s tages regular monitoring reports to be

developed

ICR to be given by GPWSC or

loca l agency in charge in area Monitoring

reports as identi fied for

various s tages, which is mainly the EE of each

scheme

ICR with environmental

compl iance information. Overa l l semi-annual

monitoring report compi led at PMU

and avai lable for publ ic scrutiny

O&M Environmental

supervis ion,

To ensure that

environmental

Water quality monitoring will

be conducted as per project

State Level

Environmental

Water qual i ty

monitoring reports .



Phase EMF Activity Objectives Process Responsibility Result monitoring,

and evaluation

IEC and capaci ty bui lding on

hygiene and environmental i s sues .

aspects are

integrated in the O&M phase.

water qual i ty monitoring

protocol . Regular testing – such as the

OT test reports wi l l be ava i lable at the WTP. Internal supervis ion wi l l be

conducted for 20% of the schemes completed once in a year.

Monitoring of external environmental parameters

relevant to the project will be conducted once in a year. Environmental Audit through

external agency wi l l be undertaken at midterm and wi l l include about 10% random samples of vi l lages from completed schemes IEC improved dra inage, environmental sanitation,

safe water and hygiene

Expert

supported by Dis trict Level

Monitoring officer

Hi ring of external agency

Periodic environmental

supervis ion, monitoring and audit reports .

Tra ining and IEC

activi ty reports .

4.4.3 Screening Tool for Categorizing Schemes For each sub-project to be taken up by the PHED under this project, there will be a need to

undertake the screening of the project to identify the category of the project and the

environmental process required. This is given in Table 44. Equally important is the need to

identify if the project is appropriate for funding. This would need to be done by the exclusion

list of activities given below.

4.4.3.1 Exclusion list of activities

Given below are concerns that must be considered while developing projects or their design.

Projects that fall under any of the criteria below should not be considered and as required

redesigning undertaken

▫ Project or activities that destroy, encroach upon, degrade or damage or may risk the degradation of any protected area or reserve forest, or any biodiversity conservation hotspots, such as wildlife sanctuaries or national parks, and other significant natural reserves and areas

▫ Any project that is not consistent with the State Forest Act ▫ Project or activities that destroy or encroach upon wildlife migratory routes, corridors or

fly paths ▫ Activities that destroy or disturb any historical and culturally valuable sites, including

archaeological sites. In case there is no choice but to pass near such as site, relevant laws and departments must be consulted for appropriate designing activities. For culturally valuable sites, consultation with the local population is a must.

▫ Projects that result in environmental/natural resource degradation, such as watershed degradation, create or trigger landslides or result in resource degradation

▫ Projects or activities involving the procurement of pesticides not allowable under Bank guidelines

▫ Projects that are not consistent with the National, State or World Bank’s regulations



Table 45: Screening tools

Category I Category II

A. Water Supply Schemes

Schemes with intakes in perennial rives and no identified environmental degradation issues such as major industry or polluter upstream

Schemes located in areas with depleting aquifers, critical or over exploitation zones of groundwater exploitation and deep groundwater source in semi-critical and over exploited zones

Schemes with source in aquifer in safe zones for groundwater sources

Schemes located in or passing through ecologically sensitive areas or within 1 kms of a natural habitat. Schemes in animal corridors/wildlife migratory routes, including village forests, unclassified and private forests and forest department forests

Single villages schemes which do not qualify under any criteria under Category II

Schemes with high risk of flooding or river erosion

Surface water schemes downstream of critically polluted zones, major industries/agricultural areas where risk of contamination is high

Groundwater schemes where high risk of chemical or microbiological risk exists

Multi village schemes

Schemes where there is a high risk of catchment degradation, and may endanger the project

B. Artificial Recharge Structure

All types of rain water harvesting structures to improve water supply sources

E. Storm water / Sullage Drains

If all the following conditions are satisfied:

1. Construction of drains where groundwater table is at depths > 3.0m

2. Subsoil is having sufficient bearing capacity

3. Length of drain is not more than 250 m

If any of the following conditions are satisfied 1. Construction of drains where groundwater table

is at depths < 3.0m 2. Soil bearing capacity is < 5 t/m2 3. Length of drain is more than 250m 4. Area not prone to flooding

F. Solid Waste Management

No scheme 1. All types of solid waste management with source segregation and installing vermi-composting / composting.

4.4.4 Environmental Supervision and Monitoring Environmental supervision: All schemes identified under the project will be visited at six

monthly intervals by a team from the district level, which will include the monitoring expert

with support from the state level environmental officer of the PMU. This will be to ensure

that identified environmental safeguard requirements are met and to identify possible

unforeseen environmental impacts.



Annual monitoring of environmental parameters: An annual report is to be prepared by the

PMU environmental specialist on any identified external constraints to the project and

update of environmental safeguard implementation. Any relevant changes in the legislation

will also be included in this report. The EMF will be suitably revised annually on the basis of

this document by the PSU.

Environmental audit: There will be a mid-term environmental audit study that will look at

implementation of environmental safeguards, possible external or internal constraints for

the proper implementation of the safeguards and mid-term course correction, if required.

This will be an external and independent audit of the project. Annexure 1.13 gives details of

external audit.

4.5 Institutional Arrangements

4.5.1 Introduction

Currently, PHED, Assam (Technical Engineering Department) is responsible for rural water

supply activities. It is also responsible for policy making and overall monitoring and

evaluation. Since, the earlier GoI programs such as Swajaldhara and Sector Reform Project

have had little impact on the decentralization of RWSS services, it is envisaged that there is

an immediate need to address the gaps and increase the roles of PRIs in the planning,

implementation and O&M of schemes.

In the area of rural sanitation, there is not much integration between water and sanitation,

not much focus on environmental sanitation, and very few Open De fecation Free (ODF)

villages. Further, PHED, Assam also handles rural sanitation.

The Project will aim for progressive decentralization, with increasing role of the PRIs (Gram

Panchayats and GP-WSCs) in the planning, implementation and O&M of schemes, along with

separation of governance and operational responsibilities. A stronger and more capacitated

state level SWSM, with support from a newly established SPMU to carry out its work

effectively, will oversee and guide the implementation.

District level DWSMs and DWSCs, strongly supported by the DPMUs will move towards a

district-wide approach in adopting the key principles of decentralization and accountability.

The State Technical Departments will be responsible for providing technical support and

capacity building of the PRIs. The Technical Departments will also be involved in

implementing large Multi- Village Schemes (MVSs) where contract sizes and complexities

may require higher capacities, which are presently not available with the PRIs.

A key design of the proposed Project is to provide strong support to the village level GP

/GPWSC in the form of a local SO staffed with professionals with experience in social

development, community mobilization and communication in rural developmental projects.

Close supervision by district level agencies will ensure that there is adequate attention to

capacity building and cross-learning activities. Following are the institutional and

implementation arrangements agreed for the proposed project.



4.5.2 National Level

i. Ministry of Drinking Water and Sanitation (MoDWS): The RWSSP-LIS will be

implemented through a special window of assistance under the on-going NRDWP. A

Steering Committee will be established at the MoDWS under the Chairmanship of the

Secretary, MoDWS. The Steering Committee will provide guidance on sector policies

and will be responsible for overall monitoring of the project. The Principal Secretaries

of the four States and the Joint Secretary MoDWS (Sanitation) will be its Members,

with Joint Secretary MoDWS (Water) as Member-Secretary. It is proposed that the

Steering Committee meets at least once every quarter to review the project

implementation progress.

ii. National PMU (NPMU) and Technical Advisory Group (TAG): The NPMU will be

established under the MoDWS for implementing the project. The NPMU will be

staffed with experts in technical, social, financial, procurement, etc. for policy

guidance to the states. The NPMU will also have a specially constituted Technical

Advisory Group (TAG) with the primary responsibility for independently reviewing the

design and implementation of the project in each of the four states and guiding the

participating states in their project activities and capacity building and institutional

strengthening programs. The TAG will also be responsible for preparing the

implementation review documents, as required for review during Bank supervision

missions.

iii. Water and Sanitation Management and Resource Centre (WASMARC): The Water and

Sanitation Management and Resource Centre (WASMARC) will be set-up for managing

RWSS programs and advising the MoDWS on technical and policy issues, including

planning and implementation processes, monitoring and evaluation programs,

independent reviews, etc. It is envisaged that the NPMU will converge with

WASMARC during the project implementation period (end of year 3). Its initial

mandate will be to focus on the target low income states, but will gradually expand its

reach and coverage to other states.

iv. National Rural Water & Sanitation Institute (NRWASI): A national level training

institute will be set up under MoDWS as a ‘state of the art’ training and research

institute which will focus on capacity building of the RWSS sector institutions. It will

have linkages to other national and international technical institutions.

4.5.3 State Level

i. State Water and Sanitation Mission (SWSM): The SWSM under the RWSS Minister is

currently responsible for overall policy guidance for the RWSS Sector Program. The

Executive Committee of the SWSM, headed by the RWSS Secretary is assisting SWSM

in all its responsibilities, including planning and policy formulation, capacity building,

fund flow, approval of the annual plan and budget allocation, and monitoring and

evaluation of the Sector and District Programs. The SWSMs are already established in

all the four states, including Assam, though not functioning effectively due to capacity

constraints and limited full time professional support.



ii. Water and Sanitation Management Organization (WASMO): The project will

strengthen the SWSM with the establishment of the WASMO as a dedicated unit for

managing, monitoring and approval functions, and guiding the implementing agencies

in all aspects of project design and implementation. The WASMO will comprise sector

specialists for advising on policy and institutional aspects, social and community

development programs, communications, capacity building programs, sanitation

programs, technical aspects, M&E programs, procurement and financial management.

iii. State Technical Department: The State Technical Departments i.e., PHED, Assam will

work primarily as the ‘facilitator’ for all aspects of the District Program, including

technical support for small SVSs and small SLWM activities, along with technical

capacity building and technical backstopping. The Technical Departments will continue

to plan and implement the large MVSs and large SLWM schemes, with involvement of

participating GPs for intra-village works and operations. The Technical Department’s

key roles will be:

Preparation, planning, design and implementation of MVSs and large SLWM

schemes.

Technical support for planning and design of SVSs and small SLWM schemes.

Technical appraisal and sanction of schemes based on the agreed delegation of

powers.

Monitoring support and technical guidance to DPMUs and DPMCs.

Technical backstopping to GPs for all activities, including water supply, sanitation

and SLWM.

iv. State Rural Water and Sanitation Institutes: The project will set-up and/or strengthen

the State Rural Water and Sanitation Institutes (State RWASIs) for training and

research. The RWASIs will be the state institutions for carrying out training programs

and building capacity of the sector institutions, PRIs, SOs, and other stakeholders .

v. State Project Management Units: The Project will substantially strengthen the SWSMs

through the establishment of a State PMU, with sector specialists for policy and

institutional aspects, social and community development, communication, capacity

building, financial management, procurement, environmental sanitation, technical,

and M&E. The SPMU will be responsible for assisting the SWSM in monitoring and

approval functions as well as guiding the implementing agencies in all aspects of

project implementation.

4.5.4 District Level

i. District Water and Sanitation Mission (DWSM): The states have established DWSMs,

headed by the Zilla Panchayat (ZP) Chairperson, as per the guidelines of the GoI

NRDWP. However, many of these are not fully functional and do not have adequate

capacity. The proposed Project will strengthen the DWSM, so that these can be

responsible for the district RWSS program, including approval of schemes, fund flow,

capacity building, IEC activities and M&E. The DWSM will receive policy guidance from



the SWSM and will be assisted by the District Water and Sanitation Committee

(DWSC).

ii. District Water and Sanitation Committee (DWSC): The DWSC headed by the District

Collector, will be the executive arm of the DWSM for implementing the RWSS policies

and program at the district level, with the following key responsibilities:

Oversee formulation, management and monitoring of district-wide RWSS program.

Provide administrative approvals of all SHS/ SGS/ SLWM schemes.

Select Support Organisations / NGOs and enter into agreements for social

mobilization, capacity development, communication, project management and

supervision, etc.

Coordinate matters relating to water and sanitation between district

representatives of Health, Education, Forests, Agriculture, Rural Development as

well as National projects such as SSA, NRHM, ICDS, etc.

Select GPs based on the criteria laid down by the SWSM.

Release funds to GP/ GP-WSC for SHs/ SGs/ intra habitation assets and

environmental sanitation schemes and release funds to PHED/ DWSD/ UPJN for

MVSs.

iii. PHED/ DWS/ UPJN District Technical Divisions: The District Technical Divisions of the

State Engineering Departments will be responsible for designing and implementing

the MVS in partnership with the participating MVS-WSC. All design, supervision or

operational activities will be undertaken through an agreement between the Technical

Division, DWSC and the MVS-WSC. The MVS-WSC will sign off on all activities related

to the intra-village activities in MVSs. Thus the new role of PHED at the district level

would be:

Identification of district schemes in discussion with DWSC and selection of GPs.

Guidance in preparation of comprehensive water security plan and environmental

sanitation plan (along with SO and consultants) for each of the participating GPs.

Preparation, design, implementation and monitoring of small and large MVSs,

including procuring contractors/ private sector operators for implementation of

the schemes.

Taking over O&M of common assets from contractors after the contract period.

iv. Multi Village Water Supply & Sanitation Committee (MVS-WSC): The MVS-WSC at the

district level will be a representative committee of the group of GPs for a MVS. This

will be a sub-committee of the ZP and will work closely with the Technical Divisions of

RWSSD Division in planning, designing and implementing the MVS. The MVS-WSC will

endorse and sign off the scheme design and implementation stage payments.

v. District Project Management Units (DPMU): The DPMUs will support the district level

DWSMs and DWSCs. Each DPMU will have 5 to 6 staff comprising two technical staff

(for water and sanitation) and 4-5 professionals (community mobilization, IEC, M&E,

capacity building, procurement, and financial management activities), for supporting

the design and implementation of the district program and policies, including

communications and capacity building, monitoring and evaluation projects, technical



and social audits. These units will coordinate with various departments at the district

level.

4.5.5 Village Level

i. Gram Panchayat (GP): The GP is the key institution at the village level for all RWSS

activities, with the following responsibilities:

Providing guidance to the GP-WSCs on village-wide RWSS activities.

Passing resolutions at the Gram Sabha, as per scheme cycle.

Tariff fixation at the GP level, within the overall guidelines given by the SWSM.

ii. Gram Panchayat Water and Sanitation Committee (GP-WSC): GP-WSC as the GP sub-

committees will be responsible for design and implementation of the smaller water

supply schemes (single habitation and single GP with multiple habitations), GP level

SLWM activities, and the intra-village component of MVS. In particular, the GP-WSC

will be responsible for scheme planning, designing, procurement, construction, O&M,

tariff collection / community contributions (capital and O&M), and accounts

management. It will be responsible for all IEC/BCC activities for water and sanitation

programs. It will also be responsible for preparation of comprehensive water security

plan and environmental sanitation plan with the help of SO and State Technical

Agency.

iii. Support Organization: The GP / GP-WSC will work with SO / NGO for community

mobilization and IEC/BCC activities at the village level. The SO will provide technical

expertise in design, implementation and O&M of SHS/ SGS/ intra village MVS and

SLWM activities, as required.

The Project will promote the convergence of water supply and sanitation schemes in Assam.

A strong and dedicated DPMU along with SOs at the village level will ensure that the

intended demand responsive community driven approaches are followed as per scheme

cycle for planning, implementation and maintenance. Chart on next page presents the

agreed State level institutional and implementation arrangements under the Project.

The project intervention will be at four different levels, National, State, District and Village.

At the national and the State level each a Project Monitoring Unit, NPMU and SPMU

respectively, will be established to monitor the progress of the Rural Water Supply and

Sanitation projects. Besides monitoring the State Project Management Unit (SPMU) is the

set up for over all guidance in respect of policy, technical as well as financial aspects. It is a

set up under the existing Apex Body of the State Water & Sanitation Mission (SWSM). The

details are given in the rest of the subsections of the institutional arrangement below.

4.5.6 Support Organisations Many Non-Government Organizations (NGOs) are working in Assam in advocating and

educating on health and hygiene issues at state, district and GP levels. NGOs such as

Hopeline, Environ, Arch, etc., are involved in capacity building of local population as well as

the panchayat representatives. Besides NGO’s, UNICEF, is also very active in carrying

awareness drives on sanitation, health hygiene issues at vi llage, district and state level. It

liaises with PHED, officials and conducts trainings on water quality management, monitoring,



etc., and also provides technical assistance in adopting correct technological options for the

construction of Low-cost sanitary toilets.

Organogram of the Institutional Arrangement for the Implementation of the RWSS-LIS

Scheme.

4.5.7 Performance Indicators A list of environmental performance indicators which have been integrated with the overall

project indicators for monitoring and evaluation of the project performance are given in

Annexure 1.19.

4.5.8 Monitoring Plan In order to ensure that the identified Environmental Management Framework is implemented properly and that the project EMP is in place, there is a need to undertake monitoring of activities for compliance. This monitoring will be undertaken during the design, construction and O&M phase of the project. The monitoring is to have two parts, i) the development of a baseline, and ii) the monitoring activity. The baseline needs to be

DPMUs

DPWSC and GPWSC

APWSC

SLUC

Chief Engineer (PHE) Assam, World Bank Project

NPMU

SPMU

ABC

Secretary

PHE, Assam

Dy. Secretary PHE, Assam

Under Secretary PHE, Assam

Addl. Chief Engineer

Suptd. Engineer

Executive Engineer (District)

Asst. E.E. Asst. Engineer

Sr. Jr. Engineer Junior Engineer

Sub. Engineer

PRI

ABC : Existing

KEY

: Proposed/ Restructured

NGOs / SO



developed prior to the commencing of the activity. Therefore, it is suggested that the baseline be developed before any project construction activity starts. All baselines activities should be included in the project DPR development phase, once infrastructure location is finalised and material sourcing sites identified.

Baseline data collection is to help ensure that project actions do not have an adverse impact on the environment. This is related mainly to the construction phase of the project – and includes all project sites – quarries, borrow pits and the construction site. This should include photographic records of sites, for rehabilitation, the number of trees etc., to be removed and any specific issues identified prior to construction, and during a consultation – as suggested in the public consultation section.

4.5.8.1 Monitoring of project design

Given below is suggested monitoring for the project. This should be used along with the findings of the Environmental Data Sheet (EDS), which will tailor the monitoring to the individual project’s needs, the guidelines in the Annexure, and the environmental performance indicators listed in Annexure 1.22.

Table 46: Monitoring of the Project Design

Monitoring Indicators Frequency Method of Verification

Suggested Responsible Authorities

Supervision

Housekeeping at WTP

that includes cleaning of the WTP, waste disposal, and worker safety. Storage of

chemicals, waste management, and site specific management

plan for each scheme identified through EDS in Annexure 1.16. Some recommended

Annexures 1.14, 1.17.15 and 1.17.13

To be

checked prior to approval of DPR

Physical

verification of inclusion of required actions in

DPR

The DPR consultant or PHED,

depending on who is making the report to include parameters in DPR The PMU environmental

specialist to ensure inclusion of all activities in design. The PMU environmental specialist

may also make site visits to verify if actions appropriate prior to finalisation

GPWSC

Design parameters to ensure safe water for hand pumps and stand

posts, where used. Please refer to guidelines in Annexure

1.14, 1.15 , 1.17.1, To be done of a quarterly basis, and any flood.

To be checked prior to

approval of DPR

Physical verification of inclusion

of required actions in DPR

The DPR consultant or PHED, depending on who is making the report to include

parameters in DPR The PMU environmental specialist to ensure inclusion

of all activities in design. The PMU environmental specialist may also make site visits to verify if actions appropriate

prior to finalisation

Chief Engineer and EE

(State and District wise)

Costing and other measures for site rehabilitation in place as identified through

the EDS, annexure 1.16.

To be checked prior to approval of

DPR

Physical verification of inclusion of required

actions in DPR

The DPR consultant or PHED, depending on who is making the report to include parameters in DPR

The PMU environmental specialist to ensure inclusion of all activities in design. The

PMU environmental specialist

Chief Engineer and EE (State and

District wise)





Supervision


Design measures and

cost for site stability included as identified through the EDS, annexure 1.16.

To be

checked prior to approval of DPR

Physical


DPR





Chief

Engineer and EE (State and District

wise)

Design measures and cost for drainage,

including backwash water as identified through the EDS, annexure 1.16, 1.17.15

To be checked

prior to approval of DPR

Physical verification

of inclusion of required actions in DPR

The DPR consultant or PHED, depending on who is making

the report to include parameters in DPR The PMU environmental specialist to ensure inclusion

of all activities in design. The PMU environmental specialist may also make site visits to

verify if actions appropriate prior to finalisation

Chief Engineer

and EE (State and District wise)

Waste and drainage management for vil lage as well as WTP

with its costing and recommended training needs. Recommended annexures 1.17.1 to

1.17.8


approval of DPR


of required actions in DPR


parameters in DPR The PMU environmental specialist to ensure inclusion of all activities in design. The

PMU environmental specialist may also make site visits to verify if actions appropriate


EE (State and District wise)

Develop IEC strategy,

based on demand creation through IEC on toilets usage and

issues identified in the EDS, annexure 1.16.

To be

checked prior to approval of

DPR

Physical

verification of inclusion of required

actions in DPR


depending on who is making the report to include parameters in DPR

The PMU environmental specialist to ensure inclusion of all activities in design. The PMU environmental specialist


GPWSC and

EE (State and District wise)

Projects dependent on groundwater having

yield tests etc., completed and found suitable. (To ensure

sustainability)

To be checked



of inclusion of required actions in

DPR

The DPR consultant or PHED, depending on who is making

the report to include parameters in DPR The PMU environmental

specialist to ensure inclusion of all activities in design. The

EE (District wise)





Supervision



RWH management system and its costing in place. Refer Annexure 1.16, 1.17.1

and 1.17.2


DPR


actions in DPR



PMU environmental specialist may also make site visits to verify if actions appropriate prior to finalisation

EE (District wise)

Measures for

minimum disturbance to wildlife and forests identified. Refer annexure 1.16,

1.17.11.

Addressed

during Environmental Assessment

of all Projects in Category II.


DPR

Physical


DPR





Environme

ntal Specialist at SPMU and DPMU

along with EE (District wise)

Tree plantation Plan - taking into account all tree cutting and replantation needs in

place and include plantation costs, location for plantation,

species l ist for planting (which uses locally appropriate species), agreement with owner

of land where plantation is to take place, permission from Forest Department for

clearance and other activities. Reffer Annexure 1.16, 1.17.

11


DPR


actions in DPR



PMU environmental specialist may also make site visits to verify if actions appropriate prior to finalisation

Environmental Specialist at SPMU and

DPMU along with EE (District

wise)

No structures in ecologically sensitive areas, ecologically significant area, or

structures that may obstruct migratory paths or other routes


DPR


actions in DPR, with appropriate



Environmental Specialist at SPMU and






Supervision

of species l ike the endangered species – such as the Gharail in

Dikhow. Refer annexure 1.16, 1.17.11 and list of exclusion/

negative l ist of projects.

design changes made



wise)

Planning and design of unavoidable infrastructure takes

into account cultural and natural habitats , local sensitivities and safety. Refer annexure

1.16, 1.17.11, 1.17.12, 1.17.13, 1.17.14


approval of DPR





EE (District wise)

Tree cutting

undertaken to be only what is essential and in immediate way of

infrastructure. Replanting plan to be reflective of any tree removal actions

undertaken, with plantation actions ensuring a 1:3 ration

of cut to replanted trees. DPR to include all compensation and

permission required from the Forest Department for tree cutting.

Refer annexure 1.16, 1.17.11, 1.17.14

To be


DPR

Physical


actions in DPR. This must include documentati

on of permissions taken and

costs for the plantation activities.





Environme

ntal Specialist at SPMU and

DPMU along with EE (District wise)

Worker safety plan identified and safety gears etc., available

and used at site during construction and for O&M. Refer annexure

1.17.1., 1.17.13, 1.17.15, 1.17.10


approval of DPR


of required actions in DPR.



of all activities in design. The PMU environmental specialist may also make site visits to verify if actions appropriate


Environmental Specialist at


wise)

Structural Design of infrastructure following BIS




Structural Engineers, EE at State





Supervision

standards for identified disasters (Earthquake,

Landslide). Refer annexure 1.16, 1.17.10

approval of DPR

of required actions standards in

DPR.


of all activities in design. The PMU environmental specialist may also make site visits to

verify if actions appropriate prior to finalisation

and District Levels.

Permissions for digging and laying of infrastructure

undertaken from all land owners, including Forest Department and other government

agencies and certificate and permissions attached

to the DPR.


approval of DPR


of required permission needs and permission

certificates in DPR





Chief Engineer and EE

(State)

Navigation routes,

breeding sites for aquatic species mapped out and in

DPR. In case intake is at a ghat, relocation plan and cost in DPR. Refer

annexure 1.16, 1.17.11, 1.17.12, 1.17.14

To be


DPR

Physical


actions in DPR – the EDS should clearly

identified any changes required





Chief

Engineer, PHED and Environme

ntal Specialist from SPMU

Design of

infrastructure and is surrounding to be aesthetics and cultural

appropriate

To be


DPR

EDS must

clearly identify any changes in

the design to ensure cultural appropriate





EE (District

and State)

Mapping of all cultural and archaeologically

important sites with respect to Project sites included in DPR and

required changes in infrastructure design made, permissions taken and certificate

attached to DPR. Refer annexure 1.16, 1.17.12

To be checked



of inclusion of required maps etc

along with appropriate alignment and included

in DPR

Design in DPR should not disrupt these sites and should

follow rule, with Appropriate permissions. The DPR consultant or PHED,



Chief Engineer

and EE (State)





Supervision


4.5.8.2 Construction phase monitoring

During selection of contractors through QCBS system, Environmental Management capacity

should be within the selected company/contractor to ensure Environmental Management

(Proposed under EMF) of the RWSS project. Thus, it should be pre-required qualification

criteria at the EOI stage to select appropriate contracting firms. The following gives the

construction Phase monitoring indicators as well as specific responsibilities. The supervision

is either carried by a third party or internally through SPMUs formed under PHED, Assam.

Table 47: Construction phase monitoring



Supervision

Site plan identified in the DPR and agreed to by construction

agency in place for all construction and borrow sites, including

construction workers. The site plan to include vehicle movement and

parking, waste temporary parking and final disposal site,

labour camp and facil ities.

Review site management plan in place and being

followed properly. Monitoring at

random at sites, but report compiled on a monthly basis

from before construction commences.

Ensure that construction contractor has

required clauses in place through

physical verification.

Construction contractor to ensure all required activities and

plans are in place. Construction contract clauses to be in place

before the construction takes place. The EE in charge of the

scheme to oversee implementation with any required support

from the PMU

SPMU/ Third Part Inspection

and Monitoring Agency

(TPIMA)

Mitigation actions as outlined in DPR in place to arrest soil

erosion, waterlogging and landslides.

Review if identified mitigation actions

in DPR are in place and being followed properly.

Monitoring at random at sites, but report

compiled on a monthly basis from before construction

commences.

Check for actions being in place,

ensure contractor clauses are in place

Construction contractor to ensure all required activities and

plans are in place. Construction contract clauses to be in place before the

construction takes place. The EE in charge of the

scheme to oversee implementation with any required support from the PMU


and Monitoring Agency (TPIMA)

Silt traps etc., in place to reduce turbidity in river, as suggested in EMP and suitable for

area

Review if identified equipment etc., is in place and being

used Monitoring at random at sites, but report

Check for actions being in place, ensure

contractor clauses are in place

Construction contractor to ensure all required activities and plans are in place.

Construction contract clauses to be in place before the construction takes

SPMU/ Third Part Inspection and

Monitoring Agency (TPIMA)





Supervision

compiled on a monthly basis from before

construction commences.

place. The EE in charge of the scheme to oversee

implementation with any required support from the PMU

All vehicles and

machinery is properly maintained and silent, no excessive noise or

vibrations, as required for each area and identified in DPR through the use of the

EDS.

Pre-construction

baseline. Day time measurement

since all activities are expected to be done in the day time

If not possible to identify schedule – should be done

for 3 different times: peak traffic, day quite hours and late

evening Monitoring on a monthly basis, randomly taken

from different sites

Check for

actions being in place, ensure


Construction

contractor to ensure all required activities and plans are in place.



implementation with any required support from the PMU

SPMU/

Third Part Inspection and


Routes for access to sites identified and

agreed to between construction agency, PHED/DPMU and land owner, and followed

Fortnightly monitoring at

random, based upon route plan

Check for actions being

in place, ensure contractor clauses are in

place

Construction contractor to ensure all

required activities and plans are in place. Construction contract clauses to be in place

before the construction takes place. The EE in charge of the

scheme to oversee implementation with any required support

from the PMU

SPMU/ Third Part

Inspection and Monitoring Agency

(TPIMA)

Vehicles are properly

covered, not dripping waste and not overloaded

Fortnightly

monitoring at random, based upon route plan

Check for

actions being in place, ensure


Construction




implementation with





Supervision

any required support from the PMU

All sites rehabilitated and plantation

activities identified in the DPR and agreed to by the construction agency in the contract

completed before the construction company leaves

Photographic baseline (pre-

construction) for restoration of site after the construction

activity is completed For plantation

activities, plantation done based upon identified need by

DPR Before work baseline and end

of work prior to making final payment for work to contractor

ensure all rehabilitation and plantation completed.

Check for rehabilitation

actions undertaken, ensure contractor

clauses are in place


required activities and plans are in place. Construction contract clauses to be in place

before the construction takes place.

The EE in charge of the scheme to oversee implementation with any required support

from the PMU

SPMU/ Third Part

Inspection and Monitoring Agency

(TPIMA)

Health and safety

measures, as identified in the DPR are in place and

functioning. Accident management and clean-up plan in place, and in case of

accidents is followed.

Monthly

monitoring of health reports and accident

reports to be undertaken

Check for

actions being in place, accidents if

occurring are properly managed, ensure


Construction



place. The EE in charge of the scheme to oversee implementation with


SPMU/

Third Part Inspection and


Signage and safety measures as identified

in DPR in place and functional at all construction sites

Monthly monitoring for all

construction sites

Check for actions being

in place, ensure contractor



required activities and plans are in place. Construction contract

clauses to be in place before the construction takes place.

The EE in charge of the scheme to oversee implementation with

any required support

SPMU/ Third Part

Inspection and Monitoring

Agency (TPIMA)





Supervision

from the PMU

Identified grievance redressal system in place, functional , and

responsive if used. There are no repeated complaints

Monthly monitoring of grievance

redressal system. System should also be possible to check online

and not just available with local EE

Check for grievance redressal

system in place




and Monitoring Agency (TPIMA)

No destruction or

damage to any culturally important or archaeological site from project activities

Fortnightly

monitoring at any culturally or archaeologically important site

Check for

actions being in place, ensure contractor


Construction

contractor to ensure all required activities and plans are in place. Construction contract

clauses to be in place before the construction takes place.



SPMU/

Third Part Inspection and Monitoring

Agency (TPIMA)

4.5.8.3 O&M phase monitoring

Table 48: O&M Phase Monitoring

Monitoring

Indicators

Frequency Method of

Verification

Suggested

Responsible Authorities

Supervision

WTP and its surroundings and system including

network clean , no water problems or drainage problems.

Management plan identified in DPR in place and

functional

Daily maintenance of WTP and monitoring of

cleanliness and drainage for network and rest of system as

required Quarterly monitoring of WTP

Physical verification O&M in place and

training for system management has taken place as required

Identified management of system to maintain

system Monitoring by EE in charge of scheme Reports to be

submitted to PMU

GPWSC and DWSC

WTP

housekeeping as identified in DPR in place and

functional , with chemicals and equipment properly kept

Daily maintenance

of system Quarterly month monitoring of WTP

Physical

verification of O&M and chemical management

system properly managed

Identified

management of system to maintain system

Monitoring by EE in charge of scheme Reports to be submitted to PMU

GPWSC and

DWSC

Records at WTP

properly maintained, as identified in DPR

Daily records kept

Quarterly monitoring of records at WTP

Physical

verification of records

Identified

management of system to maintain system

GPWSC and

DWSC



Monitoring by EE in charge of scheme Reports to be submitted to PMU

Accident

management plan for WTP in place, known to the

workers and operator

Quarterly

monitoring of WTP In case of accident immediate

reporting to EE in charge of system and immediate action undertaken

based upon plan

Physical

verification to check system in place and

functional

Identified

management of system to maintain system and respond

to emergency Monitoring and support to be provided by EE in

charge of scheme Reports to be submitted to PMU

GPWSC and

DWSC

Change in the percent of

unaccounted for water, resulting in reduced leakages.

(Leak detection and management plan)

Daily maintenance of system

including leak detection. Leaks must be repaired

immediately Records of leak detection and repair with dates

to be kept, including complaints register from

consumer Quarterly monitoring of

registers and reports

Physical verification to

check system in place and functional

Identified management of

system to maintain system Monitoring by EE in

charge of scheme Reports to be submitted to PMU

GPWSC and DWSC

Drinking water disinfection system in place,

storage of bleaching powder and other chemicals for

disinfection in place Bleaching powder

of appropriate quality and standard. Records of purchase and

use up-to-date at WTP

Daily maintenance of system including record

keeping Quarterly monitoring of records and

system

Physical verification to check system in

place and functional, including records being kept

properly

Identified management of system to maintain

system Monitoring by EE in charge of scheme Reports to be

submitted to PMU

GPWSC and DWSC

Protection and drainage at stand posts and hand

pumps in place and functional

Monthly monitoring of protection and

drainage

Physical verification such as sanitary surveys

GPWSC with help from local school children for each

vil lage EE in charge of scheme to undertake

quarterly monitoring

GPWSC and DWSC



of overall system A semi-annual report of overall system to be sent to PMU with

problems and concerns highlighted separately

No animals or

people washing/bathing at stand posts or hand pumps

Monthly

monitoring of protection and drainage Regular IEC, based

upon the identified IEC plan for the project

Physical

verification such as sanitary surveys

GPWSC with help

from local school children for each vil lage EE in charge of

scheme to undertake quarterly monitoring of overall system A semi-annual report

of overall system to be sent to PMU with problems and

concerns highlighted separately

GPWSC and

DWSC

Where groundwater is being used,

appropriate groundwater monitoring system in place

Actions for management of groundwater

identified and in place including water safety plan

Quarterly monitoring undertaken for

time taken to recharge groundwater If any problems

identified, immediate actions to be undertaken

by notifying EE in charge of scheme

Physical verification to check systems in

place and functional, as required

Monitoring by EE in charge of scheme and development of

required plan by EE and is staff, if required Reports to be submitted to PMU

when such problems occur

GPWSC and DWSC

RWH maintenance schedule in place

Workers aware of schedule. System implemented RWH systems

clean and free of contamination – with regular

testing of water taking place for microbiological contamination

and records maintained and up-to-date

Quarterly monitoring of

schedule including a pre monsoon visit to RWH systems randomly

with site reports made and a record kept at the site

and in the EE office


check systems in place and functional, as required


system to maintain system Monitoring by EE in charge of scheme

Reports to be submitted to PMU

GPWSC and DWSC

Any small and individual

schemes under project are properly

maintained and

Daily maintenance of system

Quarterly monitoring of schemes


check systems in place and functional, as

required


system to maintain system Monitoring by EE in

charge of scheme

GPWSC and DWSC



water provided is safe as identified in DPR.

Reports to be submitted to PMU

Solid waste management in

place and functioning as identified in DPR.

Quarterly monitoring of

vil lage with records kept, solid waste disposed as

identified in vil lage solid waste management strategy for each

vil lage


check systems in place and functional, as

identified

Overall responsibil ity for individual

wastewater and solid waste is with each household.

Monitoring at vil lage level with GPWSC or other identified management of

system with help from local school children for each vil lage

GPWSC and DWSC

Sanitation and

environmental sanitation actions as identified in

guidelines developed by DPR in place and functioning

Quarterly

monitoring of vil lage for identification of

implementation of strategy – with reports submitted to EE in charge of

area

Physical

verification to check systems in place and

functional

Overall responsibil ity

for individual wastewater and solid waste is with each

household. Monitoring at vil lage level with GPWSC or other identified

management of system with help from local school children for each vil lage

Monitoring by EE in charge of scheme Reports to be

submitted to PMU

GPWSC and

DWSC

4.6 Training and Capacity Building The state currently has limited capacity for environmental management. The capacity

building and IEC strategy has been outlined as part of the EMF program developed for the

project aims at building environmental awareness and environmental management capacity

in the project administration structure as well as in the intended target communities.

Capacity building for environmental management will be integrated with overall capacity

building component of the project.

4.6.1 Objectives The objectives of the capacity building initiatives are:

To build and strengthen the capability of rural water and sanitation service delivery

institutions (PRIs and RWSSD) and other partners (NGOs, Contractors, Consultants) to

integrate sound environmental management into water and sanitation service delivery.

To orient the service delivery staff and elected PRI representatives to the requirements

of the project’s environmental management framework.



Create understanding on WB environmental safeguards

Ensure proper development of projects and schemes, considering environmental

safeguards as identified in the EMF.

Ensure that monitoring of identified environmental safeguards is undertaken.

Ensure that any unforeseen impacts from project are addressed in time.

4.6.2 TNA (Training Needs Assessment)

A specific training program for the key officials of the project, focused on the procedural and

technical aspects of environmental assessment and management shall be developed. This

training would be mandatory for the SO personnel and GP personnel. The project shall fulfil

(a) short-term training on EMF application in planning and implementing of schemes under

the proposed project to all stakeholders concerned including the potential beneficiary

communities (b) water quality monitoring and watershed conservation training to

Department of Rural Development and regulating authorities. The training shall involve

initial orientation, main training program and livener training programs.

Trainings to introduce, Environmental Management in Proposed RWSS project including EMF

will include, Filling of EDS, procedural & technical aspects of Environmental Assessment. The

main purpose of the training will be (i) To equip relevant officials with knowledge and skills

necessary for undertaking environmental appraisal as per the requirements of the EMF; (ii)

To undertake periodic supervision of environmental performance of schemes; (iii) To

prepare for planning and monitoring implementation of environmental mitigation measures

identified through the appraisal process; (iv) To equip with skills necessary for water quality

testing using the field testing kits under the Community based System for water quality

Monitoring and Surveillance. Trainings towards Environmental Awareness and Sensitization

will be necessary to build awareness on safe drinking water, water conservation,

environmental sanitation and personal hygiene

4.6.3 Training Approach Systematic capacity building initiatives will be introduced only after completion of training

needs assessment. The training will be of cascade mode. All the trained staff and others will

in turn conduct further trainings at state, district, block and GP levels, depending upon their

roles. However, since capacity building goes beyond mere imparting training,

institutionalization of best practices becomes a prerequisite for improved service delivery.

4.6.4 Training Resources In view of the specialized training and capacity building envisaged under the EMF of the

project, it is necessary to identify nodal training institutes that will work closely work with

capacity building wing of PSU for conceptualizing, designing, conducting and managing

training programs on the EMF. Some such specialized institutions are:

Engineering Staff College of India (ESCI) – ESCI is an autonomous organ of The Institution of

Engineers (India). It is the country's premier professional organization, imparting continuing

education for engineers and managers in the Engineering profession. ESCI provides trainings

in Environmental Management as per MOEF guidelines, to government organisations.



National Academy of Construction (NAC) – NAC is provides technical guidance in Engineering

and Construction.

UNICEF – UNICEF facilitated a pilot programme on Water Quality & Security in 9 districts of

Assam in the 2011-12. These districts prepared Village Level Plans which were than

advocated to be integrated in the district as well as State PIP.

4.6.5 Training Programmes

4.6.5.1 T1. Training on the Environmental Management Framework

Purpose of the training:

To equip with knowledge and skills necessary for undertaking environmental appraisal as

per the requirements of the EMF

To prepare for undertaking periodic supervision of environmental performance of

schemes

To prepare for implementing Community Based System for Water Quality Monitoring

and Surveillance

Participants: Key officials of the project including AEE/AE, EE, SE as well as State and District

Level Environmental Experts and District Resource Persons – Environmental Management.

The superintending Engineer of the district will be responsible for selection of suitable

candidates for the training, and the expenses will be borne by the overall project capacity

building budget.

Schedule: The training will include an initial orientation workshop, a main and annual

refresher training workshops on environmental assessment. The main and refresher training

programs will be for duration of 2-3 days each, whereas the initial orientation workshop will

be of one day duration. Five Training programs will be conducted during the first year and 5

refresher programs per year will be conducted for the next 4 years. This will total to 25

programs.

4.6.5.2 T2. Training on Environmental Management


To equip with knowledge and skills necessary for meaningful participation in the

environmental appraisal as per the requirements of the EMF

To prepare for planning and monitoring implementation of environmental mitigation

measures identified through the appraisal process

To equip with skills necessary for water quality testing using the field kits under the

Community Based System for Water Quality Monitoring and Surveillance

Participants: SOs, members of VWSC and GPWSC – Environmental Management.

The Superintending Engineer of the district will be responsible for selection of suitable

candidates for the training, and the expenses will be borne by the overall project capacity

building budget.

Schedule: The training will include an initial orientation workshop, a main and annual

refresher training workshops on environmental assessment. The main and refresher training

programs will be for duration of 2-3 days each, whereas the initial orientation workshop will



be of one day duration. There will be about 1000 GPWSCs and VWSC and about 100 SOs

totalling to about 1,100. At about 50 per batch there will be about 22 training programs.

Considering that an equal number of refresher trainings will be conducted, the total T2

training programs will be about 44 for the project duration.

4.6.5.3 T3. Environmental Awareness and Sensitization


To build awareness on safe drinking water, water conservation, environmental

sanitation and personal hygiene.

Participants: AEEs/ AEs, SOs, Members of GPWSC and NGOs.

Schedule: The training will involve one day workshops at the VWSC level. There will also be

one day refresher workshops organized annually. There will be about 1000 GPWSCs and

VWSCs and about 100 SOs totalling to about 1100. At about 50 per batch there will be about

22 training programs. Considering that an equal number of refresher trainings will be

conducted, the total T3 training programs will be about 44 for the project duration.

4.6.5.4 T4. Quality Construction Practices for Artisans

Purpose:

To equip with knowledge and skills for quality construction and maintenance of

water and sanitation structures (including aspects of environmental conservation,

human health and safety, etc.)

Participants: Masons, mechanics, electricians, plumbers etc., and for the contractors'

workforce involved in the project.

Schedule: The training will involve one day workshops at the VWSC level. There will also be

one day refresher workshops organized annually. There will be about 1000 artisans at one

per GPWSCs and VWSCs and about 100 resource persons totalling to about 1100. At about

50 per batch there will be about 22 training programs. Considering that an equal number of

refresher trainings will be conducted, the total T4 training programs will be about 44 for the

project duration. The number of suggested training programs is presented in Table 48 below.

Table 49: Number of Training Programs

About 40 to 50 trainees would participate in each of the training programs. It is intended

that these trained persons will in turn provide onsite training to PHED staff, SOs, GPWSCs,

VWSCs, NGOs, Contractor staff, etc. onsite at village level.

Sl No Training Topic Number of trainings 1 T 1 - Environmental Management Framework 25

2 T2 - Environmental Management 44

3 T3 - Environmental Awareness and Sensitization 44 4 T4 - Quality Construction Practices for Artisans 44

5 Total 157



4.6.6 Budget for training on environmental management

The total estimated cost of training on environmental management for members of

GPWSCs, VWSC, NGOs/ SOs, Engineers of PHED, and artisans, under the proposed plan is

presented in the Table 49 below. Table 50: Estimated Cost of Training

The total budget for environmental management activities under the proposed RWSS

project has been worked out as approximately Rs. 2.92 crore. The detailed breakup of the

budget is presented in Table 50 below.

Table 51: Budget for Environmental Management

Sl No.

Training No. Of Programs

Estimated unit cost in Rs.

Total cost in Rs.

1 T 1 - Environmental Management Framework

25 50,000 12,50,000

2 T2 - Environmental Management 44 50,000 22,00,000

3 T3 - Environmental Awareness and Sensitization

44 20,000 8,80,000

4 T4 - Quality Construction Practices for Artisans

44 20,000 8,80,000

5 Workshops (State) 5 50,000 2,50,000

6 Workshops (District) 38 20,000 7,60,000

Total 62,20,000

Sl No Activity Amount in Rs 1 Training and workshops (as estimated) 62,20,000

2 Internal supervision visits @ Rs. 10.0 lakhs per year for 5 years

50,00,000

3 Environmental Audit by the external agency once in a year (5 Nos) @Rs. 10.0 lakhs per year

50,00,000

4

Preparation of specific environment related community awareness materials @ 1 lakh per district and 5 lakh at state level

43,00,000

5 EA for Category 2 Schemes @ 10 lakhs per year for 5 years. 50,00,000 6 External Environmental Monitoring @ Rs. 2.0 lakhs per year

for 5 years (Includes remuneration to MRPs, DRPs and other resource persons)

10,00,000

Sub Total 2,65,20,000 Contingencies @, 10% 26,52,000

Total 2,91,72,000


PE Global (P) Ltd.

4.6.7 EMP for Design and Location Stage

Environmental Issues Mitigation Measures

Inadequate drainage provided with increased water availability, or

at infrastructure sites increasing waterlogging, soil toxicity, impacting habitats, archaeological etc.

Ensure DPR design includes drainage improvement measures that account for present

drainage needs and needs based on extra water availability, and for planned infrastructure.

Dumping of waste from treatment plants resulting in increased toxicity of the local area.

Ensure proper waste management plan identified and implemented. Also refer annexure 1.17.1, 1.17.8 and 1.17.15

Inadequate storage of chemicals and other material at treatment plants resulting in seepage and contamination of ground locally

Ensure proper management plan for WTP in place with trained staff to manage WTP.

Poor design of handpumps, standposts resulting in risk of

contamination of water In protection provided for system resulting in risk of contamination

Ensure that design has protection planned of hand pumps and stand posts, where used

Identify appropriate design parameters for hand pumps and standposts, where used. Also refer annexure 1.17.1

Need for material to build systems, resulting in removal of earth may reduce stability and landslides may occur, though this is more

likely a cumulative impact occurring from a number of different activities as individually systems identified from such projects would have limited needs.

Post construction site rehabilitation to be included in project cost and measures given in DPR. Also refer annexure 1.17.8 and 1.17.14

Location of sites such as pump houses, treatment plants and reservoirs and their access roads on hil ls may require vegetation

clearance and result in reduced stability of the area

All identified sites must have rehabilitation, site stability and other measures taken into account while designing as a part of DPR. Also refer annexure 1.17.8 and 1.17.14

Conflict or competition with other users at the location where the intake and water abstraction structure is planned, Also may impact overall resource sustainability

Plan site after consultation with local population to ensure there is no conflict. Also refer annexure 1.17.13 and 1.17.14

Design not accounting for backwash needs may result in temporary water stagnation locally

WTP design must ensure that there is a proper drainage system in place for backwash water, accounting for local drainage patterns, s lopes etc.

Pollution due to poor design, resulting in leakages or dumping of

waste. This may be more of a concern with floating barges. Need to identify an appropriate waste management system that includes waste collection

and disposal from all infrastructure sites. Should be in project DPR. Also refer annexure 1.17.8

Inadequately designed wastewater discharges, excessive sewage and toilet waste may result in contamination of water system, or creation of disease vector habitats

Identification of wastewater and drainage system as part of DPR. Also, to identify appropriate IEC to increase awareness and demand for toilets and their better management. Also refer annexure 1.17.1 and 1.17.3 to 1.17.9


PE Global (P) Ltd.

Excessive withdrawal of water resulting in groundwater depletion Identify sustainable yield at time of project siting, and consider other users prior to

finalising project. Have monitoring system for all groundwater systems in place, to ensure no unsustainable withdrawal of water.

Augment source in case of excess ive withdrawal with other sources or through RWH for distribution or recharge. Also refer 1.17.2

Poorly designed RWH systems may result in groundwater contamination

Identify RWH systems only where needed and appropriate. For example do not undertake RWH to recharge aquifers rich in arsenic. Identify appropriate RWH management systems as part of DPR and ensure its budgets

and other needs are included in DPR. Also refer 1.17.2

Intake, pumping system or WTP in an ecologically sensitive area, areas with wildlife present or species breeding habitats may result in disturbances during the day to day running, and also create conflict with local wildlife.

To the extent possible do not construct infrastructure in ecologically sensitive area. In areas where no possibility for better siting, only intake should be within an ecologically sensitive area, but design must ensure (i) no disturbance to wildlife with system including sound proofing; (i i) ensure that minimal movement exists in the area; (i i i) in case of

animal corridors, no obstructions should exist and as required structures may be underground, also nothing other than pipes in corridors should be installed and that too only if there is no other option; (iv) no waste or waterlogging in the area should be allowed, with appropriate site management ensured; and appropriate planting and

vegetative cover, as required for the area identified. Prior to finalising anything in such an area discusses with the Forest Department about the project needs. Also refer 1.17.11

Poorly designed system may result in unnecessary clearance of

vegetation and cutting of trees DPR should include minimal vegetation clearance and must be based upon site. To the

extent possible plantation plans must also be made for the area. For all trees cut/removed, plantation should be at the ratio of for every 1 cut planting of 3 trees. Also refer 1.17.11

Introduction of alien species or flora as part of landscape or other activities resulting in take over of ecological niche or destruction

of habitat of local flora species and forest areas, or due to such species being planted in animal corridors/migratory routes they may be transported into forest areas as species cross the area, carrying the plant seeds etc along with them

Ensure no alien species are planted as a part of project activities. In areas of animal corridors, ensure that planted species are appropriate for the overall

ecosystem. For example, they should not result in the degradation of the forest and other ecosystems that the animals pass though as a part of their movement. Also refer 1.17.11

Pollution due to poor design, resulting in leakages or dumping of

waste. This may be more of a concern with floating barges. This may result in local habitats being impacted.

Ensure appropriate waste management systems have been designed, the workers trained

for it and the system is working properly.

In River Brahmaputra and some of its tributaries such as Dikhow Ensure that there is no waste from the intake or other structures dumped in rivers or


PE Global (P) Ltd.

and the Manas recent siting of the critically endangered Indian

Grahial have been made. River Brahmaputra is also one of the last remaining habitats of the endangered Gangetic Dolphin. Existing structures, waste management water intakes or day to day

running and noise and pollution from floating barges may disturb these species. Also, poorly designed systems may become obstructions in areas which are frequented by the species.

water bodies.

Ensure that the systems are properly maintained and running well . Ensure that the machinery identified, including generators etc., have low noise emissions, Ensure that the identified location for intakes, floating barges etc ., are not in important

habitats of any species. Discuss with local population and the forest department prior to finalising intake points. Designs can be discussed with the Forest Department and appropriate wildlife experts, as required prior to finalising. Also refer 1.17.8 and 1.17.11

Poor design of intake resulting in obstructions and dumping of

waste may result in trapping of aquatic species or injuries to them Ensure that the intake pipes etc do not trap or injure any species ,

Identify with Forest Department probable species in an area and appropriate needs for identified species area and include them in the design Ensure that the design of the structures do not cause any injury or obstruction for any species, Also refer 1.17.11

Infrastructure in migratory routes and corridors, resulting in

disturbance and destruction of route. It may also result in destruction and damage of infrastructure

Ensure no overland infrastructure is in corridors.

In case of pipelines etc that cross corridors, they must be buried underground. All corridors and migratory routes must be brought to original condition after any construction work is completed. Also refer 1.17.11

Location of infrastructure in forest areas or pipes passing through forests may result in damage

Avoid locating infrastructure or laying pipes in forest areas. If unavoidable identify methods which result in least cutting of trees and clearance of vegetation.

In case any work is undertaken in forest area, after completed restore forests to original condition. Any tree cutting should have a minimum compensation of 3 trees for every 1 cut. Also

refer 1.17.11 In areas where the Indian grahial is found, if there are any intakes

or floating barges, accidents of conflict of workers with the species could occur.

Ensure proper design to protect workers in areas where the gharial are found. Train and

create awareness among workers to ensure minimum risk to them while working in the area. Provide any safety equipment required while working in the area.

Also, project design in areas where species l ike the gharail are found should ensure minimum risk to workers, such as need to work in water or to take up any maintenance resulting in getting into water. These designs should be finalised along with wildlife experts and the Forest Department to ensure appropriate designs . Also refer 1.17. 13 and

1.17.11

Poor design standards, not considering existing disasters – such as earthquakes and floods, resulting in contamination or breakages and subsequent health impacts

Ensure appropriate BIS standards are used for design and construction. All designs must consider existing flood risks and the High Flood Level (HFL) in the design. Also refer 1.17.10


PE Global (P) Ltd.

Poor design and waste management systems may also create

habitats for certain disease vectors l ike the sand fly which results I Kala-Azar/black fever or Visceral leishmaniasis, a disease with a recent outbreak (2008) in Chandrapur and Panikheti, both of

which are within the present project area.

Ensure proper waste management systems are in place, drainage is properly addressed in

the project and identify post constructi on waste disposal and site rehabilitation needs in DPR. Also refer 1.17.10

Location of planned structures, obstructing or creating other problems for existing WSS infrastructure

Prior to finalising the project design and location of infrastructure, discus s with local population residing in area to ensure that there are no obstructions or problems to other WSS infrastructure.

Waste from redundant systems – being upgraded. Where possible reuse material. What is not possible to reuse, dispose in an appropri ate area. Also refer 1.17.8

Need to cut across l ines and roads laid down for other

infrastructure, thereby resulting in disruption or damage Design to ensure minimum digging and disturbance of other infrastructure is undertaken.

In case of need to cut across any infrastructure, identify appropriate time to undertake work and take permission. Discuss with local population to ensure minimum disturbance.

Disruption of navigation routes, piers (ghats) especially in smaller rivers and streams used for supplying water

Discuss with vil lagers location of ghats and navigation routes prior to finalising intake sites. In case it is not possible to avoid these locations, identify ways to relocate ghats etc., to other appropriate areas and include the design, cost etc., for relocation in DPR.

Location of intake may interfere with local fish landing sites, access to river, cut across agriculture fields, or transport routes

Discuss with farmers/fisher men etc., prior to locating infrastructure. Where possible avoid these sites, if not refer to social assessment for rehabilitation needs.

Poor design resulting in structures reducing aesthetics in area Ensure design of structures is appropriate for site, and ensure plantation or other

activities as required as part of design.

Structure and connected infrastructure cutting across archaeological and other culturally important sites

Avoid all areas where there are archaeological or other important cultural sites. Also refer 1.17.12

4.6.8 EMP for Construction Stage Impacts of RWSS Projects Environmental Issues Mitigation Measures Poor chemicals storage, spil lage and waste dumping,

waterlogging and accidents resulting in toxicity to environment

Storage of material needs to be considered carefully to ensure that all material is s tored in

the same place Ensure appropriate containers and protection to reduce spillage and contamination of surface and groundwater.

Identify appropriate spil l and accident management plan and educate workers on it. Make required material available for clean up Ensure all vehicles are properly maintained and serviced – and they are not washed or serviced in and around the quarries, rivers and other construction sites

All sites should have a waste collection and disposal plan developed and executed. Ensure all waste is stored properly and required permission for the final disposal is done


PE Global (P) Ltd.

appropriately. All sites should be cleaned up and restored to their earlier position, as far as

possible, before finishing the work. After construction work is completed dismantle all labour camps and other construction sites, and rehabilitate them – e.g., ensure all waste is properly disposed. Also refer 1.17.13

Compaction of soil/soil erosion for access to various sites and to

quarries by trucks and from borrow sites As far as possible use already identified roads and routes to access various sites and ensure

all vehicles follow the same route. Rehabilitate the route after construction/quarrying activities are completed such as ploughing and plantation activities . Also refer 1.17.14

Material procurement from hills and removal of vegetation for fuel or to clear for material procurement resulting in hil ls caving

in and land and mud slides and scaring of landscape

As far as possible use already identified roads and routes to access various sites and ensure all vehicles follow the same route.

Plan site prior to starting excavation activities, including slope stabilization, identify and developing appropriate slope aspect during excavation and contouring to ensure slope stability after earth borrowing activities are completed. Undertake plantation, as required, once earth work is completed (both at the excavation

and the construction sites) Only clear vegetation that must be for any construction or material sourcing work. Also refer 1.17.11

Blockage of natural drains due to waste dumping or during construction

Ensure proper waste management and disposal at all sites

Sediment runoff and deposition near sites or during

transportation. Dust and sand flying from trucks during transportation and air pollution from vehicles and machinery

Use silt fences around areas used for excavation and storage of earth

Ensure all vehicles carrying earth are covered and not overloaded Do not undertake any activity at high wind times, to the extent possible Do not dump or deposit earth in the river or water bodies Plan soil excavation keep slope aspect in mind, to ensure least possible disturbance to the

slope and sediment runoff. This will also help reduce possibil ity of accidents at the site. Ensure all vehicles are properly serviced and emissions are within permissible GoI guidelines

Fil l fuel in vehicles from authorized dealers, to reduce possibil ity of contamination and increased emissions To the extent possible, ensure waste is not burnt as a means of disposal . Also refer 1.17.11 and 1.17.13

Material procurement – sand from rivers leading to increased

turbidity and course change in smaller streams Impact on local fisheries and fish spawning and aquatic fauna. Increased turbidity from sand mining or other activities may

Ensure least possible disturbance to the river during the construction and quarrying

activities. Ensure all work is done efficiently and as quickly as possible, to minimize disturbance to the area. Any work to be undertaken that needs working in the running waters should be completed


PE Global (P) Ltd.

result in disturbance or degradation of local habitats within the shortest duration of time, and any identified critical biological cycles of fauna

and flora identified (eg migration and spawning) should be avoided. In-stream work should be fenced off to reduce disturbance of sediments of moving waters Ensure all vehicles and machinery are properly maintained so as not to leave grease etc on

river bed Ensure no waste is disposed in riverbed Vehicles should not be wash or clean in water bodies Rehabilitation of borrow sites from the river should be considered. Also refer 1.17.11 and

1.17.14

Poor labour camp management and insufficient WSS systems for them, or no rehabilitation of labour camp and construction site after construction work is over resulting in pollution or accidents and other health risks to labour

Ensure all personnel working at the site have protective gear and are trained in using them; ensure safety equipment is available as required and in good condition. Since some of the sections of the project interventions there could be a risk to the workers and appropriate protective and safety measures need to be considered to avoid and reduce

accidents and injuries to the workers. Ensure sites for storage of all construction material, vehicles etc ., is properly identified, with appropriate signage and areas which are accident prone cordoned with restricted

entry and adequate lighting. Restrict public entry to the area during construction, to avoid accidents. All construction personnel shall be subjected to routine vaccinations and other preventive/healthcare measures, as required.

The work and campsites shall have suitable facil ities for handling any emergency situation like fire, explosion, accidents etc. All areas intended for storage of hazardous materials shall be kept separately and out of reach of unauthorized personnel. Required permits will be needed and adequate safety and

emergency facil ities should be available. The personnel in charge of restricted areas shall be properly trained, l icensed and with sufficient experience.

Any labour brought from outside must be provided with appropriate shelter, toilets with appropriate sewage treatment and disposal systems and energy for cooking. Also refer 1.17.3 to 1.17.14

Excessive pressure on groundwater for provision of water for construction site, without considering local needs, resulting

most l ikely in temporary depletion of resource, though a problem for the local populati on til l aquifer is replenished

Avoid excessive pressure on local water resources. In case any depletion identified stop using and identify alternate sources. Also, undertake remedial actions immediately in

consultation with the PHED.

Pollution from construction activities on land and in Prior to starting any project activity final waste disposal sites should be identified and as


PE Global (P) Ltd.

waterbodies, such as the WTPs where adequate drainage

resulting in water stagnating, or dumping and spill ing of waste and chemicals

required permission taken for disposing waste in them.

At all construction sites a temporary waste collection area should be demarcated, properly developed (to ensure no contamination of soil or water) and have a regular cleaning schedule identified.

All waste should be kept/disposed only in appropriate sites and all workers at a site should be informed about the system. Any hazardous materials, if used – should be segregated and disposed appropriately. If there are no waste disposal systems in the area, the material should be sent to a pre-

identified disposal site. To the extent possible do not undertake any refil l ing activities at sites, but at the fuel pumps in the town. In case unavoidable, and some machinery require refi l l ing at site, fuel

storage and refil l ing activities areas should be demarcated and the surface made impermeable, the avoid contamination of soil or water. Any waste created from the activity should be disposed appropriately. Also refer 1.17.11, 1.17.13, 1.17.8 and 1.17.7

Pollution from vehicles being washed in waterbodies and wetlands

Ensure no vehicles are washed or maintained at the project site but at identified garages.

Noise from generators and other construction activities l ike trucks etc passing the area. Vibrations from construction

activities.

Ensure silent generators are used and they are only used in day hours. All generators and other equipment must be properly maintained.

Ensure low vibration machinery such as hydraulic dril ls are used and they are only used in day hours.

Plantation activities resulting in alien species introduction, degrading the local environment

Do not undertake any plantation activity with alien species. Only locally appropriate species should be used.

Ensure any plantation activities undertaken include species that are endemic to the area, or in consultation with the local Forest Department officials. Also refer 1.17.11

Construction at the time of animal migration that disturbs the migratory routes and patterns

Identify animal migration periods for any migratory routes in the construction area and ensure that they are not used for construction activities.

Impact to local fisheries and fish spawning time or other aquatic fauna and flora

Ensure no work is undertaken in river at the time when fish are migrating No work, sand mining etc should be in areas where there are important fish habitats

Avoid local or important fishing sites. If this is not possible, identify appropriate compensation and development of alternate site. Also refer 1.17.11

Material procurement from sensitive sites, resulting in damage to site

No material should be procured from ecologically sensitive sites. Also refer 1.17.11

Disturbance to and degradation of forests as construction material is procured or transported through them and forests

are used for firewood

No material should be procured from forest. Firewood plantations could be considered for labour camps. All firewood plantations

should be of locally appropriate species.


PE Global (P) Ltd.

Only pre-identified routes to be used by vehicles

All vehicles to be in good working conditions and with pollution under control certification No movement of vehicle during high animal activity period or during animal migration Work only in day hours allowed. Also refer 1.17.11, 1.17.13 and 1.17.14

Material procurement from sensitive sites, natural habitats No material procurement from ecologically sensitive sites.

Only officially acceptable and legal sites to be used. Required permits etc to be taken before using sites, and only as much materi al that is legally sanctioned is to be taken from the site. Also refer 1.17.11 and 1.17.14

Disturbance, accidents and conflict to local population due to construction activities, movement of vehicles, noise or from

labour

Identify appropriate access routes with the community to various sites and keep to them. Ensure that all activities are timed such as not to interfere with any other activities

All activities should be carried out during the day hours to ensure that there is no disturbance from noise. If any major construction activities it to be undertaken that will create noise, discuss possible disturbance with local community to make them aware and to take into account local needs.

Identify appropriate material storage areas to ensure least possible disturbance to local population. Discuss with the community to identify area for storage of material. Transportation timing should be discussed with local population to ensure least possible disturbance

Ensure all vehicles transporting material are properly covered to create least pollution and disruption, and do not dump waste or material on the way. Access to sites cannot be from anywhere – the points of access need to be identified prior

to commencing work Signage, demarcation of areas, cordoning of areas to reduce access to construction site – to avoid accidents Establish speed limits for vehicles and ensure all workers are aware of them and follow

them Ensure drainage at all construction sites All construction sites, labour camps and sites used for material sourcing and storage should

be restored and cleaned as soon as the construction work for the site is completed. Also refer 1.17.7, 1.17.8, 1.17.13 and 1.17.14

Increase water stagnation and drainage problems due to construction activities, inadequate drainage from construction and yield testing, poorly managed labour or construction sites

and vehicles being cleaned and serviced in the area

Identify drainage needs for all project sites including material procurement sites and ensure drainage in put in place. Also refer 1.17.17

Damage to infrastructure due to vehicular movement, Vehicles should take pre-identified routes as far as possible, and not try and develop new


PE Global (P) Ltd.

construction sites or labour camps and during transportation of

material, storage of material

routes, to ensure least possible disturbance to the area

For girder bridges, and other infrastructure, do not put drive vehicles with loads higher that what they can take If damage to infrastructure occurs, repair infrastructure immediately a nd bring to original

condition. Also refer 1.17.11, 1.17.13 and 1.17.14

Chance findings – archaeological sites. Stop all work that may be underway or planned in the area and discuss with District Commissioner for further action Ensure that the construction company and supervising consultants have an understanding of archaeological concerns in the area

Ensure that any important archaeological area is well identified and demarcated and required actions are demarcated in a detailed management and mitigation plan so that no damage takes place to it. Also refer 1.17.12

Scaring of landscape due to borrow sites, such as in hil ls or from firewood collection

Ensure all work is well organized and contained in a small area. Restore and clean area after work is over Also refer 1.17.14

4.6.9 EMP for O&M State Impacts of RWSS Projects Environmental Issues Mitigation Measures

Poor management of WTP, intakes and floating barges resulting in dumping of waste, backwash water with excessive chemicals and waste and sludge on land, resulting in pollution and

disturbance to wildlife Chemical spil lage from WTP or during O&M Poor maintenance of WTP and pumping station and any diesel

pump sets used as back up energy supply, resulting in high noise levels and air pollution Accidents and injuries due to poorly managed systems, or inadequate skil ls to manage system or safety equipment during

maintenance or at the WTP or pumping station Poor maintenance of system, network and breakages and leaks not managed properly resulting in contaminati on of treated

water and il l health Near sensitive areas - corridors or fly paths being disturved due to poor maintenance of systems or dumping of waste

Train operators and the support staff on the management of the system and give appropriate refreshers training as needed Identify appropriate management of system that includes chemical storage and waste

management, including disposal of bleaching powder slurry Ensure regular monitoring of system to identify problems and rectify them, as needed. In case of any wildlife movement work with the Forest Department to ensure appropriate

remedial measure to reduce disturbance to wildlife. Identify accident management plan, train workers on it and ensure required equipment etc., are available in case of accident/spil lage of material . Identify an appropriate reporting mechanism for spil lages and accidents to monitor all sites,

in case there are some prone to problems to help rectify problems . Ensure availability of spares etc., for timely repair. In case of breakages and leaks create awareness on need for disinfection at point-of-use to

minimise risk ti l l such time the leaks are meant. Also refer 1.17.7, 1.17.8, 1.17.9 and 1.17.15

Insufficient knowledge to manage the system resulting in inadequate disinfection, cleaning of system or other

Identify appropriate storage of disinfection. In case bleaching powder is used, ensure it is properly kept, not more than 3 months old and used based upon directions. Please refer to


PE Global (P) Ltd.

management issues resulting in poor quality water being

supplied Public standposts and systems not protected resulting in animals accessing them or people washing and cleaning around them

Annexure 1.17.15 on appropriate use and management of bleaching powder for

disinfection.

Excessive pumping of groundwater, beyond planned resulting in

depletion of resource Development of other and competing groundwater systems which together with this system result in depleting of resource

Any system dependent on groundwater should be monitored to ensure that there is no

over abstraction. If over abstraction exists, based upon the water safety planning of the PHED identify appropriate management actions, such as aquifer recharge. Also refer 1.17.1 and 1.17.2

RWH system poorly maintained resulting in contamination of aquifer

Identify appropriate RWH maintenance schedule, train the operators and workers and ensure all required equipment is available and in good working condition.

Monitor system to ensure system is managed properly. Also refer 1.17.2

Inadequate finances or skil ls to manage small or individual systems resulting in their degradation, accumulation of water around the system or breakage resulting in contamination of aquifer

Identify finances and skil ls for management of small schemes as a part of project design .

Unattended leakages from water supply system or poorly

managed drainage and solid waste systems leading to vector habitats

Ensure all drainage systems are properly maintained.

Ensure there is no waste dumping in and around the system. Monitor system regularly to ensure that system is properly maintained. Also refer 1.17.7, 1.17.8 and 1.17.9

Inadequate sanitation/ environmental sanitation management contaminating shallow aquifers in areas where dugwells or

shallow rigs are used to procure water

Please refer guidelines on sanitation and environmental sanitation. Develop environmental and solid waste management strategy for vil lage. Also refer 1.17.1

to 1.17.9

Poor maintenance of system resulting such as drainage and damage to any local cultural property.

Ensure all drainage systems are properly maintained. Ensure there is no waste dumping in and around the system. Monitor system regularly to ensure that system is properly maintained. Also refer 1.17.7, 1.17.8, 1.17.9 and 1.17.12



4.6.10 Water safety planning and guidelines

Water security and safety plan as developed by PHED, for the batch I project (Kamrup,

Hailakandi and Jorhat) will include, access to drinking water at individual level, i.e. every

household will get one individual connection which will be provided by PHED, upto 10

meters distance, Mapping of baseline on GIS, regular and comprehensive water quality

monitoring. Access to Drinking water includes an adequate quantity, Sustainable basis and

Good Quality (safety), Leads to Water Security in a community. Also, as per BIS Drinking

Water Quality norms (IS: 10500), 70 LPCD should be the design quantity. To ensure

sustainable future planning of water supply the following needs to be taken into account for

the entire scheme:

Need for improvement in coverage status.

Quality problems need to be addressed in some areas.

Problem may arise with sustainability of existing sources.

Community need to be involved, if water security is to be ensured.

Ensuring regular & constant monitoring of water quality.

4.7 Guidelines / Environmental Code of Practices

Guidelines/ Environmental Code of Practices (ECOP) have been prepared for addressing the

following environmental issues and are furnished in the Annexures as indicated.

1. ECOP for sanitary protection of water supply sources: The well to tap groundwater

sources and intake arrangements to tap surface water sources are located at certain

distance away from the pollution existing sources and the structures are protected

with certain measures to protect the quality of water from getting contaminated.

The detailed guidelines are furnished in Annexure 1.17.1.

2. Guidelines for Sustainability of Ground Water Sources: The yield from the sources in

general and ground water source in particular is likely to decrease during summer. In

order to ensure sustainable yield throughout the year certain measures such as

artificial recharge of the groundwater source with rainwater harvesting structures

are necessary. These measures are furnished in Annexure 1.17.2.

3. Selection and installation of safe sanitation technologies; the checklist for choice of

technology and selection of location is furnished in Annexure 1.17.3.

4. Recommended Construction Practice and Pollution Safeguards for Twin Pit Pour

Flush toilets: Twin Pit Pour Flush Latrines (TPPFL) is the most commonly adopted

sanitation technology which is suitable in most of the environmental conditions

except coastal areas with high groundwater table. Recommended construction

practice and Pollution Safeguards for TPPFTs are described in Annexure 1.17.5.

5. Appropriate Use and Management of Bleaching Powder for Disinfection: The

disinfection is an important treatment of both surface and ground water to ensure

safe water supply. A simple disinfection method with bleaching powder applicable

to small water supplies is sufficient and is provided in Annexure 1.18.



6. Water Quality Monitoring and Surveillance: The water quality of the sources and in

the distribution system is deteriorating due to contamination especially after rains in

surface water sources and in summer months in groundwater sources. Water quality

monitoring should be undertaken periodically in order to take corrective measures if

the quality changes. The procedure and protocol for water quality monitoring and

surveillance are described in Annexure 1.14.

7. A format for attachment to the contracts of contractors/ consultants is given in

Annexure 1.23. This format need to be filled for each contract package and signed by

the respective contractor/ consultant for conforming to the EMF and implementing

the measures suggested under the EMF.

8. Guidelines on Natural Habitat and Forests: According to the World Bank Operation

Policy (OP) 4.04 on Natural Habitats21, the conservation of natural habitats is

essential for long-term sustainable development. Therefore a precautionary

approach to natural resource management is required. The policy on natural

habitats contains two major provisions with respect to biodiversity conservation and

EA which is detailed out under the Annexure 1.17.11.

9. Guidelines on Cultural Property: As this project not only includes intakes and rising

mains, but also networks within villages, there is a likelihood that some locally

significant cultural property may exist and to be considered as a part of the project

design. This ECoP detailed out in Annexure 1.17.12, has therefore been developed to

ensure minimal impact on any cultural property identified during the detailed design

of the project.

10. Guidelines on Public and worker’s health and safety: These guidelines identify

possible hazards and the management and mitigation actions for both workers in

the various project stages on site and public who may be in the vicinity of the

activities. The Environmental Code of Practice is in Annexure 1.17.13.

11. Development and Management of Borrow Pits: Scope of this ECoP, provided in

Annexure 1.17.14, extends to measures that need to be incorporated during borrow

area location, material extraction and rehabilitation.

21

Natural habitats are land and water areas where (i) the ecosystems’ biological communities are formed largely by native plant and animal species, and (i i) human activity has not essentially modified the areas primary ecological functions.

Consultancy Services for Undertaking Environmental Assessment for the Rural Water

Supply & Sanitation Project in Assam

March 2013

DRAFT FINAL REPORT – ANNEXURES

VOLUME II

Submitted To:

Chief Engineer (PHE), Assam.

World Bank Project,

Hengrabari,Guwahati-781036

Submitted By:

IPE Global Pvt. Ltd.

(Formerly Infrastructure Professionals Enterprise (P) Ltd.) Address: IPE Towers, B-84, Defence Colony,

Bhisham Pitamah Marg, New Delhi – 110024, India

Tel: +91-11-40755920, 40755923; Fax: +91-11-24339534

Consultancy Services for Undertaking Environmental Assessment for the Rural Water Supply & Sanitation Project in Assam Draft Final Report - Annexures

IPE Global [P] Ltd. 1 | P a g e

Table of Contents 1 Annexure ............................................................................................................................ 3

1.1 Terms of Reference for Environmental Assessment................................................... 3

1.2 Sample Habitations Selected for Field Study ........................................................... 12

1.3 Checklist/ Questionnaire for Field Data Collection .................................................. 15

Questionnaire for Sanitary Surveys ..................................................................................... 26

1.4 Parameters tested for water quality at all intake points ........................................... 30

1.5 Base Maps.................................................................................................................. 31

1.6 Project Location Maps. .............................................................................................. 33

1.7 Summary Analysis of Data Collected – based on nine Project Areas ...................... 34

1.7.1 Basic Information of all the Districts of Assam ................................................. 34

1.8 Details of the seven Districts under the RWSS Project ............................................. 35

1.8.1 Scheme Name: Kamrup ..................................................................................... 35

1.8.2 Scheme Name: Sibsagar ..................................................................................... 46

1.8.3 Scheme Name: Jorhat......................................................................................... 55

1.8.4 Scheme Name: Sonitpur .................................................................................... 63

1.8.5 Scheme Name: Morigaon................................................................................... 71

1.8.6 Scheme Name: Bogaigaon ................................................................................. 79

1.8.7 Scheme Name: Hailakandi ................................................................................ 87

1.8.8 Details of Ground Water Table of all the Districts under the Project (2007-2011)

............................................................................................................................ 93

1.8.9 Rainfall of the seven districts........................................................................... 117

1.8.10 Existing situation of Piped Water Supply in all the districts of Assam .......... 118

1.9 Sanitation ................................................................................................................ 125

1.10 Wildlife Sanctuaries & National Parks in Assam ................................................... 144

1.11 Villages covered during Public consultation .......................................................... 147

1.12 Summary of Public Consultations/ Disclosure Workshops ................................... 149

1.12.1 Summary of Public Consultation Held at Hailakandi on 3rd and 4th Feb 2013...

.......................................................................................................................... 152

1.12.2 Summary of Public Consultations held at Bongaigaon on 18th Feb 2013....... 155

1.13 Project Preparation Mission Meeting in presence of the World Bank along with

representation from all the key Stakeholders for the RWSS – LS Project, Assam ............. 159



1.14 Water Quality Monitoring and Surveillance .......................................................... 165

1.15 On-site sanitation in areas with a high groundwater table .................................... 168

1.16 Formats for Environmental Data Sheets (EDS) ...................................................... 171

1.17 Environmental Code of Practices/ Guidelines ........................................................ 157

1.17.1 Sanitary Protection of Water Supply Sources.................................................. 157

1.17.2 Guidelines for Sustainability of Groundwater Sources................................... 158

1.17.3 Selection of Safe Sanitation Technologies........................................................ 160

1.17.4 Environmental Considerations in Location of Toilets..................................... 162

1.17.5 Construction Practice and Pollution Safeguards for Twin Pit Pour Flush

Latrines .......................................................................................................................... 163

1.17.6 Guidelines for Safe Sullage Disposal at Household and Community Levels . 166

1.17.7 Guidelines for Drainage Management in Villages .......................................... 177

1.17.8 Guidelines for Community Solid Waste Management ................................... 177

1.17.9 Sullage and biodegradable waste be managed in a non-polluting useful

manner. .......................................................................................................................... 182

1.17.10 Building Safety Provisions ........................................................................... 183

1.17.11 Guidelines: Natural Habitat and Forests ..................................................... 186

1.17.12 Guidelines on Cultural Property ................................................................. 189

1.17.13 Public and worker’s health and safety......................................................... 191

1.17.14 Development and Management of Borrow Pits .......................................... 192

1.17.15 Appropriate Use and Management of Bleaching Powder for Disinfection 197

1.18 Internal Supervision of the Completed Schemes.................................................... 199

1.19 External Audit of the Completed Schemes ............................................................. 202

1.20 Check list for Environmental Supervision/Audit ................................................... 206

1.21 Environmental Performance Indicators.................................................................. 213

1.22 Format for Declaration by Contractor/ Consultant ................................................ 215

1.23 List of projects requiring prior environmental clearance according to EIA

Notification 2006 ................................................................................................................ 216

1.24 Terms of Reference for the Environmental Specialist, SPMU ................................ 223



1 ANNEXURE

1.1 Terms of Reference for Environmental Assessment

1. Background

The National Rural Drinking Water Programme (NRDWP) of the Government of India emphasizes the

involvement of Panchayati Raj Institutions (PRIs) and communities in planning, implementing and

managing drinking water supply schemes. States are incentivized to hand over management of their

schemes to PRIs. Funds for sustainability of schemes are provided on a 100% central share basis. A

separate component of support activities to fund Information Education and Communications (IEC),

Human Resources Development (HRD), Management Information Systems (MIS), Water Quality

Monitoring and Surveillance and other support activities has been introduced. Recently, as part of

the NRDWP, the state departments responsible for drinking water supply and sanitation have

prepared their long term strategic plan (2011-2022) for ensuring drinking water security to all rural

households. The strategic plans aim to cover 90% of households with piped water and at least 80%

of households with tap connections during this period. This forward looking strategy supports the

creation of an enabling environment for the Panchayati Raj Institutions, SHG and local communities

to manage rural drinking water sources and systems. The strategy emphasizes achieving water

security through decentralized governance with oversight and regulation, participatory planning and

implementation of sources and schemes. Capacity building programs will be required for

communities to monitor and prudently use their water resources. Sustainable service delivery

mechanisms are a central feature of the program, with State institutions or Zilla Panchayats

implementing and managing large multi-village schemes, delivering bulk water to villages in water

stressed areas, and GPs implementing and managing in-village and intra-Panchayat schemes. The

strategy highlights source sustainability measures, water quality safety, monitoring and surveillance,



The lagging states in terms of piped water coverage, viz. Assam, Bihar, Jharkhand, and Uttar Pradesh

also face constraints in institutional and technical capacity at the state, district, block and GP levels

for implementing sustainable rural water supply projects. The constraints are in terms of

institutional capacity for involving communities and Panchayats in planning, implementing and

managing their own drinking water supply schemes, and technical capacity of the State Rural Water

Supply Departments for supporting and implementing the decentralization program. Also,

operations and maintenance of existing schemes is not satisfactory, resulting in non-functionality of

many schemes. Further, the States face issues of water quality affected habitations that require

supply of water from distant safe sources.

Key Elements of the RWSS Program for Lagging States

The RWSS Program for Lagging States program will be a separate component of NRDWP focusing on

lagging states with different allocation criteria and funding components, but implemented within the

framework of NRDWP, supporting the following key elements of the reform program:

Placing GPs and communities in the central role, supported by higher levels of PRIs, the State

government and the local non-governmental and private sector, for facilitating, planning,

implementing, monitoring and providing a range of O&M back-up services.



Using sustainable, community or local government managed models for intra-GP RWSS

schemes and using State-PRI partnership models for multi-GP schemes.

Putting water resources security as a core theme of the new model, including increased

community management of scarce resources.

Moving the RWSS sector to recovery of atleast 50% O&M and replacement costs and

initiating contribution to capital costs keeping affordability and inclusiveness in mind. .

Moving towards metered household connections, with 24/7 water supply where feasible, as

a basic level of service.

Promoting professionalized service provision management models, and/or back-up support

functions, for the different market segments (simple/small single village/GP schemes; large

single village/GP schemes; multi village/GP schemes).

Integrating water supply and sanitation, with effective sanitation promotion programs for

achieving “clean villages”.

Establishing M&E systems with independent reviews and social audits.

The Government of India had approached the World Bank for assistance on a National Project for

the lagging states particularly Assam, Uttar Pradesh, Jharkhand and Bihar. The proj ect will bring

about positive health and environmental benefits through supply of 'safe' drinking water and

creation of sanitary conditions in the village. The project will have programmes related to improved

water quality monitoring, health and hygiene education as well as ground water recharge for water

supply source protection. Several environmental mitigation measures will be included in the project

design and the project is expected to have a net positive effect on the environment. The project

itself is not expected to cause any adverse environmental impacts. However, some key

environmental concerns related to the project are:

Water Quantity Issues

Availability of 'safe' drinking water, especially in the summer months

Management of solid and liquid waste management and so on.

Open defecation free Gram Panchayat.

To contribute to the environmental sustainability of the project, an 'Environmental Assessment' (EA)

Study is required as per the World Bank’s safeguards policies. The study will collect and ana lyze

information regarding the environmental issues related to the project from each participating state

in the first phase on sample and finally prepare an Environmental Management Framework (EMF) to

be integrated in the overall project. The aim of the EA/EMF study is to analyze the existing

environmental issues related to rural water supply and sanitation and ensure that these

inadequacies are addressed or mitigated in the project design.

2. Objectives of the Study

The key objective of the study is to undertake and prepare a state-specific Environmental

Assessment/Environment Management Framework (EA/EMF) Report with a view to identify the

critical environmental concerns in the RWSS sector and address them as an integral part of project

design.

The specific objective includes:



1. To assess the existing status of environment in the state and to identify threats and issues

which have effect on RWSS sector.

2. To identify the environmental issues associated with implementation of RWSS schemes

(single village & multi village schemes) and develop environmental codes of practices that

need to be followed during various stages such as planning, construction and operation and

maintenance.

3. To identify generic environmental issues that are beyond the scope of RWSS schemes, but

related to the sector and recommend remedial measures to address them as part of the

project.

4. To identify existing good behavior in recycling of water, use of traditional method of liquid

and solid waste management.

5. To identify traditional habitation which are resulting into lower per capita consumption of

water.

6. To identify household and environmental sanitation issues as well as to make an assessment

of pollution level with regard to water supply and its usages & propose appropriate

sanitation technology options.

7. To prepare an Environment Management Framework including well -defined performance

indicators for addressing the identified issues, through the various activities/tasks under the

proposed project, and strategy for its implementation to achieve sustainable sources for

water supply schemes and environmental sanitation benefits.

3. Scope of Works

The specific tasks of the study are to:

1. Conduct an analysis of the environmental status and issues in the program area for the state

2. Identify the potential environmental impacts of the range of activities to be undertaken

through the state projects, review the effectiveness of environmental management through

the program systems

3. Assess the country and state policy, legal and regulatory requirements relevant to the WSS

program, the performance of the program in this context, and identify provisions to ensure

compliance

4. Review of the existing capacity and institutional arrangements for environmental

management in the program

5. Develop an Environmental Management Framework for the state.

The tasks in detail are as follows:

3.1 Analysis of Environmental Status and Issues

It is necessary to conduct a review of the proposed project in the lagging states to understand the

natural resource conditions (including natural habitats and physical cultural resources) as well as the

vulnerability to the likely environmental impacts of activities to be supported under proposed

project. To this end the Consultant will do the following:



i. Collect and compile district/block level data on water resources and water quality for

assessing the availability of safe drinking water from surface/groundwater sources. In addition

to presenting the present status, the consultant shall undertake a trend analysis such as

depleting spring & gadhera sources, declining ground water tables, degrading water quality

and drying of surface sources such as Naulas etc. in various districts/blocks. District level maps

need to be prepared by categorizing the water sources into district categories such as safe for

drinking, safe with treatment and unsafe for drinking purpose.

ii. Examine the extent and possible cause of chemical and biological contamination of drinking

water sources (district level) and propose mitigation plan for the same. Wherever appl icable

the consultant should also identify any policy/regulatory measures that may be required to

protect the water resources from further contamination. The consultant shall also recommend

various cost effective treatment options for contaminations that are very common in the

state. The Consultant should collect information from secondary sources to examine possible

point and non-point sources of contamination. The water quality hotspots need to be clearly

identified for each district.

iii. Assess adequacy of current water quality monitoring programs and institutional capacity in

the State, and provide recommendations for enhancing these as well as disseminating water

quality information to the rural public.

iv. Assess household and environmental sanitation issues, including personal hygiene, health,

household environment and sanitation issues. Collected information on major diseases and

their causes, and assess how these can be reduced through various project interventions.

Assess need for personal health and hygiene programs;

v. Assess environmental sanitation issues pertaining to the rural areas, including need for

pavement of internal village roads and properly design network of sullage and water drains.

3.2 Review of Effectiveness of Environmental Management of Water Supply and Sanitation (WSS)

Activities

It is necessary to provide a review of the anticipated individual and cumulative environmental

impacts of the activities supported under the proposed National Project and the effectiveness with

which these are currently being addressed in the state programs. This analysis will rely primarily on a

review of relevant information on environmental management in the state programs on WSS based

on field study. The field study will focus especially on multi village or regi onal water supply schemes,

construction/upgrading of RWSS infrastructure in large/peri -urban villages, water treatment plants,

sewage treatment plants, interventions increasing energy efficiency, etc.). The sample for the state -

specific field study will be representative with respect to water availability and water quality,

presence of critical natural habitats, etc. Furthermore, the review will include the extent to which

program activities can adversely affect and to what degree do program systems include safeguard

measures relevant to the following

1.1 Important biodiversity sites

1.2 Important cultural resource sites

1.3 Natural and critical natural habitats

1.4 Physical cultural property



1.5 Community and worker safety against potential risks during construction and operations

of schemes

1.6 Exposure to toxic chemicals and hazardous waste, including polluted industrial areas

1.7 Reconstruction or rehabilitation of schemes in natural hazard prone areas

1.8 Technically sound environmental engineering practices employed for all schemes to

ensure sustainability of water quantity and quality.

The output of this component is a profile of the WSS schemes to be taken up with details on the

nature and scale of the activities, remarks and field observations on environmental impact, and,

remarks on the effectiveness with which impacts are currently being addressed through the program

systems. Activities that pose a risk of potentially significant and irreversible adverse impacts on the

environment (classified Category A schemes under IL) will be cl early identified and criteria for

exclusion from the program will be developed.

3.3 Analysis of Performance of the Legal, Regulatory and Policy Framework

i. A review of the relevant policy, legal and regulatory requirements will be undertaken. This task

will include an examination of the existing policies, laws and regulations of the Government of

India and the State Governments relevant to the WSS program. The review will identify the legal,

regulatory and policy bases for environmental management in the WSS program; assess the

performance of the program systems in this context; and state clearly the provisions that need to

be included in the Environmental Management Framework (see task 3.5) to ensure that the

activities supported under the National Project are in compliance with the legal and regulatory

requirements of the Government and with the safeguard policy of the World Bank.

ii. The output from this component is expected to be a detailed, up-to-date listing of all relevant

policies as well as legal and regulatory requirements of the Government of India and the State

Governments and the relevant safeguard policies of the World Bank specifying the gaps and

relevance to the activities undertaken under the proposed National Project for lagging states.

3.4 Review of Existing Capacity and Institutional Arrangements on Environmental Safeguards

This will include a review of the existing capacity and institutional arrangements for environmental

management and compliance in the program implementing institutions wi ll be undertaken including

an identification of a strategy and plan to strengthen the same. The analyses should cover but not

be limited to:

i. Description of existing systems, identification of gaps and recommendations for

strengthening the following key organizational dimensions: (i) Authority and capacity of the

implementing agency to manage the environmental effects of the program, (ii) Adequacy of

staffing and skills with respect to environmental management, (iii) Program coordination

systems, (iv) Nature and effectiveness of the monitoring systems for environmental

management and compliance. A special focus will be given to the environmental

management experience and institutional capacity of the state agencies that is responsible

for large water supply schemes in the state.

ii. Interagency coordination arrangements for environmental management: This will include

an analysis of the key partners involved in the WSS sector in the states for (i) Water

Availability – (ii) Sanitation and Water Quality (iii) Waste management – (iv) Community

Based Organizations.



iii. The output of this component is an analysis of implementation capacity and experience on

environmental safeguards in WSS program in the states with lessons and recommendations

for the EMF.

3.5 Development of an Environmental Management Framework (EMF)

Based on the outputs of Tasks 1-4 an EAP should be prepared containing, but not limited to, the

components as described below:

i. Environmental appraisal procedures: Detailed procedures and tools - a negative list, a screening

tool and mitigation guidelines (or scheme-specific environmental codes of practice i) need to be

developed to ensure that (a) all relevant policy, legal and regulatory requirements are met (b)

activities requiring further detailed environmental assessment are identified and go through the

same (c) the environmental sustainability of the interventions is enhanced. This section will be

informed by the outputs of Tasks 3.1-3.3.

ii. Legal, policy and regulatory measures: This will contain (based on the outputs of Task 3.3) a

listing of the legal and regulatory measures to be complied with and a description of any new

measures (e.g., new GOs) required ensuring the effectiveness of environmental planning and

action.

iii. Institutional roles and responsibilities: This must contain (based on the outputs of Task 3.4) a

detailed description of roles and responsibilities within the Program Management Unit in the

national and state levels, and within the PRIs and community institutions for implementation of

the EMF. It must give a clear picture of roles and responsibilities with respect to screening,

environmental assessment, capacity building and monitoring.

iv. Capacity building: This section must include (i) a description of training needs of program staff,

PRIs and community institutions at the various levels (ii) description of the training modules and

delivery process (iii) description of mentoring through Support Organizations (iv) details of the

IEC (Information, Education, Communication) strategy for raising awareness on integrating

environmental sustainability in WSS planning.

v. Monitoring: This component needs to have details of (i) the verification requirements for

environmental compliance, specifying roles and responsibilities, to ensure that the procedures

defined for screening and assessment are effectively applied, (ii) the process of assessing

cumulative environmental impacts, (iii) the reporting requirements on the EMF implementation

including specification of the performance indicators, and, integration of the performance

indicators into the program MIS.

vi. The output will be an Environmental Management Framework providing detailed

recommendations and actions, including actions.

4. Suggested Methodology for the Study

The consultant will collect the existing information about Environmental issues of RWSS

sector, relevant policies/laws/regulations of the Governments of India, in-depth discussions

with officials in the various water sector institutions particularly focusing on performance

issues [If possible, and subject to data availability, the consultant should preferably use

satellite data to map the water resources including water quality for each district on a GIS



platform to enable easy identification of safe drinking water supply sources by the

implementing agency.]

Secondary research focusing on a review of EA documents of the relevant Bank supported

projects (ii) Field study covering a representative sample of schemes (described above).

Additionally, focused discussions will be held with the staff of the relevant sector

institutions, PRIs and NGOs.

The consultant should hold detailed interactions with all the stakeholders such as a PHED,

Departments of Drinking Water/Rural Development, SWSM/PMU, relevant R&D institutions/

organizations in the State, Beneficiaries and Watershed Directorate etc. to collect

information regarding environmental issues done by them.

The environmental issues should be presented in detail, using Charts, Tables and Maps for

clarity. Use of pie charts will be especially useful for analyzing the hotspots. The EMP and

performance indicators should be presented in a matrix format. The consultants will provide

all relevant data/ information in this regard. All assumptions made should be clearly stated

along with their justification.

The consultant will liaise regularly with the World Bank team in Delhi

All the sources of information will be required to be enlisted and validated by support documents.

The final outcome of the study should meet the objectives and should cover the scope of the works.

5. Consultations

Using the draft documents as discussion material, the State and National Government will lead

consultation workshops in the state and in Delhi (national level) to elicit comments and inputs. The

consultation will target key stakeholders including representatives from water sector institutions and

local governments (Panchayat Raj Institutions - PRIs) – Water Supply and Sanitation Department

(WSSD), Zilla Parishads (ZPs) (district local governments), Block Resource Centres (BRCs), and Gram

Panchayats (village local governments), State Water Board), Groundwater Departments and

representatives from NGOs, universities and research institutions. The consultant team will

incorporate the feedback and concerns raised during the consultation into the documents.

6. Schedule of Deliverables

The study should be completed within 10 (ten) weeks from the date of commissioning of the study.

The following are the deliverables from the date of commissioning of the study:

Benchmark (Reports)

Time Schedule (Weeks)

For each

stage/report

From date of

commencement

Stage 1 – Inception Report which includes but not limited to

study tools, approach and methodology, identification of data

requirements, mode of data collection, outline of the final

report, field survey format in select, criteria for choosing

districts/blocks for field visits in consultation with the state

government counterparts and Bank team, list of state

institutions & technical experts to meet for consultations and

2 weeks 2 weeks



data.

Draft Final Report includes the above deliverable incorporating

changes suggested by the World Bank and state counterparts.

The Draft Final Report will also include a draft Environmental

Management Framework applicable to the state. This EMF will

contain a negative list, mitigation measures, monitoring and

evaluation strategies and institutional responsibilities; codes of

practice and performance indicators, budgets, among others. All

relevant data should be presented in annexures.

5 weeks 7 weeks

Final Report, incorporating comments from National and States

Project Units and World Bank on Draft Final Report. The final

report should also include the proceedings from the national

and state consultations.

2 weeks 9 weeks

7. Data, Services and Facilities for the Study

The State Project Management Unit would coordinate and supervise the study and facilitate

interaction and exchange of information between the consultants, concerned state departments and

Panchayat Raj Institution (PRIs-GPs, BPs, ZPs). SWSM/PMU staff may join the consultant team during

selected field visits.

8. The Outputs of the Study will be:

Inception Report together with the tested check-lists / instruments proposed to be used and the

formats of the expected results (3 copies)

Draft Environment Assessment Report after completing field work (5 copies)

Draft Final Report 5 copies)

Final Report (10 copies)

In addition of the paper copies, the consultants will make available electronic copies (in a CD) of:

o All reports in MS Word Files.

o All raw data in tabulated form together will relevant summary tables, in Oracle Database at

the time of submission of draft report and revised final report.

i.Sample examples of guidelines to be prepared are given below: -

Guidelines/ECOPs for identification of sources of water supply.

Guidelines/ECOPs on protecting surface water supply sources and ensuring sustainability.

Guidelines/ECOPs on protecting ground water supply sources and ensuring sustainability.

Guidelines/ECOPs on Water Quality Management.

Guidelines/ECOPs on selection of Safe Sanitation Technology Options (including drainage) at

individual household and community level

Guidelines/ECOPs on selection of location for community toilets

Guidelines/ECOPs on Safe Sullage Disposal and Organic waste management.



Guidelines on Safe Solid Waste Management at individual household and community level.

These guidelines/ECOPs shall be prepared, based on local soil characteristics, hydrogeology and

accessibility of water sources, socio cultural environmental etc. The sanitation and environmental

related issues guidelines prepared by UNICEF, DANIDA, Rural Development Department, Watershed

Management Directorate, etc. will be particularly useful in developing the guidelines for safe

sanitation technology options. The “State of Environment Conservation and Pollution Control Board

in the state, which should be studied, and WATSAN related issue must be analyzed and incorporated

in the Environmental Management Plan.

9. Required Qualifications of the Consultant

Experience in conducting similar studies in India particularly in rural water and sanitation

programs. Familiarity of having worked in selected state is an advantage.

Strong capacity and experience in organizing and planning survey logistics, data management

and statistics.

Demonstrated knowledge and skills in both quantitative and qualitative surveys and assessments

especially using participatory and consultative techniques and tools.

10. Suggested key personnel for this assignment:

Team Leader (1): The Team Leader should have a PhD or Masters with preferable academic

background in civil/water/environmental engineering or a relevant social science. He/she should

have considerable experience (10 years plus) in undertaking large-scale studies related to rural

water and sanitation related fields especially with governments at state and national levels.

Knowledge of state-level water quality monitoring and surveillance systems and institutional

mechanisms in the RWSS is required.

Environment Specialist (1): The Environment Specialist should be a Post Graduate in Engineering

and/ or Environment with at least 8 years of experience in the sector. He/she should have had

exposure to the rural water and sanitation programs and can cover the full range of

environmental issues of the sector.

Research Coordinators (1): The Research Coordinators should have a Masters degree in

statistics, economics or related fields, and have at least 5 years of experience in documentation

and qualitative and quantitative research. Experience of managing a team of researchers,

analysis of information and data should be demonstrated.

11. Management of the Study

The consultant will report to the Additional Chief Secretary of the relevant department in the state.

The consultancy firm is responsible for all logistics, including but not limited to supplies, printing of

instruments, translations, computers, and so forth. The State Government will not provide logistical

support for the study team. The consultant team will also liaise closely with the World Bank team.

Review Committee to Monitor Consultants Work The Additional Chief Secretary will be the chairperson of the review committee comprising members

from the field of engineering, community development and finance. The committee may also seek

comments and inputs on the consultants work from the World Bank staff and other experts as

appropriate.



1.2 Sample Habitations Selected for Field Study

Table 1: Number of Villages/GPs selected for Quantitative & Qualitative Survey in each Panchayat/Project area:

S.No District Project Areas Name of Blocks

Sampling

No of GPs No of Villages

1 Kamrup

Composite WSS at Chandrapur & Dimoria Dev. Block

Chandrapur 1 2

Dimoria 2 2

Composite WSS at Bezera Bezera 3 4

2 Sibsagar

Amguri Gaurisagar integrated WSS

Amguri 2 3

Gaurisagar 2 3

Gr. Sibsagar integrated WSS Sibsagar 2 2

Dimow 3 5

3 Jorhat Composite WSS at Jorhat & Jorhat Central Dev. Block

Jorhat 2 3

Jorhat Central 2 2

Jorhat North West 1 2

4 Sonitpur Composite WSS at Gohpur Chariduar 3 4

Purb Chariduar 3 4

5 Morigaon Gr Mayang WSS Mayong 3 3

Bhurbondha 2 3

6 Boigaingaon Gr Jogighopa WSS

Boitamari 3 4

Tapatari 2 2

Srijangram 1 2

7 Hailakandi Gr. Hailakandi-Algapur WSS Algapur 3 4

Hailakandi 2 2

TOTAL 42 56 Note: The qualitative and quantitative survey will be carried in the 56 villages falling under 42 Gram

Panchayats.

Rationale for Sample Selection:

Minimum three GPs are selected per Project Area based on their distance from the intake point

(Head, Middle and Tail) and minimum two villages per GP. The Primary Survey will be conducted in

30 House Holds (5-10% representation from each village) from each Village.

Selection of Villages are based on the analysis of the secondary data such as, ground & surface water

quality, Water Bourne disease outbreaks in the last five years, socio economic status (SC/ST/Gen),

demographic as well as field visit conducted by the core team in each district and respective

consultation with the district Executive engineer. This is primarily done to ensure that all the

environmental issues are addressed and an effective village sample is taken for the study.

Names of the Villages selected

Criteria of Village Selection:

1. Deficient/lack of infrastructure. 2. Government infrastructure, partially covered, totally covered



3. Sanitation coverage/open defecation 4. Ethnic population/indigenous groups/scheduled castes/scheduled tribes 5. Interpersonal group relationship 6. Gender 7. Distance – remoteness 8. Health 9. Water quality issues 10. Education 11. Livelihoods 12. Head, middle or tail end of project pipeline 13. Special criteria- anything special identified 14. Stakeholder analysis – management of schemes

Table 2: Villages covered under Primary Survey

S. No District Project Areas Name of Blocks

Name of GPs Name of Villages

1 Kamrup Composite Wss at Chandrapur & Dimoria Dev.

Block

Chandrapur Paschim Mayang Panikheti

Gobardhan

Dimoria Tapatoli Tapatoli

Digaru Ghogua

Composite WSS at Bezera

Bezera Dhopatari Dhopatari

Molong

Rudreswar Fullung

Agdola Bamuni Gaon

2 Sibsagar Amguri Gaurisagar integrated WSS

Amguri Borbam Bagjan

Khonamukh Chintamonigarh

Borsila Borsila

Gaurisagar Rudrasagar Sensuwa Bongaon

Dhuliapar

Barua Pukhuri Abhoipuria

Gr. Sibsagar integrated WSS

Sibsagar Santipur Gatanga Pathar

Desang Dhai Ali Bagal Habi

Dimow Panidihing Pahukhowa Doloni

Bahuabari

Rajabari Dehing Kalghar

Jamira

Demow Dihajan Habi 3 Jorhat Composite WSS at

Jorhat & Jorhat Central Dev. Block

Jorhat Uttar Namoni

Charaibahi

Nowsolia

Pakhimari Habi

Karanga Kamar Hajarika

Jorhat Central Meleng Bali Chapori

Chowtang – Dakhin Garaguri

Holongapara Bagan

Meleng - Hindubari

Jorhat North West

Baligaon Nirmathi Kokila

Kokila

S. No District Project Areas Name of

Blocks Name of GPs Name of Villages

Helem Aribhanga Pathar

Amlokhi Doloni

Krishnapur Magani Kachari

Purb Kalabari Mornoiguri



S. No District Project Areas Name of Blocks

Name of GPs Name of Villages

Chariduar Kukura Chowa

Bortamuli Chirakhowa

Dubia Dubia

5 Morigaon Gr Mayang WSS Mayang Borpak Borpak (pick one Arsenic

affected habitation) Silchang Silchang

Goba Amlighat

Bhurbondha Baghara Tarani Kalbari

Solmari

Azarbari Teteliagaon

6 Boigaingaon Gr Jogighopa WSS Boitamari Balapara Chedamari

Balapara

Odubi Kachudola

Kabaitari Kabaitari

Tapatari Merrerchar Kushbari - Bazar Coloni (Arsenic affected)

Rangapani Ghoramara

Srijangram Deohati Deohati Dakhin Baniapara

Kerkhabari

7 Hailakandi Gr. Hailakandi-Algapur WSS

Algapur Algapur Padmarpar – Roy Para

Bornagad - Bornagad

Chandipur Chandipur

Saidbond Sayedbond - Suklabaidya Para

Hailakandi Bhatirkupa Balikandi - Khasia Punji

Gangpar dhumkar Lakhirbond

Lakhirbond



1.3 Checklist/ Questionnaire for Field Data Collection

Table 3: Gram Panchayat Level Information (Environment)

S. N Description

1. State 2 Name of District

3 Name of the Block

a Total population in the GP 1991 2001 2011

b Total Area of the GP (in Sq. Kms) c No of Villages in the GP

d No of Villages covered in the RWWS-LS Scheme 3. Services available Water Supply

Sewerage System

Storm Water Drainage Solid Waste Management System

Health Services like RCH Centres.

Anganwadis Schools

3.1 Accessibility to Safe Water

Different water sources in the GP and their capacity to serve the present population.

a) Hand pumps b) Govt. Tube wells c) Ponds d) Lakes e) Rivers f) Streams g) Others

List of Villages covered with piped water supply (collect/prepare the list of villages)

List out areas/villages not covered with any water supply schemes from government (collect/prepare the list of villages)

Name of the habitations not covered with the water supply (prepare/collect the list)

Availability of water supply (Net amount)

a) Surface Water Source:

b) Ground Water Source:

Working condition of the various systems a) Surface Water Source:


Average Distance from habitation a) Surface Water Source:


Number of Tube wells Hand pumps Wells

3.3 Sanitation

Detail out the area/villages covered with sewerage connection in the GP (prepare/collect



S. N Description

the list of villages and map)

Type of Sanitation Facility Individual Toilets with Septic Tanks

Individual Toilets without Septic Tanks

Open Defecation Community Latrines/mobile toilets

Others, please describe Final disposal of waste water/sewerage

3.5 Drainage facilities

Detail out the areas covered with storm water drains (prepare/collect the list of villages & map)

Mechanism of disposal of drainage water

Names of water Logged Areas 3.6 Electricity Present , if Yes, number of Motorized

Water Pumps YES / NO No. Of Pumps:

Number of hours for which electricity is supplied

3.7 Institutional Capacity

Does the GP have any role in the management of water, sanitation, wastewater or solid waste for the GP (if yes, collect the name & no. of staff)

If yes, then what is the role (this should include the planning, monitoring, service provision etc.)

Water Sanitation Wastewater/drainage solid waste Hygiene education

Planning, monitoring, service provision, other (specify..)

Are members of the GP trained for the management of these services?

Yes No

If yes, then Who trains them for this? How often? And what sort of training?

What do they think about the training quality? What sort of training needed

1-Good, 2-Bad, 3-More needed

How are these services financed? Only for those services that exist in the village,

o Water o Sanitation o Wastewater/drainage o solid waste o Hygiene education

Are the finances adequate to manage the system?

Yes / No



S. N Description

If no, what is lacking and why

For systems not managed by the GP, Who are managing the system

o Water o Sanitation o Wastewater/drainage o solid waste o Hygiene education

What is the quality of the service provided (especially for private and other not-individual service provider, including other PRI and govt. entities)

o Water

o Sanitation

o Wastewater/drainage

o solid waste (poor/average/best)

o Hygiene education

Poor / Average / Good


Poor / Average /Good



3.8 Health and Hygiene

1) What are the major diseases in the GP?

2) Seasons when these diseases occur. Please list each disease separately with season

3) Approximately what % of the population are affected by them in a season

4) Is there any changes in trend over time? Y/N

5) If yes, what – please specify for each disease

6) What have been the major epidemics in the GP in the last 10 years and when?

Diseases-1

Diseases-2

Diseases-3

3.9 Details on Surface water sources

Number of surface water sources (i) River/Nallah & other streams

(ii) Ponds etc.

(iii) any other (Specify)

Number of months water is available in each source mentioned above:

1.

2.



S. N Description

3.

What are these surface water sources used for? (Tick for usage against the above mentioned sources)

1. Drinking; Washing; Irrigation; Not in use 2. Drinking; Washing; Irrigation; Not in use 3. Drinking; Washing; Irrigation; Not in use

Change in water availability for these sources – also comment if reduced/increased flow/drying up

1

2

3

Any water quality issues noticed in surface water bodies? If yes, what and possible cause of problem.

Average depth of water table in GP area (in m)



Habitation Level Information

(No _____ )

1Identification

District Block Gram Panchayat Village Habitation Area (km2)

2 Distance from Division HQ (in Kms)

3 Population 4 No. of Households

5. Water Supply facilities available:

Individual Piped Water Supply (% of household connected)

6 Piped water supply through Community Taps 1-Available, 2- Not Available

7 No. of Hand Pump available (Govt.) No. of Hand Pump available (Pvt.)

8 Type of Hand Pump available (shallow/deep & type)

9 Per Capita water supply (Govt.) Litres/Day

10 Duration of Supply (Hrs/Day) Type of Sanitation Facility 1-Individual Toilets with Septic Tanks

2-Individual Toilets without Septic Tanks 3-Open Defecation 4-Community Latrines/mobile toilets 5-Others, please describe

11 Road facility available 1-Tar Road, 2-Mud Road, 3-Stone Road, 4-Concreate Road, 5-No Road

Availability of social infrastructure for the habitation (in nearby villages as well)

Community Centre:

12 Provision of drinking water source & type in community centre

1-Hand pumps 2-Govt. Tube wells 3-Other ................................

Provision of Sanitary facility & type 1-Toilets with Septic Tanks 2-Toilets without Septic Tanks 3-No toilet 4- Others .................................

Primary Health Centre: 13 No. of Primary Health Centre in village



Community Centre: Provision of Sanitary facility & type 1-Toilets with Septic Tanks

2-Toilets without Septic Tanks 3-No toilet 4- Others .................................

Population served by Primary Health Centre If PHC not available in village distance of nearest PHC

(km)

Maternity Centre 14 No. of Maternity centre in village

Provision of Sanitary facility & type 1-Toilets with Septic Tanks 2-Toilets without Septic Tanks 3-No toilet 4- Others .................................

If Maternity Centre not available in village distance of nearest Maternity Centre (km)

15 Facility of Anganwadi Yes / No

Toilet facility in Anganwadi Yes / No Are the toilets separate for girls and boys Yes / No

Is there water available in toilets Yes / No

16 Other Schools facility Yes / No Toilet facility in schools Yes / No

Are the toilets separate for girls and boys Yes / No

Is there water available in toilets Yes / No

17 Facility of informal education Yes / No

18. Distance of village from major road (in km)

If Piped Water Supply available in village

Total water supply to village (in cubic meter) Duration of water supply to village (in hrs./Day)

Distance from Water supply line (in meter) Size of water pipe line (in meters)

Material of construction of water pipe line 1-Caste iron, 2-Steel pipe Year of construction of water pipe line

Pressure in water supply pipe line (N/M2)

Depth of pipe line (in meter)

Electricity: 19 Distance from electric substation (in meter)

Individual electricity load (KW)

Sewerage / Drainage:

20 Distance from main sewer line (in meter) Distance from main drainage line (in meter)



Remark:

21. Kindly provide any other information gathered from the village

..................................................................................................................................................................

.........................

..................................................................................................................................................................

........................

..................................................................................................................................................................

.........................

22. Stakeholder general view for existing water Supply schemes in the villages

..................................................................................................................................................................

.........................

..................................................................................................................................................................

........................

..................................................................................................................................................................

........................

Signature of the Field Investigator

Date:

Signature of JE/AE

Official Seal



Questionnaire for Household Survey (Environment) House No.

1. Identification

District Block Gram Panchayat Village Habitation

Distance from the existing OHSR/W.W/CWR (in kms) if any (in Kms)

2 Name of Respondent Sex 1-Male, 2- Fem

3 Address

Telephone No.

Total No. of family members

4 Source of water 1-Own, 2-Supply of PHED, 3-Purchased, 4-Other Source ..................................

If Own 1-Tube well / Handpump Type: Shallow (Tara/Singrur/Other ..............................) Mark II/Mark III 2-Open Well

If PHED 1-Tube well, 2-Stand Post

If Purchased 1-Pvt. Tankers, 2-Pvt. Water supply through Pipe, 3- Other (specify .................................................)

If Other source of water (specify)

5 Water Requirement: No. of buckets per person/day

Size of bucket (in Ltrs.) 6. Frequency of water supply:

Own Tube Well (hrs of Tube well operated per day)

PHED (hrs. of water supply per day) 7 If water is purchased through Pvt. Tankers, kindly give the following details:

Frequency of purchase of Water Tankers

1-Daily, 2-Weekly, 3-Fortnightly, 4-Monthly, 5-No Response, 6-Not Applicable

8. Monthly Cost of Water: (OWN)

Cost/Month of each tube well motor (power cost) (in Rs.)

Cost/Month of per motor to lift



water from underground tank to OH tank (power cost) (in Rs.)

9. Monthly Cost of Water: (PHED supply)

Water charge per month (in Rs.) Cost/Month of per motor to lift water from

underground tank to OH tank (power cost) (in Rs.)

10. Monthly Cost of Water: (Purchased) Water cost per month (in Rs.)

Cost/Month of per motor to lift water from underground tank to OH tank (power cost) (in Rs.)

11. If source of water OWN, Reason for No PHED supply

1-Own Tube well, 2-No distribution in the area, 3-High Cost of PHED water supply, 4-Inadequet water supply from PHED, 5-Other (specify.....................................)

12 Storage Capacity of Water Tank in House: Underground Tank Capacity (in

Ltr.)

Overhead Tank Capacity (in Ltr.) 13. Frequency of water supply from PHED

Daily Yes / No If No, No of days in week

14 Duration of water supply from PHED

Morning Evening Noon Night

(in hrs.)

15. Frequency of water supply from Pvt. Water supplier through pipes

Daily Yes / No

If No, No of days in week 16. Duration of water supply from Pvt.

Water supplier through pipes Morning Evening Noon Night

(in hrs.)

17. Time spent on water collection - Daily

No. of family members involved Total time spent (in hrs.)

18 Distance of water source from Household (in Meters)

Time spent in water collection for that the distance (in minutes)

If water is available at doorstep would this time saving by used for any economic activity

Yes / No

If yes, specify



19. Quality of Water:

1.Source code 2.Colour 3.Taste 4.Smell 5.Other problem

1. Source code: 1-Tube well, 2- Open well, 3-Pipe line, 4-Stand post, 5-Pvt. Tankers, 6-Others

2. Colour: 1-Good (clear water), 2- Average, 3- Bad

3. Taste: 1-Good, 2-Average, 3-Bad

4. Smell: 1-Good, 2-Average, 3-Bad

5. Problem: 1-Fluoride, 2-Arsenic, 3-Iron, 4-Pollutants, 5-Peticides, 6-Any other (specify)

..............

20. Adequacy of water supply for PHED Summer 1-Adequate, 2-Inadequate

Monson 1-Adequate, 2-Inadequate Winter 1-Adequate, 2-Inadequate

21 Willingness to pay for water quantity increased and quality improved

Yes / No

If yes, Amount willing to pay/month (in Rs.)

If No, Mention reason thereof

22 Water problem in area, in general (for piped water only) Satisfaction with current timing of water Yes / No

Satisfaction with current water pressure Yes / No Satisfaction with current quality of water Yes / No

Satisfaction with duration of water supply Yes / No 23 Is there any community level participation in

water infrastructure Yes / No

If yes, give details

24 Water Bourne Diseases:

Have you and your family ever faced Water Bourne Diseases during last 3 years

Yes / No

If yes, Suffered from which diseases 1-Gastroenteritis, 2-Diarrhoea, 3-Cholera, 4-Jaundice, 5-Fluorosis, 6-Dysentry, 7-Arsenicosis, 8-Other (specify) .........................................

Amount spent on treatment (in Rs.) How many times have you suffered from

above diseases in last 3 years

25 Are you satisfied with present arrangement of water

Yes / No

26, If No, Reasons for dissatisfaction:

Sl. Source code Reasons for dissatisfaction

1

2 3



*Source code: 1-Tube well, 2-Opend well, 3-Pipe water, 4-Stand post, 5-Pvt. Tankers, 6-Others

(specify)

*Reasons for dissatisfaction: 1-Inadequate supply, 2-Distance, 3-Low Pressure, 4-Poor Taste, 5-

Causes Diseases, 6-High cost, 7-Less hours of supply, 8-Tiresome, 9-Others, 10-No response.

27 Are you aware of water conservation Yes / No 28 How often you report about leakage in

the main water supply line in your village/area

1-As soon as seen, 2-After one day, 3-No response

29 Sanitation: Current waste water disposal mechanism

(waste water from toilets) 1-Soak Pit, 2-No, 3-Septic Tank, 4-Pucca open drain, 5-Kutcha open drain, 6-Other (specify) .......

30 Is there productive use of waste water from bathe & kitchen

Yes / No

If yes, 1-Kitchen/Garden, 2-Other (specify) .............

31 Problems due to disposal of waste water in open drains

1-Mosquito Menace, 2-Damage to Roads, 3-Poor Aesthetic, 4-Others (specify).....

Sanitation:

32 Do you have toilet in your home Yes / No If yes, type of toilet available 1-Pour flush/flush toilet, 2-Septic tank, 3-LCS, 4-

Soak pit, 5-Other (specify) ..........................

If No, 1-Open defecation in field, 2-Community toilet, 3-Neigbourhood, 4-Other (specify) ......................

33 Is there water logging during rainy season

Yes / No

Solid waste: 34 Where do you dispose domestic solid

waste

35 Where do you dispose fodder waste 36 Do you have Composite Pit? Yes / No

37 If yes, where is the Pit located 1-Outside the house, 2-Outside the village 38 Distance of Pit from water source (in

mtr.)

Health & Hygiene: 39 Is there a health centre / health facility

available in your village Yes / No

40 If No, how far it is available from your village (in km)

41 Health staff in health facility Govt. Doctors Nurses Pharmacist

(Nos.)

Name of Field Officer :

Date : Signature:



Questionnaire for Sanitary Surveys Type of facility: Gravity Feed Piped Suppliers General Information i. Location: Village................................................................. Gram Panchayat.................................................. District…………................................................ ii. Code No: iii. Water authority Panchayat President Community Representative Signature: iv. Date of Visit: v. Is Water Sample Taken……….……Sample No….…..…….Acceptable/Reject able

Specific Diagnostic Information for Assessment

1. Does the pipe leak between the source and storage tank? Y / N

2. Is the storage tank cracked, damaged or leak? Y / N

3. Are the vents and covers on the tank damaged or open? Y / N

4. Do any tap stands leak? ............... Y / N

5. Does surface water collect around any tapstand? ............... Y / N

6. Is the area uphill of any tap stand eroded? ........................................... Y / N

7. Are pipes exposed close to any tap stand? ........................................... Y / N

8. Is human excreta on the ground within 10m of any tap stand? ........ Y / N

9. Has there been discontinuity n the last 10 days at any tap stand? Y / N

10. Are there signs of leaks in the main supply pipe in the system? Y / N

11. Do the community report any pipe breaks in the last week? Y / N

12. Is the main supply pipe exposed anywhere in the system? Y / N

Total Score of Risks ... ./12

Risk score: 10-12 == Very high; 8-10 == High; 5-7 == Medium; 2-4 == Low; 0-1 == Very Low

Results and Recommendations:

The following importance point of risks (Seniority from top) was noted and the authority advised on remedial action

Comments:



Household water quality inspection Source of water – Point of Use General Information

District : …………................................................ Location : ................................................................. Village :................................................................. Gram Panchayat :..................................................

1. Is drinking water kept in a separate container (ask to be shown this)?

Yes No

2. Is drinking water container kept above floor level and away from contamination?

Yes No

3. Do water containers have a narrow mouth/opening?

Yes No

4. Do containers have a lid/cover?

Yes No

5. Is this is in place at time of visit?

Yes No

6. How is water taken from the container?

Poured Cup Other utensils

7. Is the utensil used to draw water from the container clean?

Yes No

8. Is the utensil used to draw water the container kept away from surfaces and stored in a hygienic

manner?

9. How often is the container cleaned?

Every day Every month Never

Every week Rarely

10.How is the container cleaned?

......................................................................................

11.Is the inside of the drinking water container clean?

Yes No

12.Is the outside of the drinking container clean?

Yes No



Type of Facility: PIPED WATER General Information

i. Location: Village................................................................. Gram Panchayat..................................................

District…………................................................

ii. Code No:

iii. Water authority Panchayat

President Community

Representative Signature:

iv. Date of Visit:

Is Water Sample Taken……….……Sample No….…..…….Acceptable/Reject able


Risk Sample No (please indicate at which sample sites the risk was identified)

1.Do any tap stands leak? ...........Y / N

2.Does surface water collect around any tap stand? ............Y / N

3.Is the area uphill of any tap stand eroded? ............Y / N

4.Are pipes exposed close to any tap stand? .........................................Y / N

5.Is human excreta on the ground within 10m of any tap stand? ........ Y / N

6.Is there a sewer within 30m of any tap stand? ........... Y / N

7.Has there been discontinuity in the last 10 days at any tap stand? Y / N

8.Are there signs ofleaks in the mains pipes in the Village? Y / N

9.Do the community report any pipe breaks in the last week? Y / N

10.Is the main pipe exposed anywhere in the Village? .............. Y / N

11.Total Score of Risks ............. .... /10

Risk score: 9-10 = Very high; 6-8 = High; 3-5 = Medium; 0-3 = Low

Results and Recommendations:

The following important points of risk were noted: (list nos. 1-10)

Signature of Assessor:

Comments:



Type of facility: Rain Water tank Catchment

General Information

District : …………................................................

Location : .................................................................

Village :.................................................................

Gram Panchayat :..................................................

ii. Water authority Panchayat

Community President Name

Representative Signature:

iii. Date of Visit:

iv. Is Water Sample Taken……….……Sample No….…..…….Acceptable/Reject able


Risk

1. Is rainwater collected in an open container? Y I N

2. Are there visible signs of contamination on the roof catchment? Y I N

(e.g. plants, excreta, dust)

3. Is guttering that collects water dirty or blocked? Y I N

4. Are the top or walls of the tank cracked or damaged? Y I N

5. Is water collected directly from the tank (no tap on the tank)? Y I N

6. Is there a bucket in use and is this left where it can become contaminated? Y I N

7. Is the tap leaking or damaged? Y I N

8. Is the concrete floor under the tap defective or dirty? Y I N

9. Is there any source of pollution around the tank or water collection area? Y I N

10. Is the tank clean inside? Y I N

Total Score of Risks ..../10

Risk score: 9-10 = Very high; 6-8 = High; 3-5 = Medium; 0-3 = Low

III Results and Recommendations:

The following important points of risk were noted: (list nos. 1-10)

Signature of Inspector/Assistant:

Comments:



1.4 Parameters tested for water quality at all intake points

1) Colour and Odour

2) pH Value

3) Temperature

4) Pesticides

5) Turbidity

6) COD

7) BOD

8) Fluoride

9) Iron

10) Arsenic

11) Microbiological contamination



1.5 Base Maps

a) District Base Map

b) Google Image



C) Satellite Image



1.6 Project Location Maps.



1.7 Summary Analysis of Data Collected – based on nine Project Areas

1.7.1 Basic Information of all the Districts of Assam Format B1- Basic Habitation Information As On 01/04/2012

Table 4: Financial Year - 2012-2013 State - ASSAM District - All District Block - All Block Category – All

S.No. District Blocks Panchayats Villages Habitations

1 BAKSHA 11 98 681 3273 2 BARPETA 12 130 815 3280

3 BONGAIGAON 6 62 514 2313 4 CACHAR 15 161 1079 2689

5 CHIRANG 7 59 507 2104

6 DARRANG 6 70 554 2432 7 DHEMAJI 5 65 1164 2202

8 DHUBRI 14 172 1230 4375

9 DIBRUGARH 7 93 1386 6941 10 GOALPARA 8 81 728 2698

11 GOLAGHAT 8 102 1063 4256 12 HAILAKANDI 5 62 398 1673

13 JORHAT 8 111 793 3578

14 KAMRUP 17 163 1276 5228 15 KARBI ANGLONG 11 33 2852 3530

16 KARIMGANJ 7 96 953 2619

17 KOKRAJHAR 5 72 863 4030 18 LAKHIMPUR 9 81 1100 2538

19 MARIGAON 6 97 567 2192

20 NAGAON 20 247 1441 5658 21 NALBARI 9 65 436 2456

22 NORTH CACHAR HILLS 5 9 680 1112

23 SIBSAGAR 9 120 997 4919 24 SONITPUR 14 159 1952 5298

25 TINSUKIA 7 87 1172 3284 26 UDALGURI 6 85 763 2298

Total 237 2580 25964 86976



1.8 Details of the seven Districts under the RWSS Project

1.8.1 Scheme Name: Kamrup

Map of project area – locating it etc.

Blocks GPs Villages Habitations Rural Population

Total number of 17 163 1276 5228 1774423

Total coverage in Nos. 03 23 243 1003 332253 EXISTING SITUATION OF RWSS in Chandrapur and Dimoria Block, Kamrup

Water supply Sanitation

Total no of schemes in project area

Total 579 schemes are sanctioned, out of this 41 are PWS scheme, 104 are hand pump scheme and 434 are other schemes.

No of defunct schemes 10

Total (or %) population covered

Out of 1003habitations in project area, 643 habitations are covered with water supply scheme (i.e. 64.10% coverage). While in whole district 2369 habitations are covered out of 5228 (i.e. 45.31% coverage)

34.8% households are covered while 65.19% households are not covered with toilet facility

Existing condition of Drainage System/Sewerage System

Solid Waste Management

The project blocks/villages of Kamrupdistrict has no storm water network contributing to unhygienic living conditions as the waste water flows towards low lying areas viz. open field & open pond etc. Project area also do not have the sewerage system

There is no solid waste management system in the Kamrup. The disposal is either burnt or buried (biodegradable waste) as a common practice by the villagers.

DESIGN DETAILS OF PLANNED PROJECT FOR CHANDRAPUR & DIMORIA

Number of Existing Scheme

130

Water Source Surface Water



Location of Intake point Kolongpar & Chandrapur (Brahmaputra River) Type of intake point Floating Barge

Water Demand

18.95 ≈ 19 MLD (as per the present population: 235486) Per capita water supply has been taken as 70 LPCD including Unaccounted for water (UFW) limited to 15% based on the guidelines laid down in the Manual for the Water supply & Treatment published by MoUD, Govt. of India.

Initial Population (2015 AD) – 254325 souls (Water Demand- 20.5 MLD)

Population at interim stage (2030 AD)- 330623 soul (Water Demand – 26.61 ≈ 27 MLD)

Population at ultimate stage(2045 AD) – 429809 souls (Water Demand – 34.59≈ 35 MLD)

Source: PHED Department, Assam

Rising Main details (material, distance etc.)

The material used for the rising main will be Ductile Iron

Transmission Line (details)

Material used for transmission mains (raw water transmission main & clear water transmission main) is the Ductile Iron (DI) /Galvanized Iron (GI) pipe conforming to BIS specifications. Appropriate sized DI pipe will also be used in plain areas for transmission of treated/clear water from WTP to service reservoir.

Capacity of Treatment Plant

27 MLD (At Interim Stage, i.e. Design Year)

Treatment Process (including disposal of waste)

For treatment of surface water, complete treatment would be provided viz. settling of raw water, pre-chlorination, coagulation/flocculation, sedimentation, rapid gravity sand filtration/slow sand filtration, CWR & disinfection

Distribution Network

The distribution network would be designed for 30 years. GI/HDPE/PVC pipe will be used. The basic parameters for the network design viz. reservoir staging height, minimum pressure at the user end, peak factor and minimum pipe diameter should also be considered.

Water Quality at the intake point Location : Kolongpar, Kamrup Date of Collection : 16-02-2013 Time of Collection : 12:00PM

S. No. Parameter Test Results Acceptable Limits for Drinking Water

1 Colour Nil 5

2 Odour (Hazen Unit) Absent Unobjectionable 3 Temperature 17.8 ---------------------

4 PH 6.3 6.5-8.5 5 Turbidity (NTU) 12.6 5

6 Total Hardness (mg/l) 64 300 7 Iron (mg/l) 0.22 0.3

8 Arsenic (mg/l) BDL 0.05

9 Fluoride (mg/l) BDL 1.0 10 3-days BOD (mg/l) Nil Should be Nil

11 5-days BOD (mg/l) 3.1 Should be Nil 12 COD (mg/l) 14.2 Should be Nil



13 Feacal Coliform (nos. per 100 ml) (mg/l) 9 Must not be Detectable in 100 ml sample

14 Coliform Organism (Nos. per 100 ml) (mg/l) 19 Must not be Detectable in 100 ml sample

15 Pesticides (mg/l) BDL Absent

BDL – Below Detectable Limit

Location : Chandrapur, Kamrup Date of Collection : 18-02-2013 Time of Collection : 10:00 AM

S. No. Parameter Test Results Acceptable Limits for

Drinking Water

1 Colour Nil 5

2 Odour (Hazen Unit) Absent Unobjectionable

3 Temperature 20.`1 ---------------------

4 PH 6.3 6.5-8.5

5 Turbidity (NTU) 16.8 5

6 Total Hardness (mg/l) 120 300

7 Iron (mg/l) 0.26 0.3


9 Fluoride (mg/l) BDL 1.0

10 3-days BOD (mg/l) Nil Should be Nil

11 5-days BOD (mg/l) -- Should be Nil

12 COD (mg/l) 9.2 Should be Nil

13 Feacal Coliform (nos. per 100 ml) (mg/l) 2 Must not be Detectable

in 100 ml sample

14 Coliform Organism (Nos. per 100 ml)

(mg/l)

7 Must not be Detectable

in 100 ml sample



Clearances required Clearance from forest department may be required Other concerns

Comments on Test Report

All water samples were collected during the lean season. The water sample test for all the intake locations points indicate that all the parameters except the following are within acceptable limits. Turbidity: ≤5NTU (in single sample) The turbidity at Kamrup (Chandrapur – 16.8), Kamrup (Kolongpur – 12.6) is > 5 NTU which is not acceptable. Proposal Turbidity levels at above locations are higher, in (lean) non-monsoon season. It is apparent that turbidity would be much higher during monsoon season. Therefore to reduce the turbidity “Pre-settling” tank has to install before introducing water to treatment system.



The pre-chlorination and coagulation may also be required to bring down to <5 NTU level. BOD The 5-days BOD levels at above two locations (at Kolongpar is 3.1 mg/l and at Chandrapur is – Nil). However, for safety drinking purposes the “pre-chlorination” may be required after pre-settling. Proposal: Pre-settling unit at water treatment plant may kill also bacteria. However the 5-Days BOD for Kamrup (Chandrapur) has not been recorded more than 30 mg/l. The chlorination of 0.5 mg/l liter may be required for treatment of water as a safety factor of supply. Feacal Coliform The test report for above two locations (Feacal Coliform is 9 & Coliform Organism is 19 at Kolongpar location and Feacal Coliform is 2 & Coliform Organism is 7 at Chandrapur location) indicates presence of feacal coliform & Coliform organism, which is not permissible for water supply services in 100 ml sample. Proposal: The presence of faecal coliform in raw water indicates faecal pollution. Therefore to inactivate faecal coliform, pre & post chlorination would be required. Pre – Chlorination with residual concentration of free chlorine of ≥0.5 mg/l after at 30 minutes contact period in water having pH <8. This will inactivate entire virus >99.9%.

General Recommendations

The test report of the sample lifted on 12th Feb 2013 indicates that all the parameters i.e. Colour, Odour, pH, temp, total hardness, Iron, Arsenic, Fluoride are within permissible limits prescribed as per National Guidelines / WHO / BIS except the turbidity, BOD and Feacal Coliform. However, turbidity is more than the permissible limits and faecal and total coliforms are beyond acceptable limits. Therefore the water treatment unit operations should take care of the above three parameters.

The turbidity has been found up to 80.8 mg/l during the sampling in lean season. However, during monsoon, the turbidity may be more, therefore the pre-settling tank need to be designed (sizing) based on max / average values of turbidity for proper treatment of water.

In case of Marigaon sample (Kopili River) & Sibsagar sample (Dikhow River), 5-days BOD has been found up to 34 & 35 mg/l respectively, this needs to be studied with monthly sampling and accordingly the dose of pre-chlorination need to be decided.

i. In case the BOD has been found to be higher, while regular sampling, the cause of pollution may be identified and remedial measures initiated.

ii. In case, if it is not possible to tackle the source of pollution, the location of intake point may be changed.



Test reports indicate faecal coliforms upto 23 and total coliforms upto 35, it means water is polluted. The sampling should be done on monthly basis and source of pollution identified before finalizing the intake location and unit operations of WTP.

In order to inactivate the coliforms, pre-chlorination may be required.

The dosage of pre and post chlorination may be fixed according to the Cl2 demand and Cl2 required inactivate coliforms.

The liquid Cl2 may be used for pre and post chlorination for disinfection. It is recommended that liquid Cl2 may be used in line of bleaching powder, using dozers.

The unit operations of water treatment plants and sizing of different units should be decided based on complete testing (in testing of all parameters) of water samples on regular basis around the year.

Some of the towns may be having some industrial units like paper mills, petroleum refinery, which may be discharging treated / untreated waste water into the river nearby. Therefore it is essential that water samples at proposed intake points may be analyzed for all the parameters as per BIS / CPHEEO manual including heavy metals and toxic elements.

In case the proposed intake location is downstream of the drain discharging waste from the industry, the location may be shift to upstream of the drain discharging treated / untreated waste water.

The unit operation of WTP needs to be decided based on complete / detailed analysis of water samples.

The location of intake point is vital to availability of least polluted water or water requiring least treatment.

a. The intake point should be of upstream of the waste water drain if joining the river.

b. The location should be such that water is available around the year.



Proposed Water Treatment Plant: As per the analysis of the water quality reports, we have

proposed following complete treatment process

Google Imaginary Drawing showing the Location of Intake Point



Villages covered under the Dimoria and Chandrapur Block

*Note these maps were generated using the Revenue Circle maps as base maps and the names of

Villages covered under the Schemes (provided by PHED)



Villages covered under the Bezera Block



Primary Data Analysis –Based on Household, Village and GP Level quantitative primary surveys.

Composite WSS at Chandrapur & Dimoria Dev. Block

Coverage by water supply 100%

Coverage of sewage system 0%

Coverage of drainage 0%

Coverage of solid waste management

0%

Coverage of villages with existing water supply schemes

100%

Percentage of open defecation

100

Area Density of wells (No. of wells per acre)

0.083

Area Density of wells (No. of wells per hectare)

0.204

Distribution (%) of water source - accessibility for domestic water

Handpump 9.75

Govt. tubewell 47.37

Ponds 2.89

Govt. Lakes 0.00

Well 39.98

Open Well 0.00

Hours of electricity

Maximum 13.00

Minimum 8.00

Average 10.00


Maximum 6.00

Minimum 5.00

Average 5.25

Three reported diseases

Disease Name Season % of population affected

Dysentery Summer 4

Diarrhoea Summer 8.03

Cholera Summer 10



Composite WSS at Bezera


Coverage of sewage system

0%



0%

Coverage (%)of villages with existing water supply schemes

100


66.6


0.207


Handpump 41.09


Ponds 0.00

Govt. Lakes 0.00

Well 31.90

Open Well 0.00


Maximum 13

Minimum 11

Average 12


Maximum 14

Minimum 10

Average 11.3

Three reported diseases


Diarrhoea Rainy 5%

Cholera Summer 7%

Malaria Summer 2%



1.8.2 Scheme Name: Sibsagar

Map of project area


Total number of 09 120 997 4919 1102670 Total coverage in nos. 04 63 366 2245 413807

Existing Situation of RWSS in Ambguri and Gourisagar Water supply Sanitation




Total (or %) population/habitation covered

Out of 2245 habitations in project area, 888 habitations are covered with water supply scheme (i.e. 39.45% coverage). While in whole district 1948 habitations are covered out of 4919 (i.e. 39.6% coverage)

25.30% households are covered while 74.70% households are not covered with toilet facility in the project area i.e. 4 block of the Sibsagar District

Existing condition of Drainage System/Sewerage System Solid Waste Management

The project blocks/villages of Sibsagar district has no storm water network contributing to unhygienic living conditions as the waste water flows towards low lying areas viz. open field & open pond etc. Project area also do not have the sewerage system

There is no solid waste management system in the Sibsagar. The disposal is either burnt or buried (biodegradable waste) as a common practice by the villagers.

DESIGN DETAILS OF PLANNED PROJECT


Total Coverage 02 25 165 629 138165 Nos. of Existing Scheme 94

Water Source Surface Water Location of Intake point Dikhow River

Type of intake point Floating Barge



Water Demand

11 MLD (as per the population of project area: 138165) Per capita water supply has been taken as 70 LPCD including Unaccounted for water (UFW) limited to 15% based on the guidelines laid down in the Manual for the Water supply & Treatment published by MoUD, Govt. of India.

Initial Population (2015 AD) – 149218 souls (Water Demand-12

MLD)

Population at intermediate stage (2030 AD)- 193984 souls (Water

Demand – 15.6 ≈ 16 MLD)

Population at ultimate stage (2045 AD) – 252179 souls (Water

Demand – 20.3 ≈ 20 MLD)

Source: PHED, Assam





Capacity of Treatment Plant 16 MLD (at intermediate stage i.e. Design Year)





Water Quality at the intake point

Source of Water : Dikhow River Location : Amguri Gourijan, Sibsagar Date of Collection : 12-02-2013


1 Colour Nil 5 2 Odour (Hazen Unit) Absent Unobjectionable

3 Temperature 19.9 --------------------- 4 PH 6.8 6.5-8.5



8 Arsenic (mg/l) 0.008 0.05 9 Fluoride (mg/l) 0.09 1.0

10 3-days BOD (mg/l) 12 Should be Nil 11 5-days BOD (mg/l) 35 Should be Nil





14 Coliform Organism (Nos. per 100 ml) (mg/l)

35 Must not be Detectable in 100 ml sample

15 Pesticides (mg/l) -- Absent


Clearances required - Other concerns


The water sample test for intake location points indicate that all the parameters except the following are within acceptable limits. Turbidity: ≤5NTU (in single sample) The turbidity at Sibsagar during the lean period is 4.4 which is <= 5 NTU but during the monsoon period it may be increased so that may not acceptable. Proposal Turbidity levels at the above location are within permissible limits in (lean) non-monsoon season. It is apparent that turbidity would be much higher during rainy season. Therefore to reduce the turbidity “Pre -settling” tank has to install before introducing water to treatment system. The re-chlorination and coagulation may also be required to bring down to <5 NTU level. BOD The 5-days BOD level at sibsagar is 35 mg/l (which is >more than the permissible limits of < 30 mg/l) The 5-days BOD > 30 mg/l indicates pollution, which can be of any origin including feacal pollution. Therefore to render water fit for drinking purposes the “pre-chlorination” may be required after pre-settling. Proposal: Pre-settling unit at water treatment plant may kill also bacteria. The chlorination of 0.5 mg/l liter may be required for treatment of water as a factor of supply. Feacal Coliform The above test report indicates the presence of feacal coliform (23 nos. per 100 ml sample) & coliform organism (35 nos. per 100 ml sample) , which are not permissible for water supply services in 100 ml sample. Proposal: The presence of faecal coliform and coliform organism in raw water indicates faecal pollution. Therefore to inactivate faecal coliform, pre & post chlorination would be required. Pre – Chlorination with residual concentration of free chlorine of ≥0.5 mg/l after at 30 minutes contact period in water having pH <8. This will inactivate entire virus >99.9%.


The test report of the sample lifted on 12th Feb 2013 indicates that all the parameters i.e. Colour, Odour, pH, temp, turbidity, total hardness, Iron, Arsenic, Fluoride are within permissible limits prescribed as per National Guidelines / WHO / BIS except the turbidity, BOD and Feacal



Coliform. However, 5-days BOD is higher than the permissible limits & faecal and total coliforms are beyond acceptable limits. Therefore the water treatment unit operations should take care of the above three parameters.

Sample has been lifted in Feb, 2013 is reported above from Dikhow River. In order to accretion water quality appropriately, the samples need to be lifted at least on monthly basis before finalizing unit operation of WTP.

The turbidity has been found up to 80.8 mg/l in case of Marigaon during the sampling in lean season. However, during monsoon, the turbidity may be more, therefore the pre-settling tank need to be designed (sizing) based on max / average values of turbidity for proper treatment of water.

Only in case of Sibsagar sample (Dikhow River) & Marigaon sample

(Kopili River), 5-days BOD has been found 35 & 34 mg/l respectively, this needs to be studied with monthly sampling and accordingly the dose of pre-chlorination need to be decided.

iii. In case the BOD has been found to be higher, while regular sampling, the cause of pollution may be identified and remedial measures initiated.

iv. In case, if it is not possible to tackle the source of pollution, the location of intake point may be changed.

Test report indicates faecal coliforms upto 23 and total coliforms upto 35, it means water is polluted. The sampling should be done on monthly basis and source of pollution identified before finalizing the intake location and unit operations of WTP.



The liquid Cl2 may be used for pre and post chlorination for disinfection. It is recommended that liquid Cl 2 may be used in line of bleaching powder, using dozers.








c. The intake point should be of upstream of the waste water drain if joining the river.

d. The location should be such that water is available around the year.






Villages covered under the Gourisagar, Dimow and Sibsagar Block





Acedity Whole year

3.99

Acedity Summer 5.00

Malariya Summer 3.56

Amguri Gaurisagar integrated WSS



0%



0%


0.0537463


100


100


0.133


Handpump 15.68


Ponds 1.09

Govt. Lakes 0.00

Well 38.24

Open Well 0.00


Maximum 15

Minimum 10

Average 11.4


Maximum 15

Minimum 10

Average 11.4



Gr. Sibsagar integrated WSS



0%



0%


100


100


0.026


0.065


Handpump 41.53


Ponds 0.00

Govt. Lakes 0.00

Well 25.97

Open Well 0.00


Maximum 15

Minimum 12

Average 13.8


Maximum 15

Minimum 10

Average 12


Juandice Rainy 2

Cholera Summer 2

Diarrhola Summer 3

Malariya Summer 4



1.8.3 Scheme Name: Jorhat

Map of project area


Total number of 08 111 793 3578 940388

Total coverage in Nos. 03 37 195 1234 291068

Existing Situation of RWSS in Jorhat Water supply Sanitation


Total 339 schemes are sanctioned, out of this 269 completed but 201 functioning



Out of 1234 habitations in project area, 845 habitations are covered with water supply scheme (i.e. 68% coverage). While in whole district, 1692 habitations are covered out of 3578 (i.e. 47% coverage)

50.10% households are covered while 49.90% households are not covered with toilet facility in the project area i.e. 03 blocks of the Jorhat District

Existing condition of Drainage management/Sewerage system

Solid waste management

The project blocks/villages of Jorhat district has no storm water network contributing to unhygienic living conditions as the waste water flows towards low lying areas viz. open field & open pond etc. Project area also do not have the sewerage system

There is no solid waste management system in the Jorhat. The disposal is either burnt or buried (biodegradable waste) as a common practice by the villagers.

DESIGN DETAILS OF PLANNED PROJECT

Water Source Surface Water Location of Intake point

Nimatighat


Water Demand

23.43 ≈ 24 MLD (as per the existing population of the project area: 291068) Per capita water supply has been taken as 70 LPCD including Unaccounted for water (UFW) limited to 15% based on the guidelines laid



down in the Manual for the Water supply & Treatment published by MoUD, Govt. of India.

Initial Population (2015 AD) -314353 souls (Water Demand-25 MLD) Population at intermediate stage (2030 AD)- 408659 souls (Water

Demand – 32.89 ≈ 33 MLD) Population at ultimate stage (2045 AD) – 535256 souls (Water Demand

– 43.08 ≈ 43 MLD) Basis: PHED Department, Assam



Transmission Line



33 MLD (At intermediate stage)






Location : Neamati Ghat, Jorhat Date of Collection : 12-02-2013 Time of Collection : 4.50 PM


Drinking Water

1 Colour Nil 5


3 Temperature 19.3 ---------------------

4 PH 6.9 6.5-8.5



7 Iron (mg/l) 0.11 0.3

8 Arsenic (mg/l) 0.009 0.05


10 3-days BOD (mg/l) Nil Should be Nil

11 5-days BOD (mg/l) 3 Should be Nil



in 100 ml sample

14 Coliform Organism (Nos. per 100 ml) (mg/l) 31 Must not be Detectable



in 100 ml sample

15 Pesticides (mg/l) -- Absent


Clearances required -

Other concerns


All samples were taken in the lean period (non-monsoon season). The water sample test for intake location point indicates that all the parameters except the following are within acceptable limits. Turbidity: ≤5NTU (in single sample) The turbidity at Jorhat is (11.8) > 5 NTU which is not acceptable. Proposal Turbidity levels at above location are higher in (lean) non-monsoon season. It is apparent that turbidity would be much higher during rainy season. Therefore to reduce the turbidity “Pre-settling” tank has to install before introducing water to treatment system. The re-chlorination and coagulation may also be required to bring down to <5 NTU level. BOD The 5-days BOD levels at Jorhat is 3 mg/l. The 5 days BOD (3 mg/l) indicates pollution, which can be of any origin including feacal pollution. Therefore to render water fit for drinking purposes the “pre-chlorination” may be required after pre-settling. Proposal: Pre-settling unit at water treatment plant may kill also bacteria. However the 5-Day BOD for Kamrup (Chandrapur) and Sonitpur have not been recorded. The chlorination of 0.5 mg/l liter may be required for treatment of water as a factor of supply. Feacal Coliform The above test report indicates the presence of feacal coliform (13 nos. per 100 ml sample) & coliform organism (31 nos. per 100 ml sample) , which are not permissible for water supply services in 100 ml sample. Proposal: The presence of faecal coliform in raw water indicates faecal pollution. Therefore to inactivate faecal coliform, pre & post chlorination would be required. Pre – Chlorination with residual concentration of free chlorine of ≥0.5 mg/l after at 30 minutes contact period in water having pH <8. This will inactivate entire virus >99.9%.


The test report of the sample lifted on 12th Feb 2013 indicates that all the parameters i.e. Colour, Odour, pH, temp, total hardness, Iron, Arsenic, Fluorides are within permissible limits prescribed as pe r National Guidelines / WHO / BIS except the turbidity, BOD and Feacal Coliform However, turbidity and faecal and total coliforms are beyond acceptable limits. Therefore the water treatment unit operations should take care of the above three parameters.



Turbidity has been found up to 80.8 mg/l during the sampling in lean season. However, during monsoon, the turbidity may be more, therefore the pre-settling tank need to be designed (sizing) based on max / average values of turbidity for proper treatment of water.

Only in case of Sibsagar sample (Dikhow River) & Marigaon sample (Kopili River), 5-days BOD has been found 35 & 34 mg/l respectively, this needs to be studied with monthly sampling and accordingly the dose of pre -chlorination need to be decided.

v. In case the BOD has been found to be higher, while regular sampling, the cause of pollution may be identified and remedial measures initiated.

vi. In case, if it is not possible to tackle the source of pollution, the location of intake point may be changed.



The dosage of pre and post chlorination may be fixed according to the Cl 2 demand and Cl2 required inactivate coliforms.

The liquid Cl2 may be used for pre and post chlorination for disinfection. It

is recommended that liquid Cl2 may be used in line of bleaching powder, using dozers.






e. The intake point should be of upstream of the waste water drain if joining the river.

The location should be such that water is available around the year.




proposed following complete treatment process.




Villages covered under Jorhat North-West, central and Jorhat Block.




Composite WSS at Jorhat & Jorhat Central Dev. Block



0%



0%


100


100


0.0473


0.117


Handpump 15.73


Ponds 0.77

Govt. Lakes 0.00

Well 0.00

Open Well 22.38


Maximum 14

Minimum 12

Average 13.2


Maximum 14

Minimum 10

Average 11.6


Dysentry Rainy 4

Malariya Rainy 2.48

Acedity Whole year

2



1.8.4 Scheme Name: Sonitpur



Total number of 14 159 1952 5298 1726359 Total coverage in Nos. 02 34 309 845 102641

Existing Situation of RWSS in



Total 13 schemes are existing, out of this 09 are PWS scheme, 2 are hand pump scheme and 3 are other schemes.

No of defunct schemes


Out of 845 habitations in project area, 348 habitations are covered with water supply scheme (i.e. 41.20% coverage). While in whole district, 1484 habitations are covered out of 5298 (i.e. 28 % coverage)

12.48% households are covered while 87.52 % households are not covered with toilet facility in the project areas



The project blocks/villages of Sonitpur district has no storm water network contributing to unhygienic living conditions as the waste water flows towards low lying areas viz. open field & open pond etc. Project area also do not have the sewerage system

There is no solid waste management system in the Sonitpur. The disposal is either burnt or buried (biodegradable waste) as a common practice by the villagers.

DESIGN DETAILS OF PLANNED PROJECT Nos. of Existing scheme 70 Water Source Surface Water

Location of Intake point Allengibari (Brahmaputra River)




Water Demand

8 MLD (as per the population of project area: 102641) Per capita water supply has been taken as 70 LPCD including Unaccounted for water (UFW) limited to 15% based on the guidelines laid down in the Manual for the Water supply & Treatment published by MoUD, Govt. of India.

Initial Population (2015 AD) – 110852 souls (Water Demand-9 MLD) Population at intermediate stage (2030 AD)- 144108 souls (Water

Demand – 11.6 ≈ 12 MLD) Population at ultimate stage (2045 AD) – 187340 souls (Water

Demand – 15.08 ≈ 15 MLD) Source: PHED, Assam












Source of Water : Brahmaputra River Location : Dipora, Sonitpur Date of Collection : 17-02-2013


1 Colour Nil 5


4 PH 6.7 6.5-8.5 5 Turbidity (NTU) 20.6 5


7 Iron (mg/l) 0.2 0.3 8 Arsenic (mg/l) BDL 0.05


11 5-days BOD (mg/l) --- Should be Nil 12 COD (mg/l) 9.1 Should be Nil








Clearances required

Clearance from forest department may be required

Other concerns


Water samples were taken during the lean (non-monsoon season). The water sample test for the intake location point indicates that all the parameters except the following are within acceptable limits. Turbidity: ≤5NTU (in single sample) The turbidity at Sonitpur is (20.6) > 5 NTU which is not acceptable. Proposal Turbidity levels at above location are higher in (lean) non-monsoon season. It is apparent that turbidity would be much higher during rainy season. Therefore to reduce the turbidity “Pre-settling” tank has to install before introducing water to treatment system. The re-chlorination and coagulation may also be required to bring down to <5 NTU level. Feacal Coliform The above test report indicates the presence of feacal coliform (11 nos. per 100 ml sample) & coliform organism (13 nos. per 100 ml sample) , which are not permissible for water supply services in 100 ml sample. Proposal: The presence of faecal coliform in raw water indicates faecal pollution. Therefore to inactivate faecal coliform, pre & post chlorination would be required. Pre – Chlorination with residual concentration of free chlorine of ≥0.5 mg/l after at 30 minutes contact period in water having pH <8. This will inactivate entire virus >99.9%.


The test report of the sample lifted on 12th Feb 2013 indicates that all the parameters i.e. Colour, Odour, pH, temp, total hardness, Iron, Arsenic, Fluorides & BOD are within permissible limits prescribed as per National Guidelines / WHO / BIS except the turbidity, BOD and Feacal Coliform However, turbidity is more than the permissible limits and faecal and total coliforms are beyond acceptable limits. Therefore the water treatment unit operations should take care of the above three parameters.

Turbidity has been found up to 80.8 mg/l during the sampling in lean season. However, during monsoon, the turbidity may be more, therefore the pre -settling tank need to be designed (sizing) based on max / average values of turbidity for proper treatment of water.

Only in case of Sibsagar sample (Dikhow River) & Marigaon sample (Kopili River), 5-days BOD has been found 35 & 34 mg/l respectively, this needs to be



studied with monthly sampling and accordingly the dose of pre-chlorination need to be decided.

i. In case the BOD has been found to be higher, while regular sampling, the cause of pollution may be identified and remedial measures initiated.

ii. In case, if it is not possible to tackle the source of pollution, the location of intake point may be changed.









The location of intake point is vital to availability of least polluted water or water requiring least treatment. The intake point should be of upstream of the waste water drain if joining the river. The location should be such that water is available around the year.


proposed following complete treatment process.



Villages covered under the Scheme in Cahriduar and Pub Chariduar district




Composite WSS at Gohpur



0%



0%


100


100


0.070


0.174


Handpump 27.55


Ponds 0.00

Govt. Lakes 0.00

Well 37.09

Open Well 0.00


Maximum 14

Minimum 12

Average 13.16


Maximum 13

Minimum 9

Average 10.5


Malariya Rainy 3

Acedity Whole year

3.31

Juandice Rainy 2

Diarrhola Summer 4



1.8.5 Scheme Name: Morigaon



Total number of 06 97 567 2192 832296 Total coverage in Nos. 02 16 142 488 129334

Existing Situation of RWSS in Mayang and Bhurbondha Block






Out of 488 habitations in project area, 319 habitations are covered with water supply scheme (i.e. 65.35% coverage). While in whole district 457 habitations are covered out of 2192 (i.e. 19.47 % coverage)

01 % households are covered while 99 % households are not covered with toilet facility


The project blocks/villages of Morigaon district has no storm water network contributing to unhygienic living conditions as the waste water flows towards low lying areas viz. open field & open pond etc. Project area also do not have the sewerage system

There is no solid waste

management system in

the Morigaon. The

disposal is either burnt or

buried (biodegradable

waste) as a common

practice by the villagers. Design Details of planned project No. of Existing Scheme 20

Water Source Surface Water Location of Intake point Kopili River


Water Demand 10 MLD (as per the population of project area: 129334) Per capita water supply has been taken as 70 LPCD including Unaccounted for water (UFW) limited to 15% based on the guidelines



laid down in the Manual for the Water supply & Treatment published by MoUD, Govt. of India.

Initial Population (2015 AD) – 139681 souls (Water Demand- 11.24 ≈

11 MLD)


Demand – 14.61 ≈ 15 MLD)


Demand ≈ 19 MLD)

Source: PHED, Assam Rising Main details (material, distance etc.)











Source of Water : Kopili River Location : Tinikhutimukh, Marigaon Date of Collection : 13-02-2013

Time : 3:10 PM


1 Colour Nil 5


4 PH 6.2 6.5-8.5 5 Turbidity (NTU) 80.8 5



9 Fluoride (mg/l) BDL 1.0 10 3-days BOD (mg/l) 7 Should be Nil

11 5-days BOD (mg/l) 34 Should be Nil 12 COD (mg/l) 5.2 Should be Nil






15 Pesticides (mg/l) --- Absent


Source of Water : Kopili River Location : Dhraramtul, Marigaon Date of Collection : 17-02-2013

Time : 4:10 PM


Drinking Water

1 Colour Nil 5


3 Temperature 18.2 ---------------------

4 PH 6.1 6.5-8.5



7 Iron (mg/l) 0.27 0.3







in 100 ml sample

14 Coliform Organism (Nos. per 100 ml)

(mg/l)

12 Must not be Detectable

in 100 ml sample



Clearances required


Other concerns


All water samples were taken during the lean period (non-monsoon season) . The water sample test for above intake locations indicate that all the parameters except the following are within acceptable limits. Turbidity: ≤5NTU (in single sample) The turbidity at Marigaon (at Tinikhutimukh intake-80.8 & at Dhraramtul intake – 80.5) is > 5 NTU which is not acceptable. Proposal Turbidity levels at above locations are higher in (lean) non-monsoon season. It is apparent that turbidity would be much higher during rainy season. Therefore to reduce the turbidity “Pre-settling” tank has to install before introducing water to treatment system. The re-chlorination and coagulation may also be required to bring down to <5 NTU level.



Feacal Coliform The above test reports indicate the presence of feacal coliform (7 nos. per 100 ml sample) & coliform organism (12 nos. per 100 ml sample) , which are not permissible for water supply services in 100 ml sample. Proposal: The presence of faecal coliform in raw water indicates faecal pollution. Therefore to inactivate faecal coliform, pre & post chlorination would be required. Pre – Chlorination with residual concentration of free chlorine of ≥0.5 mg/l after at 30 minutes contact period in water having pH <8. This will inactivate entire virus >99.9%.


The test report of the sample lifted on 13th & 17th Feb 2013 indicates that all the parameters i.e. Colour, Odour, pH, temp, total hardness, Iron, Arsenic, Fluoride & BOD are within permissible limits prescribed as per National Guidelines / WHO / BIS except the turbidity, Feacal Coliform & Coliform Organism.

However, turbidity at above two intake locations is beyond the permissible limits and faecal and total coliforms are also present. Therefore the water treatment unit operations should take care of the above three parameters.

Turbidity has been found up to 80.8 mg/l during the sampling in lean season. However, during monsoon, the turbidity may be more, therefore the pre-settling tank need to be designed (sizing) based on max / average values of turbidity for proper treatment of water.

Only in case of Sibsagar sample (Dikhow River) & Marigaon sample (Kopili River), 5-days BOD has been found 35 & 34 mg/l respectively, this needs to be studied with monthly sampling and accordingly the dose of pre-chlorination need to be decided.

i. In case the BOD has been found to be higher, while regular sampling, the cause of pollution may be identified and remedial measures initiated. ii.In case, if it is not possible to tackle the source of pollution, the location of intake point may be changed.

Test report indicates faecal coliforms upto 23 and total coliforms upto 35, it means water is polluted. The sampling should be done on monthly basis and source of pollution identified before finalizing the intake location and unit operations of WTP. In order to inactivate the coliforms, pre-chlorination may be required.



The unit operations of water treatment plants and sizing of different units



should be decided based on complete testing (in testing of all parameters) of water samples on regular basis around the year.




The location of intake point is vital to availability of least polluted water or water requiring least treatment. The intake point should be of upstream of the waste water drain if joi ning the river. The location should be such that water is available around the year.






Villages covered under the Mayang and Bhurbandha Block




Gr Mayang WSS



0%



0%


100


80


0.105


0.259


Handpump 23.21


Ponds 0.50

Govt. Lakes 0.00

Well 32.94

Open Well 0.00


Maximum 15

Minimum 10

Average 12.6


Maximum 14

Minimum 10

Average 11.8


Cholera Summer 7

Juandice Winter 2

Malariya Whole year

10

Malariya Summer 3



1.8.6 Scheme Name: Bogaigaon



Total number of 06 62 514 2313 465921

Total coverage in Nos. 03 36 342 1537 325378

Existing Situation in the District



Total number of schemes in the district are 152, out of which completed are 125 and 121 are functioning.



Out of 1537 habitations in project area, 457 habitations are covered with water supply scheme (i.e. 29.80% coverage). While in whole district 682 habitations are covered out of 2313 (i.e. 29.40 % coverage)

10.67 % households are covered while 89.33 % households are not covered with toilet facility



The project blocks/villages of Bogaigaon district has no storm water network contributing to unhygienic living conditions as the waste water flows towards low lying areas viz. open field & open pond etc. Project area also do not have the sewerage system

There is no solid waste

management system in the

Bogaigaon. The disposal is either

burnt or buried (biodegradable

waste) as a common practice by

the villagers.

DESIGN DETAILS OF PLANNED PROJECT Number of Existing Scheme

58



Water Source Surface Water Location of Intake point Jogighopa


Water Demand

26 MLD (as per the present population of project area: 325378) Per capita water supply has been taken as 70 LPCD including Unaccounted for water (UFW) limited to 15% based on the guidelines laid down in the Manual for the Water supply & Treatment published by MoUD, Govt. of India.

Initial Population (2015 AD) – 351408 souls (Water Demand- 28.28 ≈

28 MLD)


Demand – 36.77 ≈ 37 MLD)


Demand – 47.80 ≈ 48 MLD)

Source: PHED, Assam












Source of Water : Brahmaputra River Location : Jogighopa, Bongaigaon Date of Collection : 14-02-2013


1 Colour Nil 5


4 PH 6.3 6.5-8.5

5 Turbidity (NTU) 0.2 5 6 Total Hardness (mg/l) 128 300

7 Iron (mg/l) 0.08 0.3 8 Arsenic (mg/l) BDL 0.05




11 5-days BOD (mg/l) 2.8 Should be Nil 12 COD (mg/l) 4.2 Should be Nil




15 Pesticides (mg/l) --- Should be Absent BDL – Below Detectable Limit

Clearances required


Other concerns


All water samples were taken during the lean period (non-monsoon season). The water sample test for above intake location indicates that all the parameters except the following are within acceptable limits. Feacal Coliform The above test report indicates the presence of feacal coliform (4 nos. per 100 ml sample) & coliform organism (9 nos. per 100 ml sample), which are not permissible for water supply services in 100 ml sample. Proposal: The presence of faecal coliform in raw water indicates faecal pollution. Therefore to inactivate faecal coliform, pre & post chlorination would be required. Pre – Chlorination with residual concentration of free chlorine of ≥0.5 mg/l after at 30 minutes contact period in water having pH <8. This will inactivate entire virus >99.9%.


The test report of the sample lifted on 14th Feb 2013 indicates that all the parameters i.e. Colour, Odour, pH, temp, turbidity, total hardness, Iron, Arsenic, Fluorides and 5-days BOD are within permissible limits prescribed as per National Guidelines / WHO / BIS except the turbidity, BOD and Feacal Coliform However, only faecal and total coliforms are beyond acceptable limits. Therefore the water treatment unit operations should take care of the above two parameters.

Test reports indicate faecal coliforms upto 23 and total coliforms upto 35, it means water is polluted. The sampling should be done on monthly basis and source of pollution identified before finalizing the intake location and unit operations of WTP. In order to inactivate the coliforms, pre-chlorination may be required.










The intake point should be of upstream of river if waste water drains joining the river.






Google Imaginary Drawing showing the Location of Intake

Point



Villages covered under Boitamari, Sirjangram and Tapatari Block




Gr Jogighopa WSS



0%



0%


100


100


0.097


0.239


Handpump 31.27


Ponds 0.10

Govt. Lakes 0.00

Well 35.25

Open Well 0.00


Maximum 14

Minimum 11

Average 11.8


Maximum 14

Minimum 10

Average 11.3


Diarrhola Summer 3

Malariya Summer 2.47

Acedity Whole year

2.34

Dysentry Rainy 4



1.8.7 Scheme Name: Hailakandi

Map of project area


Total number of 05 62 398 1673 571434 Total coverage in nos. 02 14 53 236 80797

Existing Situation of Hailakandi and Algapur Block Water supply Sanitation


Total 46 schemes are sanctioned, out of this 18 are PWS scheme, 01 is hand pump scheme and 27 are others


Total (or %) population/habitation covered

Out of 236 habitations in project area, 171 habitations are covered with water supply scheme (i.e. 72% coverage). While in whole district 929 habitations are covered out of 1673 (i.e. 55.5% coverage)

3.58% households are covered while 96.48 % households are not covered with toilet facility in the project area i.e. 2 blocks of the Hailakandi District


The project blocks/villages of Hailakandi district has no storm water network contributing to unhygienic living conditions as the waste water flows towards low lying areas viz. open field & open pond etc. Project area also do not have the sewerage system

There is no solid waste management system in the Hailakandi. The disposal is either burnt or buried (biodegradable waste) as a common practice by the villagers.

DESIGN DETAILS OF PLANNED PROJECT FOR HAILAKANDI & ALGAPUR

Number of Existing Scheme

18

Water Source Surface Water

Location of Intake point Katakhal River


Water Demand 6.76 ≈ 7 MLD (as per the present population: 84061) Per capita water supply has been taken as 70 LPCD including



Unaccounted for water (UFW) limited to 15% based on the guidelines laid down in the Manual for the Water supply & Treatment published by MoUD, Govt. of India.

Initial Population (2015 AD) - 90786 souls (Water Demand – 7 MLD)


Demand – 9.50 ≈ 10 MLD)


Demand – 12.35 ≈ 12 MLD)

Source: PHED Department, Assam




Material used for transmission mains (raw water transmission main & clear water transmission main) is the Ductile Iron (DI) /Galvanized Iron (GI) pipe conforming to BIS specifications. Appropriate sized DI pipe will also be used in plain areas for transmission of treated/clear water from WTP to service reservoir. Length of transmission line from intake to WTP = 7 km & Dia. of pipe is 450 mm Clear water pumping main = 60 km Raw Water Pump set = 150 HP


10 MLD (At Intermediate Stage, i.e. Design Stage)





Distance of distribution network = 120 km ESR Capacity = 5000 KL & Nos. = 14


Location : Hailakandi Date of Collection : 10-02-2013 Time of Collection : 10:30 AM


1 Colour Nil 5


3 Temperature 16.9 --------------------- 4 PH 7 6.5-8.5

5 Turbidity (NTU) 2.4 5 6 Total Hardness (mg/l) 104 300

7 Iron (mg/l) 0.08 0.3 8 Arsenic (mg/l) 0.009 0.05


10 3-days BOD (mg/l) Nil Should be Nil 11 5-days BOD (mg/l) Nil Should be Nil



12 COD (mg/l) 2.2 Should be Nil 13 Feacal Coliform (nos. per 100 ml) (mg/l) 0 Must not be Detectable

in 100 ml sample





Clearances required

-

Other concerns


All the surface water samples were taken during the lean period (non-monsoon season). The water sample test for above intake location indicates that all the parameters except the following are within acceptable limits. Turbidity: ≤5NTU (in single sample) The turbidity at Hailakandi (2.4) is < 5 NTU which is acceptable. Proposal Turbidity levels at above location are lower than the permissible limits in (lean) non-monsoon season. It is apparent that turbidity would be much higher during rainy season. Therefore to reduce the turbidity “Pre -settling” tank has to install before introducing water to treatment system. The re-chlorination and coagulation may also be required to bring down to <5 NTU level.


The test report of the sample lifted on 12th Feb 2013 indicates that all the parameters i.e. Colour, Odour, pH, temp, turbidity, total hardness, Iron, Arsenic, Fluoride, BOD, Feacal Coliform & Coliform Organism are within permissible limits prescribed as per National Guidelines / WHO / BIS except the turbidity, BOD and Feacal Coliform The dosage of pre and post chlorination may be fixed according to the Cl 2

demand and Cl2 required inactivate coliforms.









The intake point should be of upstream of river if waste water drains joining the river.







Villages covered under Algapur and Hailakandi Block




Gr. Hailakandi-Algapur WSS



0%



0%


100


20


0.0975128


0.241


Handpump 17.73


Ponds 4.66

Govt. Lakes 0.00

Well 31.32

Open Well 0.00


Maximum 14

Minimum 10

Average 12


Maximum 14

Minimum 9

Average 11.6



1.8.8 Details of Ground Water Table of all the Districts under the Project (2007-2011)

Source: Central Ground Water Board, http://gis2.nic.in/cgwb/Gemsdata.aspx Bongaigaon – 2011

SITE NAME JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC AVG

Chalantapara 8.70 9.30 4.10 7.50 7.4

Bijni 1.67 1.27 2.87 1.94

Medhipara 2.12 3.58 1.14 2.71 2.39

Chaprakata 3.74 3.74

North salmara 2.60 5.07 1.59 3.85 3.28

Bongaigaon 3.45 3.45

Manikpur1 2.78 3.32 0.84 2.05 2.25

Baitamari 4.15 3.94 2.69 4.09 3.72

Abhayapuri 1.49 1.41 2.46 1.79

Hydrograph of Boitamari

Bongaigaon - 2010

ID SITE NAME JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC AVG

Graph 1 Chalantapara 8.06 9.17 3.23 7.31 6.94

Graph 2 Bijni 1.32 1.73 1.37 2.60 1.76

Graph 3 Medhipara 1.72 2.58 1.06 3.37 2.18

Graph 4 Chaprakata 2.60 3.19 2.9

Graph 5 North salmara 2.36 2.75 1.20 3.47 2.44

Graph 6 Manikpur1 2.10 3.50 0.80 1.78 2.04

Graph 7 Baitamari 4.22 4.54 2.64 3.70 3.78

Graph 8 Abhayapuri 1.44 1.94 1.01 2.40 1.7

http://gis2.nic.in/cgwb/Gemsdata.aspx




Bongaigaon 2009



Graph 2 Bijni 2.64 3.01 0.67 1.18 1.88

Graph 3 (deo) medhipara 2.86 3.31 0.95 1.56 2.17

Graph 4 Chaprakata 5.06 4.65 1.60 2.38 3.42


Graph 6 Bongaigaon 3.10 4.59 3.84

Graph 7 Manikpur1 2.60 3.52 0.85 1.82 2.2

Graph 8 Baitamari 4.25 4.72 2.43 3.74 3.78

Graph 9 Abhayapuri 3.11 0.61 1.14 1.62




Bongaigaon 2008



Graph 2 Bijni 2.67 3.00 0.72 1.41 1.95

Graph 3 (deo) medhipara 3.20 0.60 1.65 1.82



Graph 6 Bongaigaon 2.89 4.33 0.26 3.19 2.67

Graph 7 Manikpur1 2.65 3.08 0.52 1.87 2.03

Graph 8 Baitamari 4.44 4.44 1.30 3.99 3.54

Graph 9 Abhayapuri 3.36 1.25 2.21 2.27


Bongaigaon 2007



Graph 2 Bijni 2.73 2.62 0.57 2.20 2.03

Graph 3 (deo) medhipara 5.19 1.53 0.87 2.53



Graph 6 Bongaigaon 3.15 3.55 2.25 1.72 2.67

Graph 7 Manikpur1 2.60 4.34 3.10 2.04 1.70 1.57 2.51

Graph 8 Baitamari 4.19 5.20 5.20 3.77 2.59 3.69 4.13

Graph 9 Abhayapuri 3.38 0.73 0.64 1.93 1.67

Hailakandi 2011


Graph 1 Katlicherra 3.00 3

Graph 2 Katlichera N 3.00 4.47 3.74

Graph 3 Sayedbond Partli 0.40 1.22 0.48 1.71 0.95

Graph 4 Panchgram 3.96 4.20 3.94 4.03



Hydrograph of Panchgram

Hailakandi 2010


Graph 1 Sayedbond Partli 1.31 0.68 1.07 0.61 0.92

Graph 2 North narayanpur 1.00 1.68 0.22 0.91 0.95

Graph 3 Panchgram 1.90 1.9

Graph 4 Panchgram N 0.55 1.90 1.23


Hailakandi 2009


Graph 1 Katlicherra 0.87 0.80 1.33 0.20 0.8

Graph 2 Sayedbond Partli 1.33 1.33

Graph 3 North narayanpur 0.56 1.45 1

Graph 4 Panchgram 0.90 1.24 2.16 1.43




Hailakandi 2008


Graph 1 Katlicherra 2.97 0.93 0.70 1.53

Graph 2 North narayanpur 1.27 1.68 1.48

Hailakandi 2007


Graph 1 Katlicherra 5.45 1.21 3.21 3.29

Graph 2 Algapur 1.70 1.7

Graph 3 North narayanpur 2.47 1.59 2.03

Jorhat 2011


Graph 1 Tipamia 1.66 1.06 1.21 1.51 1.36

Graph 2 Titabor 2.20 2.46 2.32 2.14 2.28

Graph 3 Mariani 2.88 3.20 3.25 2.73 3.02

Graph 4 Dabarapara charali 1.25 2.16 2.13 0.90 1.61

Graph 5 Baghmaria 1.38 2.47 1.26 1.7

Graph 6 Selenghat 2.57 1.15 1.23 1.34 1.57

Graph 7 Saklatinga Tg 2.55 2.33 2.38 1.38 2.16

Graph 8 Rajoi tg 1.27 1.97 1.96 1.12 1.58

Graph 9 Kokilamukh 1.42 1.42

Graph 10 Kakojan 0.89 1.65 1.67 0.56 1.19



Hydrograph of Kakojan

Jorhat 2010


Graph 1 Tipamia 2.60 3.30 0.32 0.52 1.68

Graph 2 Titabor 2.80 3.00 1.35 1.92 2.27

Graph 3 Mariani 4.90 5.40 2.30 2.86 3.86


Graph 5 Baghmaria 3.29 4.96 1.01 1.91 2.79

Graph 6 Selenghat 4.75 5.98 0.50 0.84 3.02

Graph 7 Saklatinga Tg 4.70 6.10 1.12 1.60 3.38

Graph 8 Rajoi tg 3.15 5.03 1.45 1.81 2.86

Graph 9 Dhapkata 3.37 5.06 4.22

Graph 10 Kakojan 1.00 2.00 0.56 0.72 1.07




Jorhat 2009


Graph 1 Tipamia 2.36 0.57 1.46

Graph 2 Titabor 2.63 2.50 1.48 2.01 2.15

Graph 3 Mariani 2.53 3.65 0.92 3.60 2.68


Graph 5 Baghmaria 1.73 0.90 1.24 1.29

Graph 6 Selenghat 3.54 1.90 1.12 2.72 2.32

Graph 7 Saklatinga Tg 3.23 3.23

Graph 8 Rajoi tg 6.11 0.71 3.41


Graph 10 Kakojan 5.03 3.60 5.92 1.20 3.94


Jorhat 2008


Graph 1 Tipamia 2.51 3.46 1.08 1.41 2.12

Graph 2 Titabor 1.90 2.86 1.52 1.82 2.02

Graph 3 Mariani 3.86 5.12 1.20 3.37 3.39


Graph 5 Baghmaria 1.84 2.64 0.33 1.19 1.5

Graph 6 Selenghat 3.17 4.48 1.41 2.88 2.98

Graph 7 Saklatinga Tg 7.59 2.07 4.83

Graph 8 Rajoi tg 2.11 3.32 0.72 3.76 2.48

Graph 9 Dhapkata 2.76 2.76

Graph 10 Kokilamukh 1.49 1.03 1.26

Graph 11 Rongdoi 1.41 1.41

Graph 12 Kakojan 1.46 0.29 0.98 0.91




Jorhat 2007


Graph 1 Tipamia 3.61 0.46 1.28 1.78

Graph 2 Titabor 4.61 1.05 1.37 2.34

Graph 3 Mariani 3.20 0.64 2.49 2.11

Graph 4 Dabarapara charali 3.37 3.79 0.27 2.48

Graph 5 Baghmaria 3.56 -0.10 0.50 1.32

Graph 6 Selenghat 2.80 0.81 1.8

Graph 7 Saklatinga tg 3.01 3.01

Graph 8 Saklatinga Tg 6.01 6.01

Graph 9 Rajoi tg 3.40 4.35 0.57 4.26 3.14

Graph 10 Dhapkata 8.32 8.32

Graph 11 Dhapkata1 3.29 3.29 3.29


Graph 13 Kakojan 3.78 3.78

Kamrup 2011


Graph 1 Rajapara 2.21 2.59 2.12 2.17 2.27

Graph 2 Bamunigaon 3.50 3.01 1.81 2.03 2.59

Graph 3 Boragaon 1.12 1.41 1.22 1.43 1.3

Graph 4 Rani 2.10 2.95 1.37 1.87 2.07

Graph 5 Khetri 1.35 1.65 1.44 2.01 1.61

Graph 6 Topatoli 1.57 1.97 1.12 0.64 1.32

Graph 7 Topatoli N 2.10 2.1

Graph 8 Azara 1.78 3.51 1.44 2.01 2.18

Graph 9 Sonapur 1.60 1.92 1.45 1.75 1.68

Graph 10 Khanapara 1.34 2.93 0.90 1.94 1.78

Graph 11 Maligaon 2.09 3.00 2.09 2.53 2.43




Graph 12 Kahilipara 2.24 4.04 1.65 2.37 2.58

Graph 13 Sualkuchi 1.66 2.15 1.58 1.8

Graph 14 Zoo narangi rd 2.05 2.94 2.65 2.00 2.41

Graph 15 Paltan bazar 1.61 3.12 1.57 1.73 2.01

Graph 16 Panikhaiti 5.55 5.47 4.61 5.21

Graph 17 Chandrapur 2.32 2.99 1.23 3.26 5.2

Graph 18 Agyathuri 5.17 9.01 5.10 4.65 5.98

Graph 19 Amingaon(ii) 6.71 8.24 4.87 8.17 7

Graph 20 Alikash adarsh 4.48 2.35 3.42

Graph 21 Dirgheswari 1.78 1.68 0.75 1.26 1.37

Graph 22 Hajo 3.57 3.28 2.20 2.17 2.8

Graph 23 Kahara 3.89 4.10 1.64 3.10 3.18

Graph 24 Rangia 2.66 0.57 0.09 0.25 0.89

Graph 25 Darkuchi 4.13 2.49 3.31

Graph 26 Goreswar 1.74 0.85 1.3

Graph 27 Naokata 3.74 3.74

Hydrograph of Chandrapur

Kamrup 2010


Graph 1 Rajapara 2.20 1.70 1.48 1.45 1.71


Graph 3 Boragaon 3.76 3.68 1.35 1.06 2.46

Graph 4 Rani 2.35 2.57 1.27 1.56 1.94

Graph 5 Khetri 1.22 2.07 0.71 1.00 1.25

Graph 6 Topatoli 1.32 2.78 0.41 0.72 1.31

Graph 7 Azara 4.42 4.86 1.31 1.16 2.94

Graph 8 Sonapur 2.35 3.09 0.52 1.80 1.94

Graph 9 Khanapara 2.01 2.36 1.40 1.22 1.75

Graph 10 Maligaon 5.93 6.50 2.25 1.19 3.97





Graph 12 Sualkuchi 1.25 1.54 0.43 1.11 1.08


Graph 14 Paltan bazar 4.36 4.55 1.68 1.29 2.97

Graph 15 Panikhaiti 10.81 6.96 5.65 5.33 7.19

Graph 16 Chandrapur 3.37 4.96 4.16

Graph 17 Agyathuri 4.95 9.37 0.83 3.03 4.54

Graph 18 Amingaon(ii) 6.36 6.76 0.99 4.80 4.73

Graph 19 Alikash adarsh 4.54 0.60 2.05 2.4


Graph 21 Hajo 3.28 3.78 0.38 1.68 2.28

Graph 22 Kahara 3.91 4.20 1.35 0.83 2.57

Graph 23 Rangia 2.59 2.93 0.05 0.27 1.46

Graph 24 Darkuchi 4.20 1.38 4.15 3.24

Graph 25 Borghuli 4.06 4.06

Graph 26 Goreswar 1.49 1.84 1.06 1.46

Graph 27 Naokata 3.72 3.97 3.84

Graph 28 Nagrijuli 3.54 4.00 3.77


Kamrup 2009


Graph 1 Rajapara 2.60 2.57 1.50 1.21 1.97

Graph 2 Bamunigaon 0.80 2.02 1.41

Graph 3 Boragaon 3.88 8.98 1.00 1.09 3.74

Graph 4 Rani 2.28 3.22 0.85 2.12

Graph 5 Khetri 2.42 1.72 0.65 1.28 1.52

Graph 6 Topatoli 1.95 2.31 0.31 1.45 1.5

Graph 7 Azara 4.48 5.79 0.32 1.16 2.94

Graph 8 Sonapur 2.98 2.30 0.41 2.15 1.96

Graph 9 Khanapara 1.83 1.87 0.92 1.02 1.41

Graph 10 Maligaon 6.42 7.32 2.18 1.11 4.26





Graph 12 Sualkuchi 2.08 2.65 0.85 0.95 1.63


Graph 14 Paltan bazar 4.39 3.02 0.50 2.64


Graph 16 Chandrapur 3.52 3.29 2.05 2.95

Graph 17 Agyathuri 6.50 9.45 1.41 3.39 5.19

Graph 18 Amingaon(ii) 6.07 8.77 5.81 6.88

Graph 19 Alikash adarsh 3.55 4.35 3.95

Graph 20 Dirgheswari 0.77 2.26 1.52

Graph 21 Hajo 3.38 3.88 1.08 2.92 2.82

Graph 22 Kahara 3.75 4.06 1.90 3.37 3.27

Graph 23 Rangia 3.55 2.90 0.10 3.16 2.43

Graph 24 Darkuchi 3.81 4.23 0.90 4.33 3.32

Graph 25 Goreswar 2.30 1.65 1.00 1.78 1.68

Graph 26 Naokata 4.44 4.46 3.57 4.16


Kamrup 2008


Graph 1 Rajapara 2.49 1.82 1.21 1.38 1.72

Graph 2 Amranga 4.22 4.22

Graph 3 Bamunigaon 2.81 2.81 1.40 2.34

Graph 4 Boragaon 2.03 2.25 1.24 1.38 1.72

Graph 5 Rani 1.53 1.63 0.83 0.91 1.23

Graph 6 Khetri 2.12 2.32 1.42 1.12 1.74

Graph 7 Topatoli 1.62 2.24 0.20 0.80 1.22

Graph 8 Azara 4.22 5.10 0.48 0.52 2.58

Graph 9 Sonapur 2.68 2.35 0.44 1.86 1.83

Graph 10 Khanapara 2.92 1.56 1.05 1.07 1.65

Graph 11 Maligaon 1.55 6.19 2.23 2.40 3.09





Graph 13 Sualkuchi 2.71 2.13 0.73 1.48 1.76


Graph 15 Paltan bazar 0.51 3.10 3.02 2.21

Graph 16 Panikhaiti 4.44 8.32 8.32 5.92 6.75

Graph 17 Chandrapur 2.68 3.14 2.11 2.23 2.54

Graph 18 Agyathuri 4.93 9.20 1.05 3.08 4.57


Graph 20 Alikash adarsh 3.50 2.85 0.53 1.25 2.03

Graph 21 Dirgheswari 2.35 2.40 0.77 1.84

Graph 22 Hajo 3.76 3.63 1.88 2.74 3

Graph 23 Kahara 3.82 3.90 2.50 3.14 3.34

Graph 24 Rangia 3.52 0.15 0.78 0.91 1.34

Graph 25 Darkuchi 3.78 3.83 1.26 1.76 2.66

Graph 26 Goreswar 2.28 2.36 1.07 1.76 1.87

Graph 27 Naokata 4.34 4.40 4.37


Kamrup 2007


Graph 1 Rajapara 2.21 0.80 1.16 1.58 1.44


Graph 3 Boragaon 1.23 0.98 1.19 1.06 1.12

Graph 4 Rani 2.11 0.73 0.79 1.45 1.27

Graph 5 Khetri 1.65 0.39 0.16 1.45 0.91

Graph 6 Topatoli 2.26 1.16 0.12 0.87 1.1

Graph 7 Azara 4.10 1.90 0.45 1.15 1.9

Graph 8 Pattarkuchi 1.58 1.58

Graph 9 Sonapur 3.00 0.56 0.34 1.62 1.62

Graph 10 Khanapara 1.45 0.57 0.83 1.01 0.96

Graph 11 Maligaon 5.81 0.37 1.11 1.13 2.1





Graph 13 Sualkuchi 3.10 2.11 1.03 1.90 2.04


Graph 15 Paltan bazar 1.05 1.05


Graph 17 Chandrapur 3.56 0.75 2.09 2.13

Graph 18 Agyathuri 10.15 2.70 2.50 2.09 4.03 5.05


Graph 20 Alikash adarsh 2.35 4.20 1.07 2.78 2.6


Graph 22 Hajo 3.90 3.66 2.72 1.98 3.70 3.2

Graph 23 Kahara 4.40 4.25 2.48 3.97 3.78

Graph 24 Rangia 3.45 1.48 1.08 2.79 2.2

Graph 25 Darkuchi 4.26 3.38 2.00 4.02 3.42

Graph 26 Goreswar 2.35 1.52 1.27 1.71

Graph 27 Naokata 4.44 3.60 4.02


Morigaon 2011


Graph 1 Nelle 2.12 1.46 1.61 1.72 1.73

Graph 2 Baghara 2.83 3.83 1.12 1.26 2.26

Graph 3 Nasatra 1.54 1.70 1.62

Graph 4 Morigaon 2.53 1.90 0.95 1.10 1.62

Graph 5 Jaluguti 1.43 1.59 1.51

Graph 6 Jagiroad 3.33 3.63 1.83 1.89 2.67

Graph 7 Hindujaporigaon 2.93 3.64 3.28



Hydrograph of Morigaon

Morgaon 2010


Graph 1 Nelle 2.63 1.04 1.91 1.86

Graph 2 Baghara 6.04 6.14 0.39 1.68 3.56

Graph 3 Nasatra 3.02 2.89 0.57 2.16

Graph 4 Garmari gaon 3.12 1.78 2.45

Graph 5 Morigaon 1.08 1.08

Graph 6 Jagiroad 3.64 4.18 1.25 2.53 2.9


Graph 8 Barsibandhagaon 4.13 0.62 2.38

Morgaon 2009


Graph 1 Nelle 1.62 2.93 1.10 2.23 1.97

Graph 2 Baghara 6.20 4.14 0.31 2.76 3.35

Graph 3 Nasatra 3.07 2.00 0.86 1.88 1.95

Graph 4 Garmari gaon 2.87 1.29 2.08

Graph 5 Morigaon 2.81 2.38 1.20 2.13

Graph 6 Jaluguti 2.76 2.76

Graph 7 Jagiroad 3.16 3.47 1.32 3.04 2.75

Graph 8 Barsibandhagaon 0.69 0.69




Morigaon 2008


Graph 1 Nelle 1.45 1.71 0.87 1.05 1.27

Graph 2 Baghara 6.01 3.78 0.58 1.74 3.03

Graph 3 Nasatra 3.00 2.05 0.28 0.54 1.47

Graph 4 Garmari gaon 1.45 0.47 1.99 1.3

Graph 5 Morigaon 1.61 1.85 0.42 0.56 1.11

Graph 6 Jagiroad 3.05 3.56 1.38 2.42 2.6

Graph 7 Hindujaporigaon 0.95 0.95

Graph 8 Barsibandhagaon 4.02 3.56 0.79 2.79




Morigaon 2007


Graph 1 Nelle 1.64 0.96 0.28 1.01 0.97

Graph 2 Baghara 6.21 1.43 0.33 1.27 2.31

Graph 3 Nasatra 2.82 2.79 0.49 2.03

Graph 4 Garmari gaon 3.90 3.29 0.83 2.67

Graph 5 Morigaon 2.36 0.84 1.6

Graph 6 Jagiroad 3.18 1.24 1.64 2.13 2.05


Graph 8 Barsibandhagaon 3.84 3.18 1.46 2.83

Graph 9 Miarabari 0.63 1.64 1.14


Sibsagar 2011


Graph 1 Geleki 1.78 3.42 1.59 2.26

Graph 2 Hanumanbagh 2.05 1.24 1.36 1.63 1.57

Graph 3 Sibsagar 1.43 1.07 1.24 0.87 1.15

Graph 4 Dhapaboria 2.55 2.69 1.92 2.39

Graph 5 Rajabari te 5.02 2.34 2.44 4.00 3.45

Graph 6 Betbari alimore 4.46 2.15 2.13 3.22 2.99

Graph 7 Moranhat 3.47 3.26 3.29 3.00 3.26

Graph 8 Sapekhati 3.48 2.45 2.58 2.53 2.76

Graph 9 Demow sukan 3.44 2.54 2.64 3.15 2.94

Graph 10 Bandarmari 2.48 1.85 1.76 2.05 2.04



Hydrograph of Sibsagar

Sibsagar 2010


Graph 1 Geleki 2.69 4.91 3.8

Graph 2 Hanumanbagh 4.67 6.03 0.92 1.09 3.18

Graph 3 Sibsagar 2.77 3.00 1.57 1.60 2.24

Graph 4 Dhapaboria 4.00 5.56 4.78

Graph 5 Rajabari te 5.68 6.50 1.79 2.08 4.01


Graph 7 Moranhat 5.75 1.35 2.93 3.34

Graph 8 Sapekhati 7.20 7.20 1.80 3.11 4.83






Sibsagar 2009


Graph 1 Geleki 0.55 0.79 0.67

Graph 2 Hanumanbagh 3.99 3.99

Graph 3 Sibsagar 2.59 3.03 0.16 0.85 1.66

Graph 4 Dhapaboria 3.70 0.36 2.03

Graph 5 Rajabari te 4.09 5.52 4.27 4.63


Graph 7 Moranhat 3.97 1.34 3.93 3.08

Graph 8 Sapekhati 4.81 2.03 3.39 3.41


Graph 10 Bandarmari 3.99 0.40 7.78 4.06


Sibsagar 2008


Graph 1 Geleki 0.97 3.94 2.46

Graph 2 Dihajan 1.57 1.57

Graph 3 Hanumanbagh 3.00 0.58 4.31 2.63

Graph 4 Sibsagar 2.59 3.96 1.88 1.44 2.47

Graph 5 Dhapaboria 3.45 4.70 0.96 3.04



Graph 8 Moranhat 3.81 4.33 2.55 3.16 3.46

Graph 9 Sapekhati 4.50 6.25 1.69 2.72 3.79






Sibsagar 2007


Graph 1 Geleki 2.68 2.68

Graph 2 Hanumanbagh 2.51 0.17 1.34

Graph 3 Sibsagar 2.26 3.28 2.77

Graph 4 Dhapaboria 3.37 3.37



Graph 7 Moranhat 3.55 6.35 2.82 4.14

Graph 8 Sapekhati 3.14 6.49 0.26 2.30 3.05


Graph 10 Bandarmari 3.98 5.34 2.85 4.06




Sonitpur 2011


Graph 1 Barchola 2.38 2.95 1.74 2.27 2.34

Graph 2 Tezpur 6.11 6.87 3.21 4.99 5.3

Graph 3 Biswanath 8.00 8.70 3.48 6.19 6.59

Graph 4 Dhekiajuli 3.49 4.05 2.15 3.11 3.2

Graph 5 Jamuguri(north) 1.86 2.39 0.49 1.34 1.52

Graph 6 Sootia 2.69 3.83 2.00 3.05 2.89

Graph 7 Rangapara 3.09 3.36 1.40 2.72 2.64

Graph 8 Bihupukhuri 7.48 8.54 6.12 6.76 7.22

Graph 9 Biswanath chara 2.24 2.38 1.49 1.93 2.01

Graph 10 Dhalaibil 4.57 5.05 3.02 3.80 4.11

Graph 11 Balipara 1.57 1.97 1.19 1.89 1.66

Graph 12 Borgang 2.40 2.66 1.06 1.93 2.01

Graph 13 Charduar 1.99 3.40 1.91 3.06 2.59

Graph 14 Garumari 2.70 7.48 0.54 2.13 3.21

Graph 15 Hawajan 2.93 3.59 1.04 2.23 2.45

Graph 16 Gohpur 0.40 0.4

Hydrograph of Charduar

Sonitpur 2010


Graph 1 Barchola 2.54 2.88 0.68 2.03

Graph 2 Tezpur 6.43 6.87 3.30 6.14 5.68

Graph 3 Biswanath 8.12 8.73 3.32 1.40 5.39

Graph 4 Dhekiajuli 3.55 3.91 1.79 2.75 3


Graph 6 Sootia 3.79 3.89 1.89 3.06 3.16

Graph 7 Rangapara 2.99 3.46 1.34 2.6






Graph 10 Dhalaibil 4.70 5.36 2.83 3.84 4.18

Graph 11 Balipara 1.61 1.67 0.62 1.55 1.36

Graph 12 Borgang 2.48 2.76 0.92 1.82 2

Graph 13 Charduar 3.30 3.45 1.60 2.68 2.76

Graph 14 Garumari 2.54 2.91 0.54 1.54 1.88

Graph 15 Hawajan 2.99 3.54 0.83 2.14 2.38


Sonitpur 2009


Graph 1 Barchola 2.66 2.66

Graph 2 Tezpur 6.49 4.08 2.54 5.50 4.65

Graph 3 Biswanath 6.11 9.29 4.16 6.57 6.53



Graph 6 Sootia 3.67 4.50 2.91 3.16 3.56

Graph 7 Rangapara 3.16 4.20 1.13 2.43 2.73



Graph 10 Dhalaibil 4.65 5.35 3.27 3.77 4.26

Graph 11 Balipara 1.69 2.29 0.85 1.55 1.6

Graph 12 Borgang 2.46 2.87 0.86 1.51 1.92

Graph 13 Charduar 3.33 3.54 1.51 2.91 2.82

Graph 14 Garumari 2.13 7.27 0.37 1.26 2.76

Graph 15 Hawajan 3.07 3.95 0.74 2.05 2.45

Graph 16 Gohpur 1.98 2.48 0.43 0.21 1.27




Sonitpur 2008


Graph 1 Barchola 2.64 1.18 1.91

Graph 2 Tezpur 6.27 6.86 2.19 6.18 5.38

Graph 3 Biswanath 8.49 2.64 5.56



Graph 6 Sootia 3.43 3.76 1.77 3.06 3

Graph 7 Rangapara 3.09 3.98 1.19 2.53 2.7


Graph 9 Biswanath chara 3.07 1.21 2.18 2.15

Graph 10 Dhalaibil 4.66 5.11 2.73 3.87 4.09

Graph 11 Balipara 1.56 1.39 0.30 1.18 1.11

Graph 12 Borgang 2.56 2.84 0.89 1.90 2.05

Graph 13 Charduar 3.38 3.56 1.36 2.96 2.82

Graph 14 Garumari 6.17 6.78 0.35 1.66 3.74

Graph 15 Hawajan 3.05 3.58 0.61 1.23 2.12

Graph 16 Gohpur 1.02 1.78 0.61 1.14




Sonitpur 2007


Graph 1 Barchola 1.56 1.60 1.58

Graph 2 Tezpur 6.73 5.51 2.49 5.48 5.05

Graph 3 Biswanath 8.04 8.04



Graph 6 Sootia 3.96 3.61 1.83 2.63 3.01

Graph 7 Rangapara 3.22 2.55 1.33 2.21 2.33



Graph 10 Dhalaibil 4.57 4.33 2.50 3.64 4.04

Graph 11 Balipara 1.38 1.15 0.30 1.11 0.98

Graph 12 Borgang 2.75 2.37 0.84 1.95 1.98

Graph 13 Dihaljali 1.39 1.39

Graph 14 Kolony 3.84 2.21 3.02

Graph 15 Charduar 1.33 2.76 1.40 2.71 2.05

Graph 16 Garumari 6.65 0.34 1.77 2.92

Graph 17 Hawajan 3.05 2.68 1.06 2.17 2.24

Graph 18 Gohpur 0.34 1.04 0.57 0.10 0.51



1.8.9 Rainfall of the seven districts

Morigaon Bongaigaon

Hailakandi

Sibsagar

Jorhat Sonitpur

Kamrup



1.8.10 Existing situation of Piped Water Supply in all the districts of Assam

Table 5: Drinking Water Status in the Habitations

S.No. District Targeted Total Actual Covered

Left To be Covered

(%) of Actual

Covered against Target

1 BAKSHA 200 74 74 126 37.00

2 BARPETA 259 133 133 126 51.35

3 BONGAIGAON 118 70 70 48 59.32

4 CACHAR 246 121 121 125 49.19

5 CHIRANG 234 61 61 173 26.07

6 DARRANG 180 102 102 78 56.67

7 DHEMAJI 193 46 46 147 23.83

8 DHUBRI 300 62 62 238 20.67

9 DIBRUGARH 1044 555 555 489 53.16

10 GOALPARA 122 118 117 5 95.90

11 GOLAGHAT 408 259 258 150 63.24

12 HAILAKANDI 156 89 89 67 57.05

13 JORHAT 480 232 232 248 48.33

14 KAMRUP 377 293 293 84 77.72

15 KARBI ANGLONG 178 46 46 132 25.84

16 KARIMGANJ 189 91 91 98 48.15

17 KOKRAJHAR 192 58 58 134 30.21

18 LAKHIMPUR 204 49 49 155 24.02

19 MARIGAON 149 52 52 97 34.90

20 NAGAON 442 77 77 365 17.42

21 NALBARI 300 110 94 206 31.33

22 NORTH CACHAR HILLS 28 0 0 28 0.00

23 SIBSAGAR 328 126 126 202 38.42

24 SONITPUR 445 134 134 311 30.11

25 TINSUKIA 308 133 133 175 43.18

26 UDALGURI 150 84 84 66 56.00

Total 7230 3175 3157 4073 43.67



S. N.

District Total Schemes

PWS Schemes Hand Pump Schemes Other Schemes

Ongoing Complete Proposed Total Ongoing Complete Proposed Total Ongoing Complete Proposed Total

1 BAKSHA 157 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 4 62 91 0 153

2 BARPETA 54 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 52 0 53

3 BONGAIGAON 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

4 CACHAR 328 46 0 1 47 1 0 0 1 67 210 3 280

5 CHIRANG 149 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 144 4 0 148

6 DARRANG 207 0 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 1 198 0 199

7 DHEMAJI 158 14 0 0 14 2 0 0 2 141 1 0 142

8 DHUBRI 150 27 0 0 27 1 0 0 1 95 26 1 122

9 DIBRUGARH 1273 17 0 0 17 7 671 0 678 484 92 0 576

10 GOALPARA 258 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 168 0 90 258

11 GOLAGHAT 399 4 1 0 5 0 1 0 1 357 36 0 393

12 HAILAKANDI 46 18 0 0 18 1 0 0 1 27 0 0 27

13 JORHAT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

14 KAMRUP 579 41 0 0 41 102 1 1 104 257 7 170 434

15 KARBI ANGLONG 145 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 144 0 0 144

16 KARIMGANJ 60 13 0 9 22 2 0 0 2 36 0 0 36

17 KOKRAJHAR 219 7 0 0 7 0 6 0 6 23 183 0 206

18 LAKHIMPUR 201 11 1 0 12 26 0 0 26 163 0 0 163

19 MARIGAON 327 17 0 0 17 1 0 0 1 309 0 0 309

20 NAGAON 19 15 0 0 15 1 0 0 1 3 0 0 3

21 NALBARI 28 0 2 0 2 1 1 0 2 3 21 0 24

22

NORTH

CACHAR HILLS 40 26 0 0 26 0 0 0 0 14 0 0 14

23 SIBSAGAR 449 23 0 12 35 3 0 0 3 408 3 0 411

24 SONITPUR 13 8 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 3

25 TINSUKIA 128 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 4 0 124 0 124

26 UDALGURI 26 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 4



S. N.




Total 5413 288 13 22 323 152 686 1 839 2913 1048 265 4226




Bongaigaon 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Hailakandi 46 18 0 0 18 1 0 0 1 27 0 0 27

Jorhat 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Kamrup 579 41 0 0 41 102 1 1 104 257 7 170 434

Marigaon 327 17 0 0 17 1 0 0 1 309 0 0 309

Sibsagar 449 23 0 12 35 3 0 0 3 408 3 0 411

Sonitpur 13 8 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 3

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

On

goin

g

Co

mp

lete

Pro

po

sed

To

tal

On

goin

g

Co

mp

lete

Pro

po

sed

To

tal

On

goin

g

Co

mp

lete

Pro

po

sed

To

tal

Total Schemes PWS Schemes HandPump Schemes Other Schemes

BONGAIGAON

HAILAKANDI

JORHAT

KAMRUP

MARIGAON

SIBSAGAR

SONITPUR

Consultancy Services for Undertaking Environmental Assessment for the Rural Water Supply & Sanitation Project in Assam

Draft Final Report - Annexures


Table 6: District Wise Status of the Rural Piped Water Supply (PWS) Scheme in Assam

S. No. District Habitation Covered With PWS

With Ongoing With Completed With New With Total

1 Baksha 303 331 0 584

2 Barpeta 245 394 0 631

3 Bongaigaon 224 499 0 679

4 Cachar 260 1238 1 1417

5 Chirang 107 183 0 229

6 Darrang 6 562 0 562

7 Dhemaji 152 152 0 270

8 Dhubri 285 325 0 515

9 Dibrugarh 999 454 0 1387

10 Goalpara 231 440 0 643

11 Golaghat 974 989 0 1869

12 Hailakandi 573 417 0 929

13 Jorhat 1331 491 0 1692

14 Kamrup 746 1699 0 2369

15 Karbi anglong 281 274 0 540

16 Karimganj 670 741 14 1286

17 Kokrajhar 311 486 0 689

18 Lakhimpur 162 172 0 303

19 Marigaon 353 153 0 457

20 Nagaon 833 653 2 1411

21 Nalbari 425 514 0 889

22 North Cachar Hills 34 214 0 244

23 Sibsagar 895 1077 73 1948

24 Sonitpur 889 661 0 1484

25 Tinsukia 273 199 0 446

26 Udalguri 48 259 0 303

Total 11610 13577 90 23776



Table 7: Block Wise Status of Habitation Covered with Rural Piped Water Supply Scheme

in Seven Districts (Project Areas) of Assam:

District: Kamrup

S. No. Block

Habitation Covered With PWS

With Ongoing

With Completed

With New With Total

1 Bangaon 42 29 0 69

2 Bezera 78 126 0 198

3 Bihdia-jajikona 40 252 0 290

4 Boko-bongaon 21 11 0 32

5 Chamaria 19 81 0 94

6 Chandrapur 29 157 0 179

7 Chayani barduar 29 41 0 70

8 Chhaygaon 54 29 0 81

9 Dimoria 156 127 0 266

10 Goroimari 29 20 0 49

11 Hajo 50 181 0 222

12 Kamalpur 12 188 0 196

13 Rampur 39 56 0 88

14 Rangia 83 267 0 341

15 Rani 29 71 0 98

16 Sualkuchi 0 0 0 0

17 Sulkuchi 36 63 0 96

Total 746 1699 0 2369

District: Sibsagar

S. No. Block Habitation Covered With PWS


1 Amguri 46 96 10 151

2 Demow 162 120 19 297

3 Gourisagar 63 104 21 181

4 Lakwa 36 35 0 68

5 Nazira 212 258 0 408

6 Pachim Abhoypur 28 49 0 73

7 Sapekhati 111 151 0 260

8 Sibsagar 131 114 23 259

9 Sonari 106 150 0 251

Total 895 1077 73 1948



District: Jorhat



1 JORHAT 350 199 0 500

2 JORHAT CENTRAL 64 56 0 116

3 JORHAT EAST 27 46 0 69

4 JORHAT NORTH WEST 183 52 0 229

5 KALIAPANI 129 20 0 142

6 MAJULI 40 12 0 52

7 TITABAR 525 100 0 565

8 UJANI MAJULI 13 6 0 19

Total 1331 491 0 1692

District: Sonitpur



1 BAGHMARA 27 8 0 35

2 BALIPARA 75 37 0 107

3 BARCHALA 44 69 0 105

4 BEHALI 63 23 0 85

5 BIHAGURI 58 75 0 127

6 BISHAWNATH 40 17 0 56

7 CHAIDUAR 135 58 0 190

8 CHATIA 51 33 0 78

9 DHEKIAJULI 102 165 0 257

10 GABHARU 44 49 0 82

11 NADUAR 80 49 0 114

12 PUB-CHAIDUAR 106 52 0 158

13 RANGAPARA 15 8 0 23

14 SAKOMATHA 49 18 0 67

Total 889 661 0 1484

District: Marigaon

S. No. Block



1 Bhur-Bandha 78 26 0 90

2 Dulongghat pt. 4 9 0 13

3 Kapili Pt. 38 16 0 44



S. No. Block



4 Laharighat 54 21 0 74

5 Mairabari (part) 0 7 0 7

6 Mayang 179 74 0 229

Total 353 153 0 457

District: Bongaigaon



1 Baitamari 10 199 0 204

2 Dangtola 100 61 0 154

3 Manikpur 30 34 0 64

4 Sidli-Chirang Pt. 1 3 0 4

5 Srijangram 42 99 0 119

6 Tapatari 41 103 0 134

Total 224 499 0 679

District: Hailakandi



1 Algapur 112 66 0 162

2 Hailakandi 113 75 0 171

3 Katlicherra 64 61 0 116

4 Jala 168 185 0 336

5 South Hailakandi 116 30 0 144

Total 573 417 0 929



1.9 Sanitation

• The total sanitation coverage (rural plus urban) in India is 18% whereas in Assam the

coverage is 15.89%only.

• The 3 million households in rural Assam do not have sanitary latrines.

• Out of 85% of total households in Assam having access to individual, community or shared

toilets, only around 66% are being used at present.

• Although the TSC had led to almost 70% people using toilets, 30% of the people are still

found to resort to open defecation. (Source: Impact assessment of Nirmal Gram Puraskar,

2008, TARU report).

Table 8: Distribution of Households by sanitation facilities and caste: Assam Rural– Census

2011

Total number of households

Number of Households having latrine facilities within the premises

Number of Households having closed drainage within the premises

Number of Households having bathrooms within the

premises

Total 6367295 4131931(64.89) 230025(3.61) 1558058 (24.47)

Rural 5374553 3201625(59.57) 76764(1.42) 846494(15.75)

ST Rural 814320 57674(7.08) 8243(1.01) 74530(9.15)

SC Rural 539606 326395(60.48) 10114(1.87) 89156 (16.52)

Source: Census 2011



The data for sanitation coverage has been accessed from IMIS of the Ministry of Drinking Water Supply & Sanitation, Govt. of India only for the

districts/blocks covered under the projects proposed to seek World Bank funding.

Table 9: Coverage of Households with Sanitation Facility in Kamrup District only for the Blocks/GPs being considered under the proposed World Bank Project

Name of District

Name of Block

Name of GP Total Households (H/H)

H/H With Toilet

H/H Without Toilet

Total BPL H/H with Toilet

Total BPL H/H without Toilet

Total APL H/H with Toilet

Total APL H/H without Toilet

Total School with Toilet

Total School without Toilet

Total Anganwadi With Toilet


Kamrup

Chandrapur

Chandrapur 2049 711 1338 0 985 711 353 18 0 0 16

Pachim Mayang 2363 507 1856 0 875 507 981 20 5 0 22

Panikhaity 3005 537 2468 77 1807 407 661 5 7 0 12

Amsingh 2733 806 1927 13 645 793 1282 0 7 0 11

Bazera

Dhuptari 994 550 444 4 184 546 260 20 0 3 16

Agdola 2636 817 1819 137 1007 680 812 16 0 1 17

Lachitgarh 2887 776 2111 73 349 703 1762 16 0 0 24

Mondakota 1977 0 1977 0 1803 0 174 18 26 0 14

Rudeswar 2270 1126 1144 109 504 1017 640 9 1 0 19

Saraighat 1786 1410 376 59 306 1351 70 24 0 1 12

Dimoria

Tetelia 1111 415 696 35 547 380 149 12 0 0 10

Baruabari 1538 913 625 615 427 298 198 2 12 1 11

Hahara 2667 1013 1654 720 1155 293 499 15 3 0 15

Maloibari 1451 673 778 398 728 275 50 14 0 0 11

Tapatoli 2308 458 1850 0 708 458 1142 15 2 0 18

Dhupguri 1797 760 1037 350 570 410 467 6 2 0 14

Kamarkuchi 1086 306 780 8 510 298 270 0 0 0 4

Nartab 876 375 501 74 421 301 80 1 0 0 10



Name of District

Name of Block


H/H With Toilet

H/H Without Toilet

Total BPL H/H with Toilet

Total BPL H/H without Toilet

Total APL H/H with Toilet

Total APL H/H without Toilet

Total School with Toilet

Total School without Toilet



Barkhat 1934 77 1857 12 647 65 1210 3 9 4 7

Digaru 2380 1290 1090 409 778 881 312 16 3 0 14

Khetri 2302 1247 1055 250 785 997 270 0 0 0 12

Sonapur 2489 774 1715 265 1655 509 60 16 0 0 12

0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

Ch

an

dra

pu

r

Pac

him

May

an

g

Pan

ikh

aity

Am

sin

gh

Dh

up

tari

Agd

ola

Lach

itg

arh

Mo

nd

ako

ta

Ru

de

swa

r

Sara

igh

at

Tet

elia

Ba

ruab

ari

Ha

har

a

Mal

oib

ari

Tap

ato

li

Dh

up

guri

Kam

ark

uch

i

Nar

tab

Ba

rkh

at

Dig

aru

Kh

etr

i

Son

ap

ur

Chandrapur Bazera Dimoria

Status of Coverage of Chandrapur, Bazera & Dimoria Block of Kamrup District With Sanitation

Facility

Total Households (H/H)

H/H With Toilet

H/H Without Toilet



Table 10: The analysis of data indicates that only 34.8% households are covered while 65.19% households are not covered with toilet fac ility

Coverage of Households with Sanitation Facility in Jorhat District only for the Blocks/GPs being considered under the proposed World Bank Project

Name of District

Name of Block

Name of GP

Total

Households (H/H)

H/H

With Toilet

H/H

Without Toilet

Total BPL

H/H with Toilet

Total

BPL H/H without Toilet

Total APL

H/H with Toilet

Total

APL H/H without Toilet

Total

School with Toilet

Total

School without Toilet

Total

Anganwadi With Toilet

Total

Anganwadi With Toilet

Jorhat

Jorhat East

Balijan 1058 193 865 127 459 66 406 0 22 0 4

Lahing 2042 1310 732 43 531 1267 201 0 12 0 10

Pub Nakachari 1132 175 957 25 773 150 184 0 34 0 9

Hemlai 1787 1305 482 49 275 1256 207 0 30 1 6

Madhya Nakachari 1520 777 743 62 586 715 157 0 23 0 10

Seleng 1789 1195 594 277 393 918 201 0 0 0 7

Kathalguri 897 187 710 22 506 165 204 0 5 1 9

Pub Lahing 2427 1823 604 38 422 1785 182 0 35 0 8

Uttar Pubnakachari 827 388 439 50 239 338 200 0 26 2 11

Jorhat Central

Gohain Phasul 740 265 475 4 321 261 154 0 26 0 8

Kakajan 953 473 480 136 274 337 206 0 1 0 8

Melong Balichapari 1854 840 1014 100 643 740 371 0 45 0 9

Rajoi Badulipukhari 1597 792 805 332 538 460 267 0 19 0 5

Holongapar Bagan 828 236 592 15 422 221 170 0 4 1 6



0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

Ba

lijan

Lah

ing

Pu

b N

aka

cha

ri

He

mla

i

Ma

dh

ya N

aka

char

i

Sele

ng

Kat

hal

gu

ri

Pu

b L

ahin

g

Utt

ar P

ub

nak

ach

ari

Go

hai

n P

ha

sul

Kak

aja

n

Me

lon

g B

alic

ha

par

i

Ra

joi B

ad

ulip

ukh

ari

Ho

lon

gap

ar

Bag

an

Ma

dh

ya C

ho

wkh

at

Pas

chim

Ho

lon

gap

ar

Jata

kia

Ma

dh

ya H

olo

gap

ar

Pu

b H

olo

gap

ar

Jorhat East Jorhat Central

Status of Coverage of Block Jorhat East & Central Block of Jorhat District With Sanitation Facility


H/H With Toilet

H/H Without Toilet

Name of District

Name of Block


H/H With Toilet

H/H Without Toilet

Total BPL H/H with

Toilet

Total BPL H/H without

Toilet

Total APL H/H with

Toilet

Total APL H/H without

Toilet

Total School with

Toilet

Total School without

Toilet



Madhya Chowkhat 1811 1299 512 87 354 1212 158 0 22 0 8

Paschim Holongapar 1015 130 885 1 691 129 194 0 19 5 6

Jatakia 480 112 368 4 244 108 124 0 0 0 9

Madhya Hologapar 1656 896 760 30 480 866 280 0 9 0 5 Pub Hologapar 1535 603 932 78 761 525 171 0 25 0 10



Table 11: The analysis of data indicates that only 50.10% households are covered while 49.90% households are not covered with toilet facility

Coverage of Households with Sanitation Facility in Hailakandi District only for the Blocks/GPs being considered under the proposed World Bank Project

Name of District

Name of Block


H/H With Toilet

H/H Without Toilet

Total BPL H/H with

Toilet


Toilet

Total APL H/H with

Toilet


Toilet

Total School with

Toilet


Toilet



Hailankandi

Algapur

Algapur 1212 70 1142 0 992 70 150 0 25 0 6

Chandipur 1977 120 1857 40 1607 80 250 0 50 0 0

Mohanpur -

Burnibreas 2075 33 2042 7 1709 26 333 0 24 0 0

panchgram 500 0 500 0 400 0 100 0 16 0 0

West Mohanpur 1050 0 1050 0 880 0 170 0 8 0 0

Bakrihawar 738 38 700 38 600 0 100 0 7 0 0

Chiparsangan 1302 47 1255 7 1060 40 195 0 22 0 0

Mohanpur 1070 63 1007 9 907 54 100 0 20 0 0

Syedbond 639 37 622 4 522 33 100 0 4 0 0

Bashbari 1434 30 1404 0 1229 30 175 0 23 0 5

Kalinagar 700 0 700 0 600 0 100 0 7 0 0

North Naraipur 1353 40 1313 4 1123 36 190 0 22 0 0

Uttarkanchanpur 1100 114 986 8 886 106 100 0 20 0 0

Hailakandi

Bahadurpur 1362 49 1313 14 1040 35 273 0 5 0 0

Boalipar 475 0 475 0 375 0 100 0 21 0 0

Kanchanpur 1250 72 1178 42 904 30 274 0 18 0 0

Nitainagar 1294 61 1233 33 1039 28 194 0 15 0 0

Serispur 1628 63 1565 28 1266 35 299 0 16 0 0



Name of District

Name of Block


H/H With Toilet

H/H Without Toilet

Total BPL H/H with

Toilet


Toilet

Total APL H/H with

Toilet


Toilet

Total School with

Toilet


Toilet



bashdahar-Barhailakani 1050 0 1050 0 900 0 150 0 16 0 0

Chandpur-Ujjankupa 888 61 827 36 577 25 250 0 8 0 0

Matijuri-Paikan 1257 30 1227 0 931 30 296 0 10 0 0

Ranguti 1349 57 1292 21 1142 36 150 0 16 0 0

Sudarshanpur-Bandukmara 1732 30 1702 0 1396 30 306 0 18 0 0

Bhatirkupa 1485 35 1450 0 1300 35 150 0 20 0 0

Gangapar-Dhunkara-Lakhirbond 1032 45 987 0 725 45 262 0 6 0 4

Narainpur-Topkhana 1586 70 1516 38 1293 32 223 0 7 0 0

Ratanpur 1000 0 1000 0 750 0 250 0 16 0 0



Table 12: The analysis of data indicates that only 3.58 % households are covered while 96.48 % households are not covered with toilet facility

Coverage of Households with Sanitation Facility in Sibsagar District only for the Blocks/GPs being considered under the proposed World Bank Project

Name of District

Name of Block


H/H With Toilet

H/H Without Toilet

Toal BPL H/H with

Toilet

Toal BPL H/H without

Toilet

Total APL H/H with

Toilet


Toilet

Total School with

Toilet


Toilet



Sibsagar

Gaurisagar

Boruapukhuri 451 0 451 0 451 0 0 0 15 0 8

Dikhowmukh 863 105 758 9 486 96 272 3 12 0 7

Hatighuli 1374 354 1020 80 286 274 734 1 12 0 3

Mogorahat 952 267 685 9 282 258 403 1 10 0 5

Rongpur 2194 198 1996 60 432 138 1564 9 9 0 9

Charing 1027 403 624 123 307 280 317 5 7 0 5

Dikshu 714 7 707 0 368 7 339 3 3 0 7

Kawaimari 1317 477 840 95 267 382 573 1 12 0 9

Momaitamuli 893 332 561 30 365 302 196 2 8 0 10

Rudrasagar 1189 706 483 208 416 498 67 6 3 0 9

Dewraja 1131 183 948 0 286 183 662 0 10 0 7

Hafaluting 865 218 647 24 198 194 449 3 10 0 10

Khonamukh 1615 323 1292 20 245 303 1047 1 10 0 10

Morabazar 1016 577 439 97 380 480 59 5 10 1 6

Sologuri 187 0 187 0 187 0 0 0 8 0 4

Amguri

Amguri 1145 0 1145 0 820 0 325 0 6 0 5

Borchila 1458 0 1458 0 563 0 805 0 6 0 3

Namtilai 1182 37 1145 0 820 37 325 0 10 0 6

Namtidole 874 0 874 0 727 0 147 0 10 0 4

Bhuyanath 1486 452 1034 56 635 396 399 3 10 0 5

Boruaali 1265 0 1265 0 1001 0 264 0 17 0 14



Name of District

Name of Block


H/H With Toilet

H/H Without Toilet

Toal BPL H/H with

Toilet

Toal BPL H/H without

Toilet

Total APL H/H with

Toilet


Toilet

Total School with

Toilet


Toilet



Pengera 1089 311 778 24 525 287 253 5 6 0 10

Borahbari 1094 0 1094 0 529 0 565 0 12 0 4

Lalimchiga 1240 163 1077 7 506 156 571 5 10 1 6

Borbam 1282 480 802 132 703 348 99 3 2 2 12

Demow

Athabari 1762 235 1527 0 876 235 651 5 12 0 5

Demow 1322 495 827 0 517 495 310 0 9 0 11

Maharani 604 115 489 0 402 115 87 0 13 0 4

Nemuguri 914 265 649 0 499 265 150 0 28 0 8

Palengi 1096 456 640 0 406 456 234 0 28 0 8

Rajabari 937 295 642 0 524 295 118 0 10 0 11

Sukhanpukhuri 981 415 566 0 358 415 208 0 10 0 8

Bakharbangena 787 142 645 0 519 142 126 0 12 0 6

Gohainpukhuri 521 112 409 0 356 112 53 0 13 0 9

Nahat 1427 861 566 25 364 836 202 0 13 0 5

Netaipukhari 1005 409 596 0 387 409 209 0 7 0 11

Panidehing 1730 840 890 157 681 683 209 0 30 0 11

Rupjyoti 885 225 660 0 460 225 200 4 12 0 7

Thowradole 491 131 360 97 218 34 142 8 10 0 0

Borbam 1111 310 801 0 529 310 272 0 7 0 5

Khorahat 1355 320 1035 0 856 320 179 4 14 0 4

Nangolamora 787 180 607 0 452 180 155 0 6 0 6

Pachimpanidehing 877 311 566 0 351 311 215 0 10 0 4

Parijat 1011 246 765 0 635 246 130 0 13 0 8

Saragua 1131 347 784 34 657 313 127 1 20 0 4



Table 13: Coverage of Households with Sanitation Facility in Marigaon District only for the Blocks/GPs being considered under the proposed World Bank Project

Name of District

Name of Block


H/H With Toilet

H/H Without Toilet

Total BPL H/H with

Toilet


Toilet

Total APL H/H with

Toilet


Toilet

Total School with

Toilet


Toilet



Marigoan Mayang

Ahatguri 1333 0 1333 0 441 0 892 0 3 0 10

Borpak 1173 0 1173 0 770 0 403 0 3 0 10

Dakhindharamtul 1726 0 1726 0 1239 0 487 0 2 0 8

Gagalmariashigarh 1025 0 1025 0 483 0 722 0 1 0 12

Ghagua 2249 0 2249 0 843 0 1406 0 11 0 10

Jagiroad 1341 0 1341 0 345 0 996 0 8 0 6

lehpati 925 0 925 0 622 0 303 0 0 0 10

Nelli 1628 0 1628 0 758 0 870 0 0 0 8

Silsang 1923 0 1923 0 1308 0 615 0 2 0 10

Baghjap 1580 0 1580 0 329 0 1251 0 4 0 5

Buraburi 1440 0 1440 0 570 0 870 0 2 0 5

Deosal 1671 0 1671 0 648 0 1023 0 5 0 10

Gagalmari 1796 0 1796 0 1125 0 671 0 0 0 10

Goba 1538 0 1538 0 878 0 660 0 3 0 10

Jhargaon 1619 0 1619 0 720 0 899 0 3 0 6

Manaha 1575 0 1575 0 939 0 636 0 3 0 5

Paliguri 1433 0 1433 0 100 0 333 0 3 0 9

Telahi 759 0 759 0 650 0 109 0 6 0 12

Bohaborjari 1173 560 613 0 62 560 551 0 3 0 6



Name of District

Name of Block


H/H With Toilet

H/H Without Toilet

Total BPL H/H with

Toilet


Toilet

Total APL H/H with

Toilet


Toilet

Total School with

Toilet


Toilet



Burgaon 1433 0 1433 0 838 0 595 0 5 0 10

Dungabari 3223 0 3223 0 1045 0 2178 0 4 0 3

Garmari 1646 0 1646 0 1116 0 530 0 3 0 10

Jagibhakatgaon 1604 0 1604 0 195 0 1409 0 8 0 3

Kurnabari 1901 0 1901 0 748 0 1153 0 1 0 3

mayong 1684 0 1684 0 836 0 848 0 7 0 8

pabakati 1466 0 1466 0 1075 0 391 0 12 0 8

Uttardhamatul 1053 0 1053 0 487 0 566 0 5 0 12

Bhurabandha

Azarbari 1501 0 1501 0 1032 0 469 0 3 0 9

Bhurbandha 1539 0 1539 0 857 0 682 0 10 0 6

Habi-Baranga 1436 0 1436 0 727 0 709 0 10 0 12

Mikirbheta 2074 0 2074 0 657 0 1417 0 2 0 8

Tarabori 1729 0 1729 0 976 0 753 0 2 0 10

Baghara 1521 0 1521 0 684 0 837 0 4 0 6

Dandua 1607 0 1607 0 433 0 1174 0 12 0 6

Konwargaon 1170 0 1170 0 384 0 786 0 6 0 10

Rangadaria 2021 0 2021 0 689 0 1332 0 5 0 12

Barangabari 2392 0 2392 0 755 0 1637 0 6 0 12

Dighalbari 1810 0 1810 0 811 0 899 0 11 0 10

Manipur 1924 0 1924 0 997 0 927 0 7 0 10

Solmari 1144 0 1144 0 516 0 628 0 2 0 6



0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

Ah

atgu

ri

Bo

rpak

Da

khin

dh

aram

tul

Ga

galm

ari

ash

iga

rh

Gh

agu

a

Jagi

road

leh

pat

i

Nel

li

Sils

an

g

Ba

ghja

p

Bu

rab

uri

De

osa

l

Ga

galm

ari

Go

ba

Jha

rgao

n

Ma

nah

a

Pal

igu

ri

Tel

ah

i

Bo

ha

bo

rjar

i

Bu

rga

on

Du

nga

bar

i

Ga

rmar

i

Jagi

bh

aka

tgao

n

Ku

rnab

ari

may

on

g

pab

aka

ti

Utt

ard

ham

atu

l

Aza

rbar

i

Bh

urb

and

ha

Ha

bi-

Bar

an

ga

Mik

irb

he

ta

Tar

abo

ri

Ba

ghar

a

Da

nd

ua

Ko

nw

arga

on

Ra

nga

da

ria

Ba

ran

gab

ari

Dig

hal

bar

i

Ma

nip

ur

Solm

ari

Mayang Bhurabandha


H/H With Toilet

H/H Without Toilet

Table 14: Coverage of Households with Sanitation Facility in Bongaigaon District only for the Blocks/GPs being considered under the proposed World Bank Project

Name of

District

Name of

Block Name of GP


H/H With Toilet

H/H Without Toilet

Total BPL H/H

with Toilet

Total

BPL H/H without

Toilet

Total

APL H/H with

Toilet

Total

APL H/H without

Toilet

Total School

with Toilet

Total School

without Toilet



Bongaigaon Tapattari Borigaon 1028 211 817 2 710 209 107 55 12 0 0



Name of

District

Name of

Block Name of GP

Total Households

(H/H)

H/H With

Toilet

H/H Without

Toilet

Total

BPL H/H

with Toilet

Total

BPL H/H

without Toilet

Total

APL H/H

with Toilet

Total

APL H/H

without Toilet

Total

School

with Toilet

Total

School

without Toilet

Total Anganwadi

With Toilet

Total Anganwadi

With Toilet

Lengitisinga 1745 359 1386 22 872 337 514 2 34 0 4

Nastatrabaghekhaiti 1291 345 946 0 480 345 466 1 22 0 0

Rangapani 2039 33 2006 5 1718 28 288 0 26 0 0

Bhorjana 1215 14 1201 2 542 12 659 1 18 0 0

Malegarh 1668 169 1499 22 1092 147 407 0 18 0 0

Pachiniakhoragaon 1614 243 1371 46 1050 197 321 5 22 0 5

Santoshpur-Dumerguri 1674 65 1609 1 864 64 745 2 12 0 0

Kolbari 2329 413 1916 28 1302 385 614 3 18 0 4

Merechar 1365 7 1358 1 1172 6 186 8 30 1 0

Piradhara 2653 79 2574 21 2237 58 337 2 22 1 1

Srijangram

Chakrabhum 808 107 701 32 306 75 395 1 24 0 0

Jopea 1442 116 1326 102 1285 14 41 1 36 0 0

Kirtanpara 939 19 920 6 820 13 100 0 14 0 2

Numberparachakla 1665 24 1641 0 1393 24 248 7 22 0 0

Nothsalmara 1573 64 1509 0 643 64 866 5 20 0 0

Goraparabanglapara 1291 0 1291 0 1090 0 201 4 30 0 0

Kakaijana 2306 241 2065 44 651 197 1414 17 14 1 0

Balarchara-Mattraghola 858 3 855 0 819 3 36 0 22 0 0

Srijangram 1250 162 1088 6 576 156 512 3 30 0 0

Deohati 1490 196 1294 4 594 192 700 4 24 0 5



Name of

District

Name of

Block Name of GP

Total Households

(H/H)

H/H With

Toilet

H/H Without

Toilet

Total

BPL H/H

with Toilet

Total

BPL H/H

without Toilet

Total

APL H/H

with Toilet

Total

APL H/H

without Toilet

Total

School

with Toilet

Total

School

without Toilet

Total Anganwadi

With Toilet

Total Anganwadi

With Toilet

Kacheripatti 1133 9 1124 1 879 8 245 1 26 0 0

Kokila 808 23 785 0 623 23 162 0 28 0 0

Ambaribaregarh 1080 130 950 21 800 109 150 4 26 0 0

Boitamari

Pubmajeralga 482 5 477 0 440 5 36 0 10 0 0

Chalantapara 1737 47 1690 0 1556 47 134 1 6 0 0

Jogighopa 2066 469 1597 347 1324 122 273 1 22 0 0

Oudubi 1552 434 1118 40 738 394 380 3 20 0 0

Sankarghola 1996 142 1854 38 945 104 909 1 32 0 0

Khagarpur 1263 147 1116 20 354 127 762 2 16 0 5

Ghilaguri 2037 496 1541 134 1352 362 189 4 22 0 0

Boitamari 1421 187 1234 11 431 176 803 0 15 0 10

Southboitamari 1482 501 981 120 732 381 249 5 10 0 0

Pachim-Majeralge 662 68 594 19 403 49 191 0 10 0 0

Kabaitari 1465 68 1397 51 987 17 410 3 14 0 0

Dhantola 1480 50 1430 10 1190 40 240 7 18 0 0



0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

Bo

riga

on

Leng

itis

inga

Nas

tatr

aba

ghe

khai

ti

Ran

gap

ani

Bh

orj

ana

Mal

ega

rh

Pac

hin

iakh

ora

gao

n

San

tosh

pu

r-D

um

ergu

ri

Kol

bar

i

Mer

ech

ar

Pir

adh

ara

Ch

akra

bhu

m

Jope

a

Kir

tan

par

a

Num

ber

par

ach

akla

Not

hsa

lmar

a

Go

rap

ara

ban

gla

para

Kak

aija

na

Bal

arch

ara-

Mat

trag

hola

Srija

ngr

am

Deo

hat

i

Kac

her

ipat

ti

Kok

ila

Am

bar

ibar

egar

h

Pub

maj

eral

ga

Ch

alan

tap

ara

Jogi

ghop

a

Ou

dub

i

San

karg

hola

Kha

garp

ur

Gh

ilagu

ri

Bo

itam

ari

Sout

hb

oit

amar

i

Pac

him

-Maj

eral

ge

Kab

aita

ri

Dh

anto

la

Tapattari Srijangram Boitamari

Status of Coverage of Blocks Tapattari, Srijangram, Boitmari in Bongaigaon District with Sanitation Facility


H/H With Toilet

H/H Without Toilet



Table 15: Coverage of Households with Sanitation Facility in Sonitpur District only for the Blocks/GPs being considered under the proposed World Bank Project

Name of District

Name of Block

Name of GP Total Households

(H/H)

H/H With

Toilet

H/H Without

Toilet

Total BPL H/H

with Toilet


Toilet

Total APL H/H

with Toilet

Total APL H/H

without Toilet

Total School with

Toilet


Toilet

Total Anganwadi

With Toilet

Total Anganwadi

With Toilet

Sonitpur

Chaiduar

Amjarani 1229 311 918 180 918 131 0 0 2 0 2

Balijan 1309 0 1309 0 720 0 589 1 6 0 5

Jalukbari 1445 115 1330 0 1269 115 61 3 6 0 4

Kekurijan 1082 5 1077 0 874 5 203 0 2 0 1

Nolonibari 1007 84 923 0 673 84 250 0 7 0 5

Tetunbari 1202 206 996 0 555 206 441 5 8 0 3

Amtola 1210 169 1041 61 612 108 429 4 10 0 5

Gamiri 984 201 783 0 626 201 157 2 10 0 10

Kalyanpur 1297 171 1126 0 283 171 843 0 10 0 8

Krishnapur 1251 167 1084 0 1008 167 76 0 4 0 6

Rangalial 1322 178 1144 0 526 178 618 2 8 0 7

Tokoubari 1174 93 1081 0 536 93 545 5 8 0 7

Bakoridoloni 1377 8 1369 0 504 8 865 0 18 0 5

Helem 1278 795 483 100 272 695 211 2 2 0 3

Karibil 907 17 890 0 357 17 533 2 6 0 2

Mishamari 1307 79 1228 0 964 79 264 0 14 0 7

Satarang 814 89 725 0 416 89 309 0 4 0 2

Pub-chaiduar

Alupara 1396 4 1392 1 1116 3 276 0 16 0 5

Dubia 1608 273 1335 156 1315 117 20 1 20 0 7

Kalabari 992 257 735 32 105 225 630 4 10 0 8

Pachimkalabari 865 121 744 19 36 102 708 0 18 0 5

Pub-kalabari 1034 223 811 9 501 214 310 0 12 0 2



Name of District

Name of Block


H/H With Toilet

H/H Without Toilet

Total BPL H/H with

Toilet


Toilet

Total APL H/H with

Toilet


Toilet

Total School with

Toilet


Toilet



Sonapar 2517 0 2517 0 855 0 1662 0 12 0 3

Boratlaui 887 0 887 0 506 0 381 1 4 0 0

Ghaghra 1038 590 448 0 164 590 284 2 2 0 2

Khariopuria 984 9 975 0 525 9 450 1 18 0 1

Pichalasobansiri 544 0 544 0 386 0 158 1 10 0 0

Rawnmukh 823 0 823 0 463 0 360 0 6 0 1

Uttarkalabari 760 17 743 9 468 8 275 0 14 0 1

Dakhin-kalabari 939 223 716 23 454 200 262 4 16 0 2

Gopalpur 1153 353 800 200 498 153 302 6 18 1 8

Lohitmukh 753 3 750 0 238 3 512 1 18 0 2

Pubdubia 1149 0 1149 0 335 0 814 0 16 0 6

Soengiguri 1541 128 1413 0 466 128 947 8 8 0 7



0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000A

mja

ran

i

Ba

lijan

Jalu

kbar

i

Ke

kuri

jan

No

lon

ibar

i

Tet

un

bar

i

Am

tola

Ga

mir

i

Kal

yan

pu

r

Kri

shn

apu

r

Ra

nga

lial

To

kou

bar

i

Ba

kori

do

lon

i

He

lem

Kar

ibil

Mis

ham

ari

Sata

ran

g

Alu

par

a

Du

bia

Kal

ab

ari

Pac

him

kala

bar

i

Pu

b-k

ala

bar

i

Son

ap

ar

Bo

ratl

aui

Gh

agh

ra

Kh

ario

pu

ria

Pic

hal

aso

ban

siri

Ra

wn

mu

kh

Utt

ark

alab

ari

Da

khin

-kal

ab

ari

Go

pa

lpu

r

Loh

itm

ukh

Pu

bd

ub

ia

Soe

ngi

guri

Chaiduar Pub-chaiduar

Status of Coverage of Blocks Chaiduar, Pub-Chaiduar in Sonitpur District With Sanitation Facility


H/H With Toilet

H/H Without Toilet

Consultancy Services for Undertaking Environmental Assessment for the Rural Water Supply & Sanitation Project in Assam Draft Final Report -

Annexures


1.10 Wildlife Sanctuaries & National Parks in Assam

S.No Name of Park/Sanctuary

District located

Significance Significant animals and birds

1. Chakrashila

Wildlife Sanctuary

Kokrajhar

and Dhubri

It is one of the most popular

wildlife dens in Assam. This wildlife sanctuary spreads over an area of 45.568 km2 on the Chakrashila Hills. The sanctuary

was declared as a reserve forest in 1966 and in 1994 it was recognized by the state government as a wildlife

sanctuary. Also the sanctuary happens to be the second protected home of the

endangered Golden Langur.

Golden Langur, Indian Flying Fox,

Indian False Vampire, Indian Pipistrelle, Rhesus Macaque, Short-tailed Mole, Chinese Pangolin, Short Nosed Fruit Bat, Asiatic Jackal and

Bengal Fox and Hornbills.

2. Kaziranga National Park

Golaghat and Nagaon

The total area of the park within Nagaon district is 175 Sq.Km., out of which 135 Sq.Km. falls under Bagori Forest

Range office and 40 Sq.Km. falls within Ghorakati Forest Range office. The backdrop of Kaziranga National Park Assam

includes dry deciduous forests, rocky landscapes and tall thickets. The vast tracts of

grasslands make bird and wild l ife watching extremely pleasurable.

Great Indian One Horned Rhinoceros, but also provides shelter to a variety of wild l ives.Wild Boar, deers, cheetals and a variety of birds.

3. Manas National Park

Barpeta Manas National Park is famous for the Majestic Tigers. This

park is the only Project Tiger in Assam. The core area of Manas Park is 360 kms.

Besides, Tiger, Manas is also noted for its population of the rare golden

langur - found only in this part of the country. They are often spotted in the tall trees. Hispid Hare, Pigmy Hog and Golden Langur are some of the rare

species of animals to be found in the park apart from the Tiger. Elephants, Rhinoceros, Wild Buffalo, Wild Boar,

Sambar, Swamp Deer, Hog Deer are some of the animals which are easily spotted at this park. Come winter and Manas is full of Migratory birds l ike

the Riverchats, Forktails, Cormorants and ducks l ike the Ruddy Shelduck. There are regular woodland birds l ike the Indian Hornbill and Pied Hornbill.

4. The

Hoollongapar Gibbon Sanctuary

Jorhat Surrounded by tea gardens and

long stretches of grasslands this wildlife sanctuary in Assam is reputed throughout the country

The Hoollongapar Gibbon Sanctuary is

home to the only gibbons in India; the hoolock gibbons, and Bengal Slow Loris, Northeastern India's only


Annexures


S.No Name of

Park/Sanctuary

District

located


for its rich biodiversity. nocturnal monkey.

5 Dibru-Saikhowa Wildlife Sanctuary

Dibrugarh This sanctuary is home to some of the rarest white winged species. The sanctuary houses a number of unique and beautiful

migratory birds.

Wild horses known as Feral Horses. The mammalian species of Dibru-Saikhowa includes - Royal Bengal Tiger, Leopard,Clouded Leopard,

Jungle Cat, Sloth Bear, Dhole, Small Indian Civet, Malayan Giant Squirrel, Chinese Pangolin, Gangetic Dolphin,

Slow Loris, Pig Tailed Macaque,Assamese Macaque, Rhesus Macaque, Capped Langur, Hollock Gibbon, Asian Elephant, Wild

Boar,Samber, Hog Deer, barking Deer, Asiatic Water Buffalo, Feral Horses etc.

6 Bhejan Borajan Padumoni Wild

Life Sanctuary

Tinsukia The sanctuary is an ideal habitat for the primate species; wildlife

includes mammals, and 84 species of birds.

Slow Lories, Assamese Macaque, Capped Langur and Hoc-lock Gibbon

are found here. Among birds Kingfisher, Woodpecker, Bulbul, Maggpie robbin etc are found here.

7 Pani Dihing Wild

Life Sanctuary

Sivasagar covering an area of 33.93 sq.

kms, the Pani Dihing was declared a sanctuary in December 1996 by the Government of Assam.

migratory birds. Adjutant Storks,

Fishing Eagle etc. are commonly found here. Bar-headed Goose, Grey leg Goose, Mallard are the name of few birds which found in this region.

8 Garampani Wild

Life Sanctuary

Karbi

Anglong

Garampani Wild Life Sanctuary

is one of the oldest sanctuaries.

The sanctuary is home to Elephants,

Leopards, Tigers, Deer, Golden Langurs, Hoolock Gibbons and a variety of birds and reptiles.November to April is the best time to visit this

sanctuary.

9 Nambor Wild Li fe Sanctuary

Karbi Anglong

Situated in Karbi Anglong district, it is 25 kms away from Golaghat and 65 kms from the Kaziranga National Park.

Animals commonly found here are Elephants and Tigers

10 East Karbi

Anglong Wild Life Sanctuary

Karbi

Anglong

This sanctuary covers an area of

221.81 sq. kms and is situated in Karbi Anglong District.

Animals commonly found here are

Elephant, Tiger, Bison and Bear etc.November to April is the best time to visit this sanctuary.

11 Bura-Chapori Wild Life

Sanctuary

Sonitpur The lush-green forests and the over-all eco-system make it an

ideal place for varieties of flora and fauna to thrive in. The beautiful flowers found here

provide a breathtaking sight.

An ideal habitat for the endangered Bengal Florican, it is a paradise for a

large fleet of migratory birds. The sanctuary is also home to the one-horned Rhinoceros, Asiatic Buffalo,

Wild Boar, Otter, Civet Cat, Leopard Cat and Barking Deer besides other species. Various species of birds and reptiles are also found.

12 Laokhowa Wild Nagoan Various species of birds and Its main attraction is the Great Indian


Annexures


S.No Name of

Park/Sanctuary

District

located


Life Sanctuary reptiles are also found in Laokhowa. The Laokhowa Tourist lodge is 70 km from

Nagaon.

One-horned Rhinoceros.Other animals are Tiger, Leopard, Asiatic Buffalo, Wild Boar, Civet Cat, Leopard Cat, Hog

Deer etc 13 Pobitora Wild

Life Sanctuary

Kamrup the Pobitora Wildlife Sanctuary

is 60 kms away from Guwahati Covering an area of 38.8 Sq. km

Pobitora is mainly famous for its Great

Indian One-horned Rhinoceros and deers– it has the densest population of the unicornis in the world.

14 Sonai-Rupai Wild

Life Sanctuary

Sonitpur This sanctuary extends along

the foothills of the Himalayan range and offers a splendid view of both the wildlife and the landscape

The Indian Bison and Elephant are the

main attractions of this sanctuary. This place is also abode to the deer and many other animals. The various categories of hil l birds are found here.

Other animals found are one-horned rhinoceros, tiger, leopard and some other fauna belonging to this category of cats.

15 Borail Wild Life Sanctuary

Cachar The Sanctuary covers an area of 326.24 sq. kms. and comprises of Cachar Tropical Moist

Evergreen and Semi-Evergreen Forests.

Hog -badger, Jungle cat, Leopard cat, Fishing cat, Marbled cat, Clouded leopard, Leopard, Wild pig, Sambar,

Barking deer, Serow, Giant squirrel, Porcupine etc. are foud here. White-backed Vulture, Slender-billed Vulture, White cheeked Hill Partridge,

Mountain Bamboo partridge, Khaleej Pheasant, Grey Peacock-Pheasant, Rufus necked Hornbill, Wreathed Hornbill, Great Pied Hornbill etc. are

few birds available here. Among reptiles this place is home for King cobra, Brown hill tortoise, Asian leaf

turtle, Monitor Lizard etc.

Source: http://online.assam.gov.in/wild-life-sanctuaries


Annexures


1.11 Villages covered during Public consultation District Name of PWSS Block Gram

Panchayat

Villages covered

Bongaigaon Balapara PWSS DTW, Capacity 70,000 Ltrs.

Scheme population- 1612 Coverage – HC –Nil, Stand post - 5 Approx 100 House

Hold covered

Boitamari

Balapara

1. Balapara - I 2. Jogighopa 3. Kherpujia

4. Chapar 5. Bahalpur 6. Chedamari Purba 7. Chedamari Paschim

Bongaigaon KALBARI PWSS DTW, Capacity 50,000 Ltrs. HC –Nil, Stand post -23,Coverage -

1150 House hold

Tapattary

Kalbari

8. Batabari PT 1 9. Kalbari 10. Bowalimari 11. Naldoba

12. Haripur

Morigaon Nelly PWSS, DTW, Capacity 50,000 Ltrs. HC –50, Stand post-18,

Mayang

Nelly

13. Nelly 14. Ulukhi 15. Matibar 16. 1 no Kil ing

17. Kiling Bagisha No 2 18. Barpayak 1 No 19. Natun Mokoroya

20. Barkhal 21. Palahaburi 22. Basandhari

Morigaon Amlighat PWSS, source KILING RIVER

, Capacity 60,000 Ltrs. HC –82, Stand post - 10

Mayang

Gova 23. Sitajakhla 24. Sindhisawar

25. Rowmari 26. Bamungaon 27. Naldharbihita 28. Bamungai

29. Remuni 30. Sidhisar 31. Bihita

32. Nandlasha 33. Udhmari Phokilibihihabib 34. Kumarkuchi 35. Notungaonlai

36. Punni Gaonlai 37. Arangkuchi 38. Kuthiri 39. Sonaikuchi

Sonitpur Gopalpur PWSS,DTW,

Capacity 80,000 Ltrs. HC –64, Stand post – 38,

Pub-

chaiduar

Gopalpur

40. Gopalpur

41. Kharanijan 42. Na-pam 43. Solengi pathar

44. Solengi guri Sonitpur Ghahigaon PWSS

DTW, Capacity 140,000 Ltrs. HC –100,

Chaiduar

Tetonbari

45. Hukujan

46. Amtola gaon 47. Afrakhat


Annexures


District Name of PWSS Block Gram

Panchayat

Villages covered

Stand post – nil 48. Barangabari

Jorhat Dhuliagoan Dhuliapam PWSS, Bhogday River, Capacity 80,000 Ltrs. HC –191, Stand post -

nil -

Jorhat 53 Uttar Garamay

49. Dhuliagoan 50. Dhuliapam 51. Goalabasti 52. Madhichak Village

Jorhat Pulibor Dekagaon Bamangaon PWSS DTW, Capacity 80,000

Ltrs. HC –280, Stand post - Nil,

North West Jorhat

45PachimCharucharai

53. Pulibor 54. Dekagaon 55. Bamangaon

Sibsagar Morabazar PWSS DTW, Capacity 30,000 Ltrs.

Amguri Bhuyanhat 56. Deodhai

Sibsagar Joysagar PWSS DTW,

Capacity 160,000 Ltrs. HC –Nil, Stand post -

Gaurisagar Rangpur,

Jolo Guri

57. Julagaon

58. Demow Pathar 59. Sipahigaon 60. Thakupar 61. Joysagar Sariali

Hailakandi Algapur and

Hailakandi

62. Uttarkanchanpur I

63. Uttarkanchanpur II 64. Dolidahar 65. Bakhrihawar I 66. Bakhrihawar II

67. Mohanpur 68. Chiporsangan III 69. Goalipar II

70. Goalipar I 71. Rangpur 72. Algapur 73. Goalipar III

74. Bansbari I 75. Bansbari II 76. Balikandi 77. Bhatirkupa I

78. Bhatirkupa II 79. Saydband



1.12 Summary of Public Consultations/ Disclosure Workshops S.No Name of

PWSS, District

Change in

Rainfall

Change

in Monsoon

Rain

Change

in Winter

rain

Level of

Deforestation

Reduced

Precipitation Due to

Change of species

Effect of

Rainfall change on Perennial sources

Effect of

Rainfall change on seasonal sources

Reasons of Water Shortage, Dried Source and Coping Mechanism

Reason and

Alternate

source

Water

Shortage

(Period)

Coping

mechanism

Reason for

decrease

Suggestions

to Improve

Diseases

profile

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Bongaigaon Balapara PWSS

30% decrease except flood in 2004

flood in 2004 and 05 was heavy rain and flood,

no such

25 % deforestation in last 10 years , reasons, habitation, use as firewood, commercial use of wood

has left due to deforestation, climate change is one reason

dried up in dry season , affects source of drinking water as well as agricultural areas

spring water dried up

dry summer season

can make check dam

drying up of sources

check dam can be constructed to reserve excess spring water

water borne disease prevalent mainly diarrhoea and skin disease during dry and rainy season

2 Bongaigaon KALBARI PWSS

average 30 % decrease

no such no such around 25 - 30 %

due to extension of habitation and random use of wood for commercial purpose

river is near but is also dried up

decrease in agricultural practices

use water of ring well,

dry summer season

use water from pond and ring well

drying up of river source

river water storage/ rain water harvesting

water borne disease prevalent mainly diarrhoea, jaundice, dysentery during dry and rainy season

3 Morigaon Nelly PWSS

average 30 % decrease

no such no such around 50 % in surrounding area

reduced presence of animals, birds, snakes

not commented

not commented

drying up of source during dry summer season, use water from unprotected sources

dry summer season

use water from unprotected sources

drying up of water source

spring water needs to be stored by construction of check dam

4 Morigaon Amlighat PWSS


no such no such

Deforestation mainly for extension of habitation, use of firewood and selling of wood

many birds and species are not regularly observed, they have moved to forest areas , poaching is also common

dried up

dry summer season dried up the source

drying up of source during dry summer season, use water from unprotected sources

dry summer season

use water from unprotected sources

drying up of water source

River bed improvement, storing by constructing check dam



S.No Name of PWSS,

District

Change in Rainfall

Change in

Monsoon Rain

Change in

Winter rain

Level of Deforestation

Reduced Precipitation

Due to Change of

species

Effect of Rainfall

change on Perennial sources

Effect of Rainfall

change on seasonal sources


Reason and

Alternate

source

Water

Shortage

(Period)

Coping

mechanism

Reason for

decrease

Suggestions

to Improve

Diseases

profile

5 Sonitpur Gopalpur PWSS

diarrhoea, seasonal fever, skin disease are common

6 Sonitpur Ghahigaon PWSS


50% forest remaining for extension of habitation

Animals and birds, snakes has reduced upto 30 %

not commented

not commented

use ring well water as drinking water by using indigenous filtering

Dysentery, T.B, Diarrhoea reported

7 Jorhat Dhuliagoan PWSS

Around 40 percent decrease in rainfall

due to urbanisation and extension of habitation it decreases up to 60 %

Poaching as well as lack of food, animals, birds are seen rarely

No such no such receives adequate water

no such no such no such

as this area in Arsenic prone, they are forced to use Pond water for sometime, as use of well, handpump is restricted

Chicken Pox and Jaundice reported as major disease outburst

8

Jorhat Pulibor Dekagaon Bamangaon PWSS

Still having forest cover

Animals came to locality for search of food

as river is bit far away, they have to depend on other source of water in dry seasons

they need a bigger overhead reservoir as demand for water is very high and being a Arsenic prone area, use of other source of water is restricted

Jaundice, Dysentery and diarrhoea occurs mostly



S.No Name of PWSS,

District

Change in Rainfall

Change in

Monsoon Rain

Change in

Winter rain

Level of Deforestation

Reduced Precipitation

Due to Change of

species

Effect of Rainfall

change on Perennial sources

Effect of Rainfall

change on seasonal sources


Reason and

Alternate

source

Water

Shortage

(Period)

Coping

mechanism

Reason for

decrease

Suggestions

to Improve

Diseases

profile

9 Sibsagar Morabazar PWSS

30 percent decreased

no such no such 65% remaining no such No such no such NA dry summer season

use pond water along with other sources of water mainly ring well and handpump, they also use van rickshaw to carry potable water from distance

no such

10 Sibsagar Joysagar PWSS

30 percent decreased

no such no such 65 %remaining no such No such no such NA dry summer season

they use hand pump along with other source

due to drying up of water level

dysentery and diarrhoea



1.12.1 Summary of Public Consultation Held at Hailakandi on 3rd and 4th Feb 2013

Stakeholders Feedback on current Status

Understanding of the WB Project

Expectations from the

Project

Perceived Impact

Perceived role in the

Project

Key Issues Capacity Building

Necessity

Training Need

Willingness to pay

Sustainability

Scheme Beneficiaries

They use pond water for washing and bathing. Fetch water from a distance of 1km on an average by hiring a cart. The collection is generally once in a week.

The project will be good. In the existing WS by PHED pipes/plastic pipes often laid on the surface which leads to damage and contamination. People even the rich takes illegal connection by making hole in the pipe

No negative impact

Handing over to PRI is preferred by 40% of the participants. Majority wants active User committee with 70% women participation.

Willing to pay monthly 50/- charge, Doubt on first time payment for HH connection.

Members of User committee are not paid. So don't take interest in the long term.

GP Functionaries

People have lots of complaints about PVC pipes laid by PHED

GPWSC Members

PHED Grassroots Officers

Very dirty pond water they use for purposes other than drinking. For cooking also. They have 14 small WS Schemes which gives piped WS.

They don't know how the existing system would be integrated to the new one. When asked whether the existing supply units will be closed they could not answer.

The project will solve the local water crisis.

They have to identify one or two resource persons in each project area to form the user committee

People do not pay any attention when PHED repairs the pipe later they complain. Even if the user committee is formed it is usually becomes defunct when the hand holding support is withdrawn.

Cross Subsidy may be one solution for the poor

Unless the User Committee is powerful PRI will not be able to manage well



Stakeholders Feedback on current Status

Understanding of the WB Project

Expectation

s from the Project

Perceived Impact

Perceived

role in the Project

Key Issues

Capacity

Building Necessity

Training Need

Willingness to pay

Sustainability

Health ICDS

They use pond water for washing and bathing. Fetch water from a distance of 1km on an average by hiring a cart. The collection is generally once in a week.

They understands that if this project comes it will be of great help to them,but they can't believe now that it will be a reality.

They will be immensely benefitted

No negative impact

They are willing to take role as trainer and capacity builder for the common people

Huge Gap in capacity building

Awareness campaign from door to dooris required for common people, local NGOs as well as PHED grassroot workers and social leaders

sustainability possible through formation of effective user committee. PRI should have limited role.

Local Traders

Women

Distribution of handpumps are concentrated at some points. Most of their lives have expired which are generally 60/70ft deep. Water contains high degree of Iron.

Last training on WATSAN almost two years back, Could not recollect the theme.

*Total participants 120 (on the 4th Feb 2013) and 156(on 5th of Feb 2013 )

Name of Vi l lages Name of NGOs Note

Uttarkanchanpur I Dol idahar Samaj Unnayan Sanstha

1. People are willing to pay but as the govt and a l l layers of Insti tutional set up

lacks accountabi l i ty they are sceptica l

Uttarkanchanpur II Amarjyoti Club 2. Beneficiaries needs huge awareness regarding importance of User committee at vi l lage level. They preferred that door to door awareness (IPC) i s the best way to



make this .

Dol idahar Human Welfare Foundation (H/Q Delhi) Akbar Ahmed

Awareness a lso needed for house connection.

Bakhrihawar I 3. tra ining was held for Anganwari workers (ladies ) on hand washing, latrine use ,

Bakhrihawar II

Mohanpur

Chiporsangan II I

Bakhrihawar V

2nd Day

Goal ipar II

last 1 and 1/2 years no water from PHED. 1 well, everybody col lects drinking water

from that. They a lso drink boi led river water. No user committee

Goal ipar I In PHED scheme the landowner makes it defunct by taking the diesel away and sells in the market. They use pond and river wate r for bathing and washing and tubewel l for drinking.

User committee i s present cons is ting of

young fel lows and i t i s working.

Rangpur User committee is present but not very effective

Algapur

User committ

ee i s present

Goal ipar II I PMGSY road construction has damaged the pipe l ine.

Bansbari I

Bansbari I I

Ba l ikandi

Bhati rkupa I

Bhati rkupa II

Saydband PHED water no intake, only dis tribution junction has become defunct



1.12.2 Summary of Public Consultations held at Bongaigaon on 18th Feb 2013

Stakeholders Feedback on current Status Understanding of the WB Project

Expectations from

the Project

Perceived

Impact


Project


Necessity

Training Need

Willingness to pay

Sustainability

Scheme Beneficiaries

Balapara GP habitats collects water from Stand Post (5 nos), 95 Households depends on the same. for other than drinking water they use, water from ring well, Lake as well as by digging earth . In the Khedamari East and Khedamari West, collects drinking water frm 3 K.M distance. they are having acute shortage of water hence eats in leafs as they do not have option for washing utensils. in the 2nd meeting, the community opined that there are many stand posts erected than the capacity of the reservoir and the generator run through diesel as there is no HT power connection, hence they get only 1 hour water in a day and the pressure is also low, load on stand posts are also high. (23 stand posts, load is 50 HH per stand post), avg distance covered 500 Mtrs. 16 K.M coverage,

they are not aware of the project, user Committee is active but do not charge any water charges from beneficiaries. They presently get water 2 times daily morn- 9-10 and afternoon 4 to 5. tubewell, pond, ring well, river water are the other sources. APL HHs dug tubewell 60 ft depth others few uses ring well, house connection as as stand post are required, needed special attention for poor HHs. 2 Lakhs required daily existing lifting 33,000 lTRS. Iron exists not aware of Arsenic.

they need house connection from this project and ready to pay user charges, some families being not capable of bearing chares can't afford to pay such charges

they welcome the project positively

they are ready to take charges of O&M and basic maintenance.

User Committee needs to be strengthen, no awareness about handing over to PRI, they are happy with PHE work and having demand for more water (quantity), user committee hence ready to accept any system, never any special meetings conveyed for user committee for nay breakdown contact PHE and PHE does necessary repairing in 2 days time.

awareness generation camps,

training on O&M, maintenance, Mason trg, Plumping trg. Maintenance of Basic Books of Accounts and Effective management of User Committee in a structured way

Willing to pay water charge, poor people would take water from stand post, ready to pay for first time payment for HH connection. Can’t comment on rate.

User Committee i s

wi l l ing and

active




Expectations from

the Project

Perceived

Impact


Project


Necessity

Training Need

Willingness to pay

Sustainability

GP Functionaries

No GP representative attended as the old body defeated in the election and the new body is yet to be formed, they did not turned up in the 1st meeting but in the second meeting Panchayta member represented, fully aware of the scheme achievements which are the ares not served by piped water supply.. GP members also opined for necessity of effective sewerage and drainage along with water and sanitation

Not aware about scheme details

water for longer duration

no such to support this project would help to bring overall development, very positive about the scheme ready to cooperate in all aspects they shall handle if any land issues arises

GPWSC Members

VWSC is in existence in place of GPWSC , but in one area they do not turned up.

do not know nitty-gritties of the project but hopeful that this project would increase supply of water

supply of water

no such, positive

ready to help and intervene for any local issues also ensure availability of land if required.

no such issues, O&M, daily Maintenance, mason plumbing training, trg on formation of sustained User Committee, maintenance of records, accounting etc.

willing to charge for water but needs free water for poor.

through PHE and User

Committee.




Expectations from

the Project

Perceived

Impact


Project


Necessity

Training Need

Willingness to pay

Sustainability

PHED Grassroots Officers

they feel User Committee is not active they are not formalised, all the work done through informal communication, they are also not aware of handling User Committee. PHE is also not involved in day to day functioning of User Committee. They have not faced any land problem even for installation of tubewell, land donated by community spontaneously. the land for cons of pump house also gifted.

aware of the scheme done detailed survey and have done base work.

the project would meet water demand

no such As detailed in the project

no such issues, subsidised rate for poor

User

Committee can ra ise

water charges but not ready to take ful l responsibility.

Health ICDS ASHA- they opined that though they demonstrate use of safe water but due to scarcity of water they along with community is bound to use unsafe water for which they feel depressed. diarrhoea has major outburst, mortality not reported. skin disease is also common but not aware of water borne diseases. ICDS workers, opined that they have to cook food using pond water as well as ring well water hence they need water tank near their Centre. Presently they do not store water of piped water for their use

no such awareness exists ready to make awareness about the project even about paying user charges

pure water for a longer period

No negative impact

will take active role for disseminating information

not exists door to door campaign, awareness campaigns, personal contact

All are willing and ready to spread message on the same.

Presently extracting

water from 60 Ft i f i t would be dug deeper i t would be

beneficia l , lake also has a potential, that

water also can be explored.

Local Traders as there is no water they can't run hotel business and other improved services hence welcome the project

no such awareness more water positive ready to pay user charges

needs water for longer duration

willing to pay

through usetr committee




Expectations from

the Project

Perceived

Impact


Project


Necessity

Training Need

Willingness to pay

Sustainability

Women same as above, they have a long queue, 25-30 hh shares 1 stand post hence needs door to door connection, ready to motivate male counterparts to pay, needs water for longer duration, SHGs only do thrift activities, not received any govt assistance, it gets long time for collecting water hence livelihood affected, not very strong association.

no such awareness water for longer duration

ready to pay user charges

needs awareness trg

same as above

willing to pay

through user

committee

NGO- Means' ED Society , Human and natural development society

they work on water sanitation since 2004. ready to spread awareness, arrange trg and ready to get involved

Sanitation coverage is not well only 15% archived over last years target but of them 60% SC community covered. Many poor HHs left as they are not having BPL cards,

prevalence of kutchha pit latrine is there, the pump house does not have sanitation while operator l ives fo r a long hours, people's are not yet get sanitation and awareness for sanitation and hygiene is also low along with water borne diseases.

Name of Villages Participants Nos.

Balapra GP, Balapara vi llage, Boitamari Block User committee, ASHA, ICDS, tra ders, NGO, SHG 32

Ka lbari GP and vi llage , Tapattary block GP Pradhan, user Committee representative, Local traders, women, NGO, ASHA, ICDS, Block Coordinator, NBA, Asst. Eng, PHE and others 34


Annexures


1.13 Project Preparation Mission Meeting in presence of the World Bank along with representation from all the key Stakeholders for the RWSS – LS Project, Assam


Annexures



Annexures


1.14 Water Quality Monitoring and Surveillance Water Quality Standards

The Bureau of Indian Standards specifications IS:10500-1991 govern the quality of drinking

water supplies in India by public agencies. These are based on International standards for

drinking water quality issued by the WHO and the manual of standards of quality for drinki ng

water supplies, ICMR, 1971.

Table 16: Physical and chemical Parameters

Sl.No. Characteristics Acceptable limits Maximum Limits 1. Turbidity (NTU) 1.0 10

2. Colour (unit on Pt. Cobalt scale) 5.0 25.0 3. pH 7.0 to 8.5 <6.5 or >9.2

4. TDS (mg/L) 500 2000 5. Total hardness (mg/L) 200 600

6. Calcium (mg/L) 75 200

7. Magnesium (mg/L) <30 150 8. Chlorides (mg/L) 200 1000

9. Sulphates (mg/L) 200 400 10. Fluorides (mg/L) 1.0 1.5

11. Nitrates (mg/L) 45.0 45.0 12. Iron (mg/L) 0.1 1.0

Bacteriological Parameters

In 100 ml sample, the count of coliform organism and E-coli should be zero.

Current Water Quality Monitoring Efforts

Presently Central Ground Water Board, Ministry of Water Resources is monitoring the ground

water quality of problematic district of the Assam for EC, Chloride, Nitrate, F, Fe, As. The scope

and coverage of such water quality monitoring is as per selected borehole network in the

district. Moreover, the same will not be sufficient for the project area. Simil arly, the Public

Health Engineering Department (PHED) is carrying out testing and monitoring of drinking water

quality in rural and urban area with their network of laboratory all around the project area.

However, the skill gap and training of their personnel is required to be reviewed for the effective

testing and monitoring of drinking water. The project should empower the personnel of PHED

to carry out the water quality sampling, testing and monitoring in the project area. The wager

quality sampling, testing, monitoring and guidelines are described in subsequent section.

There are one state level laboratory, twenty five District Level Laboratories (DLL), and 40

subdivision level laboratories covering all the districts of Assam have been established by P HED

to carry out Water Quality Testing and Analysis. In addition, 6682 Field Test Kits (FTK) are

distributed so for at GPs level for the water quality testing. The laboratories are equipped with


Annexures


different sophisticated instruments and facilities for testing different water quality parameters

and the staffs of the laboratories are trained in and outside the state of Assam. Each of the

laboratories is to perform at least 150 Nos. of physical and chemical analysis and 60 Nos. of

bacteriological analysis of water samples each month. To maintain the seasonal changes of the

water quality different sources have been analysed at the interval of a weak. After analysing the

water sample, if any water quality parameters are found beyond the permissible limit necessary

steps are suppose to be taken to maintain the quality. The active performance of the

laboratories has made the APHED capable of detecting various water quality problems. The

APHED is equipped with five Nos. of Ion-meter distributed by UNICEF. These Ion-meters are

being used by the department for accurate determination of various water quality parameters

particularly content of fluoride in water samples. (Source: www.aphe.nic.in) Guidelines for WQM&S

The guidelines given in this Annexure are in line with the guidelines of the Community-based

Water Quality Monitoring and Surveillance system documented in the Implementation Manual

on National Rural Water Quality Monitoring and Surveillance Programme published in 2004 by

the Rajiv Gandhi National Drinking Water Mission, Department of Drinking Water Supply,

Ministry of Rural Development, Government of India. These guidelines will be applied in the

Assam RWSS.

Plan for WQM&S in Assam RWSS

Community-based systems for Water Quality Monitoring and Surveillance: The actions planned for integrating a Community-based systems for Water Quality Monitoring and Surveillance programme as part of the Assam RWSS are: Identifying suitable user-friendly field kits for Water Quality Testing. Initiating an action research (pilot) on Community-based systems for Water Quality

Monitoring and Surveillance in few villages. Using the piloting experience to develop a scaling-up strategy for all the project villages. Using the pilot villages as models for training (a) first, the Technical and Community

Development Staff of all DSUs, and through them, (b) the engineers at sub-division level and technical staff of Sos, and (c) the GPWSCs.

Implementing the Community-based systems for Water Quality Monitoring and Surveillance programme in all the project villages through the use of user-friendly Water Quality Testing Kits and by involving the GPWSCs, community institutions (such as SHGs), local educational institutions, PHCs, etc.

Water Quality Monitoring and Surveillance through Laboratory Infrastructure:

The water to be supplied is tested at two stages.

8. Firstly, at the time of development of source to ascertain if the source would yield water within safe chemical-content limits.

9. Secondly, after commissioning of the water supply schemes, to monitor any change in quality of the water supply source over the years.

http://www.aphe.nic.in/


Annexures


10. Water samples, apart from the source, are also taken from different points in the distribution system including the consumer end and tested in the laboratories.

Testing personnel Frequency Responsibility

Pump operator/ caretaker of water distribution

Once in a day

Checking and ensuring the safety of water Maintaining a record of residual chlorine

Assistant Executive Engineer

Once in a week

Checking turbidity of treated water from filters in case of surface water sources Testing residual chlorine Checking the water quality record maintained by operator Maintaining the record of treated water quality

Deputy Executive Engineer

Once in a month

Testing residual chlorine in the water sample Checking the record of tests conducted by the pump operator and AE/AEE and will record his comments over the results.

Once in three months

Collecting and sending samples for bacteriological analysis; Maintaining the records of bacteriological water quality

Twice in a year before and after monsoon

Collecting and sending samples to district laboratories for Chemical analysis; Maintaining the records of chemical water quality

Key guidelines for WQM&S in the Assam RWSS

Objective of the water quality monitoring:

To ascertain the quality of water in various rural water supply schemes (tubewells or canal based) as well as in the distribution network.

To examine physio-chemical and bacteriological quality to establish whether the drinking water is fit for human consumption and meets the drinking water standards as laid down in IS - 10500: 1991.

Sampling:

Recommended Frequency:

Source Minimum frequency of sampling and analysis Remarks Bacteriological Physical/Chemical

Ground Water Shallow tube wells with hand pump

Every fortnight Once initially, then 4 times yearly

Situations requiring testing: change in environmental conditions, outbreak of water borne disease or increase in incidence of waterborne diseases

Deep tube wells with hand pump

Once initially, then as situation demands 4 times yearly

Once initially, then two4 times yearly. Residual chlorine test – daily


Annexures


Source Minimum frequency of sampling and analysis Remarks

Wells and piped supplies

Once initially, thereafter as situation demands

Once initially, then 4 times yearly Test weekly for residual chlorine if water is chlorinated

Surface Water Filtered and/or chlorinated and piped supplies

Once monthly Once initially, then 4 times yearly. Residual chlorine test – daily

Increase frequency of bacteriological test if situation demands

Recommended Location:

Selection of location for sampling should indicate true representative samples.

Public stand posts (PSPs), if any

Selected consumer locations at random

In addition to above, raw water source and treated water should also be analyzed for all surface water based water supply schemes.

Water Quality Record:

The water quality test results should be entered in a logbook as per the prescribed format

(sample shown below) and should be submitted to the DSU once every 3 months.

Sl. No.

Point of Sampling

(Distribution system)

Turbidity (NTU)

Residual Chlorine

Fecal coliform

MPN/ 100mL

Quantity of bleaching

powder/ sodium hypochlorite

being added/day

Initials of pump

operator carrying test

Initials of

Engineer carrying test

Remarks (Chemical

parameters exceeding MPL)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

The information on water quality will be integrated into the Computerized Sector Management

Information System.

1.15 On-site sanitation in areas with a high groundwater table This has been adapted from the University of Loughborough WELL fact sheet on On-site

sanitation in areas with a high groundwater table

In areas that experience a seasonally high groundwater table or that are prone to flooding,

constructing affordable on-site sanitation facilities can be very problematic. A preventative

approach includes land-use planning, to avoid building homes in areas with a high ground-water

table and examining the causes of the high groundwater table and flooding, which may be due

to poor drainage provision. As this is not always possible, other options may need to be

considered.


Annexures


Raised latrines

Where there is a seasonally high water table, a raised latrine may be the most appropriate

option for on-site sanitation. The pit should be dug at the end of the dry season, to maximise the

available depth of unsaturated soil that can be excavated. In areas with a recurring high

groundwater table, this may be as little as 1 to 3 metres. It is worth trying to dig the pit below

the water table if possible: firstly this increases the available volume and secondly there is

evidence that wet pits take longer to fill, since the digestion processes in wet pits described by

Mara and Sinnatamby (1986) are more efficient.

The pit should be lined with appropriate, locally available materials such as fired clay bricks,

block work, porous concrete, large stones or pieces of rock, pre-cast concrete rings or ferro-

cement. It is also possible to use a 200 litre oil drum as a lining if these are readily available; this

however makes a pit with a very low volume and therefore a short life. The lining is extended

above ground level to provide the required pit volume. Excavated material can be used to build

up a mound or embankment around the latrine.

This mound can be used for liquid infiltration from the pit if it is:

▫ Formed with permeable soil ▫ Well compacted with a stable side slope of 1:1.5, and ▫ Thick enough to ensure that filtrate does not seep out of the sides of the mound

The slab should be constructed at least half a metre above the highest water level.

Short life or disposable pits If space permits, a household may choose to dig a shallow, unlined

pit latrine above the water table that will have a short life. When this pit becomes full, the

household can simply abandon it and dig a new one. For this approach to be cost-effective, the

slab and superstructure must be designed to be reusable and moveable.

Pour-flush latrines

The simplest form of pour-flush latrine is the installation of a pan with a waterseal in the

defecating hole over a pit. Pour-flush latrines are most appropriate for people who use water for

anal cleansing and squat to defecate. Where the use of solid cleansing materials is common

there may be a risk of blockage.

In areas with a high groundwater table, an offset pour-flush latrine can be constructed where

the pit is set away from the latrine. The pan and the pit are connected by a short length of small-

diameter pipe. The benefit of this arrangement is that the latrine superstructure can be

permanent, but the discharge pipe can be moved so that when the pit is full another one can be

Composting latrines

Composting latrines consist of a single or double vault construction, usually with a system to

ensure that urine is kept separate from faeces. The urine is an effective fertiliser (when diluted


Annexures


with 3-6 parts water), while the faeces contains most of the disease-causing micro-organisms.

Faeces collect in the vault and are regularly mixed with earth, wood ash or other organic waste

material to deodorize it and control the moisture content. The accumulated waste must be left

for at least a year, to ensure that all pathogenic organisms have died off, before it is applied to

land or disposed of safely The collecting vault is often constructed above ground, as this

improves access for removing the composted waste. In theory then, the system is suitable for

regions with high groundwater water.

The health risks associated with poorly managed composting latrines must be considered,

together with the low level of user acceptance. Composting latrines should only be constructed

where there is a proven track record of operation and acceptance in the region and the existing

practice of re-using human excreta for agricultural purposes. An extensive hygiene education

programme should precede and accompany the introduction of composting latrines.

Contamination of drinking water supplies

As a general rule, abstraction of groundwater should be at least 10 metres from the latrine. The

risk of pollution through sub-surface movement of bacteria and viruses depends on a number of

factors, such as: soil composition, hydraulic gradient, the soil’s pH and organic content, and

rainfall. Therefore the risk of pollution needs to be assessed for each individual case.

If there is considered to be a real risk of pollution of groundwater from a pit latrine, the risk can

be reduced by constructing an artificial sand barrier around the pit to create a filter effect. This

is an expensive solution and it may often be more practical to develop alternative dri nking water

sources, at a safe distance from the on-site sanitation facilities.

Cess Pits

Shallow cess pits (an enclosed single tank with no outlet) could be considered, if protecting

drinking water supplies from pollution is critical. If cess pits are use d, a reliable means of

emptying them is essential to their functioning and sustainability. At the planning stage, a supply

of tankers for emptying must be both reliably available and affordable to users (especially once

any external funding and support is removed.



1.16 Formats for Environmental Data Sheets (EDS) The Environmental Datasheets are to be used to identify the projects category and the required management plan, in case any i mpacts are

identified. The screening guidelines are available in Volume 2 of this report in section 1.4.3.

Formats for Environmental Data Sheets (EDS)

A. EDS for Water Supply

.S. No. Description Particulars Remarks

GENERAL

1. Name of Habitation

2. Name of Gram Panchayat

3. Name of District

4. Population (present) 5. Total water demand (Litres per day)

6. Present water supply (Litres per day)

7. Present classification of habitation NC / NSS / PC

8. Problem with present water supply

9.

Net demand of water from the proposed source

(Litres/day) 10. Type of source Groundwater source Surface water

11. Type of scheme

Single Village

Scheme (SVS)

Multi Vil lage Scheme

(MVS)

LOCATION

12. Where is the source located?

13. Has a sanitary survey of the source location been done? (Enclose the report of the sanitary survey) Refer to Annexure: 1.2

14. Is any component of the scheme located in a forest area? Yes No

If yes, obtain permission in writing from the Forest Department

15. Maximum Flood Level and frequency at source location and network of water supply

16. Is the source is near (within 5 km) any ecologically sensitive area (National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries)? Yes No

Avoid the sensitive areas. If not possible, obtain permission in writing from the




Forest Department and follow mitigation

measures as suggested by the Forest Department. Ensure appropriate design changes – please refer to the EMF in

volume 2.

17.

Are any trees l ikely to be cut at the location for

construction of the scheme? If yes, mention the number of trees.


IN CASE OF GROUNDWATER SOURCE

AQUIFER STATUS AND SUSTAINABILITY

18. What is the type of aquifer? Shallow aquifer Deep aquifer

19. Total depth of well (metres)

20. Depth to groundwater table below GL (m)

21. Summer

22. Winter

23. Is the groundwater tapping in safe zone (classified based on exploitation)? Yes No

24. What are the measures proposed for source sustainability?

Groundwater recharging structure

Limiting the draft to safe yield

LOCATION OF THE WELL

25.

What is the distance of this source from the nearest leach pit of any existing sanitation facility? (It should be more than 15 metres)

26.

What is the distance of this source from the nearest

rain water harvesting pit? (It should be more than 15 metres)

27. What is the distance of the source from the nearest existing well? (It should be more than 300 metres)

28. Maximum flood level and frequency at well Location

29. STRUCTURE OF THE WELL

30. Will the well be provided with sanitary plug ti l l the pump is installed? Yes No

31. Is a concrete mat (of at least 75 cm radius) planned Yes No




around the bore well?

32.

Is grouting of the space outside the well casing

planned? Yes No

WATER QUALITY

33. Is the quality of water acceptable? (enclose the water quality test report) Yes No

34. If not acceptable, mention the type of water quality problem

35. What is the alternative proposed?

36. If the water is to be treated, mention the treatment process

37.

What is the frequency planned for testing water for bacteriological contamination? (should be 1 initially

and later as required)

38.

What is the frequency planned for testing water for physical and chemical contamination? (should be 4 times/year)

39. What is the frequency planned for testing residual chlorine? (should be at least once a week)

40.

What is the frequency planned for sanitary inspection

by GPWSSC? (should be 4 times/year)

41. What is the frequency planned for sanitary inspection by AEE? (should be once/year)

IN CASE OF SURFACE WATER SOURCE

LOCATION

42. Will there be any significant land disturbance resulting in erosion, subsidence and instability? Yes No

43. Will the scheme involve alteration of natural drainage? If yes, indicate the measures for the drainage. Yes No

44. Maximum Flood Level and frequency at source site

SUSTAINABILITY

45. Is the expected safe yield from the source greater than water demand? Yes No




WATER QUALITY

46.

What is the Turbidity of raw water (NTU)? (Enclose

water quality test report)

47.

Is this source within 100 m from the nearest sewage/industrial effluent disposal point (disposal into the surface water source)? Yes No

48. Is there any chemical impurity present? If yes, furnish the details. (Enclose water quality test report) Yes No

49.

What is the frequency planned for testing water for

bacteriological contamination? (should be 1 every month)

50.

What is the frequency planned for testing water for physical and chemical contamination? (should be 4 times/year)

51.

What is the frequency planned for testing residual

chlorine? (should be once every day)

52.

What is the frequency planned for sanitary inspection

by GPWSSC? (should be 12 times/year)

53.

What is the frequency planned for sanitary inspection? (should be 2 times /year if population serviced is les s than 5000; should be 24-48 times /year if population

serviced is between 5000-20000) WATER TREATMENT

54. What is the method of water treatment proposed?

55.

How will the sludge and other residue from the water

treatment plant be disposed?

56. Quantity of Sludge, planned Process and location of Disposal.?

Note: Refer Guidelines Vide Annexures 1.91 to 1.9.9.



B. EDS for Rainwater Harvesting

S. No. Description Particulars Remarks

GENERAL



3. Name of District

4. Population (present)

5. Total water demand (Litres per day)

6. Present water supply (Litres per day)

7. Problem with present water supply

Source is inadequate in summer

Water table is depleted in summer

LOCATION

8.

What is the distance of the RWH Structure from the nearest borewell? (should

be 15 m away)

9. Is the RWH located away from any supply / feeder channel of tanks? (RWH must not be in these locations)

10. Has the location of the RWH structure been certified by a hydrogeologist of the RWSSD?

11. Is there any possibil ity of contaminated water flowing into the RWH structure?

STRUCTURE

12. Type of RWH structure

13. Intended use of rain water

HOUSEHOLD ROOFTOP RWH STRUCTURE

14. Is the roof smooth, free from any toxic materials (including paint)?

15. Are there any overhanging trees nearby?

16. Is there provision planned for discarding first flush of rain water?

17. Is there provision planned for wire mesh screens at gutter heads?

18. Is there provision for safe extraction of the harvested rain water? (fi ltration, disinfection, gravity tap), if yes details is for same

MAINTENANCE

19. What is the planned frequency of conducting complete maintenance check and cleaning of the RWH system? (recommended before and after every rain;




cleaning after every dry period of 1 month)

20.

What is the planned frequency of cleaning storage tank? (recommended at end

of dry season, before the first rain)

C. EDS for Sewerage Schemes

(All the sewerage schemes are classified as Category II Schemes)


GENERAL



3. Name of District


5. Total water demand (Litres per day)

6. Sewage generation (Litres per day)

7. Length of roads in the habitation LOCATION

8. Is any component of the scheme located in a forest area? Yes No Avoid the forest area

9.

Are any trees l ikely to be cut at the location for construction of the

scheme? If yes, mention the number of trees.

If yes, obtain permission in writing

from the Forest Department

10. Type of substrata

11. Will there be any significant land disturbance resulting in erosion, subsidence and instability? Yes No

12. Will the scheme involve alteration of natural drainage? If yes, indicate the measures for the drainage. Yes No

13. Depth to groundwater table

14. *winter

15. *summer

16. Are the Scheme Location prone to Flooding

STRUCTURE

17. How many pumping stations will be required?




18. What is the type of land proposed for pumping station? Municipal/

Panchayat

Private If private land, follow

recommended guidelines for acquisition

19. Is the proposed sewer l ine involved any crossing of Railway/ Highway/ Canal/ Water course? Yes No

Obtain permission from the concerned department

20. What is the expected quantity of Diesel/Electricity deemed for pumping water.

MAINTENANCE

21. Has provision been made for safety gear for the operating and

maintenance staff?

TREATMENT 22. What is the type of sewage treatment proposed?

23. What is the type of land proposed for pumping station? Municipal/

Panchayat

Private If private land, follow

recommended guidelines for acquisition

24. What is the extent of land required for the STP?

25. What is the quantity of effluent and mode disposal of treated effluent?

Obtain clearance from Assam PCB, if required

26. Is reuse of treated effluent is planned? Furnish details.

27. How will the sludge and other residue be disposed?

Obtain clearance from Assam PCB, if required



D. EDS for Sanitation Schemes


GENERAL



3. Name of District


5. No. of ISL proposed

LOCATION

6. Are any trees l ikely to be cut at the location for construction of the scheme? If yes, mention the number of trees.


7. Type of substrata Pervious Impervious

8. Depth to groundwater table, in metres

9. *winter

10. *summer

11. Is a shallow aquifer used as source for drinking water supply in the habitation?

12. Is the habitation located in an coastal area?

13.

Is a minimum distance of 15 metres maintained between the pits and the

nearest drinking water sources? (for all the ISLs proposed) Yes No

14.

In case of high ground water table and in case of highly permeable soils, is a minimum distance of 40 metres maintained between the pits and the nearest drinking water sources? (for all the ISLs proposed) Yes No Not applicable

STRUCTURE

15. What is the type of toilet proposed?

16. For ISL

17. What are the precautions taken to prevent groundwater contamination?

18. In case of high ground water table, is raising of platform, bottom sealing of pit and earth fi l l ing outside along sides of pit planned? Yes No

Not applicable

19. In case of flood prone area, is raising of platform and earth fi l l ing outside along sides of pit planned? Yes No

Not applicable

20. In case of loose soils, is l ining of pits with perforated cement rings planned? Yes No Not applicable




21.

In case of soils with low permeability, is back fi l l ing of part of pit with more

sandy soil planned? Yes No

Not applicable

22. In case of soils with high permeability, is earth fi l l ing around rings with denser soil planned? Yes No

Not applicable

MAINTENANCE

23. What are the participation and awareness gaps found with prospective users for proper use and maintenance?

24. Is an awareness programme for prospective users on proper use and maintenance of the IHLs being planned?, If Yes details of the same?

25. Is adequate water available for use? (2 l itres per each use)

26. What is the expected cleaning interval of pits? (a pit should not be emptied before 1 ½ years after its being in use)

27. What is the method of disposal of materials removed from pits?

28. What are the users preference for the use of disposal?



E. EDS for Storm water / Sullage Drainage Scheme


GENERAL


2. Name of Vil lage Panchayat

3. Name of District


5. How the sullage is disposed presently?

6. Is there any place where sullage is stagnated?

LOCATION

7. Is any component of the scheme located in a forest area? Yes No


8. Are any trees l ikely to be cut at the location for construction of the scheme? If yes, mention the number of trees.

If yes, obtain permission in writing

from the Forest Department


10. Depth to groundwater table (in metres)

11. *winter

12. *summer

13. Is adequate gradient/slope available for smooth flow of water?

14. Are habitation in the schemes in flood prone area, if yes , what is the frequency?

STRUCTURE

15. What is the total length of roads/streets? (m)

16. What is the present length of drains?

17. What is the proposed length of drain?

18. Are the drains planned with semicircular base and trapezoidal cross-section? (This design will help to increase the velocity of water and the drain's self-cleaning capacity)

19. Will the top of the drain be at a lower level compared to the road surface? (This will prevent stagnation of storm water on road)

20. Are the drains to be covered with stones or RCC slabs? (This is not




recommended as covered drains cannot be cleaned leading to

stagnation)

21. Is there a chance of overflow of effluent from septic tank flowing into open drain? (This must be avoided)

MAINTENANCE

22. Has the GP established a system for periodic maintenance and silt removal from the drains?

23. What is the likely hood of GP for periodic maintenance ?

24. Is there a plan to educate the community to avoid throwing solid waste into the drain (to keep it free from blockages)?

TREATMENT

25. What is the treatment proposed for the sullage? (Suspended solids must be removed through settling – for

example, in sullage stabilization pond)

26. Is a single treatment pond planned or are a series of ponds planned? (a series of interconnected shallow ponds is recommended – it is better to have multiple ponds of smaller size than few large ponds)

27. Is the soil very permeable?

(If yes, plastic sheeting topped with soil may be laid at bottom)

28. Is any reuse proposed for the sullage?

29. What are the precautions taken to prevent groundwater contamination from sullage?



F. EDS for Household Soak Pits


GENERAL

1. Name Habitation

2. Name of Vil lage Panchayat

3. Name of District


LOCATION

5. Is the soak pit located in rocky terrain? (Not suitable for rocky terrain) Yes No

6. Flooding probability of Soak Pit

STRUCTURE

7.

Will the wastewater flow exceed the design flow of the soak pit? (calculate design flow as per requirement for bathing 20-30 l/p/d, kitchen 5-10 l/p/d, washing clothes 15-20 l/p/d, and other uses) Yes No

8.

Is fi l l ing material of appropriate size available? (Should be pebbles of sizes 125 –

150 mm, 100 -125 mm and 50 – 75 mm) Yes No

9. Is the pit to be fi l led loosely? (Fil l ing material must not be tightly packed) Yes No

10.

Is the pit to be fi l led with murram, brickbats or sand? (These materials must not

be used) Yes No

MAINTENANCE

11. What is the frequency planned for cleaning the fi lter of the soak pit? (Must be cleaned every fortnight or month)

12. What is the frequency planned for cleaning the pit and replacing the fi l l ing material? (Must be once in 7-8 years)

13.

How likely households may follow the planned frequency, if gap found what is

required for educating them?



G. EDS for Community Solid Waste Management

S. No. Description Particulars Legal requirements

GENERAL



3. Name of Mandal

4. Name of District


LOCATION


7. Depth to groundwater table in metres

8. *winter

9. *summer

WASTE GENERATION

10. What is the expected quantity of solid waste generation per day? (tons)

11. What is the expected quantity of biodegradable waste (waste that can be composted) per day? (tons)

12. What is the expected quantity of non-biodegradable waste (waste that can be composted) per day? (tons)

13. How likely are collection and disposal sites affected by flood?

WASTE MANAGEMENT

WASTE SEGREGATION AND COLLECTION

14. Are awareness programmes on household waste segregation planned to be organized? Yes No

15. Is segregation of wastes at household level (into biodegradable and non-biodegradable wastes) being planned? Yes No

16. How will the household waste be collected?

Community

waste bins

Door-to-door

collection

17. Are the community waste bins planned to be located at least 15 m away from any water sources?

18. What is the planned frequency of collecting waste (from community bins or from individual households)?

COMPOSTING OF BIODEGRADABLE WASTE




19. What is the type of composting planned?

Underground (lined or unlined) pits – suitable for low rainfall areas Overground heap or tank – suitable for high rainfall areas and rocky terrain Vermi-compost units

FOR COMPOSTING UNITS

20. Will the wind flow direction at the composting yard cause four odor in the habitation?

21. Is the compost yard in a low lying area (l ikely to get water logged)?

22. Will weekly covering of the compost pit/heap with thin soil layer planned to

avoid odour and fly nuisance?

23. How composite will be planned for use/sale? FOR VERMI-COMPOSTING UNITS

24. What is the variety of earthworms planned? (local or exotic)

(local variety – Lampito mauritii is preferred to exotic varieties – Eisenia foetida and Eudrilus euginiae)

25. Is the vermi-composting unit located in an area that is not low-lying and has adequate slope (to prevent water-logging)?

26. What pest control (control of red ants, cockroaches, etc.) methods are planned at the vermi-composting unit? (Only non-chemical methods such as application

of turmeric and flour around perimeter of the tank must be practiced)

MANAGEMENT OF NON-BIODEGRADABLE WASTE

27. What part of the non-biodegradable waste will be recycled? (sold to the kabadiwalla, recycled through any SHG enterprise, etc.)

28. What part of the non-biodegradable waste will be sent to the land fi l l?

29. Is the site identified for the land fi l l located in a forest area? Yes No Avoid the forest area

30. Is the site located for the land fi l l near (within 5 km) any ecologically sensitive area (National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries)?

Yes No

Avoid having the land fill site near the sensitive area (Seek Forest Department permissions)

31. What is the extent of land available for the land fi l l site?

Obtain clearance from

Assam PCB

32. What is the ownership of the land identified for the land fi l l site? Government / Panchayat Private land

If private land, follow recommended guidelines




land for acquisition

33. What is the distance of the land fi l l site from nearest water supply

source/catchment boundary/water body (less than 100 m?)

34. What are the precautions taken/planned to prevent surface and groundwater contamination?

35. Is periodic covering of waste with minimum 10 cm of soil/debris planned?

36. Is covering of waste with 40-65 cm thick soil cover planned before every monsoon (to prevent infi ltration)?

37. Is an appropriate drainage system planned at the land fi l l site to divert run off water?

38. Will the land fi l l site have fencing and a gate to prevent entry of stray animals and unauthorized persons?

39. Has baseline data on groundwater quality in the area been collected (for future

reference)? Enclose report water quality test.

40. Is periodic and regular monitoring of ground water quality in the area planned?

41. Likeliness and effectiveness of local persons trained for landfil l 42. Possibil ities of bird infestation to surrounding crop fields if any




1.17 Environmental Code of Practices/ Guidelines

This section discusses environmental code of practices and guidelines for the construction and management of RWSS infrastructure. This is to be used as a guide while designing, locating, planning and managing RWSS systems.

1.17.1 Sanitary Protection of Water Supply Sources

The objectives of sanitary protection of the water supply sources are to avoid the sources getting contaminated.

1. Sanitary Protection of Surface Water Supply Sources

i. The area around the source should be inspected at least once in a year to identify and control any new pollution source.

ii. Discharge of industrial/domestic wastewater on the upstream of the off -take arrangement should be prevented.

iii. Activities that lead to contamination of the water such as washing clothes, washing cattle, dumping of solid waste and defecation should not be allowed.

iv. The area around sources including intake arrangements and upstream of river should be well protected and fenced. Trespassing by people and cattle around the source should be prevented.

2. Sanitary Protection of Ground Water Supply Sources

i. Direct runoff of rain water into bore well used as water supply sources should be prevented;

ii. A concrete mat of sufficient thickness and a radius of 75 cm around the bore well shall be provided to seal the outer periphery of the bore well. The casing pipe should be raised 60 cm above ground level and provided with a sanitary plug until the pump is installed.

iii. Rainwater harvesting and recharge structure should be located at least 15 m away from the bore well to avoid direct contamination.

iv. Soak pit for the disposal of effluent from septic tank or other sanitation facility should not allowed within 15 m radius from the bore well of water supply source to avoid direct contamination.

v. For bore wells, the annular open space on the outside of the well casing needs to be filled with neat cement grout.

3. Other preventive measures for maintaining quality of drinking water

i. Sources of water supply including wells fitted with hand pumps should be disinfected regularly. Free residual chlorine level of not less than 0.2 mg/L and more than 0.5 mg/L should be maintained through out the distribution system

ii. OHTs and storage sumps should be periodically cleaned at least once in three months

iii. Leakages in pipelines should be arrested immediately




iv. Pit taps both at public stand posts and house service connections should not be allowed - all taps and stand posts should be above ground level and with platforms with drainage around them

vi. Surroundings of the OHTs, public stand posts and hand pumps should have clean and hygienic environment

1.17.2 Guidelines for Sustainability of Groundwater Sources

Field observations and discussion with the PHED show that the main recharge method for groundwater in Assam is roof top rainwater harvesting. This is followed at many WTPs where rain water harvesting is used for both recharge of ground water and augmentation of system.

Guidelines for Ground Water Recharge in Assam RWSS

The guidelines presented here are based on the guidelines provided in the publication Water Harvesting and Artificial Recharge published by the Rajiv Gandhi National Drinking Water Mission, Department of Drinking Water Supply, Ministry of Rural Development, Government of India (2004). These guidelines are to be followed by the project in Assam. The recommended water harvesting measures for Assam are:

Roof top harvesting

Diversion of perennial springs and streams in storage structures (tanks)

Roof Top Water Harvesting Systems

Roof top water harvesting systems can provide good quality potable water with the design

features outlined below are taken into account:

1. The substances that go into the making the roof should be non-toxic in nature

2. Roof surfaces should be smooth, hard and dense since they are easier to clean and are

less likely to the damage and released material / fibre into the water.

3. Roof painting is not advisable since most paints contain toxic substances and may peel

off.

4. The roof should not have any overhanging tree or its branches.

5. The nesting of birds on the roof should be prevented.

6. All gutter ends should be fitted with a wire mesh screen to keep out leaves etc.

7. A first-flush rainfall capacity, such as detachable down pipe section, should be installed.

8. A hygienic soak away channel should be built at water outlet and a screened overflow

pipe should be provided.

9. The storage tank should have a tight fitting roof that excludes light a, manhole cover

and a flushing pipe at the base of the tank (for standing tanks).

10. There should be a reliable sanitary extraction device such as a gravity tap or a hand

pump to avoid contamination of the water in the tank.




11. There should be no possibility of contaminated wastewater flowing into the tank

(especially for tanks installed at ground level)

12. Water from other sources, unless it is reliable source, should not be emptied into the

tank through pipe connections or the manhole cover.

13. During the rainy season, the whole system (roof catchment, gutters, pipes, screens,

first-flush and overflow) should be checked before and after each rain and preferably

cleaned after every dry period exceeding a month.

14. At the end of the dry season and just before the first shower of rain is anticipated, the

storage tank should be scrubbed and flushed all sediment and debris (the tank should

be re-filled afterwards with a few centimetres of clean water to prevent cracking).

Ensure timely service (before the first rains are due) of all tanks features, including

replacement of all worm screened and servicing of the outlet tap or handpump.

Rivers and springs

1. Precaution should be taken while adopting rives and springs due to poor maintenance

and improper utilization; the river water is highly polluted and is not f ree from health

hazards.

2. Periodically test water to ensure guinea worms are not present.

3. Make sure that water hyacinth, mosses, algae etc. do not grow.

Rainwater Harvesting Structures

Guidelines for Implementation of Rainwater Harvesting Structures for Sustainability of Drinking

water supply sources:

1. The rainwater harvesting (RWH) structures should be site specific closer to the source

but 15 m away from the bore well to prevent direct contamination; the location should

be certified by the hydro geologist of the Assam PHED.

2. The local geological and hydrogeological conditions have to be studied in conjunction

with the location of the groundwater source to facilitate maximum recharge from the

structure.

3. No RWH structure should be installed in the supply/feeder channel of tanks.

4. RWH structure should be simple and suitable to the location and economically viable to

the community.

5. All the works of RWH structure should be implemented before the onset of the

monsoon.

4. Pre and post water level and water quality monitoring should be carried out in the well

for water supply source to evaluate the benefit accrued of the RWH structures.




Erosion control in catchment

The major erosion control measures used in many parts of India are given below.

Conservation cover: Establish and maintain perennial vegetative cover to protect soil and water

resources.

Contour bunding/trenching: Forming contour bunding or trenching along the contour in steep

sloped areas may be taken up for reducing runoff and erosion. Terraces are constructe d with

earthen embankments that retard runoff and reduce erosion by breaking the slope into

numerous flat surfaces separated by slopes that are protected with permanent vegetation.

Critical area planting: Planting vegetation such as trees, shrubs, grasses or legumes on highly

erodible or eroding areas. While undertaking any plantation programme care must be taken to

plant only indigenous species with involving and close coordination with local people.

1.17.3 Selection of Safe Sanitation Technologies

Selection and installation of safe sanitation technologies to suit the local soil characteristics and

hydrogeology is necessary so as to minimise ground water contamination.

For selecting the most appropriate system for any location the following factors are to be

considered:

Number of people to be served

Per capita water supply rate and the water availability for ablution and flushing

Extent of space available within the plot/street for sanitation facility

Hydro-geologic characteristics of the subsoil

Depth to groundwater table from the ground surface (summer and rainy season)

Quality of groundwater in the vicinity and their present uses

Locations of the existing water supply wells sources



Technology Different

Latrine Type

Suitable for

high Ground Water table

Suitable for

areas prone to floods

Suitable for loose soils

Suitable for soils

of low permeability

Water requirement

Ease of construction

Ease of maintenance Remarks

Direct Single Pit Latrine Without Pour flush Yes, if raised Yes, if raised

Yes, if fully clay soils l ined Not for Yes Easy Easy Sludge unsafe

Direct Twin Pit

Latrine Without Pour flush Yes, if raised Yes, if raised

Yes, for fully l ined Not for, clay soils Yes Easy Easy Safe sludge

Offset Single Pit Latrine with Pour-flush

Yes, if raised and with soak away Yes, if raised

Yes, for fully l ined

Yes, with soak away Yes Easy Easy Sludge unsafe

Offset Twin Pit Latrine with Pour-flush

Yes, if raised and with soak away Yes, if raised

Yes, for fully l ined

Yes, with soak away Yes Fairly Easy Fairly

Safe sludge easy

Solar Heated Single-vault eco-

sanitary latrine with urine separation Yes Yes Yes Yes No Easy Difficult

Safe dehydrated material

Single-vault ecosanitary latrine

with urine separation Yes Yes Yes Yes No easy Difficult

Safe

dehydrated material

Urinal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes a bit Easy Easy




1.17.4 Environmental Considerations in Location of Toilets

Table 17: Environmental Considerations in Location of Toilets

Specific topic on which information/ data is needed Considerations

Type of soil –stability

Loose, sides of wall collapse

Line the pits. In very sandy soils, sink cement rings that are perforated or set on top of each other without cement.

Hard to dig

Use the pits. In very sandy soils, sink cement rings

that are perforated or set on top of each other without cement.

Permeability (how water is absorbed by soil)

Clay soil

Test by pouring water into a hole and measuring how long it takes to be absorbed. Pits in dense clay may need back fi l l ing about 1.2 meters with more sandy soil.

Coarse sand

Back fi l l around the rings with denser soil and /or locate the latrine pipes far 9 for example, 40 meters or more) from a well used for drinking.

Hard Latrine

If there might be cracks in the laterine, the latrine pits can pollute nearby drinking water

sources. Place the latrine far from these sources.

Ground water level in wet season (deepest level)

Water rises higher than one meter from bottom of the latrine pit, but never completely floods the latrine pits

Locate the latrine pit far from any well used for

drinking purpose and should be away for example, 40 meters or more

Water rises to or above the ground level and sludge

comes out the latrines

Raise the latrines above the ground level so that the top third of the pit is always above the water level. Place latrines far from drinking water

sources.

Distance to Water sources

Distance from latrines pit to drinking water sources At least 15 meters

Children or teachers may be spent extra time, for example, more than 15 minutes going one-way to collect water. VIP latrine is preferred as it uses less water.

Site selection for Community Toilets

While there is a preference for individual toilets in most areas visited in Assam, in case any

community toilets are proposed under any government or other schemes, certain issues must

be considered to ensure that there is no contamination of water sources or aquifers.




Suggested Measures

1. Toilets may be constructed below a stream but not within 100 m above stream being used for drinking purposes

2. Many factors affect the safe distance between a ground water supply and source of contamination. It may be impractical to set fixed distances. As a rule, the distance should be the maximum that economics, land ownership, geology and topography will permit. If at all possible a well (or other water source as spring) be located on ground that is higher than source of contamination. Minimum distance recommended between

water supply point and various sources of contamination is given in following table

Distance between possible contamination source and water intake point

Contamination Source Well or suction line distance Building sewer 50 ft. (about 15 m.)

Septic tank 50 ft. (about 15 m.)

Disposal field 100 ft. (about 31 m.) Seepage pit 100 ft. (about 31 m.)

Dry well 50 ft. (about 15 m.) Cess pool 150 ft. (about 46 m.)

1. A toilet upkeep and management system must be identified as a part of project design

and cost included in project design 2. A water point (tap etc.) should be available near community toilets. 3. A suitable place should be selected with deep soils. Hills and barren rocky areas should

be avoided. 4. Dense vegetation should be raised at least on downstream side of the toilets if not all

around it.

3. Community toilets should preferably be located at the side of or below the village.

1.17.5 Construction Practice and Pollution Safeguards for Twin Pit Pour Flush Latrines Construction of Pits

1. Pits in Water logged, Flood Prone and High Sub-soil Water Areas

In high sub-soil, water logged or flood-prone areas, the pits should be raised above the ground

level to a height such that the invert of the incoming drains/pipes is just above the likely flood

water or sub-soil water level. Raising the pipes will necessitate raising the latrine floor also.

In pits located in water logged or flood prone areas, earth should be filled and well compacted

all around the pits in 1000 mm width and up to the top. It is not necessary to raise the pits by

more than 300 mm above the plinth of the house. In these situations, the pits should be

designed as wet pits, taking into consideration the infiltration rate of the type of soil.




2. Pits in Rocky Strata

In rocky strata with soil layers in between, leach pits are designed on the same principles as

those for low sub-soil water level taking the infiltration capacity of the soil as 20 litres per sq.m

per day. However, in rocks with fissures, chalk formations, or old root channels, pollution can

flow over a very long distance; hence these conditions demand careful investigation and

adoption of pollution safeguards. In impervious rocky strata the pits will function as holding

tanks since there will be no infiltration of liquid. In such situations, a PF latrine with leaching pits

is not a suitable system.

3. Pits in Soils with Low Infiltration Capacity

Leaching capacity tends to be the limiting factor when the infiltration capacity of soil is low. In

these circumstances, there are two options: construct a larger pit, or increase the critical

leaching area by backfilling and compacting with brick ballast, gravel, sand etc., for the required

width all around the pit.

Emptying of Pits/Septic tanks

Emptying of pits becomes essential when they get filled. The three most important issues

related to emptying of pits are frequency, cost, and hygiene. The responsibility for emptying

latrines should be with the users.

The main guidelines relating to latrine emptying include

Advising householders that the filling/ emptying cycle is likely to be between three to six years and that they need to make their own arrangements for emptying the pits.

Emptying costs are location-specific; anticipated emptying costs should be ascertained with local contractors during programme planning.

Groundwater pollution

A problem that is related to on-site sanitation is the potential for pollution of groundwater that

is associated with these systems. Groundwater under or near pit latrines may become polluted,

which can be a serious problem when it affects the quality of drinking-water drawn from wells

and boreholes. Water in leaky pipes may also be contaminated if the pressure drops and

polluted groundwater levels are above the pipes.

A particular problem in densely populated areas is the possible proximity of latrine pits and

shallow wells on neighbouring plots. The key guideline is that a minimum distance of 15 m,

other than in fractured formations, between a pit and a downstream water-point, is normally

sufficient to remove all contaminants.




Pollution safeguards for twin pit pour flush latrines

To ensure that the risk of polluting ground water and drinking water sources is minimal, the

following safeguards should be taken while locating the pits of the pour flush latrines:

Drinking water should be obtained from another source or from the same aquifer but at a point beyond the reach of any fecal pollution from the leach pits.

If the soil is fine (effective size 0.2 mm or less), the pits can be located at a minimum distance of 3 m from the drinking water sources, provided the maximum ground water level throughout the year is 2 m or more below the pit bottom (low water table). If the water table is higher, i.e., less than 2 m below the pit bottom, the safe distance should be increased to 10 m.

If the soil is coarse (effective size more than 0.2 mm), the same safe di stances as specified above can be maintained by providing a 500 mm thick sand envelope, of fine sand of 0.2 mm effective size, all around the pit, and sealing the bottom of the pit with an impervious material such as puddle clay, a plastic sheet, lean ceme nt concrete, or cement stabilized soil.

If the pits are located under a footpath or a road, or if a water supply main is within a distance of 3 m from the pits, the invert level of the pipes or drains connecting the leach pits should be kept below the level of the water main, or 1 m below the ground level. If this is not possible due to site considerations, the joints of the water main should be

encased in concrete.

Operation and Maintenance - Dos and Don’t s of Twin-pit Pour-flush Latrines

DO’s

Keep a bucket full of water outside the toilet. Keep a 2 litres can in the toilet filled with water for flushing. Before use, pour a little quantity of water to wet the pan so that excreta can slide

smoothly into the pit.

Flush the excreta after each use.

▫ Pour a little quantity of water, say half a litre, in the squatting pan after urination. ▫ The squatting pan should be cleaned daily with a soft broom or soft brush with a

long handle after sprinkling a small quantity of water and detergent powder/soap. ▫ Use minimum quantity of water in washing the pan and toilet floor. ▫ Wash hands, using soap or ash, after defecation at the assigned place. ▫ If any construction defect is observed during the defect-liability period, report the

matter to the local authority or the construction agency. ▫ When the pit in use is full, divert the flow to the second pit ▫ If the trap gets choked, prodding should be done from the pan side as well as from

the rear side by means of a split bamboo stick, after removing the cover of the drain or junction chamber.

Care should be taken while desludging the pits located in water-logged or high water sub-soil water areas and in case of combined pits, as humus may not be safe for

handling.




DON'T s

Do not use both the pits at the same time. Do not use more than 2 litres of water for each flushing (if the waste is not flushed with

2 litres, pour more water at the specific spots for flushing the waste). Do not use caustic soda or acid for cleaning the pan. Do not throw sweepings, vegetable or fruit peelings, rags, cotton waste, and cleaning

materials like corn cobs, mud balls, stone pieces, leaves, etc. in the pan or the pits. Do not allow rain water, kitchen or bath waste to enter the pits. Do not provide water tap in the toilet. Do not throw lighted cigarette butts in the pan.

Do not desludge the pit before 1½ years of its being in use.

1.17.6 Guidelines for Safe Sullage Disposal at Household and Community Levels 1.0 Introduction

The guidelines in this annexure on sullage disposal at household and community levels are

based on the guidelines in the publication - 'Solid and Liquid Waste Management in Rural Areas

- A Technical Note' (TSC, UNIECF). These guidelines will apply to the sullage disposal activities

undertaken by the project.

2.0 Technical options for household level management

The village level water management system should be as simple as possible for a village level

person to understand and implement and it should be decentralized. The technological options

should be based on domestic (household) level management and/ or community level

management.

It will always be better to manage and treat domestic grey water generated in the house in the

area/courtyard/land surrounding the house. The following technological options will be suitable

for this purpose:

Kitchen Garden with piped root zone system Kitchen Garden without piped root zone system Leach pit Soakage pit.

3.0 Soak Pit

Soak pit is a dug out pit lined with stones or preferably over burnt bricks. The large numbers of

stones or bricks increase the surface area over which biological and chemical action takes place.

The water seeps into the ground and reduces danger of polluting the ground water sources.

Advantages

This is the cheapest technology for management of water at household le vel Prevents grey water stagnation

Prevents vector breading.




Operation and maintenance (O&M)

Filter to be cleaned every fortnight or month, depending on accumulation of dirt Make a hook of thick wire and pierce it in the filter and take filter media out and

clean/wash it and dry and replace it in the earthen pot Soak pit looses its capacity within a period of 7 to 8 years of work. At that time take

out the boulders from the pit, scrap the walls of the pit in order to remove the oily layer; let the pit dry for a period of 2 to 3 days and clean and dry the boulders and

replace into the pit.

Limitations

Soakage pit is not suitable for rocky terrain It will over flow if wastewater flow in the pit exceeds the design flow If suspended solids get into the pit, the choking of the pit will take place earlier.

4.0 Off Site Community Level Management:

For the community grey water of this type, the first step would be to establish a system for

collecting and transporting this grey water for the final treatment on a suitable location. It will

be necessary to establish a suitable drainage system for this purpose. This drainage system

could be of two types

i. Open drain with technically sound design, involving semicircular base and trapezoidal cross section so as to maximize self cleansing velocity for carrying away silt in grey water

ii. Closed drain-small bore grey water draining system with intercepting tanks at suitable points.

1.0 Open or Surface Grey water Drainage System

For collection and transportation of grey water flowing out from the houses, surface drain has

been the simplest system, whereby, the community grey water is carried away from the village

for onward final treatment. This system can be established easily with available local mason at

minimum cost.


Gram Panchayat will have to establish a system for periodical cleaning and silt removal from the drain

Community will have to be educated to keep the drain free from garbage, so as to avoid blockages in drain

Care needs to be taken to avoid over of flow water (effluent) from septic tank, from

flowing to the open drain. This effluent should be led to leach pit covered at the top.




2.0 Closed Drainage

a. Small bore grey water drainage system

In rural areas, closed drain system akin to conventional sewerage systems will not be feasible

because of the excessive capital & operation maintenance expenditure and the elaborate

maintenance requirements.

The small bore grey water drainage system which is laid close to the soil surface is suitable and

appropriate as it is low cost and requires minimum maintenance which is easy.

Advantages:

As the system is closed, materials like garbage, road side solid wastes, plastics, building materials etc. will not find access to the system

Operation and maintenance becomes easily manageable by Gram Panchayat Construction cost is comparable to the cost for surface drain. It may be only

marginally varying

Road space is fully utilized.

5.0 Final Treatment of Community Grey water

Once the community greywater is collected at one or multiple points outside the village, final treatment is required to convert it into harmless and reusable water.

The treatment technologies need to suit the following requirements.

As low cost as possible O&M should be easy and low cost for Gram Panchayat Same cost recovery may be possible by the farmers Selling the treated water. Treated water could be used for public gardens or

horticulture. The produce may be sold portably Vector breeding is avoided Pollution of water from nala or river is prevented. Some appropriate technologies easily manageable by Gram Panchayat could be as

follows:

▫ Sullage stabilization pound and reuse ▫ Sedimentation and filtration and reuse

▫ Screening stabilization tank systems like DOSIWAM, DEWATS etc.

A. Sullage Stabilization Ponds

The greywater collected via drainage system is passed to large shallow basins or ponds

excavated at suitable land site and placed serially as a stabilization system in which grey water is

stabilized, its pathogenicity is reduced and the stabilized water becomes useable.




a. Anaerobic ponds

The grey water reaching the pond via drain, usually has high solid content. In the anaerobic

pond, these solids settle at the bottom, where these are digested anaerobically. Thus, the

partially digested liquid is discharged onwards into a facultative pond for further treatment.

b. Facultative ponds

The partially clarified water is led to facultative pond. In this pond oxidation of grey water takes

place. It is called ‘facultative’ because in this pond in the upper layer aerobic conditions are

maintained while in the lower layer, anaerobic conditions exist.

c. Maturation pond

The stabilized water from facultative pond is led to a maturation pond. The main function of the

maturation period is the destruction of pathogens. This pond is wholly aerobic.

Operation and maintenance

It will be the responsibility of GP Maintenance requirements are minimal. Regular cutting of grass on embankments

and removal of any floating scum from pond surface are the only requirements

Occasional anti mosquito spraying treatment may be necessary.

B. Screening, Sedimentation and Filtration

The grey water collected from drainage system can be passed through a screening,

sedimentation and filtration tank system. The treated water can be used for irrigation etc.

C. Reuse of Stabilized Water

Grey water stabilized and cleaned by the use of any of the above mentioned systems can be

reused in many ways.

Irrigation for agricultural use Irrigation for horticulture

Fish farming.

ECOPs on safe sullage disposal and Organic waste management

Introduction

The RWSS project will undertake the following sullage disposal activities during the project

period:

Drains and liquid waste disposal in villages

Soak pits at household level in villages




1. Technical options for household level management

The village level water management system should be as simple as possible for a village level

person to understand and implement and it should be decentralized. The technological options

should be based on domestic (Household) level management and/ or community level

management.

It will always be better to manage and treat domestic grey water generated in the house in the

area/courtyard/land surrounding the house. The following technological options appear suitable

for this purpose:

Leach pit

Soakage pit.

2. Soak Pit

Soak pit is a dug out pit filled with stones or preferably over burnt bricks. The large numbers of

stones or bricks increase the surface area over which biological and chemical action takes place.

The water seeps into the ground and reduces danger of polluting the ground water sources.

Figure 1.1: Typical Details of Soak Pit without lining

Advantages

This is the cheapest technology for management of water at household level

Prevents grey water stagnation

Prevents vector breeding.


Filter to be cleaned every fortnight or month, depending on accumulation of di rt

Make a hook of thick wire and pierce it in the filter and take filter media out and clean/wash

it and dry and replace it in the earthen pot




Soak pit looses its capacity within a period of 7 to 8 years of work. At that time take out the

boulders from the pit, scrap the walls of the pit in order to remove the oily layer; let the pit

dry for a period of 2 to 3 days and clean and dry the boulders and replace into the pit.

Limitations

Soakage pit is not suitable for rocky terrain and areas having impermeable soil strata.

It will overflow if wastewater flow in the pit exceeds the design flow

If suspended solids get into the pit, the choking of the pit will take place earlier.

3. Off Site Community Level Management:

For the community grey water of this type, the first step would be to establish a system for

collecting and transporting this grey water for the treatment on a suitable location. It will be

necessary to establish a suitable drainage system for this purpose. This drainage system could

be of two types:

Open drain with technically sound design, involving semicircular base and trapezoidal cross

section so as to maximize self cleansing velocity for carrying away silt in grey water

Closed drain-small bore grey water draining system with intercepting tanks at suitable points.

Open or Surface Grey water Drainage System

For collection and transportation of grey water flowing out from the houses, surface drain has

been the simplest system, whereby, the community grey water is carried away from the village

for treatment. This system can be established easily with available local mason at minimum cost.


Gram Panchayat will have to establish a system for periodical cleaning and silt removal

from the drain.

Community will have to be educated to keep the drain free from garbage, so as to

avoid blockages in drain.

Care needs to be taken to avoid overflow water from flowing to the open drain. This

effluent should be led to leach pit/soak pit covered at the top.

Closed Drainage

Small bore grey water drainage system

In rural areas, closed drain system analogous to conventional sewerage systems will not be

feasible because of the excessive capital & operation maintenance expenditure and the

sophisticated maintenance requirements.

The small bore grey water drainage system which is laid close to the soil surface is suitable and

appropriate as it is low cost and requires minimum maintenance which is easy.




Advantages:

As the system is closed, materials like garbage, road side solid wastes, plastics, building

materials etc. will not find access to the system.

Operation and maintenance becomes easily manageable by Gram Panchayat.

Construction cost is comparable to the cost for surface drain. It may be only marginally

varying.

Road space is fully utilized.

4. Treatment of Community Grey water

Once the community grey water is collected at one or multiple points outside the village,

treatment is required to convert it into harmless and reusable water. The treatment

technologies need to suit the following requirements.

As low cost as possible

O&M should be easy and low cost for Gram Panchayat

Some cost recovery may be possible by the farmers

Selling the treated water. Treated water could be used for public gardens or horticulture. The

produce may be sold portably.

Vector breeding is avoided

Pollution of water from nallah or river is prevented.

Some appropriate technologies easily manageable by Gram Panchayat/villagers could be as

follows:

Sullage stabilization and reuse

Systems like Decentralized Wastewater Treatment Systems (DEWATS).

Sullage Stabilization Ponds

The grey water collected via drainage system is passed to such ponds excavated at suitable land

site and placed serially as a stabilization system in which grey water is stabilized, its

pathogenicity is reduced and the stabilized water becomes useable.

Anaerobic ponds

The grey water reaching the pond via drain usually has high solid content. In the anaerobic

pond, these solids settle at the bottom, where these are digested anae robically. Thus, the

partially clarified liquid is discharged onwards into a facultative pond for further treatment.

Facultative ponds

The partially clarified water is led to facultative pond. In this pond oxidation of grey water takes

place. It is called ‘facultative’ because in this pond in the upper layer aerobic conditions are

maintained while in the lower layer, anaerobic conditions exist.




Maturation pond

The stabilized water from facultative pond is led to a maturation pond. The main function of the

maturation period is the destruction of pathogens. This pond is wholly aerobic.


It will be the responsibility of GP.

Maintenance requirements are minimal. Regular cutting of grass on embankments and

removal of any floating scum from pond surface are the only requirements

Occasional anti mosquito spraying treatment may be necessary.

Reuse of Stabilized Water

Grey water stabilized and cleaned by the use of any of the above mentioned systems can be

reused in many ways such as irrigation for agricultural use and irrigation for horticulture.

1.1 ECOPs on safe solid waste management at individual household and community

level

The guidelines in this annexure on solid waste disposal at household and community levels are

based on the guidelines in the publication - 'Solid and Liquid Waste Management in Rural Areas

- A Technical Note' (TSC, UNIECF). These guidelines will apply to the solid disposal activities

undertaken in the UPRWSS.

Approaches for Solid Waste Management

For effective management of solid waste in rural areas, focus should be on management at

household level. That which cannot be managed at household level should be managed at the

community level. In general, the following approach should be followed:

Segregation of solid waste at the household level (Biodegradable and non biodegradable) .

Reuse of non biodegradable waste at the household level to the extent possible .

Household level treatment of bio degradable waste.

Solid Waste

Biodegradable &

Recyclable

Non-biodegradable

Non-recyclable Recyclable Kitchen w aste, Cattle

w aste, Agriculture

Leaves, Meat, Bones

Dead animals Paper

Wood, etc. Plastic w aste, w ire

caps, Tin Metal,

Ash/dirt etc.

E-w aste, Biomedical

w aste etc.




Collection and transportation of segregated waste at the household level to a place identified

at the community level (in cases where household level treatment is not possible) .

Community level treatment or recycling/reuse of waste

All the biodegradable waste should be composted at the community level

Non biodegradable waste may be further segregated and sold or recycled

Waste which cannot be composted, reused or recycled may be disposed at the landfill

sites following appropriate procedure, (such waste may usually be construction waste,

debris etc).

Community level composting

Community level composting may be coursed to when management of solid waste at household

level is not possible. For community level composting, Panchayat should select a suitable site as

Compost Yard for the village. Site should be selected taking into consideration wind flow

direction, so that the inhabited areas don’t get any foul odour. The site should be easily

accessible for transportation of waste and manure. It should not be a low lying area to avoid

water logging.

a. Underground manure pit or garbage pit:

This is applicable for rural areas with low rainfall and villages where there is lack of space at

household level for composting. This is not suitable for heavy rainfall areas and rocky terrain.

Use and maintenance of the pits

Go on adding collected garbage in the pits (only biodegradable type)

Wherever possible, it is advisable to add cattle dung slurry to the garbage to enhance the

composting process

Spread a very thin layer of soil over it (once a week) to avoid odour & fly nuisance

Continue to add garbage everyday

Follow the above procedure & repeat the layers till the pit is full. It is recommended to fill the

pit up to about 300mm above ground level

After 3-4 days the garbage above ground settles down

Plaster it with soil.

Leave the pit as it is for 3-6 months for maturation and start other pits sequentially

After 3-6 months take out the compost & use it in the fields.

Underground brick lined manure pit or garbage pit:

This is applicable for rural areas with low rainfall and villages where there is lack of space at

household level for composting. This is not suitable for heavy rainfall areas and rocky terrain and

is a capital intensive option.




Use and maintenance of the pit

Go on adding collected garbage from the houses in the pits (only biodegradable type) .

Wherever possible, it is advisable to add cow dung slurry to the garbage to enhance the

composting process.

Spread a very thin layer of soil over it (once a week) to avoid odour & fly nuisance.

Continue to add garbage every day.

Follow the above procedure & repeat the layers till the pit is full. It is recommended to fill the

pit up to about 300mm above ground level.

After 3-4 days the garbage above ground settles down.

Plaster it with soil.

Leave the pit as it is for 3-6 months for maturation and start other pits sequentially.

After 3-6 months take out the compost & use it in the fields.

Over ground brick lined compost tank:

This is applicable for rural areas with high rainfall and rocky terrain and for villages where there

is lack of space at household level for composting.

Use and maintenance of the tank

Go on adding collected garbage from the houses in the tank (only biodegradable type)

Wherever possible, it is advisable to add cow dung slurry to the garbage to enhance the

composting process

Spread a very thin (1-2 inch) layer of soil over it (once a week) to avoid odour & .y nuisance

Continue to add garbage everyday

Follow the above procedure & repeat the layers till the heap attains the height of 1m

After 3-4 days the garbage above ground settles down

Plaster it with soil

Leave the heap as it is for 3-6 months for maturation

After 3-6 months take out the compost & use it in the fields

Till the manure in the tank matures, make another tank of the same dimensions at a

minimum distance of 1m from the first tank.

Vermi-composting at Community Level

The following steps need to be followed for vermi-composting at community level:




Appropriate site selection: the site should be protected from direct sunlight and should not

be in low lying areas

Vermiculture site preparation; Proper ramming of soil or preparation of platform is required

before preparation of vermi-compost beds

Construction of appropriate shed: thatched roof/tin sheds on bamboo/metal poles with

proper slope to drain rain water, and proper ventilation

The biodegradable waste should be pre-digested in a separate bed before transferring to the

treatment beds.

Precautions to be taken

Proper covering of feed bed (local available materials may be used for covering of the vermi-

compost pit)

Avoid excess water (only sprinkling)

Protect the shed area and the beds from red ants, cockroaches etc.

Keep the feed beds away from birds/chicken/ducks/rodents from eating the worms.

Recycling

In all types of solid waste in rural areas, plastics have become a major cause of concern due to

Non-biodegradability, nuisance value in waste stream and blockage of drainage channels,

pollution of surface water and random burning here and there causing air pollution problem.

There is no proper collection or disposal system of plastic waste.

Disposal on commonly agreed place

In spite of composting, re-use and recycling, some waste remains untreated/unmanaged which

requires final disposal. Incineration is a technology where waste is burnt in a specially

engineered machine called Incinerator. Incineration is not simply burning, but complete

combustion. Incinerators are considered to be causes of air pollution. This is not a viable option

for waste management. A disposal site is a properly designated and commonly agreed place and

used for the disposal of non-biodegradable and non-recyclable inorganic solid waste. It is

considered to be a viable option. This land takes care of the problem of d isposal of non

recyclable solid waste.

Selection of disposal Site: Gram Panchayat in consultation with Zilla Parishad should select

the site which should be:

Located at the outskirts of the village

Accessible

On vacant/uncultivated land

Located in the natural depressions with slight slopes




Before establishing any disposal site, baseline data of ground water quality in the area

shall be collected and kept as a record for future reference.


Gram Panchayat/Community should prevent entry of stray animals and persons through

protective measures Avoid entry of cattle and grazing on the site.

1.17.7 Guidelines for Drainage Management in Villages 1. The garbage should not be thrown in water channels. It will choke them. 2. The toilet should not be connected to waste water channels. 3. Storm water drains can be open type but black drains (from toilets) must be covered. 4. Drains should be of sufficient size to be able to take in all water without spill over. 5. Gradient of drains be such that they themselves may not become gullies. 6. In steep gradient portions drains should be made with cement and steps be made at the

bottom. 7. For all intercepted drains at junction points where the fall is more than 30 cm, ramp

drops should be provided. 8. No discharging of drain water in natural springs, streams or waterbodies 9. As far as possible the outfall drain should be provided with the screened and a small grit

chamber before disposal into drain or pond. Where disposal on land is proposed cultivation of appropriate bio-drainage species could be considered.

10. It may not be possible to attain self-cleansing velocity in the drain without making them very deep which may not be physically possible in the village. As such the village drains have to be laid at ground slopes only so as not to make them very deep. The only check to be exercised is that the drain at the slope provided should have sufficient capacity to carry the peak hour flow.

11. Broad criteria should be that in lanes wider than 3 meters, both side drains could be provided, if required. In narrow lanes drains only on one side should be provided.

12. In all cases catch pits inside the household should invariably be provided so that the drains do not carry household waste, as this will choke the drains. As far as possible there should only be a single outlet to the drainage system from a household.

13. Drain top should not be above ground level as the section may not remain intact and may also not intercept ground runoff water creating water logging along it.

14. At the street crossing drains should be covered with removable gratings, stone Patti or RCC Slabs so that when required, cross-drains could be cleaned properly.

1.17.8 Guidelines for Community Solid Waste Management

The guidelines given here on solid waste disposal at household and community levels are

based on the guidelines in the publication - 'Solid and Liquid Waste Management in Rural

Areas - A Technical Note' (TSC, UNIECF).




Table 18: Types of Solid Waste

Biodegradable and recyclable

Non-biodegradable

Recyclable Non-recyclable

Kitchen waste

Plastic - carry bags, milk covers PVC pipes

etc. Syringes, Glucose bottles etc. Cotton

and nylon cloth Tyres & Tubes Nitrozen sealed packing for chips

Food Cow dung/animal waste

Agriculture Leaves Egg cells Henna

paste Vegetable Peels, Meat, Bones

Dead animals Paper Wood

Shampoo Bottles Glass Books/notebook

Wires Caps of mineral water bottles Plastic

Tin can Metal Ash/dirt

Tetrapacks Thermo cal Carbon

paper Plastic coated visiting cards

Sachets Modern packing materials

(plastic) for food packing PET

mineral water bottles

Approaches for Solid Waste Management

For effective management of solid waste in rural areas, focus should be on management at

household level. That which

cannot be managed at

household level should be

managed at the community

level. In general, the following

approach should be followed:

Segregation of solid waste at the household level (Biodegradable and non-bio-degradable)

Reuse of non-bio-degradable waste at the household level to the extent possible

Household level treatment of bio degradable waste

Collection and transportation of segregated waste at the household level to a place identified at the community level (in cases where household level treatment is not possible)




Community level treatment or recycling/reuse of waste

▫ All the biodegradable waste should be composted at the community level

▫ Non bio-degradable waste may be further segregated and sold or recycled

▫ Waste which cannot be composted, reused or recycled may be disposed at the landfill sites following appropriate procedure, (such waste may usually be construction waste, debris etc.).

Community level composting

Community level composting may be resorted to when management of solid waste at

household level is not possible. For community level composting, Panchayat should select a

suitable site as Compost Yard for the village. Site should be selected taking into consideration

wind flow direction, so that the inhabited areas don’t get any foul odour. The site should be

easily accessible for transportation of waste and manure. It should not be a low lyi ng area to

avoid water logging.

A. Underground unlined manure pit or garbage pit: This is applicable for rural areas with low

rainfall and villages where there is lack of space at household level for composting. This is not

suitable for heavy rainfall areas and rocky terrain.

Use and maintenance of the pits

Go on adding collected garbage in the pits (only biodegradable type) Wherever possible, it is advisable to add cow dung slurry to the garbage to enhance the

composting process Spread a very thin layer of soil over it (once a week) to avoid odour & .y nuisance Continue to add garbage everyday Follow the above procedure & repeat the layers till the pit is full. It is recommended to .ll

the pit up to about 300mm above ground level After 3-4 days the garbage above ground settles down Plaster it with soil Leave the pit as it is for 3-6 months for maturation and start other pits sequentially

After 3-6 months take out the compost & use it in the .fields.

B. Under ground brick lined manure pit or garbage pit: This is applicable for rural areas with low rainfall and villages where there is lack of space at household level for composting. This is not suitable for heavy rainfall areas and rocky terrain and is a capital intensive option

Use and maintenance of the pit

Go on adding collected garbage from the houses in the pits (only biodegradable type) Wherever possible, it is advisable to add cow dung slurry to the garbage to enhance the

composting process Spread a very thin layer of soil over it (once a week) to avoid odour & fly nuisance Continue to add garbage everyday




Follow the above procedure & repeat the layers till the pit is full. It is recommended to .ll the pit up to about 300mm above ground level

After 3-4 days the garbage above ground settles down Plaster it with soil Leave the pit as it is for 3-6 months for maturation and start other pits sequentially

After 3-6 months take out the compost and use it in the fields.

C. Overground heap: This is applicable for rural areas with high rainfall and rocky terrain and for villages where there is lack of space at household level for composting.

Use and maintenance of the heap

Go on adding garbage collected from the houses over the platform (only biodegradable type)

Wherever possible, it is advisable to add cow dung slurry to the garbage to enhance the composting process

Spread a very thin layer of soil over it (once a week) to avoid odour & .y nuisance Continue to add garbage everyday The heaps should be sprinkled with water periodically to maintain the moisture level Follow the above procedure & repeat the layers till the heap attains the height of 0.8m After 3-4 days the garbage above ground settles down Plaster it with soil Leave the heap as it is for 3-6 months for maturation and start another heap After 3-6 months take out the compost & use it in the fields Till the manure in the heap matures, make another heap of the same dimensions at a

minimum distance of 1m from the first heap.

D. Overground brick lined compost tank: This is applicable for rural areas with high rainfall and rocky terrain and for villages where there is lack of space at household level for composting.

Use and maintenance of the tank

Go on adding collected garbage from the houses in the tank (only biodegradable type) Wherever possible, it is advisable to add cow dung slurry to the garbage to enhance the

composting process Spread a very thin (1-2 inch) layer of soil over it (once a week) to avoid odour and other

nuisance Continue to add garbage everyday Follow the above procedure & repeat the layers till the heap attains the height of 1m After 3-4 days the garbage above ground settles down Plaster it with soil Leave the heap as it is for 3-6 months for maturation After 3-6 months take out the compost & use it in the fields Till the manure in the tank matures, make another tank of the same dimensions at a

minimum distance of 1m from the first tank.

Vermicomposting at Community Level

The following steps need to be followed for vermicomposting at community le vel:




Appropriate site selection: the site should be protected from direct sunlight and should not be in low lying areas

Vermiculture site preparation; Proper ramming of soil or preparation of platform is required before preparation of vermicompost beds

Construction of appropriate shed: thatched roof/tin sheds on bamboo/metal poles with proper slope to drain rain water, and proper ventilation

The biodegradable waste should be predigested in a separate bed before transferring to the

treatment beds.

Precautions to be taken

Proper covering of feed bed (local available materials such as coconut leaves etc may be used for covering of the vermicompost pit)

Avoid excess water (only sprinkling) Protect the shed area and the beds from red ants, cockroaches etc. by using haldi (turmeric)

sprinkling wheat flour all around the perimeter of the shed and the bed Keep the feed beds away from birds/chicken/ducks/rodents from eating the worms.

Recycling

A. Recycling of Papers

It is possible to convert waste paper into useful recyclable product. Making pulp from waste

paper is an old art. The process has now been refined. Various articles including showpieces may

be made using the pulp. The articles are so sturdy that they can be an alternative to wood to

some extent. Hence it is also called Pepwood. Women/ SHG members/ Unemployed youths

after receiving thorough training can undertake this activity. It is also necessary to attain a

certain level of skill. Materials such as Waste paper, Flour of fenugreek or tamarind seed as

adhesive, Water, Rough .at stones for macerating paper, Colors, Moulds of different shapes and

sizes, well ventilated cupboard for storing the articles, etc. are required.

B. Recycling of Plastics

In all types of solid waste in rural areas, plastics have become a major cause of concern due to

Non-biodegradability, nuisance value in waste stream and blockage of drainage channels,

pollution of surface water and random burning here and there causing air pollution problem.

There is no proper collection or disposal system of plastic waste.

6.0 Land Fill

In spite of composting, re-use and recycling, some waste remains untreated/unmanaged which

requires final disposal, either by incineration or by land filling. Incineration is a technology




where waste is burnt in a specially engineered machine called Incinerator. Incineration is not

simply burning, but complete combustion. Incinerators are considered to be causes of air

pollution. This is not a viable option for waste management. A landfill is a properly designated

area and used for the disposal of non-biodegradable and non-recyclable inorganic solid waste.

Landfill is considered to be a viable option. This land fill takes care of the problem of disposal of

non recyclable solid waste.

Selection of Landfill Site: Gram Panchayat in consultation with Zilla Parishad/Block Panchayat (as the case may be) should select the landfill site which should be:

▫ Located at the outskirts of the village ▫ Accessible ▫ On vacant/uncultivated land ▫ Located in the natural depressions with slight slopes ▫ Waste from landfills leaches into the aquifer below site should be such as to avoid

surface water and groundwater pollution ▫ Before establishing any landfill site, baseline data of ground water quality in the

area shall be collected and kept as a record for future reference. Procedures to be followed for landfill construction

▫ Wastes should be compacted to achieve high density ▫ Wastes should be immediately covered with a minimum 10cm of soil/debris/ ▫ Before the monsoon season, an intermediate cover of soil approximately 40-65cm

thick should be placed on the landfill to prevent infiltration ▫ Proper drainage system should be constructed to divert run-off water ▫ After the completion of landfill a final cover should be provided to prev ent

infiltration and erosion. This should be according to the given diagram ▫ Landfill site should be properly fenced with a provision of a gate with locking

arrangements by the gram panchayat/community ▫ Plantation at landfill site should be encouraged to combat pollution. It should be in

sufficient density to minimize soil erosion ▫ The plants should be locally adapted, non-edible, drought and extreme temperature

resistant, short rooted and of low nutrient demanding variety.


Gram Panchayat/community should prevent entry of stray animals and unauthorized persons through protective measures

Regular Monitoring of groundwater is required for maintaining groundwater quality. Avoid entry of cattle and grazing on the landfill site in an unfenced landfill as it would be

hazardous.

1.17.9 Sullage and biodegradable waste be managed in a non-polluting useful manner.

1. Compost pits should be used for all organic waste. 2. The compost pit size will depend on amount of biodegradable waste being generated in the

household and also on the land availability near the house.




3. Normally a compost pit should be 6’ x 4’ x 3’ depth. It should be filled and sealed with mud plaster and left for 1 to 2 months to covert the waste into manure. Longer period will be needed in cooler climate.

4. Compost pit should not be made very far from the house as in that case it will not be frequently/ fully used.

5. Wastewater should be taken out of village through easy gradient drains. 6. Make small troughs on drains at intervals to retard water velocity. It will also help in sullage

settlement and water aeration. 7. All water drains be made to take water to natural water discharge channels. 8. Biogas plants should be installed to use organic waste especially animal dung and human

excreta. 9. No garbage should be thrown in drains. It will choke them. 10. Drains should be cleaned before and after rains.

1.17.10 Building Safety Provisions Safety Provisions (Building) Convention, 1937 (No. 62)

Part II. General Rules as to Scaffolds

Article 7

1. Suitable scaffolds shall be provided for workmen for all work that cannot be safely done from a ladder or by other means.

A scaffold shall not be constructed, taken down, or substantially altered, except-- (a) under the supervision of a competent and responsible person; and (b) as far as possible by competent workers possessing adequate experience in this kind of

work. 2. All scaffolds and appliances connected therewith and all ladders shall --

(a) be of sound material; (b) be of adequate strength having regard to the loads and strains to which they will be

subjected; and (c) be maintained in proper condition.

3. Scaffolds shall be so constructed that no part thereof can be displaced in consequence of normal use.

4. Scaffolds shall not be overloaded and so far as practicable the load shall be evenly distributed.

5. Before installing lifting gear on scaffolds special precautions shall be taken to ensure the strength and stability of the scaffolds.

6. Scaffolds shall be periodically inspected by a competent person. 7. Before allowing a scaffold to be used by his workmen every employer shall, whether the




scaffold has been erected by his workmen or not, take steps to ensure that it complies fully

with the requirements of this Article.

Article 8

1. Working platforms, gangways and stairways shall-- (a) be so constructed that no part thereof can sag unduly or unequally; (b) be so constructed and maintained, having regard to the prevailing conditions, as to

reduce as far as practicable risks of persons tripping or slipping; and (c) be kept free from any unnecessary obstruction.

2. In the case of working platforms, gangways, working places and stairways at a height exceeding that to be prescribed by national laws or regulations-- (a) every working platform and every gangway shall be closely boarded unless other

adequate measures are taken to ensure safety; (b) every working platform and gangway shall have adequate width; and

(c) every working platform, gangway, working place and stairway shall be suitably fenced.

Article 9

1. Every opening in the floor of a building or in a working platform shall, except for the time and to the extent required to allow the access of persons or the transport or shifting of material, be provided with suitable means to prevent the fall of persons or material.

2. When persons are employed on a roof where there is a danger of falling from a height exceeding that to be prescribed by national laws or regulations, suitable precautions shall be taken to prevent the fall of persons or material.

3. Suitable precautions shall be taken to prevent persons being struck by articles which might fall from scaffolds or other working places.

Article 10

1. Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platforms and other working places. 2. Every ladder shall be securely fixed and of such length as to provide secure handhold and

foothold at every position at which it is used. 3. Every place where work is carried on and the means of approach thereto shall be

adequately lighted. 4. Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent danger from electrical equipment.

5. No materials on the site shall be so stacked or placed as to cause danger to any person.

Part III. General Rules as to Hoisting Appliances

Article 11

1. Hoisting machines and tackle, including their attachments, anchorages and supports, shall -- (a) be of good mechanical construction, sound material and adequate strength and free

from patent defect; and (b) be kept in good repair and in good working order.

2. Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or as a means of suspension shall be of

suitable quality and adequate strength and free from patent defect.




Article 12

1. Hoisting machines and tackle shall be examined and adequately tested after erection on the site and before use and be re-examined in position at intervals to be prescribed by national laws or regulations.

2. Every chain, ring, hook, shackle, swivel and pulley block used in hoisting or lowering

materials or as means of suspension shall be periodically examined.

Article 13

1. Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator shall be properly qualified. 2. No person under the age to be prescribed by national laws or regulations shall be in control

of any hoisting machine, including any scaffold winch, or give signals to the operator.

Article 14

1. In the case of every hoisting machine and of every chain, ring, hook, shackle, swivel and pulley block used in hoisting or lowering or as a means of suspension the safe working load shall be ascertained by adequate means.

2. Every hoisting machine and all gear referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be plainly marked with the safe working load.

3. In the case of a hoisting machine having a variable safe working load each safe working load and the conditions under which it is applicable shall be clearly indicated.

4. No part of any hoisting machine or of any gear referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall

be loaded beyond the safe working load except for the purpose of testing.

Article 15

1. Motors, gearing, transmissions, electric wiring and other dangerous parts of hoisting appliances shall be provided with efficient safeguards.

2. Hoisting appliances shall be provided with such means as will reduce to a minimum the risk of the accidental descent of the load.

3. Adequate precautions shall be taken to reduce to a minimum the risk of any part of a

suspended load becoming accidentally displaced.

Article 16

1. All necessary personal safety equipment shall be kept available for the use of the persons employed on the site and be maintained in a condition suitable for immediate use.

2. The workers shall be required to use the equipment thus provided and the employer shall

take adequate steps to ensure proper use of the equipment by those concerned.

Article 17

When work is carried on in proximity to any place where there is a risk of drowning, all

necessary equipment shall be provided and kept ready for use and all necessary steps shall be

taken for the prompt rescue of any person in danger.

Article 18




Adequate provision shall be made for prompt first-aid treatment of all injuries likely to be

sustained during the course of the work.

1.17.11 Guidelines: Natural Habitat and Forests

While the list of negative projects suggests that natural habitats need to be avoided for any

project sightings. However, in case of no alternative resulting in the need to site infrastructure in

or near a natural habitat, these guidelines are to be used.

According to the World Bank Operation Policy (OP) 4.04 on Natural Habitats1, the conservation

of natural habitats is essential for long-term sustainable development. Therefore a

precautionary approach to natural resource management is required. The policy on natural

habitats contains two major provisions with respect to biodiversity conservation and EA.

1. It prohibits Bank involvement in projects, which involve significant conversion or

degradation of critical natural habitats. These include: existing protected areas and

adjoining or linked areas or resources (such as water sources) on which the protected areas

depend; and sites identified as meriting protection.

2. Secondly, where natural habitats outside protected areas are within a project’s area of

influence, the project must not convert them significantly unless,

There are no feasible alternatives;

The EA demonstrates that benefits substantially outweigh the costs;

Mitigation measures acceptable to the Bank are implemented, which would normally

include support for one or more compensatory protected areas that are ecologically

similar to, and no smaller than, the natural habitats adversely affected by the project.

Guidelines for Planning and Design

To minimize the adverse impact on the ecology of the natural habitats, selection of

alignment should be in consultation with and agreed to by the State Forest Department.

The designated officer of the Forest Department must accompany the project’s design

team while identifying project design and alternative locations/designs.

Inventory of ecological features and concerns must be carried out jointly with the

designated forest official from the Forest Department.

In case consultations with the forest officials and the transact walk identify the need for

further studies, they must be undertaken

Based upon the consultations, transact walk, review of information and data and any

studies that may have been conducted required mitigation and management plan needs

to be made.

1 Natural habitats are land and water areas where (i) the ecosystems’ biological communities are formed

largely by native plant and animal species, and (i i) human activity has not essentially modified the areas

primary ecological functions.




For all sites located in natural habitats, the nature, type and magnitude of i mpact from

infrastructure siting must be identified before appropriate management and mitigation

actions are developed and incorporated in the project design, construction and

operation and management stage.

Both terrestrial and aquatic habitats must be considered while identifying natural

habitats.

A precautionary approach should be used while developing mitigation and management

measures for working or infrastructure design in the area. These include; but are not

limited to,

▫ To the extent possible all pipes to be sited within the right or way of roads and other

infrastructure network where the area has already been cleared

▫ In case not possible, routes that create the least disturbance to wildlife, the habitat

and result in minimum damage to the local vegetation (including trees) should be

adopted.

▫ Designs should try and minimise clearance of vegetation or tree cutting

▫ The design should identify all possible animal corridors and migratory routes and

avoid them. For all animal corridors pipelines should be laid below the ground.

▫ In case it is not possible to avoid elephant

corridors all infrastructure needs to be

underground, with pipes at a minimum of

2 metres below ground level.

▫ No work should be undertaken during

species migration or other high activity

period for animals in the area

▫ All breeding grounds and other important

habitats, for both fauna and flora must be

avoided while designing infrastructure

▫ The design should identify appropriate

time for working in the area – so as not to

disturb breeding and other important

period in the area

▫ The design should identify if any labour

security other issues are important and

ensure that these are well taken into

account as a part of the project needs and

identified for construction contract

Contents of a Natural Habitat

Management Plan

▫ Background: Project Description,

describing the project background along with project objective and benefits.

▫ Policy, legal & Administrative

framework: highlighting the institutional setting and legal framework along with the clearance required for the

project. ▫ Baseline environmental /

ecological profile highlighting the

existing scenario along the infrastructure area and route

▫ Analysis of Alternatives describing design alternatives and analyze

them to evaluate best fit option. ▫ Identification and Assessment of

Impact: adverse impact shall be identified and evaluated in

compliance with ECoP’s for the best-fit option.

▫ Management Plan describing the

avoidance as well as mitigation measures shall be suggested along with the monitoring and implementation mechanism.

▫ Budgetary Provision describing the costs associated with the management measures.




▫ Required drainage and erosion management actions that may be required according

to the site must be identified and designed in the plan

▫ Any machinery etc to be used should be identified to create minimum disturbance,

and if required noise buffers be put in place to ensure this

▫ No alien species either fauna or flora are to be allowed in natural habitats. Also, any

indigenous species planned for plantation activities should be appropriate for the

area where the plantation is being considered and therefore should be a localised

plan.

Guidelines for Construction

This section provides a brief set of guidelines for the construction stage of the project. As

required and identified in the project’s detained natural habitat management and mitigation

plan further concerns and issues should also be considered alongside.

Prior to entering a natural habitat and starting work, required permissions should be

taken up and all fee to be submitted and other formalities to be undertaken, should be

completed before commencing work

Construction contractor clauses to ensure that identified mitigation and management

measures are in place must be included in the contractor prior to work starting in any

natural habitat

No construction camps, stockyards etc should be located within the natural habitat or

within 500m from its boundary.

Contractor in consultation with forest ranger or other appropriate authority will prepare

a schedule of construction in the natural habitat.

Areas for all activities, site plans etc should be identified and clearly marked in the

habitat prior to starting work. This should include appropriate waste management and

material management systems and the identified systems and plans should be in place,

prior to work starting.

All construction supervisors should be trained to work in the area and for the

management of any emergencies or other difficult situations with emergency measures

clearly identified for workers and insure they are informed

Any safety issues identified in the design for workers must be ensure for the project

Workers must be trained for any actions and precautionary measures they need to

undertake and be informed about rules on how to work in the area, as identified as a

part of the project design. In case some safety equipment and gear is required to be

used by workers in the area, they must be trained prior to work commencing

The construction contractor and supervisors must be in constant contact with the Forest

Department official in charge of the area to ensure any unforeseen impacts are

mitigated in time.




There will be no material procurement for construction, for labour camps etc from

within the natural habitat shall be strictly prohibited

No water resources within the natural habitat shall be used for construction.

Use of mechanized equipment shall be kept minimal within the natural habitat.

Contractor must ensure that there will be no parking of vehicles machine and

equipment within the natural habitat.

Waste disposal in or near the natural habitat will be prohibited.

Operation and Maintenance

Apart from site specific concerns and those identified in the management and mitigation plan

for the area given below are a few concerns which must also be considered

Since there will be a need for post construction O&M for the project, required permits

etc should be kept up to date.

When there is a need to go into the natural habitat, prior permission and consents

should be taken and required information given to the officer in-charge of the area

Nobody workers etc should be allowed to stay overnight in the area, if work is not

completed and all precautions for the area as identified as a part of the construction

phase must also be adhered to for any repair and management activities.

1.17.12 Guidelines on Cultural Property

As this project not only includes intakes and rising mains, but also networks within villages,

there is a likelihood that some locally significant cultural property may exist and to be

considered as a part of the project design. This ECoP has therefore been developed to ensure

minimal impact on any cultural property identified during the detailed design of the project.

A general rule while designing and siting infrastructure under this project should be to avoid

cultural properties. However, there are some more detailed guidelines that need to be

considered if such properties cannot be avoided altogether.

Project Planning and Design Stage

All cultural properties should be identified a part of the detailed project design activities

If any cultural property is identified, the State archaeological rules and acts must be

consulted and the state Archaeological Department met with to identify appropriate needs

for the area.

If required appropriate survey with the state Archaeological Department should be made

and required management plans, fee, permits and licences to be included in the project

design




Appropriate drainage plans around the cultural property must be considered so that there is

no waterlogging and excess water collection that may damage the foundation of the

properties.

Other required and appropriate designs of the planned infrastructure must be considered

after discussion with the Archaeological Department and through consultation with the local

public, as appropriate

Aesthetics for all cultural properties must be considered as a part of project design

Appropriate access routes for tourist and local pilgrims must be considered as a part of the

project design

Construction clauses and supervision plans must be in place prior to any work starting in the

vicinity of a cultural property

Construction Stage

It is expected that major impacts on the properties during construction are likely to be from

movement of construction machinery and from construction activity in the vicinity of the

cultural property. Therefore a number of precautionary measures need to be considered while

working in the area. These include,

Provision of temporary barricades to separate cultural property from the construction site

Restrict movement of heavy machinery near the structure

No machine that causes vibration should be used in the area

Avoid disposal or tipping of earth near the structure

Access to these properties shall be kept clear from dirt and grit

Once work is completed the area must be cleared and restored to original

Chance Findings

For any chance finding at the time of construction all work must be stopped immediately

The area should be cordoned off to ensure that there is no damage to the site and all

workers made aware that the site is off bounds.

The matter must be reported to the local Archaeological Department or the District

Commissioner, as is most appropriate

Any further action in such a case shall be undertaken only after discussions with the

Archaeological Department and only as directed by them.




1.17.13 Public and worker’s health and safety

These guidelines identify possible hazards and the management and mitigation actions for both

workers in the various project stages on site and public who may be in the vicinity of the

activities.

Pre-construction stage

14.3.1 To ensure the safety, health and reduce possible conflicts with public, the PHED/DPMU

and the construction contractor need to provide information on the construction activities to

the public in the area. This should include

Location of construction camps, borrow areas and new quarry areas.

Extent of work

Time of construction

Diversions, if any

Precaution measures in sensitive areas

Involvement of local labours in the road construction

Health issues - water stagnation, exposure to dust, communicable disease

Mechanism for grievances

The Contractor must educate the workers to undertake the health and safety precautions.

The contractor needs to educate the

workers on:

▫ Personal safety measures and location

of safety devices.

▫ Interaction with the host community

▫ Protection of environment with

respect to:

▫ Trampling of vegetation and cutting of

trees for cooking

▫ Restriction of activities in forest areas

and also on hunting

▫ Water bodies protection

▫ Storage and handling of materials

▫ Disposal of construction waste

Construction Stage

First Aid and Safety System

The first aid kit should have a clearly marked

red cross on all sides and be white in color.

The minimum contents of the kit would include:

▫ 6 small sterilized dressings ▫ 3 medium and large sterilized dressings ▫ 1 (30 mm bottle) containing 2% solution

of iodine ▫ 1 (30 mm bottle) containing an injury

disinfectant ▫ 1 snakebite lancet ▫ 1 pair of sterilized scissors ▫ 1 copy of the Government of India,

Factory Services and Labor institute leaflet

▫ 100 tablets of aspirin/painkiller ▫ Burn ointments ▫ Surgical antiseptic solution Appropriate arrangements for

emergencies and taking injured to hospitals should be made at the site

Trained health personal at the site during working hours.




During construction all measures as identified in the bid document will be followed for the

safety and health of the construction workers and the neighbourhood. Additionally, safety

needs at the construction site would include,

Personal safety equipments (such as footwear and gloves) for the workers.

Other provisions required:

▫ Adequate lighting arrangement

▫ Adequate drainage system to avoid any stagnation of water

▫ Lined surface with slope 1:40 (V:H) and provision of lined pit at the bottom, at the

storage site for chemicals and oil and at the location of the generator used for

provision of energy.

▫ Also, as required grease trap will be made.

▫ Facilities for administering first aid

The construction contractor will ensure public safety and comfort by

▫ Scheduling of construction work based upon sowing, harvesting and local festival

needs

▫ All the cautionary signs as per IRC: 67-2001 and traffic control devices (such as

barricades, etc) to be put in place as soon as construction activity get started and to

be kept in place till the activities get completed.

Following case specific measures need to be followed during the progress of the activity:

▫ In case of blasting, the Contractor must follow The Explosives Rules, 1983

▫ During construction in the settlement, the contractor must ensure there shall not be

any unauthorized parking as well as storage of material, adjacent to road.

▫ Approved chemicals should be sprayed to prevent breeding of mosquitoes and

other disease-causing organisms, at all the water logging areas

The DPMU/PHED will need to carry out periodic inspections in order to ensure that all the

measures are being undertaken according to what has been agreed in the contract.

1.17.14 Development and Management of Borrow Pits

Embankment fill material is to be procured from borrow areas designated for the purpose. The

properties of the borrow material shall be tested and recorded on Format 4.1 of IRC:SP 20:2002.

Scope of this ECoP extends to measures that need to be incorporated during borrow area

location, material extraction and rehabilitation.

Design measures for reduction in quantity of earth work need to be undertaken to reduce the

quantity of material extracted and consequently decrease the borrow area requirement.




Borrow area siting should be in compliance with IRC:IO-1961. The DPR shall contain (i)

Guidelines for locating site of borrow areas (ii) The arrangements to be worked out with the

land owner/community for the site and (iii) Sample designs for redevelopment of borrow areas

Pre-construction stage

The contractor needs to identify the

borrow area locations in consultation

with the individual owners in case of

private lands and the Gram

Panchayat, in case of Gram Sabha

lands. This is to be done after

assessing the suitability of the

material.

The suitable sites will be selected and

finalised in consultation with PHED/DPMU.

The Contractor needs to work out arrangements for borrowing with the land owner/Gram

Panchayat, as is appropriate.

The arrangements will be verified by the PHED/GS/DPMU to ensure that all issues are

addressed at the start, in case of a dispute or grievance.

The PHED/DPMU engineer will approve the borrow area after inspection of the site to verify

the reclamation plan and its suitability with the contractor and landowner. The contractor

shall commence borrowing soil only after the approval.

Based upon the arrangement a contract with the land owner/panchayat will be made. This

contract will include the redevelopment after completion of borrowing. The contract

between the borrower and contractor leasing the site needs to include,

▫ A written no objection certificate from the borrower/leaser of land

▫ Extent of land required and duration of time leased out

▫ Photographs of site in original condition

▫ Details of compensation

▫ Details of site redevelopment, including a redevelopment plan

▫ Dispute resolution procedure, in case of a dispute.

The redevelopment will include,

▫ Land use objectives and agreed post borrowing activities

▫ Physical aspects of the site in present form and planned development changes.

These will include landform stability, erosion concerns, drainage and drainage

needs, soil type, existing slope.

Areas to avoid borrow pits

▫ At least 15 meters from toe line of river and water bodies.

▫ Irrigated agriculture areas ▫ Grazing lands ▫ Lands within 0.8 kms of a settlement ▫ Natural habitats and ecologically sensitive

areas ▫ Any area where the borrow pit may result in

environmental degradation, landslides etc.




▫ Biological aspect of the site in present form and planned changes from

development. These will include existing fauna and flora cover and usage,

habitats

▫ Water quality

▫ Public safety issues

For access to the borrow site and vehicle loading sites required permissions and

redevelopment would also need to be considered. This will be discussed with the

PHED/DPMU and as required agreements similar to those made for borrow pits should be

considered.

Construction stage

No borrow area will be operated without permission of the PHED/DPMU engineer.

The procurement of borrow material should be in conformity to the guidelines laid down in

IRC: 10-1961. In addition, the contractor should adopt the following precautionary measures

to minimise any adverse impacts on the environment:

▫ The unpaved surfaces used for haulage of borrow materials will be maintained dust free

by the contractor by sprinkling water as required.

▫ To avoid any embankment slippage, the borrow areas will not be dug continuously, and

the size and shape of borrow pits needs to be decided along with the DPMU/PHED if not

already designed in the DPR.

▫ In case it is not possible to avoid a borrow site at distances greater than 0.8 km from a

settlement, the pit should not be deeper than 30 cm after removing 15cm of the topsoil.

▫ The contractor shall maintain erosion and drainage control in the vicinity of all borrow

pits and make sure that surface drains do not affect the adjacent land or future

reclamation.

▫ In case the borrow pit is on agricultural land, the depth of borrow pits should not exceed

45 cm. The pit depth should not be more than 30 cm after stripping the 15 cm top soil

aside. Top soil from any digging or other activities may also be kept aside and used for

filling the borrow pits.

▫ A buffer zone between the borrow site and adjoining sites must be created to ensure

that there is minimal disturbance to the surroundings. Buffer zone shall be 3 m wide or

equal to the depth of excavation whichever is greater.

▫ In case of riverside, borrow pit should be located not less than 15m from the toe of the

bank, distance depending on the magnitude and duration of flood to be withstood.

▫ In no case the borrow pit should be within 1.5m from the toe line of the proposed

embankment.




Post Construction Stage

All reclamation shall begin within one

month of abandonment of borrow area, in

accordance with the redevelopment plan.

The site shall be inspected by the PIU after

implementation of the reclamation plan.

Certificate of Completion of Reclamation

is to be obtained by the Contractor from

the landowner/s for borrow sites and any

other sites which may have been used to

access the land or park vehicles stating

that the land is restored to his/her

satisfaction. An inspection checklist is

given alongside.

The certificate is to be submitted to the

PHED prior to the release of the final payment.

Depending on the choice of the individual land owner/community, the contractor sh all

prepare redevelopment plans for the borrow areas. The options can be: (i) Restoring the

productive use of the land (ii) Development of detention ponds in barren areas. Possible

methods for these two options are given below.

Option I

Suitable in locations with high rainfall and productive areas

1. Topsoil must be placed, seeded, and mulched within 30 days of final grading if it is

within a current growing season or within 30 days of the start of the next growing

season.

2. Vegetative material used in reclamation must consist of grasses, legumes, herbaceous,

or woody plants or a combination thereof.

3. Plants must be planted during the first growing season following the reclamation

phase.

4. Selection and use of vegetative cover must take into account soil and s ite

characteristics such as drainage, pH, nutrient availability, and climate to ensure

permanent growth.

5. The vegetative cover is acceptable if within one growing season of seeding, the

planting of trees and shrubs results in a permanent stand, or regeneration and

succession rate, sufficient to assure a 75% survival rate.

Compliance Checklist for DPMU/PHED

inspection

▫ Compliance to post borrowing activities and land use with the reclamation plan

▫ Vegetation density targeted, density achieved in case of re-vegetation and species planted

▫ Drainage measures taken from inflow and outflow in case borrow pit is developed as a detention pond

▫ Decrease of risk to public due to reclamation

▫ Condition of reclamation site in comparison to original.




Option II

Not to be undertaken in areas where there is a risk for vector diseases from development of

waterbodies or where there is a risk of contamination of groundwater or other water resources

due to the development of the detention pond.

In barren land borrow areas may be redeveloped into detention ponds. These can also help with

removal of sediment for runoff flowing through the ponds. Design of the detention basin

depends upon the particle size, settling characteristics, residence time and land area. A

minimum of 0.02 mm size particle with a settling velocity of 0.02 cm/sec (assuming specific

gravity of solids 2.65) can be settled in the detention basin. The design area of detention basin is

based on the following equation:

A = 1.2x=Q

V=

Where A = Area in Sq.m, Q = Discharge in Cum and v= Settling velocity, cm/s Following

parameters are to be observed while setting up a detention pond

1. Pond should be located at the lowest point in the catchment area. Care should be taken

that the horizontal velocity should be less then settling velocity to prevent suspension or

erosion of deposited materials.

2. Minimum Effective Flow Path 5 times the effective width

3. Minimum Free Board 0.15 m

4. Minimum Free Settling Depth 0.5 m

5. Minimum Sediments Storage Depth 0.5 m

6. Maximum interior slope 2H: I V

7. Maximum exterior slope 3H : I V

8. The inlet structure should be such that incoming flow should distribute across the width

of the pond.

9. A pre-treatment sump with a screen should provide to remove coarse sediments.

10. Settled sediment should be removed after each storm event or when the sediment

capacity has exceeded 33% of design sediment storage volume.

11. Accumulated sediment must be disposed of in a manner, which will prevent its re-entry

into the site drainage system, or into any watercourse.




1.17.15 Appropriate Use and Management of Bleaching Powder for Disinfection

Given that beaching powder is the most commonly used method for disinfection of drinking

water at WTPs in Assam, guidelines for its safe use and management are given below.

Assessing whether the raw water can be chlorinated directly or needs further treatment

The water which is going to be treated should be relatively transparent – free of turbidity and

suspended matter. Although chlorination is relatively effective at a turbidity of up to 20 NTU,

the water should normally have turbidity below 5 NTU (21). If turbidity of the water is higher,

then treatment such as sedimentation, filtration and coagulation needs to be considered. A

simple way to test for turbidity if no turbidity tube is available is the turbidity is probably

acceptable if a small black cross on a white background is visible through about 0.6 metres of

water (this is a turbidity of roughly 5 NTU).

Suspended matter in the water can protect pathogens from the effect of chlorine, and

chlorination will only be effective if the water contains little suspended material. Therefore

water needs to be relatively free of turbidity.

Guidelines for storage and handling of bleaching powder

Bleaching powder potency is likely to start reducing after 1 month from manufacturing. However, it can be used for about a period of 3 months from manufacturing if stored and handled properly.

Hooks should not be used while loading and unloading of bleaching powder bags as that may damage the bags and could possible lead to the degradation of the contents

Bleaching powder should not be kept in areas with smoke, acid vapours and moisture is present or expose it to sunlight. Do not store in high temperatures.

All bags/containers should be air tight and closed properly after every use Contact with body, skin or eyes must not be allowed as it is highly corrosive. Use

appropriate protective gear such as gloves and eye protection while handling bleaching powder. Rinse thoroughly if affected.

Careless handling or dropping should be avoided due to the volatile properties of the chemical, resulting in it getting initiated.

Bleaching powder when in contact with moisture can turn corrosive and therefore should not be stored in metallic containers.

As bleaching powder may emit chlorine gas, the storage room should be well ventilated. Direct application of bleaching powder should not be undertake for disinfection. There

is a need to mix the required amount in a small quantity of water, filters out the slurry and use the liquid.

The slurry remaining from the chlorination process needs to be disposed properly and not just thrown anywhere due to its corrosive nature.




Constant monitoring of effective chlorination by checking the presence of chlorine at the end as

well as in all parts of the distribution system is important, because the quality of the water

received at the source changes with weather and season. Regular monitoring will also provide

information on possible sources of contamination. Adjust the dosage to meet the chlorine

demand.




1.18 Internal Supervision of the Completed Schemes INTERNAL SUPERVISION OF THE COMPLETED SCHEMES

Objectives:

Objectives of internal supervision are to verify/check the following:

1. To check the adequacy/correctness of EDS, screening and environmental assessment of the Category II schemes;

2. To check in the field the quality of implementation and effectiveness of the environmental mitigation measures with reference to the performance indicators.

Scope:

Internal supervision will be carried twice a year for about 11% of schemes (as given in table

below) completed in each districts. The supervision will be done by a team of officials

formed from DWSCs of other districts by the PSU. Supervision of UGD/ SLWM schemes will

be done by Environmental Expert from PSU. Internal supervision should be done prior to

taking up of the external audit.

Sampling of Schemes for Internal supervision:

Purposive and Random sampling of schemes for Internal Supervision will be done

considering the significance of the scheme-type to the environment. The following table

indicates the number of samples of each type of scheme that will be included in the

supervision:

Table 19: Sampling of schemes for internal supervision

Components 2008-09

2009-10

2010-11

2011-12

2012-13

Total Remarks

SVS 354 311

426

345 367 1,803

Supervision Sample – SVS 70 130 200 280 360 360

About 20% sample as environmental impacts are significant

MVS 213 226 213 178 210 1,040

Supervision Sample – MVS 40 80 120 160 200 200

About 20% sample as environmental impacts are significant

Rain water

harvesting 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 5,000

Supervision Sample – RWH 100 200 300 400 500 500

10% sample as household RWH is not l ikely to have significant environmental impacts

Innovative

technology 10 10 15 20 20 75

Supervision Sample – Innovative 10 20 35 55 70 75

100% sample. Innovative technology may include




Components 2008-

09

2009-

10

2010-

11

2011-

12

2012-

13

Total Remarks

technology RO treatment which has significant environmental impacts

Improvements

Augmentation of SVS (distribution system) 700 440 70 26 153 1,389

Supervision Sample -

Augmentation of SVS (distribution system) 70 100 100 120 140 140 About 10% sample.

Augmentation of MVS (distribution

system) 345 244 20 - 145 754

Supervision Sample - Augmentation of MVS (distribution system) 35 60 60 75 75 About 10% sample.

Improving ground

water sources 441 441 441 1,323 1,764 4,410

Supervision Sample - Improving ground water sources 45 90 130 260 440 440 About 10% sample.

Catchment area protection for

surface sources 10 10 10 10 10 50

Supervision Sample - Catchment area protection for surface sources 10 20 30 40 50 50 100% sample.

Environmental

sanitation

HHSLs 8,505 8,055 9,585 7,845 8,655 42,645

Supervision Sample – HHSLs 850 1600 2600 3400 4260 4260

About 10% sample. Individual soak pits have limited impact on environment

Pavements, drains

and SLWM in major GPs 10 10 11 12 12 55

Supervision Sample - Pavements, drains and SLWM in major

GPs 10 20 31 43 55 55

100% sample. Component has possible negative impact on

environment

Soak pits in GPs 567 537 639 523 577 2,843

Supervision Sample – Soak pits in GPs 56 110 175 225 285 285

10% sample. Individual soak pits have limited impact on environment

UGD and SLWM in 10 10 11 12 12 55




Components 2008-

09

2009-

10

2010-

11

2011-

12

2012-

13

Total Remarks

Mandal head quarters

Supervision Sample – UGD and SLWM in Mandal head

quarters 10 20 31 43 55 55

100% sample. Component has possible negative impact on

environment

Total Projects each year 12,165 11,294 12,441 11,294 12,925 60,119

Total Sample each year 1306 2450 3812 5026 6495 6495

Percentage of sample 10.74 21.69 30.64 44.50 50.25 10.80

Guidelines for Internal supervision:

A. Documents to be referred to prior to and during the Supervision visit:

vii.Filled in EDS of the scheme type viii.Filled in Checklist for Environmental Assessment of the Category II Schemes (if

applicable) ix.Scheme specific supervision checklist given in Annexure 23 and 25 x.Format of report of field visits undertaken during supervision given in Annexure 26

B. Process of supervision:

The supervision visit must include the following methodology:

Interaction with AEE/AE

Interaction with SO

Interaction with GPWSC Field inspection of all components of the scheme under supervision

Interaction with beneficiaries

Feedback from the village level scheme personnel.

Photo documentation (highlighting any significant issues)

C. Report of Supervision: For each scheme visited in the supervision, a separate report

should be prepared as per the format given in Annexure 26. The report must be submitted

to the DPSU for action. A copy must be sent by the DPSU to the SPSU for reference.




1.19 External Audit of the Completed Schemes EXTERNAL AUDIT OF THE COMPLETED SCHEMES

Objectives:

Objectives of external audit are to verify/check the following:

3. To check the adequacy/correctness of EDS, screening and environmental evaluation of the Category II schemes;

4. To check in the field the quality of implementation and effectiveness of the environmental mitigation measures with reference to the performance indicators.

5. To assess the effectiveness of supervision and capacity building initiatives undertaken as part of the EMF

Scope:

External audit will be carried once in a year for about 6% (as given in the table below) of all

schemes completed in each districts. The audit will also conduct a desk review to verify

whether the environmental assessments procedures are followed correctly. The external

audit will be done by an external agency appointed by the SPSU.

Sampling of Schemes for External Audit:

Purposive sampling of schemes for External Audit will be done considering the significance

of the scheme-type to the environment. The following table indicates the number of

samples of each type of scheme that will be included in the supervision:

Table 20: Sampling of schemes for external audit

Components 2008-09

2009-10

2010-11

2011-12

2012-13

Total Remarks

SVS 354 311 426 345 367 1,803

Audit Sample – SVS

35 65 100 140 180 180 About 10% sample as environmental impacts are significant

MVS 213 226 213 178 210 1,040

Audit Sample – MVS

20 40 60 80 100 100 About 10% sample as environmental impacts are significant

Rain water

harvesting

1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 5,000

Audit Sample – RWH

50 100 150 200 250 250 5% sample as household RWH is not l ikely to have significant environmental impacts

Innovative

technology

10 10 15 20 20 75

Audit Sample – Innovative technology

10 20 35 55 70 75 100% sample. Innovative technology may include RO treatment which has




Components 2008-

09

2009-

10

2010-

11

2011-

12

2012-

13

Total Remarks

significant environmental impacts

Improvements

Augmentation of SVS (distribution system)

700 440 70 26 153 1,389

Audit Sample

– Augmentation of SVS (distribution

system)

35 50 50 60 70 70 About 5% sample.

Augmentation of MVS (distribution

system)

345 244 20 - 145 754

Audit Sample

– Augmentation of MVS

(distribution system)

15 30 30 35 35 About 5% sample.

Improving ground water sources

441 441 441 1,323 1,764 4,410

Audit Sample -

Improving ground water sources

25 45 65 130 220 220 About 5% sample.

Catchment area

protection for surface sources

10 10 10 10 10 50

Audit Sample - Catchment

area protection for surface sources

10 20 30 40 50 50 100% sample.

Environmental

sanitation

HHSLs 8,505 8,055 9,585 7,845 8,655 42,645

Audit Sample – HHSLs

425 800 1300 1500 2100 2100 About 5% sample. Individual soak pits have limited impact on environment

Pavements, 10 10 11 12 12 55




Components 2008-

09

2009-

10

2010-

11

2011-

12

2012-

13

Total Remarks

drains and SLWM in major GPs

Audit Sample - Pavements,

drains and SLWM in major GPs

10 20 31 43 55 55 100% sample. Component has possible

negative impact on environment

Soak pits in

GPs

567 537 639 523 577 2,843

Audit Sample

– Soak pits in GPs

25 50 85 125 145 145 About 5% sample.

Individual soak pits have limited impact on environment

UGD and

SLWM in Mandal head quarters

10 10 11 12 12 55

Audit Sample – UGD and

SLWM in Mandal head quarters

10 20 31 43 55 55 100% sample. Component has possible

negative impact on environment

Total Projects each year

12,165 11,294 12,441 11,294 12,925 60,119

Total Sample

each year

670 1260 1967 2416 3335 3335

Percentage of sample

5.51 11.16 15.81 21.39 25.80 5.55

50% of the schemes taken up for external audit will be selected on the above basis from the

schemes already supervised internally to assess the effectiveness of internal supervision.

A. Documents to be referred to prior to and during the External Audit:

iii. EA/EMF of the APRWSS iv. Reports of all supervision reports v. List of performance indicators (Annexure 27) vi. Reports of previous External Audits (if applicable)

vii. Reports of all capacity building programs related to the EMF viii. Latest MIS of the APRWSS showing district-wise, scheme-type wise list of schemes

ix. For the specific schemes selected for field visits: 1. Filled in EDS of the scheme-type 2. Filled in Checklist for Environmental Assessment of the Category II Schemes (if

applicable) 3. Report of any previous internal supervision visit undertaken to the scheme (if

applicable)




4. Scheme-specific audit checklist given in Annexure 24 and 25 5. Format of report of field visits undertaken during audit given in Annexure 26

B. Process of External Audit:

The audit include the following methodology:

1. Interaction with the SPSU and at least 30% of the DPSUs 2. Desk review of all relevant EMF documents (mentioned in A) 3. For the specific schemes selected for field visits:

Interaction with AEE/AE Interaction with SO Interaction with GPWSC Field inspection of all components of the scheme under supervision Interaction with beneficiaries and affected persons, if any Feedback from scheme personnel. Photo documentation (highlighting any significant issues)

Report of Audit: A detailed report of the external audit as per the format given in Annexure 26 must be submitted to the SPSU for action. The report must include the following:

1. Description of methodology including details of sampling 2. Review of the following (implementation and issues): 3. Effectiveness of the environmental assessment system in identifying issues and

implementing appropriate mitigation measures 4. Institutional arrangements for implementation of the EMF 5. Capacity building on the EMF 6. Responsiveness of EMF to emerging environmental concerns 7. Overall environmental performance of the APRWSS with respect to the performance

indicators (Annexure 27) 8. Recommendations for strengthening the EMF 9. Individual reports of the field visits undertaken as per the Annexure 26 (Sample Report of

Field Visits Undertaken During Internal Supervision / External Audit). A copy of the report of the Audit must be sent to all the DPSUs by the SPSU for reference




1.20 Check list for Environmental Supervision/Audit Check list for Environmental Supervision / Audit

CHECKLIST FOR SUPERVISION/AUDIT OF WATER SUPPLY SCHEMES

Groundwater sources

Construction:

iii. Well construction: a. Total depth of well. b. Type of casing: diameter, material and length from surface. c. Screen or perforations: diameter, material, locations and lengths. d. Formation seal: Material (cement, sand, bentonite, etc.), depth intervals ,

annular thickness and method of placement. e. Pumping facilities, pump capacities and storage, power backups.

Protection:

iv. Protection of well at top: presence of sanitary well seal, casing height above ground or flood level, protection of well from erosion and animals.

v. Is there any source of contamination within 15 m radius from the well?

Is direct runoff of rain water into bore well sources prevented?

Is a concrete mat of sufficient thickness for 75 cm radius around the bore well provided to seal the outer periphery of the bore well with the casing pipe raised 60 cm above ground level?

Is rainwater harvesting and recharge structure located within 15 m of the bore well subject to direct contamination of the source?

Is there any soak pit for the disposal of effluent from septic tank or other sanitation facility is within 15 m radius from the bore well of water supply source subject to direct contamination?

Is there any sand mining in the river bed within a radius of 500 m from the wells? Is there any landuse/cropping pattern change likely and significantly noticed..

Threats from proper O&M as planned.

Water Quality:

vi. Is there any unsafe supply available, usable in place of normal supply, hence involving danger to the public health?

vii. What is the type of disinfection arrangement provided? Is the test kit provided for testing residual chlorine?

viii. What is the monthly consumption of bleaching powder?




Surface water sources

Protective measures in connection with the use of watershed to control fishing, boating, swimming, wading, permitting animals on marginal shore areas and in or upon the water etc.

Treatment of water: kind and adequacy of equipment; duplication of parts; effectiveness of treatment; adequacy of supervision and testing; contact period after disinfection; free chlorine residuals carried.

Pumping facilities: pump house, pump capacity and standby units, power and power back-up; storage facilities.

Preventive measures in connection with upstream contamination from pesticides, fertilizers and point sources.

Threat for proper O&M as planned. Rainwater Harvesting Structures

2. Are the rainwater harvesting (RWH) structures site specific closer to the source but 15 m away from the bore well?

3. Whether the location of the RWH structures was certified by the hydrogeologist of the Assam RWSS/PHE department?

4. Whether the RWH structure was implemented before the onset of the monsoon? Water Quantity

Any register maintained to record daily water supply to the habitation?

What are the average, maximum and minimum daily water supplies to the community for each month?

What is average per capita water supply for each month?

What is the duration of supply?

Threat for proper O&M as planned.

Water Quality

Are water quality monitoring is being done as per protocol?

Are records of water quality tests are maintained in a register? What are the parameters tested and the frequency of testing?

Is the residual chlorine test carried out daily?

What is the number of days in a month that the residual chlorine is absent?

Analyze the results and report what percentage of the results are complying with the drinking water standards.

What are the challenges of water testing laboratories? Any incidences of water related diseases with users?

CHECKLIST OF SUPERVISION / AUDIT OF SANITATION SCHEMES

Sanitation Coverage

Details of existing toilets in the habitation with types and categories




Category Open pit

VIP Toilet

Twin-pit PFT

Water closet connected to Septic tank

Total

Existing prior to projects IHHL E1 =

GOL E2 =

School toilets Anganwadi toilets

Total Constructed under the Project

IHHL P1 = GOL P2 =

School toilets Anganwadi toilets

Total

Grand total

Percentage population having access to toilets = {(E1 +E2) + (P1+P2) }

Population of the habitation * 100

Structure

Is the junction chamber of the toilet constructed with proper slope and Y pipe? Are the leach pits properly connected and covered with pre-cast slab?

Is the facility for cleaning linked to soak pit? Selection

Whether the selection of the toilet is appropriate to the substrata and groundwater table?


What is the condition of the toilet (including pan and fixtures such as doors)?

Has the pan been cleaned after fixing and is free of cement droppings? Is the toilet and its surrounding area clean?

Are the toilets being used?

Is water supply available for the toilet? Are the people adopting the hygienic practices (such as cleaning hands after using

toilets)?

What is the volume of the pit filled?

What is the practice of cleaning, flushing and keeping toilets hygiene. Incidences of water related diseases with users.





Sullage/ Drainage Coverage

Details of existing sullage/ drainage in the habitation with types and categories

Category Open Covered Total

Existing prior to projects E Constructed under the Project

P

Total E+P Percentage population have access to sullage/ drainage = (E+P) / (Population of the habitation *

100)

Structure

Is the drain designed for the project population? Is the drain having proper slope and shape to maintain free flow without silting?

Are there silt traps at the household connection and at the junctions?

Is this drainage linked treatment facility? Selection

Whether the selection of the pipe material appropriate to village population and soil conditions?


What is the condition of the drain (including manholes and treatment facility)?

Is silt being removed from the drains and manhole chambers? Is the removed silt taken away to land fills?

Is there is any pooling water in the open drains?

Is there any mosquito breeding in the manholes and open drains?

Do the Gram Panchayat has equipment for cleaning the drains? Incidences of increased malaria cases?





Soak Pits Coverage

Details of existing soak pits in the habitation

Category Total

Existing prior to projects E

Constructed under the

Project

P

Total E+P

Percentage population having soak pits = (E+P) / (Population of the habitation * 100)

Structure

Is the soak pit filled with ballast/ boulders or brick bats?

Is the soak pit filled with filter sand on top? Is there a pot with a holes attached to out let pipe to collect grit and debris?

Is the soil permeable?

Does the Soak pit get flooded? Selection

Whether the selection of the soak pit as choice made based on the local soil conditions? Operation and Maintenance

Is the soak pit cleaned every fortnight/ month?

Is the filter media being cleaned on a regular basis? Is there dirty water around the soak pit? Is the soak pit overflowing?

Is there any mosquito breeding around the soak pit?

Usage of Soak pit debris? Incidences of water related diseases with users.

Sanitation Coverage

Details of existing Solid Waste Management systems in the habitation with types and categories

Category Vermicomposting Land Fill Total

Existing prior to projects E

Constructed under the

Project

P




Category Vermicomposting Land Fill Total

Grand total

Percentage population have access to SWM = (E+P) / (Population of the habitation * 100)

Structure

Are the walls of the Vermicompost pit sufficiently high to keep away predators? Is the land fill site out side the village in a vacant area?

Is the land fill site fenced and locked?

Is there a plantation around the land fill site? Selection

Whether the selection of the land fill site made based on the substrata and groundwater table?


What is the temperature in the vermicompost pit (range 20 to 30°c)? Is there too much of water in the vermicompost plant? Is the compost being turned? Are there any solid inorganic objects or metals in the compost? Are there any ants, cockroaches, etc. around the plant? Are there any stray animals in the land fill site? Is there any foul smell at the land fill site? Is the ground water quality being monitoring regularly near the land fill? Is there any foul smell reported by nearby households/neighbours? Is there any health incidences/illness reported due to structure?

Table 21: Sample Field Visit Reports for Internal Supervision / External Audit

Date of visit

Name and designation of team members 1.

2. 3.

1. Name of district: 2. Name of Block: 3. Name of Gram Panchayat:

4. Name of habitation: 5. Type and category of scheme: 6. Brief description of the scheme

components:

7. Has the EDS been fi l led in and attached to the DPR?

8. Has the screening been done correctly? 9. Has the Checklist for Environmental

Assessment of Category II Schemes been fi l led in properly (if applicable)?

10. What are the mitigation measures




prescribed in the EDS and/or specified in the

Environmental Management Plan? 11. What is the implementation status of these

mitigation measures?

12. What are additional mitigation measures required along with implementation strategy?

13. Target and achievement matrix relating to

performance indicator?

Mitigation measure implemented:

Mitigation measures not implemented: 1. What environmental concerns were noted

during the field visit: 2. Recommendations for managing the

environmental concerns noted: 3. Did the beneficiaries of the scheme receive

any relevant IEC? Give details of

participation in any training or awareness programme, any communication material received, etc

Any other findings:

Signature of GPWSC Member Signature of AEE/AE Signature of the Leader of

Supervision/Audit Team




1.21 Environmental Performance Indicators I. Water Quantity:

1. No. of habitations with availability of at least 70 Lpcd of drinking water during the year as a percentage of total project habitations completed,

2. No. of habitations which have now been provided an alternative sustainable source as a percentage of total project habitations previously depending on critical and overexploited basins

3. No. of wells providing sustainable yield (throughout the year) as a percentage of total wells constructed in the project

4. No. of functional rainwater harvesting structures as a percentage of total rainwater harvesting structures supported by the project.

5. Number of schemes affected by flood.

II. Water Quality:

1. No. of habitations which were dependent on NSS (excess fluoride, brackishness, etc.) that have now been provided a safe water source as a percentage of project-covered NSS habitations

2. No. of habitations with bacterial/chemical contamination in drinking water supplies as a percentage of total project habitations

3. No. of habitations with no residual chlorine levels at the public taps as percentage of project habitations

4. No. of project habitations with disinfection facility as percentage of total project habitations. 5. Percentage increase / decrease in water related diseases.

III. Environmental Sanitation:

1. Number (and %) of households and institutions with access to safe sanitation facilities 2. Number (and %) of households and institutions with regular use of sanitation faciliti es 3. Number of habitations with solid waste management including composting as percentage of

all project habitations 4. Number of habitations with liquid waste management including drainage and safe disposal

of sullage as percentage of all project habitations 5. Percentage of length of street/roads in project habitations provided with storm

water/sullage drains

IV. Institutional Arrangements and Capacity Building:

1. No. of districts with DRPs to anchor responsibility of EMF implementation as percentage of all project districts

2. No. of project staff at state, district and mandal levels trained in EMF as a percentage of all project staff at each level




3. No. of community institutions (VWSCs and SLCs) that participated in IEC programmes conducted on EMF as a percentage of all community institutions involved in the project

4. Number of external audits conducted as against the target number of audits for the project duration




1.22 Format for Declaration by Contractor/ Consultant Contract Package:

Contract No.:

I/We hereby declare that we have read and understood the Environmental Management

Framework for the Assam Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Project. We will implement all the

necessary mitigation measures, procure required goods and equipment, provide the required

services, build/ construct necessary works, etc. in order to comply with the EMF. The following

guidelines (delete the guidelines which are not applicable) given as annexure and guidelines to

the EMF are applicable for this package.

1. List of projects requiring prior environmental clearance according to EIA Notification

2006

2. Water Quality Monitoring and Surveillance

3. Sanitary Protection of Water Supply Sources

4. Guidelines for Sustainability of Groundwater Sources

5. Environmental Considerations in Location of Toilets

6. Recommended Construction Practice and Pollution Safeguards for Twin Pit Pour Flush

Latrines

7. Guidelines for Safe Sullage Disposal at Household and Community Levels

8. Guidelines for Community Solid Waste Management

9. Environmental Performance Indicators

10. Safety Provisions (Building) Convention, 1937 (No. 62)

Signature of Authorized Representative of Contractor/ Consultant

Name in Full:

Designation:

Company Seal

Place: Date:




1.23 List of projects requiring prior environmental clearance according to EIA Notification 2006 Category with threshold limit Conditions if any

A B

1

Mining, extraction of natural resources and power generation (for a specified production capacity)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

1 1(a)

Mining of minerals lease area

Asbestos mining irrespective of mining area

<50 ha

lease area.

General Condition shall apply Note

Mineral prospecting (not involving drilling) are exempted provided the

concession areas have got previous clearance for physical

survey 1(b) Offshore and

onshore oil and gas exploration, development &

production

All projects

Note

Exploration Surveys (not involving drilling) are exempted

provided the concession areas have got previous clearance for physical

survey

1(c) River Valley projects hydroelectric power

generation;

culturable command area

MW hydroelectric power generation; (i i) < 10,000 ha. of

culturable command area

General Condition shall apply

1(d) Thermal Power Plants (coal/lignite/naphta

& gas based);

diesel and all other fuels )

< 500 MW (coal/lignite/naptha

& gas based); <50 MW

,diesel and all other

fuels )


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 1(e) Nuclear power

projects and processing of nuclear fuel

All projects -

2 Primary Processing

2(a) Coal washeries

ton/annum

<1mill ion ton/annum

throughput of coal

General Condition

shall apply




Category with threshold limit Conditions if any

A B

throughput of coal

(If located within mining area the

proposal shall be appraised together with the mining proposal)

2 (b) Mineral

beneficiation ton/annum mineral throughput

< 0.1mill ion

ton/annum mineral throughput

General Condition

shall apply (Mining proposal with Mineral beneficiation

shall be appraised together for grant of clearance)

3 Materials Production

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

3(a) Metallurgical industries

(ferrous & non ferrous)

a)Primary metallurgical industry

All projects b) Sponge iron

manufacturing ≥ 200TPD

c)Secondary metallurgical processing industry

All toxic and heavy metal producing units

/annum -

Sponge iron

manufacturing <200TPD

Secondary metallurgical processing industry

i .)All toxic and heavy metal

producing units <20,000 tonnes /annum

i i .)All other non –toxic secondary

metallurgical processing industries >5000

tonnes/annum

General Condition

shall apply for Sponge iron manufacturing

3( b) Cement plants tonnes/annum production capacity

<1.0 mill ion tonnes/annum production capacity. All Stand alone

grinding units






A B

4 Materials Processing

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

4(a) Petroleum refining industry

All projects

- -

4(b) Coke oven plants

tonnes/annum -

<2,50,000 &

tonnes/annum

-

4(c ) Asbestos mill ing and asbestos

based products

All projects

- -

4(d) Chlor-alkali industry

capacityor a unit located out side the

notified industrial area/ estate

<300 TPD production capacity and located within a

notified industrial area/ estate

Specific Condition shall apply No new Mercury Cell

based plants will be permitted and existing units converting to

membrane cell technology are exempted from this Notification

4(e) Soda ash Industry All projects - -

4(f) Leather/skin/hide

processing industry

New projects outside

the industrial area or expansion of existing units out side the industrial area

All new or expansion

of projects located within a notified industrial area/ estate

Specific condition

shall apply

5 Manufacturing/Fabrication

5(a) Chemical fertil izers

All projects - -

5(b) Pesticides industry and

pesticide specific intermediates (excluding formulations)

All units producing technical grade

pesticides

- -

5(c) Petro-chemical

complexes (industries based on processing of

petroleum fractions & natural gas and/or reforming

All projects

-

- -





A B

to aromatics)

5(d) Manmade fibres manufacturing

Rayon

Others General Condition shall apply

5(e) Petrochemical based processing

(processes other than cracking & reformation and

not covered under the complexes)

Located out side the notified industrial

area/ estate -

Located in a notified industrial area/

estate

Specific Condition shall apply

5(f) Synthetic organic chemicals

industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and

intermediates excluding drug formulations;

synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic

chemicals and chemical intermediates)

Located out side the notified industrial

area/ estate

Located in a notified industrial area/

estate

Specific Condition shall apply

5(g) Distil leries

(i)All Molasses based distil leries

(i i) All Cane juice/ non-molasses based

All Cane juice/non-molasses based

distil leries – <30 KLD


5(h) Integrated paint

industry

-

All projects General Condition

shall apply

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

5(i) Pulp & paper industry excluding manufacturing of

paper from waste paper and manufacture of

paper from ready pulp with out bleaching

Pulp manufacturing and Pulp& Paper

manufacturing industry -

Paper manufacturing industry without pulp manufacturing


5(j) Sugar Industry - - crushing capacity






A B

5(k) Induction/arc furnaces/cupola

furnaces 5TPH or more

- -

All projects General Condition shall apply

6 Service Sectors

6(a) Oil & gas transportation pipe line (crude

and refinery/ petrochemical products), passing through national

parks /sanctuaries/coral reefs /ecologically

sensitive areas including LNG Terminal

All projects -

-

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

6(b) Isolated storage & handling of hazardous

chemicals (As per threshold planning quantity

indicated in column 3 of schedule 2 & 3 of MSIHC Rules 1989

amended 2000)

- All projects General Condition shall apply

7 Physical Infrastructure including Environmental Services

7(a) Air ports All projects - -

7(b) All ship breaking

yards including ship breaking units

All projects - -

7(c) Industrial estates/ parks/

complexes/ areas, export processing Zones (EPZs),

Special Economic Zones (SEZs), Biotech Parks, Leather

Complexes.

If at least one industry in the

proposed industrial estate falls under the Category A, entire

industrial area shall be treated as Category A, irrespective of the

area. Industrial estates

Industrial estates housing at least one

Category B industry and area <500 ha.

Industrial estates of

area> 500 ha. and not housing any industry belonging to

Special condition shall apply

Note: Industrial Estate of

area below 500 ha. and not housing any industry of category A or B does not require

clearance.





A B

with area greater than 500 ha. and

housing at least one Category B industry.

Category A or B.

7(d) Common hazardous waste treatment,

storage and disposal facil ities (TSDFs)

All integrated facil ities having incineration &landfil l

or incineration alone

All facil ities having land fi l l only


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

7(e) Ports, Harbours

cargo handling

capacity (excluding fishing harbours)

< 5 mill ion TPA of cargo handling

capacity and/or ports/ harbours

handling capacity


7(f) Highways i) New National High

ways; and ii) Expansion of National High ways

greater than 30 KM, involving additional right of way greater than 20m involving

land acquisition and passing through more than one State.

i) New State High

ways; and i i) Expansion of

National / State Highways greater than 30 km involving additional right of

way greater than 20m involving land acquisition.

General Condition

shall apply

7(g) Aerial ropeways

All projects General Condition

shall apply

7(h) Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETPs)

All projects


7(i) Common Municipal Solid

Waste Management Facil ity (CMSWMF)

All projects General Condition shall apply

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

8 Building /Construction projects/Area Development projects and

Townships





A B

8(a) Building and Construction

projects

≥20000 sq.mtrs and <1,50,000 sq.mtrs. of

built-up area#

#(built up area for covered construction;

in the case of facil ities open to the sky, it will be the activity area )

8(b) Townships and Area

Development projects.

Covering an area ≥ 50 ha and or bui lt up

area ≥1,50,000 sq .mtrs ++

++All projects under Item 8(b) shall be

appraised as Category B1

Note:-

General Condition (GC):Any project or activity specified in Category ‘B’ will be treated as

Category A, if located in whole or in part within 10 km from the boundary of: (i) Protected Areas

notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, (ii) Critically Polluted areas as notified by the

Central Pollution Control Board from time to time, (iii) Notified Eco-sensitive areas, (iv) inter-

State boundaries and international boundaries.

Specific Condition (SC): If any Industrial Estate/ Complex/ Export processing Zones/ Special

Economic Zones/ Biotech Parks/ Leather Complex with homogeneous type of industries such as

Items 4(d), 4(f), 5(e), 5(f), or those Industrial estates with pre–defined set of activities (not

necessarily homogeneous, obtains prior environmental clearance, individual industries including

proposed industrial housing within such estates/ complexes will not be required to take prior

environmental clearance, so long as the Terms and Conditions for the industrial estate/ complex

are complied with (Such estates/ complexes must have a clearly identified management with

the legal responsibility of ensuring adherence to the Terms and Conditions of prior

environmental clearance, who may be held responsible for violation of the same throughout the

life of the complex/ estate).

Note on Project: 7h and 7i should not applicable to the Assam RWSS as the project will not

construct and common effluent treatment plants or common solid waste management plants.

The project focus is on provision of rural water supply and support drainage and environmental

sanitation. Any IEC for improving sanitation quality and coverage is for individual or community

latrines within villages which will not be designed with CEPTS. Solid waste management will be

local and small scale systems adapted to rural settings only.




1.24 Terms of Reference for the Environmental Specialist, SPMU

Draft Terms of Reference for Environmental Specialist

Objective

The objective of hiring of Environment Specialist is to ensure adequate management of

environmental safeguards aspects of the project, as detailed in the EA-EMF and the same is

implemented. In order to ensure effective implementation of the EMF and provide guidance on

environmental issues of the project, the SWSM intends to deploy a full time Environment

Specialist.

Scope of work

The scope of work for the Environment Specialist to be positioned in the SPMU, will comprise

the following tasks:

Work closely with the project implementing agencies (Contractors and Consultants) and

provide advice on the environmental aspects to be considered during design and

implementation of sub- projects.

Review the EDS format and Environmental Assessments (EA) and other related documents

with regard to their compliance with the EMF and approve the same.

Identify environmental issues related to sub-projects, asses the adequacy of management

measures and provide necessary guidance to the consultants and contractors in improving

the environment management quality.

Co-ordinate with and provide necessary support in securing regulatory clearances such as

Environment and Forest Clearances or consents from the PCB and other agencies.

Carry out periodic visits to sub-project implementation sites to monitor as well as to provide

onsite guidance to the contractors on the implementation of respective sub-project

Environmental Management Plans (EMPs), if any, and other aspects of the EMF.

Participate in the progress review meetings of the SPMU and provide advice on

environmental aspects of the respective sub-projects during implementation.

Prepare quarterly progress reports on environment management and forward the same to

The World Bank for necessary approval / clearance.

Co-ordinate with the Consultants, Environmental Auditors and other consultants / agencies

of the project (employed by the SPMU) and ensure that the environmental aspects related to

the task of respective agencies are performed as per the EMF ;

Maintain a data base in a standard form, on the status of various environmental activities of

(EDS reports, clearances, compliances, EA reports, progress reports, Monitoring data, etc.)

and update the same on regular basis.




Prepare and submit periodic progress reports to the SWSM/ SPMU and the quarterly

progress reports the World Bank, on all the aspects related to environmental management in

RWSS-LIS;

Function as a single-point contact at the SPMU and for other external agencies, including The

World Bank, and provide all support on environmental matters of RWSSP-LIS;

Follow up with the other agencies in addressing various environmental safeguard actions

agreed during the World Bank Missions from time to time, and provide timely update to the

SPMU and the Bank.

(b) Qualification and Experience

The Consultant shall be an environment professional with post-graduation in Environmental

Engineering/ Planning /Science and 10 years of experience in environmental management. At

least 5 years of the above experience shall include carrying out Environmental Assessment

(EA/EIAs), preparation of Environmental Management Plans (EMPs) and management of

environmental issues in rural water and sanitation projects.

(c) Reporting and Deliverables

The Consultant shall report to the Executive Director, SPMU, RWSSP-LIS and shall provide

outputs by way of monthly reports, technical supervision reports, reviews on various documents

and other environmental matters related to the project.

Environment Assesment and Environment Management Framework

Documents

Transcript of Environment Assesment and Environment Management Framework